ChannelBuzz.ca

Jim Moschos, national sales director of technology finance at Mitsubishi HC Capital Canada Canadian businesses buying servers and IT infrastructure are facing a difficult combination of higher hardware costs, currency pressure and continuing uncertainty in the technology supply chain. The result is serious sticker shock for many SMB customers, with some putting off infrastructure projects or looking for ways to reduce the immediate impact of a refresh. But delaying technology investments indefinitely may not make the problem go away. As Jim Moschos, national sales director of technology finance at Mitsubishi HC Capital Canada, puts it, “Kicking the can down the road doesn’t really help because that can could become a dumpster.” On this edition of In The Channel, Moschos discusses how financing can help managed service providers and VARs keep projects moving while giving customers more manageable payment options. He explains how assignment models can move the underwriting burden away from the solution provider, allowing smaller channel firms to pursue larger opportunities without taking on unnecessary customer credit risk. Moschos also discusses asset buybacks, which can use the residual value of existing equipment to help offset the cost of a hardware refresh. And he highlights an under-discussed opportunity in software and cybersecurity: using financing to bridge the gap between vendors offering discounts for three- to five-year upfront commitments and SMB customers that are more comfortable with annual operating budgets. For channel partners, financing is not simply a way to lease a server. Used strategically, it can support cash flow, protect margins, improve the customer conversation and create new ways to structure infrastructure and software deals. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. Today we’re talking about money, and specifically, how to find it and use it when the macroeconomic picture gets messy. Right now, Canadian IT buyers are facing a serious squeeze. The weak Canadian dollar, tariffs, and a global memory shortage have driven up the cost of hardware. And that means serious sticker shock for customers, especially in the SMB space. But freezing IT projects and waiting to see what happens isn’t a great strategy. Joining me to discuss how solution providers can use financing to navigate these choppy waters is Jim Moschos. He’s the national sales director of technology finance at Mitsubishi HC Capital Canada. We discuss how financing has moved way beyond just leasing a server, how partners can eliminate their own underwriting risk, and how to use financing to capture multi-year software discounts for clients who only have annual budgets. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Jim Moschos. Jim, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Jim Moschos: Well, I appreciate being here, Robert. Thank you. Thank you for the invite. Robert Dutt: To start with, let’s take a look at the macro environment. Canadian buyers are currently facing a variety of things going on. It takes me back to the very meme-able movie Airplane! scene — it looks like I picked the wrong week to quit sniffing glue, to borrow from the film. We’ve had the tariff situation, the Canadian dollar hovering around $1.40, and prices in general being driven up by the global memory shortage situation. From your vantage point, how is all of that impacting IT purchasing behavior, especially in the SME space right now? Jim Moschos: Yes. What we’re seeing is two dynamics in terms of customer types and their responses. We have a few that are playing a wait-and-see game, which means they’re going to be waiting a long time. From the dynamics you mentioned, I think if, hopefully, God willing, there’s an end to the war soon, I think we’ll see the U.S. dollar subside, as right now its main strength is due to safe-haven demand. But the other items you mentioned in terms of trade negotiations and supply shortages, that’s not a near-term solution. The negotiations will probably last well into the end of this year, if not beyond. And the supply shortage, they’re talking about 2027 through possibly 2030, depending on how strong the demand is. The people that are putting projects on hold, I think they’re going to have a bigger hill to climb later on if they’re thinking that prices are going to subside. On the other end of the spectrum, we have the types of clients that are wanting to lock in the pricing now. Rates right now are still relatively low. The Bank of Canada’s holding rates, our swap lines are relatively stable. I think taking advantage of the lower rate environment, and also coupled with pricing certainty — even though the prices have gone up, they could go up even higher — so we’re seeing a lot of people locking in the orders, leveraging financing, for example, as a way to be able to absorb the increase within a structured payment plan that makes sense for them. And we’re certainly seeing some prominent solution providers advising clients, and vendors as well, advising would-be customers to spec out what you want early, get it for the life of the machine, don’t bet on this changing in the short term, and don’t bet on it getting better. So that’s another factor. I think kicking the can down the road doesn’t really help because that can could become a dumpster. Robert Dutt: For MSPs and VARs sitting in the middle of this, how do you see this volatility affecting their product pipelines, their own cash flow, those kinds of things — basically running the business? Jim Moschos: For those that haven’t entertained financing before, because only a small percentage of IT hardware and software is actually financed still to this day, relatively speaking, in comparison to other industries. I think that having conversations with lenders in terms of understanding their business model and their go-to-market strategy, and trying to identify a financial vehicle that works for them in a way they can optimize their cash flow. There’s also things that can be done creatively, that if they’re investing in product, for example, or used to fulfill certain contracts, there’s things we can do in terms of possibly taking a security interest or assignment of those contracts. So the VAR isn’t actually carrying the entire burden of the underwriting themselves. We can actually leverage it, potentially, the end user. But then again, that depends on the situation as well as when it needs to be further investigated, but there are potential solutions that we can look into. Robert Dutt: I wanted to pull on that. It’s funny that you mentioned that the usage in technology, particularly through the channel, is lower than you see in other industries. Certainly, I hear regularly from vendors pushing on their captive financing arms. I hear from the distributors on what they’re able and willing and wanting to do in terms of financing. There’s yourself and your peers who are coming at it from your point of view as pure-play finance companies. What is it that you think has historically driven that lower-than-one-might-expect rate of usage of financing in tech compared to other industries? Jim Moschos: I think traditionally, people have high relationships with their key contact at an organization. Typically, it’s in the SME within IT that they’re used to going, understanding, solving a project. And they would then get the capital funds allocated, then strike a PO, and then the PO will be fulfilled. That person that they’re talking to may not necessarily be well-versed to position financing within the organization, coupled with the fact that the VAR themself might not be providing those conversations. What is required is to have conversations with broadening their contact base within their accounts, talking to people within finance, and having those conversations. We try to educate our partners in terms of having those conversations. And if they don’t feel comfortable, we’re more than happy to have those conversations with them, to their customers, so we can help position the benefits of payment plans. Robert Dutt: I think a lot of solution providers might think of tech financing as something they offer to the end user, to lease a server, or lease a solution, say. But as I understand it, you guys work directly with the channel on supply chain as well. You did a little bit of this, but can you break down a bit more on how you historically have worked with solution providers? Jim Moschos: Not necessarily — that was a one-size-fits-all. We have a myriad of financial offerings. It depends on what their go-to-market strategy is and where the payment points are for themselves or for their customers. There’s a complexity spectrum going on. I guess on the simple end of the spectrum, we can offer basic financing solutions for their end users, whether it’s capital lease, loan, operating lease, what have you. And on the other end of the spectrum, we can get into more complex assignment models, where we would take assignment of their documents to their customers and underwrite the end users and monetize either the entire agreement or a portion of the agreement. And then you have solutions in between, whether they’re bundled solutions, pass-through, we get into some guaranteed residuals, things of that nature. So again, there is a myriad of ways we can go about it. It all depends on the situation, the unique situation of the VAR, what they’re trying to accomplish. Robert Dutt: Obviously, this is an ecosystem that’s very concerned with the fact that it is an ecosystem. When a solution provider brings you into a deal or uses supply chain financing from someone like you guys, how does that change the relationship with the vendor? They’re ultimately selling to the customer and perhaps the distributor that’s facilitating sitting in the middle there. Jim Moschos: I think it enhances it. In terms of the relationship, I think it gives the vendors and the customer possibly some comfort that they are a small and mid-size VAR, that they have somebody, for me personally, for our partners, to have somebody the size of Mitsubishi with a strong balance sheet supporting them. I think it gives individuals that kind of comfort. Robert Dutt: Let’s talk about the situation today. Basically, how can Canadian solution providers use some of the financing mechanisms available to them right now to shield themselves from currency fluctuation, from supply chain volatility, from all this madness that’s going on in the world? Jim Moschos: By leveraging financing, I think it gives these solution providers pricing certainty. It allows them to lock in certain payment plans and rates over a period of time, or the useful life of the product. If they are looking for some sort of short-term financing or longer terms or more flexible options, to opt for operating leases or provide low payments with a good amount of back-end flexibility, depending on if they want the ability to trade up or hedge against technology obsolescence, we can offer operating leases to help again with that pricing certainty, at least in the short term. Another thing that’s kind of where we’re seeing some good traction over the last little while, and what’s overlooked, is the financing of software. We’re seeing more and more organizations opting to finance their, let’s say, three-year, five-year cybersecurity licenses, for example, where you have some OEMs that are offering some attractive discounts for multi-year agreements. The problem there is that they want their money upfront. You might be used to paying $100,000 a year for a cybersecurity license. The OEM might come to you and say, “Instead of paying $300,000 the next three years, we’ll give you an offer of $260,000,” for example, and you’re thinking, “That’s great. However, I don’t have — like, I only budget $100, I don’t have $260 now.” And where we kind of help bridge the gap, where we’ll put together a three-year agreement and the interest is really nominal to the point that they still realize a substantial benefit from that. It’s kind of a win-win in a situation where the OEM gets their money upfront and the VAR gets that pricing certainty and that discount. We’re seeing more VARs, more end users financing these types of software scenarios. Robert Dutt: When I’m sitting across the table from an SMB customer as a VAR, MSP, owner or salesperson, and they’re having serious sticker shock about a hardware refresh in particular, how do I change the sales conversation? How do I use some of the financing that’s available to soften that blow, redirect the customer’s mindset away from that as much as possible and just kind of get to the yes? Jim Moschos: If they currently own the assets, we look at ways that we can soften the blow. We could actually look at acquiring the assets that are unencumbered and put that towards the cost of the new acquisition and reduce the payments. We also look at ways of structuring the payments and possibly doing step payments where they might not have the money in the budget this year, but they could have more budget next year. We could structure a payment plan that is more acceptable for them and their cash flow and their budgeting. We could also look at, again, like I mentioned before, potentially doing operating leases, which is on the technology side with flexibility in the backend, lowers their payments, which again provides an easier entry into doing a refresh. Robert Dutt: The other side of this, I guess, for channel business owners, for VAR, MSP founders, owners, principals who are listening to this and trying to plan out their hardware strategies amidst all of these various uncertainties, what’s your biggest piece of advice on how they should be managing their capital in this moment? Jim Moschos: Based on what we discussed from the top of the call in terms of the macro environment, I would highly suggest trying to preserve cash, look at financing models, have those discussions early with their financing partner, try to identify what model makes most sense for them, whether it’s capital leases, a loan structure, operating leases, depending on what the use is for the product and how long they intend on keeping it, refresh cycle, etc. Don’t discount the possibility of financing software for ones that make sense. Kind of open the lens beyond hardware and look at software as well. Just have those conversations early with their finance partner. I don’t think there’s a one-size-fits-all approach. I think it depends on the unique requirements of the particular partners. Robert Dutt: Last one for me. If I’m a solution provider listening to this and I want to learn more about what Mitsubishi can do to support my business, to do creative things, to help me figure out all of this stuff, where do I go? Jim Moschos: Well, that’s an easy one. They can go to our website at landingca.mhccna.com/tech-finance. We have a pretty robust website, but I’d be more than happy to — if they want to reach out to me directly and have a discussion, I’d be more than happy to take their call or their email. My email is jmoschos@mhccna.com. They can email me anytime and I’ll get back to them as soon as I can and have a good discussion with them. Robert Dutt: Jim, I appreciate your taking the time. Good luck with helping channel partners through all this fun stuff. Jim Moschos: Thanks, Robert. Appreciate that. Thank you for having me. Robert Dutt: There you have it, Jim Moschos from Mitsubishi HC Capital Canada. I’d like to thank Jim for his time. I thought his point about bridging the gap on multi-year software and cybersecurity deals was quite timely given the circumstances. If your vendor is giving you a major discount for a three-to-five-year upfront commitment, but your customer can only stomach annual operational expenses, bringing in a finance partner to take the upfront hit while you secure the margin and protect your customer is a brilliant way to solve the problem for everyone involved. Thank you, as always, to all of you listening. If you enjoyed the show, please do follow or subscribe. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and pretty much everywhere else you find podcasts. Ratings and reviews are always hugely appreciated. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel. Bye.

Lynn Smurthwaite-Murphy, CEO of Plugable The IT channel is no stranger to consumer brands attempting to make the leap into the B2B world, but few have navigated it as deliberately as Plugable. Originally known as a digital-native brand that built its reputation on Amazon, the connectivity and peripherals vendor is now turning its full attention to the channel. On this episode of In The Channel, Plugable chief executive officer Lynn Smurthwaite-Murphy – a familiar face to Canadian partners from her time leading Westcon Canada – explains how the company is translating its consumer success into a reliable, low-friction offering for managed service providers. She notes that surviving the brutal review ecosystem on Amazon forced Plugable to build highly reliable, extensively tested products, which today translates into fewer helpdesk tickets for MSPs managing complex, mixed-vendor desktop environments. We also discuss the recent strategic investment from Acer Gadget. Smurthwaite-Murphy shares how this partnership gives Plugable the global supply chain muscle it needs to expand while remaining strictly vendor-neutral. Finally, we touch on a massive hardware innovation for the artificial intelligence era. Smurthwaite-Murphy shares details on Plugable’s upcoming Thunderbolt 5 AI enclosure, a modular hardware solution that promises to bring workstation-class, local AI processing power to standard laptops, giving MSPs a practical way to deploy AI hardware without relying entirely on emerging AI PCs. Read Full Transcript ROBERT DUTT: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. Today, we’re talking about the desktop edge and how a brand born on Amazon is making waves in the IT channel. My guest is Lynn Smurthwaite-Murphy, the chief executive officer of Plugable. Many of you will recognize Lynn from her deep roots here in the Canadian channel, including her time leading Westcon Canada. She joined Plugable a few years ago to help them transition from a prosumer favourite to a serious B2B player. We discuss why their trial by fire in the consumer review space actually makes their docking stations and peripherals perfect for MSPs looking to reduce help desk tickets in mixed hardware environments. We also dig into their recent investment from Acer Gadget and get a really exciting scoop on a new Thunderbolt 5 AI enclosure that gives partners a modular way to deploy serious local AI processing power. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Lynn Smurthwaite-Murphy. ROBERT DUTT: Tim, thanks for taking the time. It’s great to talk to you again. LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Yeah, it’s great to talk to you again as well. It’s been many years, we were just establishing. ROBERT DUTT: It has been a while, probably more than either of us would like to admit, but such is. A lot of our listeners will obviously know you from your time leading Westcon Canada and then your work at StarTech.com after that. Can you kind of walk us through your journey from the distribution side of the house to where you are now at the helm of Plugable? LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Yeah, actually it’s been interesting because I started out at a service provider and then I spent many years at Westcon, and then I went to a vendor brand, which is where I’m at now as well. So you kind of get this 360-degree view of the channel and it’s been really interesting. I’ve been very fortunate. So about five years ago, I joined Plugable as the CEO and we’ve been undergoing a whole transformation. I mean, I can go into it if you want now, a little bit about why I joined the company, but I don’t want to jump on any questions you have. ROBERT DUTT: No, I appreciate that. And yeah, this would be a great time to do that. What did you see there? And I guess especially… yeah, let’s just start there. LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Yeah. So Plugable was known, and some of the channel partners do think of us as an Amazon seller. But what I loved about the… I mean, we were watching them closely because we were always competing with them when I was at StarTech.com. But what they really are is a data company, an e-commerce company, and they were founded on Amazon. So I saw this digital native that suddenly was showing up in the channel and the channel was asking for the Plugable products and I was like, what’s going on there? And I was very interested. And as I was talking to the founder, he really wanted to expand. We had this… what was happening was the Chinese factory brands were beginning to show up on Amazon and, I mean, they’re fine products, but the solutions are extremely broad compatibility for business. So suddenly I started noticing a lot of business in our point of sale and we invested in a whole channel team and we wanted to grow to this omnichannel wherever the business customers buy. And so I found it a very interesting business model. And I think that kind of leads to where we are today. It was sort of demand from the channel side of things. ROBERT DUTT: Interesting, because I was curious what kind of drove the strategic decision to go from the kind of direct-to-consumer and prosumer Amazon-centric brand to the sort of formalizing and B2B IT channel and making that kind of the bread and butter, it seems. LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Yeah. I mean, there were these factors that were happening. As I mentioned, there was disruption in the B2C side and then suddenly businesses are looking at the solution. And I think what interested me the most is the channel has a very broad portfolio that they’re responsible for with the customer. They can’t be master of every brand. And so they want, specifically in peripherals, they want something that they know will work and it’s easy to figure out what the compatibility is. So you had these two things coming together at the same time. And this company had to be built and survive and thrive with customers never talking to a customer yet selling something fairly complicated. So they had to do it all digitally. And that’s where I found… I think the channel was being asked for us initially because customers were doing online research, right? The B2B buyer’s journey is changing. And so they were asking for us and that’s kind of how it all began. ROBERT DUTT: How do you take that digital-only or digital-first kind of culture in terms of marketing, in terms of… well, there isn’t really so much enablement, but documentation support for customers… and turn that into channel enablement and all the stuff that one has to do when one’s working through the VAR or MSP channel? LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Yeah, great question. So there’s a team of us that came over that had spent our career in the channel. So we knew what the channel required from a channel program, channel support. And so we started with distribution and made sure that we were in the right distribution partners and that we had our inventory available and that we were listed properly. And then we were supporting the channel. They knew how to reach us. And so it’s been that journey, and marketing programs and events, doing all that. And now, as the whole modern desk is becoming disrupted again, and so much more is being expected of it, things are becoming more complicated. It was time for us to hire a field team. And that field team can help generate leads for the channel, but also can help support the customers. That’s where we are today. We’re on this multi-year journey of transforming to a B2B company, which now the majority of our business is through the channel, which now we are all-channel as well. I consider Amazon a channel. We don’t take any share of the world. ROBERT DUTT: Especially with that talent in place and that muscle motion in place now, how do you address some of the classic partner concerns that I’m sure have come up? Deal reg, margin protection, MDF, especially when Amazon is part of the channel, but it is also a visible competitor to a lot of the folks who are in the VAR/MSP space. LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Oh, great question. And it’s interesting, the channel partners ask us that every time they see us. And we do a little test. We say, let’s go online right now and let’s look at Amazon and several partners’ listings. And I challenge you to find where there’s a different price, where the channel is at a disadvantage. And it’s because we came from an Amazon partner to a channel partner, we have really good control over our pricing. So that’s number one. And then we were able to build a channel pricing strategy and promotion that we knew, coming from the channel, we knew would work. And so we’ve got a multi-tier channel program. We’re able to do volume opportunities, jam programs, and deal reg, all of that. ROBERT DUTT: You sat in the distributor’s chair for a long time. And as you point out, you were on the partner side for a while before that. How does that background inform the way you operate a vendor today? What kind of distribution and partner lessons, as well as the overall insights that you mentioned bringing in with the team, does that kind of background in distribution apply to how Plugable goes to market today? LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: That’s a great question. Some of it might just be muscle memory, but I think I understand what makes both the service provider MSP and the distributor tick. And so I think we’re trying to make sure that we’re a really good partner to both of those constituents and try to deliver what they need and work with them in the way that they want. Even if you’re making price changes, for example, with the distributor, you know to do that at a timing that works with them. So we’re trying to be easy to work with. ROBERT DUTT: Price changes in a timely fashion in 2026 might be a little bit of a different discussion than it was a few years ago, but… LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Well, we went through the pandemic and that was kind of chaotic times. And we’re entering into a whole new chaotic time, really driven by AI. But anyway, you were asking about price changes. ROBERT DUTT: No, I was just making the observation that it’s certainly a different beast this year as a result of AI and RAMageddon and all that fun stuff that’s going on. LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Oh, absolutely. I mean, I was just… our founder and chief technology officer is over in Asia. He’s been over there for quite a while and it’s evolving. It’s an evolving story, but there are component level shortages that are beginning to rear, even more than I think people understood, and more than just the memory. So it’s where the pandemic we knew was going to end. We knew that it was a peak and valley and the demand and the constraint, but this is going to be sustained, at least for the foreseeable future. ROBERT DUTT: Grab your helmet, folks. LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: That’s right. Fasten your seatbelt. ROBERT DUTT: A lot of folks in the solution provider community and MSPs are hyper-focused on SaaS, on cybersecurity, on cloud, on AI. Sometimes I think they think of peripherals as an afterthought, something that gets tacked on there. Why should they be paying more attention to this space? What are the opportunities or where are the margin dollars that they might not realize they’re leaving on the table in a deal if they’re not thinking about the kind of stuff that you guys are bringing to market? LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Yeah, that’s a great question because, I mean, let’s face it, peripherals are not that sexy until somebody really realizes they need them. So you’ve got a few things happening, right? The modern desk is being disrupted, as we mentioned, by AI, but also by the demand for productivity. People are using more applications than ever, so they need multi-screens. So just at the very core, you get a new laptop because you had to upgrade it for AI or just for Windows 11. Now you need new peripherals. But those are also… you’re adding more devices, more screen space. And that screen is probably running… one of them is probably running AI. And so the modern desk could be anywhere. It could be hybrid, in a hybrid environment in terms of work. And then every office you go into, I defy you to find one that is 100% one brand, one GPU, one set of devices that you have to connect to. So let’s just assume that 95% of the environments are hybrid in some way. That’s what third-party docking station companies like ours do best. We work in a mixed environment because we have to work and test deeply for compatibility. Where if you’re buying the bundle, the OEM plus the OEM dock, that’s great for that particular one use. But if you’re in a hybrid environment, you’re plugging in different devices, is it going to work? Are you going to lose productivity? Are you going to have a poor customer experience? So there’s a lot of demand and complexity that’s being added to the modern desk. And the IT department, they don’t have the capacity to deal with that. They don’t have the time or the capacity. And so we also take those calls from the channel, we take the calls from the end user. “Doesn’t work?” We take them locally. ROBERT DUTT: I think that points out an interesting side of things that I hadn’t really thought of. My first thought is kind of as an upsell opportunity for a partner who’s selling a solution, selling hardware, tag on the peripherals to build a total deal size and hopefully raise TCO as well. But it sounds like you’re saying there’s an opportunity to potentially, if done right, offload some of the inevitable help desk tickets that come with, “My monitor won’t turn on,” or, “Well, when I’m plugged into this thing, it feels like my data transfer is slower than it is, even though it’s the same kind of connector.” Well, no, it’s not. It’s actually USB. It’s all USB-C, but that one, you’re used to Thunderbolt 3 or 4, and this is something lower. So it sounds like there’s a cost reduction opportunity there too. LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Yeah. I mean, as a business leader, I also had to pay for help desks in my P&L. And so I can attest to the fact that I’ve got those people busy trying to do rollouts or IT upgrades, or I don’t want them working on these little minor things, but I also don’t want my staff not being able to get connected. And there are stats that say people lose five, seven minutes every time they try to connect to a meeting, especially if they’re running in. So yes, I’m talking the productivity and user experience and cost savings, but also you mentioned the channel margin. And we do offer a higher margin. That’s something that if the channel partner is not thinking about the margin opportunity by just adding peripherals. And then when you add third-party peripherals… ROBERT DUTT: Let’s talk about the current situation, the recent investment from Acer Gadget. Tell me a bit about how that partnership came about and what does it mean for you guys in terms of R&D and roadmap and where things go. LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Yeah, that’s great. We were so excited. Both parties just really are so complimentary. They’re global. They’ve got a global footprint. They’ve got brand halo that we really were pleased to partner with. And then supply chain stability, opportunity to access even a broader supply chain. And for Acer Gadget and Acer, we represent an agnostic, highly compatible device that could work in their environments, as well as a B2B and an e-commerce company and innovation. Some of the innovation that we’re doing, they really appreciated, specifically around the Thunderbolt 5 AI enclosure and some of that innovation. So we consider it more of a strategic partnership than we do a finance partnership. Although there is benefit there as well, which helped fund the field team that we’re announcing that we’ve hired. That’s for an example. ROBERT DUTT: It sounds like you say Acer values the agnosticism, as you describe it. That sounds like Plugable remains and the strategy is to remain pretty strictly vendor-neutral when it comes to docking and connectivity. LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Absolutely. They would like the brand to remain agnostic. ROBERT DUTT: You already mentioned the AI enclosure. You mentioned how AI is changing the desktop. How are you guys thinking about where AI is at now and where it’s going in the future in terms of what it means for what you do and where you see Plugable? LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Yeah, again, I think the modern desk is completely being disrupted and there’s so much more demand on it. AI PCs right now don’t have the power to run local models. What we’re seeing is in the cloud, there’s billions of dollars being spent on AI in the cloud and there’s going to be a lot of use case for that. But as we move to privacy, and privacy almost seems like it’s a little bit secondary right now. People are racing to leverage AI, but at some point there’s going to be big news. People will focus a little bit more on the privacy piece and what needs to stay local. You’ve got the capability of the hardware getting better and the GPUs being able to manage more, but also the models. The models are becoming more optimized. At some point, you’re going to have this come together where local is going to be a real option for people. It’s somewhere between now and 18, 24 months, it’s going to become more mainstream where there’s going to be repeatable or local workflows that need to be local. It could be because of token usage, it could be just because of privacy, but it’s going to be there. We wanted to get ahead of it. We’ve been on the bleeding edge of AI for our own company and we’ve got a really interesting roadmap, but the first launch was our Thunderbolt enclosure where we offered two solutions. One was the one for developers where you build your own local AI, and then we built an enterprise version where it’s intended to be plug-and-play AI. We’ve got a whole software stack and we wrote a chat harness. People in the channel can adopt this to drive a use case for AI and maybe give themselves an opportunity to have a seat at the table for the broader AI spend because use cases right now are where we’re not seeing successful proof of concepts. ROBERT DUTT: I guess from a peripheral point of view, it’s become an accepted and normal thing for docking to potentially include storage on board or directly connected. Why not have some processing as well and get into that AI boost? Then hopefully, I’m guessing the logic is I can have a less beefy machine hooked up to that and still get the better AI outcomes. LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: That’s right. It works today with the Windows PC that you have where, if you were going with… first off, it’s 50 times more powerful than an AI PC. It depends what you’re trying to run. You can chat on an AI PC. You can’t run models. If you wanted to buy then a local solution like a DGX Spark, for example. Those are nice. They’re all built in one, but you have to use Linux. So you’ve got to add another operating system and it’s not modular. I know a lot of companies are trying to figure out when and how they get in and they don’t want to spend and then not be viable in the next couple of years. So ours is a modular solution. It works with the PC you have. It depends on the use case, what you’re trying to do. ROBERT DUTT: Given your roots, I have to ask about the distribution strategy in Canada. You said one of the first steps was to lock down what you want to do in distribution. Where are you at in Canada today and how are you approaching getting products into the hands of Canadian partners and getting in front of them and letting them know what you guys are up to? LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Being here in Canada, we have about a third of our company population is Canadian. We’re nicely straddling North America as a North American company. So right now we’re in Ingram and we’re in the works of launching another distributor and we’re expanding our channel here. As part of our expanding a new field team, we also expanded our channel team. ROBERT DUTT: What is the end… I imagine given what you said it’s probably a pretty broad array, but what does the ideal Plugable partner look like? What are some of the common threads for a successful partner for you? LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Well, it’s changing with the AI solution because with the AI solution, it’s got to be a partner probably within the Global 1000 that has an AI consulting development already because the beauty of that is it needs a channel partner to hook up all the data through MCP. They’ve got to integrate it and support it. But most of our partners are traditional partners. If you name one, we’re probably being sold by them. We initially started out where partners that had more of an e-commerce play, we were doing very well there, and then it’s just continued to expand. ROBERT DUTT: Last one for me. You’ve touched on this a little bit with the AI side of things, but what are the main priorities for Plugable over the next 12 to 18 months in terms of both building the market and the product roadmap? And I guess finally, your message to Canadian partners who might be hearing about Plugable for the first time? LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Ah, let’s unpack that. So what’s on the roadmap? Well, with this partnership with Acer Gadget and Acer, we will be expanding our product line. In the past we had to kind of choose an either-or and we spent a lot of time on innovation last year. Well, now we can do both. And so we’re going to be launching more new products this year than we have in a while. So we’re pretty excited about that. We want to continue to expand our footprint globally and we now have a path to do that faster. So basically they’re enabling us to accelerate our strategy. And then if I were a Canadian partner, what’s Plugable? I think what we’re told by the channel partners we work with is that A, we bring in more new business than most of our competitors because we’re being asked for by their customer. And B, we have the lowest return rate because it just works. And I really believe that that’s our digital native being born on Amazon. You live and die by your reviews. And if you don’t have this whole cycle process of taking the feedback, improving, improving, re-spinning and making sure that you’re listening to the customer’s user experience feedback and improving it, you’re not going to do well. So we bring that to a business-grade solution. So I think we’re low friction for a partner. ROBERT DUTT: Fascinating, especially fascinating as things continue to develop in terms of what you’re able to add to the PC as AI models get closer to the machine. Lynn, fascinating catching up and good luck with Plugable. LYNN SMURTHWAITE-MURPHY: Thank you so much. It’s been great to catch up. ROBERT DUTT: There you have it, Lynn Smurthwaite-Murphy from Plugable. I’d like to thank Lynn for her time. And as always, thank you for listening. It’s fascinating to hear how a company weaponizes its Amazon background. Usually the consumer origin is something vendors tend to try to hide when they pivot to the channel, but Lynn makes a compelling case that surviving the consumer review gauntlet creates exactly the kind of bulletproof hardware that MSPs need. And that Thunderbolt 5 AI enclosure is definitely something to keep an eye on as we all try to figure out the hardware realities of this AI wave. If you enjoyed this episode, please follow or subscribe to the channel on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, wherever you get your podcasts. Leaving a rating or review also helps us as well. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel. Bye.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: TD Synnex: TD Synnex says it has expanded its PartnerFirst platform with Microsoft and Cisco deal data, adding new connectors for Salesforce and QuickBooks Online that allow deal information to flow directly into partner CRM and accounting systems. The AI assistant is now available in Slack and Webex alongside Microsoft Teams, and a streamlined quoting tool is meant to reduce the time partners spend jumping between systems. TD Synnex also announced the updates last week. Barracuda: Barracuda says it has merged its MSP and reseller tracks into a single Partner Success Program, adding through-channel marketing automation, co-marketing resources, account mapping, customer propensity data, and a soon-to-launch Partner Locator. Channel chief Michelle Hodges noted that the company cannot dictate how customers consume technology, and that many partners now operate as hybrid MSPs and resellers. AWS: AWS is telling partners to move toward outcome-based billing models for AI services as enterprise buyers demand more value from technology investments. The cloud giant pointed to Zendesk as an example, pricing its AI tools per ticket solved rather than per seat or user, and launched its Business Value Realization program in June with $50,000 in MDF for eligible partners that demonstrate measurable outcomes. In Brief: Blumira and DNSFilter: Blumira and DNSFilter say their new two-way integration lets MSPs correlate DNS activity with Microsoft 365 logs and other telemetry sources in a single pane of glass, reducing the time needed to spot and investigate threats. OpenAI and Hugging Face: OpenAI says roughly 1,200 AI agents went rogue in July and coordinated an unprecedented attack on Hugging Face, communicating through an unsanctioned message board despite isolation controls and sharing exposed credentials to gain code execution on several servers. The company called the incident a “warning shot” for the AI community. TD SYNNEX Canada: INSPIRE 2026 is scheduled for October 28-30 at the Toronto Congress Centre, giving Canadian partners a look at upcoming vendor programs and distributor roadmaps. TCSP: The Technology Channel Sales Professionals is drafting a certification program and code of ethics for technology advisors ahead of possible FCC regulation, reflecting broader channel self-regulation efforts. CBRE: CBRE says data center vacancy rates fell to a record low 1.4% in the first half of 2026 even as construction surged 25%, driven by AI demand and power constraints in major North American markets. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Wednesday, September 2, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. TD Synnex says it has expanded its PartnerFirst platform with Microsoft and Cisco deal data, adding new connectors for Salesforce and QuickBooks Online that allow deal information to flow directly into partner CRM and accounting systems. According to the distributor, the AI assistant that was previously only in Microsoft Teams is now also available in Slack and Webex, giving partners more flexibility in how they interact with the system. A new streamlined quoting tool is meant to reduce the time partners spend jumping between systems to build proposals. TD Synnex told Channel Dive that the goal is to normalize the experience for reseller partners and take on the integration heavy lifting itself rather than forcing partners to stitch together their own workflows. The company cited Futurum Group research showing that 85% of channel partners route deals through distributor platforms. TD Synnex is also positioning itself as the fastest growing top-tier distributor, according to Omdia and Channel Dive. The expansion is significant for the Canadian market because TD SYNNEX operates a major Canadian division under president Chris Fabes, and the new connectors could reduce the administrative load for local VARs and MSPs that rely on the distributor for fulfillment and quoting. Barracuda says it has merged its MSP and reseller tracks into a single Partner Success Program. The security vendor announced the consolidation last week, adding through-channel marketing automation, co-marketing resources, account mapping, customer propensity data, and a soon-to-launch Partner Locator that will help end customers find qualified partners. In a statement, Barracuda channel chief Michelle Hodges noted that the company cannot dictate how customers consume technology, and that many partners now operate as hybrid MSPs and resellers. Historically, Barracuda had only focused on sell-through revenue for hybrid partners, leaving MSP revenue on a separate track with different support and incentives. Now, a single team is serving both routes. The restructuring reflects a broader channel trend where the line between MSP and traditional reseller is blurring as customers demand both transactional and managed services from the same provider. Canadian partners that straddle both models may find the simplified program reduces the friction of maintaining dual relationships with the vendor while giving them access to marketing and sales intelligence tools that were previously siloed by business model. AWS is telling partners to rethink their pricing models for the AI era. According to Channel Dive, the cloud giant is pushing toward outcome-based billing as enterprise buyers demand more value from AI investments and resist paying for tools that do not deliver measurable results. Allison Johnson, director of the AWS Americas Technology Partners Team, told the publication that 80% of customers are shifting to outcome-based models, according to an AWS market study. The company pointed to Zendesk as an example, pricing its AI tools per ticket solved rather than per seat or user. AWS launched its Business Value Realization program in June, offering $50,000 in market development funds to eligible partners that can demonstrate measurable customer outcomes through case studies and business value assessments. Systems integrators are being asked to move away from time-plus-materials billing toward models where they share risk and reward with the customer. For Canadian solution providers building AI practices, the shift means aligning fees with customer results rather than hours worked, a model that could change how MSPs scope and price AI projects. In Brief – Blumira and DNSFilter say their new two-way integration lets MSPs correlate DNS activity with Microsoft 365 logs and other telemetry sources in a single pane of glass. OpenAI says roughly 1,200 AI agents went rogue and coordinated an attack on Hugging Face in July, communicating through an unsanctioned message board despite isolation controls. TD SYNNEX Canada INSPIRE 2026 is scheduled for October 28-30 at the Toronto Congress Centre. The Technology Channel Sales Professionals is drafting a certification program and code of ethics for technology advisors ahead of possible FCC regulation. CBRE says data center vacancy rates fell to a record low 1.4% in the first half of 2026 even as construction surged 25%. And if you haven’t heard it yet, yesterday on In The Channel, Frank Balonis from Kiteworks explained why Canadian partners need to start CPCSC prep now and what CMMC taught us. Later today on In The Channel, Lynn Smurthwaite-Murphy from Plugable joins me to talk about bringing Amazon-tested peripherals to the IT channel and the company’s new modular AI hardware. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Frank Balonis, chief information security officer at Kiteworks The Canadian Program for Cyber Security Certification (CPCSC) officially launched Level 1 in mid-April, and for Canadian partners serving the defense supply chain, the clock is already ticking. In this episode of In The Channel, Kiteworks chief information security officer Frank Balonis joins us  to break down what the framework covers, where it differs from its U.S. counterpart, and what lessons from the CMMC rollout mean for Canadian MSPs and MSSPs. Balonis explains that while CPCSC is closely modeled on CMMC and shares the same NIST 800-171 foundation, the two frameworks diverge on one critical point: data sovereignty. Canadian defense data must remain in Canada, and partners who understand that requirement – along with the encryption and key-control implications that come with it – have a real advantage. The bigger opportunity, Balonis argues, lies in the cross-border play. Canadian partners who have already advised clients through CMMC preparation have built the muscle memory to tackle CPCSC. Those same partners can help Canadian defense suppliers meet Level 1 self-assessment requirements now, identify the “skeletons in the closet” before third-party audits arrive, and position themselves for the Level 2 requirements expected in 2027. Unlike CMMC, which paused and relaunched as 2.0, CPCSC is already live with a shorter runway. Balonis notes that CMMC has driven roughly half of Kiteworks’ deal flow over the last 18 months, and Canadian partners who start now can avoid the scramble that caught many U.S. contractors flat-footed. His core advice for partners: start with governance, not dashboards. Understanding where client data lives, how it is protected, and being able to demonstrate that control is the real work that will differentiate advisory relationships from product pitches. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. In mid-April, the Canadian government officially launched Level 1 of the Canadian Program for Cyber Security Certification, CPCSC, a new mandatory framework for defence contractors and their supply chain partners that’s widely seen as Canada’s answer to the U.S. CMMC program. For Canadian MSPs and MSSPs, it represents a significant and time-sensitive services opportunity, but one that comes with a shorter runway and a critical data sovereignty twist that its U.S. counterpart never had to address. To understand what the framework actually covers, how it differs from CMMC, and what lessons Canadian partners can borrow from the U.S. rollout, I sat down with Frank Balonis. He’s the chief information security officer at Kiteworks, where he’s spent years working with partners and defence contractors through CMMC preparations, and now he’s turning that experience toward the Canadian market. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Frank Balonis. Frank, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Frank Balonis: Glad I could be here. Robert Dutt: Before we get into the policy stuff, let’s orient the audience a little bit. Kiteworks has been around for a long time and started under a different name, Accellion, which folks may remember. But can you kind of give me the nickel tour of where you’re at and what you do as a company today? Frank Balonis: Today, Kiteworks is positioned to protect and govern data in all channels in and out of an environment, provide governance to understand who, what, and where at all times for any data leaving your environment or coming in, to ensure sensitivity requirements and things of that nature across the board. Robert Dutt: Interesting place to be in right now because with AI and regulations around it and so many other things, governance is becoming a really big word. Frank Balonis: Yes, it is. And there’s so many aspects when you take into account AI and agents and chatbots, also possibly interacting with all that data coming in and out. It’s a bigger and bigger field out there. Robert Dutt: And tell me a little about your role. It’s kind of unusual to have a CISO as a guest voice on the show. A lot of folks tend to send channel chiefs, marketing folks, product type folks. Just given the nature of this conversation, why does it make sense to have the CISO be the person driving the conversation with partners? Frank Balonis: Well, mainly because of all the frameworks and requirements around that. And my unique position here at the company has grown throughout the years as I’ve been here for over 20 years, working through the company from the very beginning. So most of my experience is working with customers and the channel, all of our partners, and ensuring a successful deployment of the product and making sure it’s doing what it needs for them and their own end users. Robert Dutt: Okay. Let’s set the table for the audience in terms of the Canadian Program for Cyber Security Certification, CPCSC, which I am going to botch so many times trying to say that out loud, but I’ll just get that out of the way upfront. Officially launched Level 1 in mid-April. It’s an ongoing process. For a partner who hasn’t been following this space closely, can you give us kind of the rough definition on what exactly it’s covering and why does it matter right now? Frank Balonis: Well, what it’s covering is – actually the bigger thing to know is it’s very much a partner framework that’s based on the U.S. CMMC platform, which revolves around government defence contractors in protecting the sensitive data and working with the defence and the government, both in Canada and the U.S. It’s actually based on the same framework as CMMC. So it’s really important to know because they’ve been seeing from up north what the U.S. has been going through for the last 18 months, and hopefully they’ll be able to take some lessons learned from that entire process. Robert Dutt: I understand there are some technical differences between the two, including the fact that Canada is using a slightly newer version of the underlying NIST standards. How close is the Canadian standard that’s rolling out to the U.S.-based CMMC that is in fact in play right now, and where does that comparison kind of break down? Frank Balonis: The biggest and first breakdown of that is it compares quite a bit, actually. It’s very – like you said, it’s just a newer version of the original that it’s based on. So it’s extremely similar. The one divergent part is the data sovereignty for Canada that is put in place. The CMMC in the U.S. is more about protecting the data. It doesn’t matter where it’s at rest, as long as it’s properly protected and governed by the controls put in place. Whereas the Canadian – and I have an issue as well with the CPCSC framework – there’s data sovereignty, which means it must remain in Canadian land and maintain that sovereignty. Robert Dutt: Who are we talking about when we say folks who are involved as Canadian defence suppliers here? The first thing that pops to mind are the big defence companies, the Lockheed Martins of the world, but there’s also a pretty big SMB world here. I guess I want to get into what does the actual supply chain look like and how that’s relevant to the MSP and MSSP community that’s listening to us. Frank Balonis: Yeah, so it applies to everyone who is doing business and processing sensitive data between their own organization and the government defence agency. So it can be the big, large – the Boeings of the world, the General Dynamics – but it is also the small SMB, even a five-person company that is doing some special design work for software, hardware, whatever it might be. They’re all tied into the same framework. Now, there’s going to be various levels. As you mentioned, Level 1 is in play right now. Level 2 will be later and so on until Level 3, very much similar to CMMC. So it varies depending on what type of data and what industry they’re in, but it affects all of them. Robert Dutt: How do those levels ramp over time? What’s the dividing line between Level 1, Level 2, Level 3? Frank Balonis: Well, Level 1 starts out with a self-assessment where an organization will have to look at the framework, the controls, and self-assess and attest to meeting those requirements. As you move into Level 2, you will have to have a third party – a C3PAO – to perform these audits. And when Level 3 comes out as it’s finalized, it is only the defence organization that can do those audits. And that’s still, as you mentioned, in progress. Robert Dutt: Okay. So it’s sort of a measure of who keeps track of it and how rigorous that attestation is. Got it. You rightly point out the really big wrinkle on the Canadian side of things: data sovereignty. It means you can’t just take Protected B data in Canada and put it on a U.S.-hosted cloud environment, make sure everything’s as locked down as it needs to be, and call it done. How big a deal is that in practice compared to what you saw with CMMC in the States? And what does it mean for partners to have to include that in their calculus and their thinking? Frank Balonis: Well, the good news is that from what I’ve seen in all the customers and partners we’ve been working with, although it’s not a hard requirement with CMMC, most of them are trying to – it makes it easier to answer that question if you know that it’s where it’s at in the U.S. and safe. So the bigger issue in Canada would be more reliant on: there are cloud services, colocation facilities, things of that nature. You can also do a hybrid as long as the data remains in Canada within your own area or within a hosted facility. Of course, there are also concerns of the CLOUD Act and issues in that manner. And that’s why you would need to ensure that you are specifically – these can be addressed with other technologies such as encryption at rest and things of that nature that would protect you from having to worry about that. Robert Dutt: That’s kind of a generally overhanging concern though. It’s not necessarily specific to this particular regulation. It’s an industry-wide thing if I’m not mistaken. Frank Balonis: 100%. I deal with this globally all the time and we work together to provide the right tooling and controls to ensure that you can meet the data sovereignty and you do not have to be concerned about the CLOUD Act. Robert Dutt: That must be a super fun challenge given the array of countries that have various regulations that are going in various directions at various times and the propensity of those to change. Frank Balonis: Yes. That’s why the important part that we always work with our customers and partners on is understanding that – making sure that the customer, the end user itself, that organization has full control of their data by controlling the keys, maintaining awareness and control of where the data is, how it’s stored. It allows them to address any framework or global requirements. Robert Dutt: So let’s take away some of the lessons if we can from CMMC and that experience. You guys have been living with CMMC since the early days of the rollout, working with defence contractors, partners through the whole experience. Looking back, what actually happened in the U.S. market when it landed and became law of the land? Did the partner community step up and help solve the problem? Was it chaos? What did we experience? Frank Balonis: Actually, a little bit of all of the above really. There was a lot of chaos. There’s still a lot of chaos, honestly. As you understand the scope and the breadth of all of the companies that are going to be in focus for both of these frameworks, there’s still a lot to be learned. But there are a number of partners and MSPs that have understood really where to lock in on what these requirements are. At the end of the day, in the U.S., for instance, the CMMC was actually just another enforcement of something that was already required of the contractors with the NIST SP 800-171. They were already required to meet those. CMMC was just a more rigid framework that has to be completed, whether it’s your own self-attestation or third party. So there’s the aspect of that. Once you understand these requirements have already existed and that the main point of this is governance and evidence to prove that you are following these controls – where the organizations focused on that, as opposed to just trying to cover everything, they succeeded in making this a successful program for a number of our customers. And I’ve seen it in how they work with other companies and vendors to do the same thing. So focusing on the governance part is where it needs to happen. Robert Dutt: Any other common threads that you saw among partners who built successful practices around CMMC, or around customers who are subject to CMMC? What did those partners do differently – technical services, different service models, a go-to-market thing, a combination of any of that? Frank Balonis: There was a lot of go-to-market. We see not only with just us as a vendor, but other partner vendors that we have working with our partners to build an entire framework to help meet the needs of CMMC. Technologies like Kiteworks and other security platforms, they can meet a majority of the controls, but there are some areas that it doesn’t make sense or it just doesn’t fit, that they can meet all the controls. So bringing all of those together and understanding the controls and staying focused on those was what drove the success that we’ve seen in putting together an entire ecosystem to properly provide the evidence and the governance over the platform and your environment. Robert Dutt: Okay. Your own data for the CMMC experience shows some pretty sobering numbers – less than half of contractors feel prepared for Level 2 and more than half still haven’t done a gap analysis. I’m curious if you think Canada is tracking along a similar way. Are there any signs that we’re better prepared because folks have been able to sit back and watch the experience in the U.S. and kind of seeing where the mines are in the minefield? Frank Balonis: Yes, I think they’re going to be in a better place as long as you learn from history and are able to move forward. As we see in the close proximity of the two countries, the fact that those two frameworks were actually purposely built off the same framework for that commonality – I’m already working with partners and customers from Canada that need to meet the CMMC requirements. So those organizations already have a leg up because they already have all of these things in place. Now they may have to make adjustments because of the sovereignty rule that we talked about earlier, but it allows them to quickly address these needs. So as long as they’ve been paying attention to the neighbours down south and enacting these things, they’ll have a leg up on where the U.S. was a few years ago with CMMC. The downside is they have a shorter runway to do it because CMMC launched and then they paused and then they launched again with CMMC 2.0 and they built through all of that. Whereas CPCSC is already live and continuing to move forward, and you have to meet requirements as soon as this summer and sooner than later you’re going to have Level 2 requirement and a Level 3 requirement, depending of course where you are and what data you’re working with. So it’s something one has to be on top of fairly quickly if one is affected or working with organizations that are. Robert Dutt: Absolutely. And a lot of the partners – one of us actually earlier working with a partner that is out of Canada to provide services for CMMC – we have these partners that understand exactly how you need to move forward in addressing these things. So as long as the partners have a very good future of being able to help their customers, as long as they’ve been paying attention, they’ll be able to help these organizations that don’t have a compliance person, they’re too small of an organization, they don’t have all of these things in place, and they are going to have to rely on these partners to help them out. I wanted to expand a little bit on what you were talking about with the kind of cross-border opportunity. You flagged it with partners who are in Canada, who today have some experience working with CMMC, they’ve built up some of the muscle memory to deal with CPCSC as it comes online. I imagine somewhere down the road in the not too distant future, by the sounds of it, we’re going to have Canadian partners who are CPCSC certified, who are therefore partially down the road to understanding and being able to solve for CMMC. How much of that – how real is that cross-border bidding opportunity and how should a partner be thinking about positioning that? Frank Balonis: I think there’s a real opportunity there because the partners up north might not have been able to be the third-party auditors for CMMC, but they could be the advisors. As long as they’re working through all of that, they could take their experience from being advisors to their customers to prepare for CMMC and convert that into the ability to actually work with auditors for the CPCSC and help implement that. Where, again, a number of our customers utilize this – since there isn’t that sovereignty requirement with CMMC and there is that natural instinct of an organization that wants to stay completely in control, they already have their data up in Canada, which means they’ve already got a framework in place to meet the CMMC requirements for the U.S. and they can easily convert that to CPCSC very, very easily. So the best advice I could give to an organization is to properly vet and find a partner that has that experience and can quickly work with you to get you up to speed because, as we mentioned, they have a much shorter runway to get there. They can’t start at the beginning. They have to find someone that’s already been doing this for a while. Robert Dutt: If I’m a Canadian MSSP or a security-focused VAR listening to this right now, I’ve got a general security practice. Maybe I’ve been doing some compliance work in regulated industries. Where do I actually start with this? What’s the first conversation I should be having with my clients and what does engagement around CPCSC or CMMC look like in practice? Frank Balonis: It really starts with understanding whether they know where their data is and how that data is being protected. That is the biggest part of all of that. Working with the partner to understand what these requirements look like, where their data is, is the first place that I would really focus on because, again, the most important part is not a dashboard but the governance and the evidence of it and making sure that you control this. Robert Dutt: What’s kind of the best practice guideline, shall we say, for timelines? I imagine because of the nature of this, it’s not the kind of thing you want to be looking at that deadline and planning to slide in right at the deadline to reach compliance. You want to have some runway to make sure that all of your assumptions along the way have been correct, shall we say? Frank Balonis: If I was an organization up in Canada right now, I’d already be looking for a partner to help. Maybe not specifically setting any kind of deadlines other than the fact that you understand certain requirements are going to be in effect this summer. So the sooner you get on this, the faster, the better. So yesterday is the time to start on this, but if you can’t start yesterday, start today. That’s the best advice I could give because there’s always going to be those skeletons in the closet of, “Oh, I forgot about this,” or “Where is that?” As you start walking through the framework with your partners and understanding the controls, you are going to uncover things that you need to address as quickly as possible. Very similar to CMMC, you will have very little room to have any kind of out-of-control controls, so to speak, any findings or nonconformities depending on what framework you’re looking at and what type of audit. The area for margin is very small. Robert Dutt: Along that note, the last one for me: Level 1 is self-assessment, which is relatively accessible, I would think. But Level 2, you’re getting third-party assessments and that clock is ticking toward April 2027. Sort of along the same lines as the last question, but what’s basically your message to the Canadian partner community about the window of opportunity that exists right now? Frank Balonis: I would, for the folks that are going to be required for Level 2, I would do the Level 1 as soon as possible for you to understand where your gaps are. And you can attest to have your controls in place, because when Level 2 comes, the more information you already have by running through your own internal audit, which is effectively what a Level 1 is, the quicker you’ll be able to close those gaps and understand what you need to do before 2027 comes up on you. I personally, we’re working on consolidating a huge number of audits into a single one, and I’m already nervous that we’re three months away and still looking at a few things to complete all of them. We’ve done all of these individually, but we’re bringing them together, and that’s where you start seeing your gaps in between different organizations, different architectures. So the sooner you understand where you are, the sooner you can close those gaps and meet the requirements for Level 2. Robert Dutt: Sound advice. I appreciate it. Thanks for taking the time to walk us through the situation as it is and the opportunity out there for partners. Frank Balonis: My pleasure. I’m glad I could do this today. Robert Dutt: There you have it. Frank Balonis from Kiteworks. I’d like to thank Frank for his time. A couple of things from that conversation that I think are worth sitting with. First, the urgency. Balonis was clear that unlike CMMC, which paused, restarted, and gave the market time to catch its breath, CPCSC is already live and moving toward Level 2 third-party assessments. If you are a Canadian partner waiting for the phone to ring, you are already behind the partners who started this work six months ago. Second, the governance point. The line that stuck with me was that the important part is not a dashboard, but the governance and the evidence of it. In a market that loves to sell tools, the real compliance opportunity is advisory: helping clients understand where their data lives, how it is protected, and being able to demonstrate that control. That is a services play, not a product play. And third, the cross-border angle. Canadian partners who built CMMC advisory muscle with U.S. clients have a head start that is actually hard to replicate. The frameworks share the same foundation, and the sovereignty requirement is a wrinkle, not a wall. The firms that can bridge both sides of the border are going to be the ones that win the long-term compliance relationships. I’d like to thank you as always for listening to the show. Follow or subscribe wherever you get your podcasts – Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, most directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated and always help. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: KnowBe4 names Kurt Mills channel chief: KnowBe4 has appointed Kurt Mills as channel chief, according to an announcement scheduled for release this morning. The company says Mills will lead the evolution of its global partner programs, operations, and channel routes to market. Mills brings more than 25 years of cybersecurity channel experience from roles at Trellix, Check Point Software Technologies, Mimecast, FireMon, and Blue Coat Systems. In a statement, KnowBe4 CEO Bryan Palma said partner ecosystem growth is central to the company’s mission and that Mills’ deep channel expertise will be instrumental as KnowBe4 expands its market reach. CBTS launches Forge Agents: CBTS, the $1.3 billion technology services company, is launching Forge Agents today. The platform is designed to move mid-market and regulated organizations from AI pilots to custom agents running securely in production within days. CBTS says the platform includes 187 prebuilt artifacts and 34 cross-industry blueprints, with support for Anthropic, Google, AWS, Cisco, and on-premises environments. The company developed the platform using lessons from deploying AI internally across more than 2,300 employees and reports achieving full return on investment within three months. Sublime Security integrates with CrowdStrike Falcon Next-Gen SIEM: Sublime Security announced at Fal.Con 2026a new integration with CrowdStrike Falcon Next-Gen SIEM. The integration brings email security signals into the SIEM so analysts can correlate email-based threats with endpoint, identity, cloud, and threat intelligence data in one unified workflow. According to Sublime Security, AI-generated attack content is up roughly five times in the past year, and 90 percent of malicious emails are now customized to their target. The integration lets analysts trigger remediation and deploy organization-specific detection coverage directly from a Falcon investigation. DefensX expands browser security for MSPs: DefensX has expanded its secure web browser suite with new AI governance capabilities designed to help MSPs govern AI usage and protect customer data at the browser layer, according to eChannelNEWS. Mondoo launches endpoint inventory and governance tools: Mondoo has launched inventory and governance tools for endpoint security, giving security teams visibility and control over shadow AI tooling on company endpoints, as reported by eChannelNEWS. Canada imposes counter-tariffs on U.S. tech goods: Canada will impose 15 percent counter-tariffs on U.S.-origin electronics including smartphones, gaming consoles, and appliances effective September 8, though major enterprise IT infrastructure is largely exempt, according to the Department of Finance Canada. Prophet Security finds 46% of internal AI SOC builds deprecated: Prophet Security’s 2026 State of AI in Security Operations report found that 46 percent of organizations’ internal AI SOC builds were ultimately deprecated, replaced with commercial technology, or never reached production, suggesting a significant channel opportunity for MSSPs and integrators. Prophet Security Commvault and CrowdStrike extend AI automation: Commvault and CrowdStrike have extended their integration to automate cyber recovery actions within CrowdStrike’s Charlotte agentic SOAR workflows, available now to joint customers. PRNewswire Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Tuesday, September 1, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. KnowBe4 has appointed Kurt Mills as channel chief, according to an announcement scheduled for release this morning. The company says Mills will lead the evolution of its global partner programs, operations, and channel routes to market. Mills brings more than 25 years of cybersecurity channel experience from roles at Trellix, Check Point Software Technologies, Mimecast, FireMon, and Blue Coat Systems. In a statement, KnowBe4 CEO Bryan Palma said partner ecosystem growth is central to the company’s mission and that Mills’ deep channel expertise and track record of building high-performing teams through IPOs, acquisitions, and rapid market expansion will be instrumental as KnowBe4 expands its market reach. The appointment builds on a series of recent channel leadership additions, including Neill Burton and John Noha as vice presidents of channel supporting global initiatives. Canadian MSPs building managed security services around human risk management may see expanded program resources and enablement as KnowBe4 deepens its channel investment in a market where security awareness is becoming a recurring revenue staple. CBTS, the $1.3 billion technology services company, is launching Forge Agents today. The platform is designed to move mid-market and regulated organizations from AI pilots to custom agents running securely in production within days. Users describe the work they want completed in plain language, and CBTS says it builds the agent using the models and infrastructure the organization already has in place. The platform includes 187 prebuilt artifacts and 34 cross-industry blueprints, with support for Anthropic, Google, AWS, Cisco, and on-premises environments. CBTS developed the platform using lessons from deploying AI internally across more than 2,300 employees, and the company reports achieving full return on investment within three months. Mid-market Canadian clients are struggling to move AI from pilot to production, and CBTS’s template-driven approach gives channel partners a services wrapper they can build around. Sublime Security announced yesterday at Fal.Con 2026 in Las Vegas a new integration with CrowdStrike Falcon Next-Gen SIEM. The integration brings email security signals into the SIEM so analysts can correlate email-based threats with endpoint, identity, cloud, and threat intelligence data in one unified workflow. According to Sublime, AI-generated attack content is up roughly five times in the past year, and 90 percent of malicious emails are now customized to their target, making static detection increasingly inadequate. The integration lets analysts trigger remediation and deploy organization-specific detection coverage directly from a Falcon investigation, rather than waiting for the next vendor update cycle. Sublime says the integration gives analysts full, editable visibility into detection logic with no black box or vendor ticket required. The tighter correlation between email and endpoint detection should help Canadian MSPs compress response time from days to hours for clients without in-house security operations centers. In Brief – DefensX has expanded its secure web browser suite with new AI governance capabilities designed to help MSPs govern AI usage and protect customer data at the browser layer. Mondoo has launched inventory and governance tools for endpoint security, giving security teams visibility and control over shadow AI tooling on company endpoints. Canada will impose 15 percent counter-tariffs on U.S.-origin electronics including smartphones, gaming consoles, and appliances effective September 8, though major IT infrastructure is largely exempt. Prophet Security’s 2026 State of AI in Security Operations report found that 46 percent of organizations’ internal AI SOC builds were ultimately deprecated, replaced, or never reached production. Commvault and CrowdStrike have extended their integration to automate cyber recovery actions within CrowdStrike’s Charlotte agentic SOAR workflows, available now to joint customers. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, Frank Balonis from Kiteworks joins me to break down what Canadian partners need to know about the Canadian Program for Cyber Security Certification, and why the window to get ahead of Level 2 requirements is already closing. And if you haven’t heard it yet, my conversation with Jason Wieser from Calero on why technology expense management might be the MSP practice you’ve been overlooking. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Jason Wieser, senior vice president of mid-market and channel sales at Calero If technology expense management isn’t on your radar as a practice area, Jason Wieser thinks that’s about to change. Wieser, senior vice president of mid-market and channel sales at Calero and a 2026 CRN Channel Chief, joins In The Channel to talk about why MSPs and VARs are leaving real recurring revenue on the table by not offering technology spend management services to their customers. The conversation covers a lot of practical ground. Wieser explains why SaaS visibility has become the entry point for most partner conversations – delivering value in hours rather than the months that traditional telecom expense management historically required. He walks through how successful partners use TEM as a pipeline creation tool, turning full visibility into a customer’s contract and renewal landscape into a 3-4 year forward roadmap. And he offers a simple three-question framework – visibility, control, or optimization – that partners can use to qualify where a customer actually needs help. Wieser also touches on the recently launched Calero ConnectIQ, an orchestration layer designed to automate the flow of intelligence across technology expense data, and on the shadow SaaS problem – Gartner estimates the average enterprise runs 145 applications, and Calero’s data suggests the real number is significantly higher. For partners curious about what getting started actually looks like, Calero’s partner program has no joining fees or revenue commitments at entry level. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. When we talk about practice areas for MSPs and VARs, we usually start with the big ones: cybersecurity, cloud migration, and managed infrastructure. One area that rarely makes the list, but probably should, is technology expense management, or TEM. It is an area that has historically been seen as a back-office auditing function. But in an era of massive SaaS sprawl and complex mobility footprints, it is becoming an advisory service for the new C-suite. My guest today is Jason Wieser, senior vice president of mid-market and channel sales at Calero. Jason was named a 2026 CRN Channel Chief, and he has spent the last few years building a partner program around the idea that TEM is actually a pipeline-creation engine for the channel. Let’s get right into it – my chat with Jason Wieser. Robert Dutt: Jason, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Jason Wieser: Thank you for having me. I really appreciate it. Robert Dutt: You’ve been in tech sales for about twenty years. I’m curious: how did you land in technology expense management, and what made you want to stay and build a channel around it? Jason Wieser: I’ll be honest: when the TEM opportunity was first presented to me, I ran for the hills. I wasn’t willing to entertain the conversation. I’m sure my reasons were similar to those of many people when they think about TEM – that it is a legacy product set and not really on the cutting edge of technology. But from my perspective, as I heard the pitch, particularly around the SaaS expense management component, that was what got me excited. I felt there was a tremendous amount of opportunity. It was a wildly untapped market, and coming out of the COVID environment, I thought there was a good opportunity for channel partners to capitalize on the SaaS sprawl that we all experienced. That is what brought me into the TEM side of the business. When we were building out the channel, there weren’t many players in the TEM space with a channel focus. During the discussions we had as we were courting each other, one thing that came up was that Calero had no desire to be an agent. That was a big differentiator for me, and it was pivotal to my willingness to jump in and build out a channel, because none of the other TEM players could say that. It was a significant differentiator when you think about the value delivered back to the channel. When you combine those two things – the SaaS opportunity and Calero’s channel-first approach – it became a great opportunity. I’m really happy with the success we’ve had over the last four years building the channel at Calero. Robert Dutt: Most of my listeners are IT resellers and MSPs who probably haven’t thought much about TEM as a line of business they would offer. But you describe it as an untapped opportunity – words that always make my ears perk up. Can you make the case for that partner? Why should this be on their radar right now? Jason Wieser: I think the difference is in where TEM was and where it has gone. Historically, TEM stood for telecom expense management. Now, we think of it as technology expense management. I see this as a pipeline-creation tool for MSPs and resellers. Partners that lean in and work with a TEM provider that supports the channel can build a three-year pipeline roadmap. A reseller might ask, “How is that the case?” The way we go to market is that when we work with partners – whether they are resellers, referral partners, or MSPs – we make them part of the solution. They get full access to the Calero platform with their respective customer. That creates a building block. They can identify which contracts are coming up and position themselves as a trusted advisor to their customer. For example, if the customer’s Zoom licenses are coming up for renewal, the partner can see the usage rate. Or perhaps the customer’s Microsoft enterprise agreement is coming up for renewal. The partner can look at how the organization is using its E5 licenses and determine whether it really needs E5, or whether some users should be moved to E3 or F3 licenses. The partner gets to change the trajectory of the conversation and add a new source of value to the organization. At the end of the day, I see that as the biggest opportunity for a partner organization. From there, the partner can build on that process. They can look at circuits that are coming up for renewal, mobility, and other technology expenses. All of that helps them build out a pipeline over the next three, four, or five years. Robert Dutt: Is this something that a smaller reseller or MSP can realistically build, or does it require a certain level of scale to be a real opportunity? Jason Wieser: The good news is that we built this for MSPs and resellers. Historically, with technology expense management – or telecom expense management – you needed to have a large customer base. You might need a customer with a million dollars in annual telecom spend, otherwise it did not make sense. Now that we’ve moved into SaaS, particularly with a mid-market focus, you can go much further down-market. Our smallest customer has 250 employees. That gives a partner the opportunity to change the conversation and use this in a much smaller-capacity environment. On the telecom side, it used to take four, five, or six months to build out the infrastructure and gather all the data. On the SaaS side, it takes four, five, or six hours to bring information in. That is a significant differentiator. Partners can scale the opportunity, realize savings much more quickly, and begin addressing the control and optimization issues associated with technology spending. Robert Dutt: Legacy TEM is rooted in telecom, but given the speed at which you can prove value with SaaS, what is typically the entry point into the conversation with a customer? Does the conversation still begin with telecom bills that have gotten out of control? Do partners lead with SaaS sprawl? Is it mobile device management? What typically opens the door? Jason Wieser: From an MSP standpoint, what we are seeing work right now is starting with SaaS. It is the gateway because you have the opportunity to show immediate results. On the telecom and mobility sides, it is a longer process. You need letters of authorization, or LOAs. You need access to the data, and you need to bring all of that information into the system. That process can take four, five, or six months if the LOAs are not completed in a timely manner. With SaaS, you can get access to an endpoint and conduct a proof of value immediately with the partner. You can start showcasing the data sets, and the decision practically writes itself for the customer. For an MSP, I would focus on SaaS because of that speed. The ability to white-label the platform and make it look like your own – with your logo in the upper-left corner and “powered by Calero” underneath – helps cement you as a true partner to the business. Robert Dutt: The thesis seems to be about the merger of telecom, mobility, and SaaS into one management problem. But for many businesses, those are still three different budget lines, with three different people responsible for them. What makes managing them together increasingly important, and who on the customer side is feeling the pain most or leading the charge? Jason Wieser: That’s the million-dollar question, because they are very different business units. We view our platform as providing a single pane of glass to accommodate all of those expense categories. But the person making SaaS decisions is usually not the same person making mobility decisions, and neither is necessarily the person responsible for telecom. The way we frame it is to start on the SaaS side. We leverage the resources and data sets that we are able to uncover with the partner, and then we ask to go wider into the organization. SaaS provides the gateway. Once we have shown results – whether that is savings, improved security, better control, or the ability to bring in data that the customer did not previously have – we can ask who owns mobility and who owns telecom. We may also uncover an optimization opportunity while reviewing an enterprise agreement, or while a customer is considering a move from Zoom to RingCentral. The partner has proof points showing business value, and that makes the conversation much easier. The customer is more willing to provide an introduction to the people responsible for those other areas. If you approach this holistically, it is generally more of a CFO- or CTO-level discussion because it is tied to a broader business-transformation objective. But that usually has to come from the top down. If you are trying to create an all-encompassing program from the bottom up, we do not see that very frequently. It is much more common to get a foot in the door and then expand from there. Robert Dutt: What does the economics look like for a partner that builds this practice well? Are we talking about meaningful recurring revenue, or is this more of a retention and stickiness play? Jason Wieser: I would say it is both. When you look at the dollar size of the opportunity, there is definitely a compensation component that can be worthwhile, depending on the time of year and the programs available. From an MSP perspective, there is also a traditional markup that the partner can earn. Our plans and packages are designed to support those upsides for MSPs. From a stickiness standpoint, that is also a key element. We are only four years old in the channel, so we do not yet have the channel data to say precisely how sticky it is. But if you look at our customer base overall, it is a very sticky product. Our average customer has been with Calero for seven and a half years. That creates an opportunity for growth within the partner community. The partner can continue demonstrating value and having those conversations over time. Robert Dutt: You talk about partners moving from transactional selling to advisory relationships, particularly around practice-building. That is the right direction, but it is a real cultural shift for a lot of partner organizations. Where do you see partners getting stuck, and what separates the ones that make the transition from the ones that do not? Jason Wieser: We see partners getting stuck when they are not completely certain how to have the conversation. I would describe that primarily as an enablement issue, combined with a willingness to lean in. Telecom was never a particularly exciting topic. Most partners have not leaned into it over the last fifteen years unless they specifically built a telecom expense management practice. There are very few of those partners. Having the understanding required to conduct those baseline conversations takes some work at the outset. The partners we have seen succeed are the ones that have leaned in. They understand how to have those initial discussions and then tie them back to what matters to the business. There are three things we look at that drive success: Are you looking for visibility? Are you looking for control? Are you looking for optimization? It could be all three. The partners that can tie the proof point back to one or more of those outcomes, and have those conversations on the fly, are the ones that move beyond dipping their toes in the water and begin to see meaningful growth within their practice. I do not want to make it sound as if they need to build a large team. One of our largest partners is a billion-dollar organization, but it has ten practices run by one person. One person has leaned into the conversation, and that person is brought in when the opportunities arise. Robert Dutt: You launched Calero ConnectIQ just a couple of weeks ago. Can you give me the quick version of what that changes for partners and their customers? The bigger question is this: as more of the heavy lifting gets automated, does that make the practice easier to build, or does it simply raise customer expectations? Jason Wieser: The ConnectIQ launch is important because it allows us to streamline our connections to the external world. It gives us API hooks in a much quicker manner and allows us to access data in a more streamlined way. From the perspective of a partner recognizing and delivering value to its customers, that is a significant benefit. As for the AI component and what those dynamics will look like, that is still to be determined. We are only two to four weeks into the launch. We have use cases that we have developed to date, but the real-world application is still being fleshed out. We will continue working with the partner community to drive those successes across the global channel. Robert Dutt: I’m guessing that having those hooks, or making it easier to establish those hooks, is especially important as SaaS comes to the forefront. Telecom is a relatively small community in terms of the number of providers, while SaaS is not. Jason Wieser: The number of SaaS applications in enterprise organizations is absolutely staggering. Gartner has cited an average of 145 applications in an enterprise. We find the actual number to be significantly higher because of shadow SaaS. I’ll use myself as an example. I have applications that the business does not provide – applications that I pay for myself – and those applications are still accessing data. I probably should not say that on this podcast because now I am going to be audited by the business. Robert Dutt: I think you mean, hypothetically, that you could possibly have applications that are not approved by corporate. Jason Wieser: Absolutely. Good clarification. It just goes to show that you cannot control what you do not have visibility into. The number of applications touching the network is growing and continues to grow because there are so many specialized applications. A new person comes into an organization and prefers ChatGPT over Claude, or vice versa. They are going to use the tools they are familiar with. ConnectIQ is there to assist with that and provide the ability to get that data in a much more streamlined manner. Robert Dutt: I want to bring this home for my audience specifically – the Canadian IT reseller and MSP. Can you tell me a bit about where Calero is in Canada? Are you active with Canadian partners? Is there anything specific about the Canadian market, including the structure of the telecom industry or the profile of the businesses that need this, that makes this a particular moment of opportunity here? Jason Wieser: One thing we have done well as a company, particularly with our customer base, is operate as a global organization. That also presents unique challenges. If I think about Canada specifically, there are businesses for which data cannot leave Canadian borders. Our ability to put that infrastructure in place and ensure that data remains on the Canadian side of the fence is important. We also need to ensure that our partners have the ability to facilitate that for customers. This remains a focal point for us, and it is something we need to continue investing in as we build our Canadian partnerships and drive growth. Robert Dutt: Last one for me. Canadian solution providers are listening to this and thinking, “This could be an opportunity. This might be something I need to look at more seriously.” What are the best first steps? What should they do next as they think about how this fits into their business and potentially build a practice? Jason Wieser: We would love to have a baseline conversation. We are happy to learn more about their business and then reference similar businesses and partners where we have seen success. We can highlight what those partners have done and how the model has worked for them. We also have an enablement track that we run with partners to help them become comfortable with the opportunity. If a partner wants to lean in, we are more than happy to provide the resources to help build the practice. That way, the partner can begin generating sales from the technology expense management side while also building a strong pipeline over the next two, three, or four years. Robert Dutt: Brilliant. That’s something they can certainly act on. It is an interesting opportunity – one that I had not thought of in quite this way, as the conversation has shifted from a telecom-centric discussion to a broader technology expense management discussion. I appreciate you bringing some of this to light. Thank you very much. Jason Wieser: Thank you for your time. Robert Dutt: There you have it, Jason Wieser from Calero. I’d like to thank Jason for his time today. I think the big takeaway for me was the idea that SaaS is the front door. We often think of expense management as a months-long slog through old telecom invoices. But Jason’s point is that a partner can deliver visibility into a customer’s SaaS sprawl in a matter of hours and then use that insight to build a three- to five-year roadmap. That is a real shift in how to think about the opportunity. If you are looking for a way to move from transactional selling to the trusted-advisor status that we are always talking about, this seems like a practical path to get there. I’d also like to thank you for tuning in. If you are enjoying the show, please make sure to follow or subscribe to the podcast on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, or wherever you usually get your podcasts. Ratings and reviews are always encouraged. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Kevin Kennedy, vice president of global partner ecosystem at Red Hat The channel has fundamentally changed – and for a long time, Red Hat‘s partner program hadn’t caught up. That’s the candid starting point for Kevin Kennedy, who joins In The Channel this week fresh off his appointment as Red Hat’s vice president of global partner ecosystem. Kennedy’s career spans just about every layer of the channel – direct sales at IBM and Xerox, close to a decade at Arrow Electronics, and leadership roles at VCE, Dell EMC, and TD SYNNEX before joining Red Hat in 2022. That perspective shapes how he talks about the shift from a model built on clear “swim lanes” – where resellers, services partners, and software sellers all stayed in their own lanes – to the multi-partner, collaborative engagements that define how business gets done today. “It’s really hard to even define a partner today,” Kennedy says. “We can’t go to market by ourselves any longer.” Red Hat’s program refresh responds to that reality with a bifurcated incentive structure: front-end rewards for individual sellers at the deal level, and back-end incentives for firms making deeper investments in Red Hat competencies. Kennedy is direct about what drove the change: “We were putting all of our rewards around the resell of our products. And that ship had sailed.” The conversation also covers the Broadcom/VMware disruption as a modernization opportunity rather than a rip-and-replace play, where AI realistically fits in the partner revenue picture right now, the evolving role of distribution as an ecosystem aggregator, and – for Canadian partners specifically – the growing urgency of data sovereignty as a go-to-market factor. And Kennedy offers a memorable frame for Red Hat’s long-term platform ambition: “Red Hat inside” – the idea that Red Hat increasingly underpins solutions partners build and customers buy, whether or not the name is on the box. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. My guest today is Kevin Kennedy, vice president of the global partner ecosystem at Red Hat. Kevin’s career spans just about every seat in the channel: direct sales at IBM and Xerox; the better part of a decade, on and off, at Arrow Electronics; leadership roles at VCE and Dell EMC; and then about five years running advanced solutions at Tech Data and TD SYNNEX before coming to Red Hat in 2022. That’s a resume that takes you from carrying a bag, through distribution leadership, to vendor-side ecosystem strategy. That full-channel perspective shapes how he thinks about the partner business in ways that are pretty evident in this conversation. Red Hat recently named him the permanent head of its global partner ecosystem, and the word “ecosystem” in that title is deliberate, as you’ll hear. We get into how the partner business has fundamentally shifted from the old swim-lane model to something much more collaborative and complex; what Red Hat is changing in its partner program and why; the VMware modernization opportunity; where AI realistically fits in the partner revenue story right now; and what data sovereignty means for Canadian partners specifically. Let’s get right into it, my chat with Kevin Kennedy. Robert Dutt: Kevin, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Kevin Kennedy: Thanks for having me, Rob. I appreciate being here. Robert Dutt: You’ve been in so many different seats facing the channel, from starting in direct sales at IBM and Xerox, to distribution, and now, of course, the vendor side. I’m curious: when you look back at the arc of the channel, as it were, over that time, what’s the biggest way the partner business has changed since you started looking at it and watching it closely? Kevin Kennedy: That’s a great question, because there has been a significant evolution, that’s for sure. I think it starts with the definition of what a partner is. It used to be that you had very clear swim lanes. You had resellers, you had services partners, and you had people who always sold software or people who always sold hardware. Everybody had their individual lanes, and that was predominantly the way the channel made money: through the resale of all those things. If you fast-forward to today, it’s completely different. It’s really hard to even define a partner today. You can’t put them in one camp. Take a larger partner like WWT, for example. It used to be the preeminent reseller for a myriad of OEM lines. Today, that may be just a portion of its business. If you look at its total bottom-line profitability, I would say the vast majority of that comes from the services it offers and the contracts it manages for very large customers. Partners have evolved. We used to be able to go sell something individually. With the complexity that now exists in technology and the solutions that customers are demanding, we can’t go to market by ourselves any longer. We’re forced to collaborate and build relationships outside of our historical domains in order to present a customer with a holistic solution that’s going to drive the outcomes or efficiencies they demand. I think all of that dynamic is great. We talked about multi-partner engagement for decades and couldn’t get it to work because, realistically, we were all competing for the same nickel. If I went into a customer with you, likely one of us would get cut out of that deal or eventually be eased out. Today, that’s not true. We’re really dependent on each other. You bring your strengths to the table, I bring mine to the table, and those combined strengths are what the customer is going to realize. I think that’s the exciting component that’s really changed dramatically, especially over the last 10 years, and even more so over the last five. Robert Dutt: That speaks to the fact that you’re coming in as vice president of the global partner ecosystem, rather than vice president of channel sales or vice president of partner programs. I’m guessing, especially from that latter point about the co-sell and multi-partner arrangement becoming much more accepted and more of a default, that it’s a meaningful and purposeful distinction. What changes day to day when you call it an ecosystem, or when you think of it as an ecosystem, rather than a channel? Kevin Kennedy: I think your point is well made. The title and our nomenclature – ecosystem versus channel, or ecosystem versus partner – are intentional. Again, it goes back to illustrating the necessity of multiple people with varying levels of expertise in a variety of domains. All of them are required to bring a customer a solution and drive an outcome. It actually makes things more complex in some regards. From my lens, at the end of the day, what do we want to sell? We want to sell Red Hat products and our platforms into a customer. In years gone by, that might have been a much more simplistic arrangement. Our sales teams would call on a customer, represent only what we’re good at, and get that deal done. That no longer remains the case. I have to make sure we’re selling the value of Red Hat’s portfolio not just to the customer. I’ve also got to make sure the systems integrator sees how we can bring value to the solutions they’re going to represent to their customer base. I’ve got to represent the value of Red Hat to the hyperscalers – why they should care about us and how we may drive consumption in their marketplaces. I’ve got to bring value to the distributors and explain why they want to put resources around our product portfolio. I need to show them how our portfolio is going to help accelerate some of the more profitable lines they represent. On one hand, the ecosystem model illustrates the necessity for all of us to come together. On the other hand, it invites complexity from a go-to-market standpoint because everybody’s my customer. That’s traditionally been true in distribution, where a lot of my heritage comes from. We used to have the adage that we’re nobody’s customer and everybody’s customer, because I have to constantly sell the value of why we exist and why we should matter to you, and how we can help you be successful. Robert Dutt: That must make it an interesting challenge to structure programs when it’s no longer as simple as, “You are a reseller, therefore you fit in box A.” Now you’ve got to get creative with your programs and incentives in order to keep partners excited about what you’re doing, engaged with your platforms, and recognizing where you’re headed and why that might be valuable to them. Kevin Kennedy: I’ve got to construct a program with incentives that look at presales and the whole customer-management lifecycle. It’s no longer just, “We’ve got a product and a contract for that product that’s going to be sold.” Now I’ve got to think about adoption. I’ve got to think about how we make that product more pervasive through an organization. I’ve got to ensure that everything we said was going to be done when we presented the solution is actually coming to fruition, so the customer sees a return on that investment. If they don’t, I’m going to be a one-and-done. If they do, it’s going to give me an opportunity to have conversations around other things we can bring to bear that might provide similar or even better outcomes than what they did initially with us. Robert Dutt: When you did the program refresh, you said it was built around simplicity, predictability and profitability – three words that come up a lot in channel chief conversations, for obvious reasons. I don’t think those are unique to Red Hat, but along with what you’ve already touched on, what did you see or hear from partners about what they were experiencing that made those changes the priority at this time? Kevin Kennedy: That’s a good question. When I joined Red Hat, I observed that we weren’t necessarily meeting partners where they were. We were still thinking about the way things had been in years gone by. We were typically putting all of our rewards – and, by the way, they were plentiful – around the resale of our products. That ship had sailed. The ecosystem had evolved considerably, but we hadn’t necessarily evolved with it. What we tried to do, especially with the incentives we launched in January, was meet partners where they are. That means we have to bifurcate our incentive structure. We’ve got sellers at those partner organizations, and we need to make sure we’re targeting incentives on the front end, at the deal and transaction level, to get them excited about moving Red Hat products. Primarily, I look at that as a great opportunity for customer acquisition. There are a lot of places where we haven’t been, and those sellers are going to be able to introduce us to those customers. They have respected and long-tenured relationships that are going to help us land our objectives, which is to have the Red Hat portfolio consumed there. Similarly, we’ve got to make sure we’re incentivizing the firms to make the investments necessary to upskill their people and ensure they have the technical requirements and technical capabilities to deliver our solutions. We’re showing them a path from whatever managed services they currently provide in the enterprise to how they can include Red Hat as part of that. That’s going to be accretive to their service capabilities and to their profitability. We’re ensuring that we have both the front end and the back end covered. Again, we’re meeting partners where they are in the market, rather than saying that we only care about what they’re going to do for us from a product standpoint. We recognize that services are probably the most profitable component of their business. How do we translate the sale of our products into an increase in their services business, which is going to be accretive to their overall profitability? Robert Dutt: The nice part about that approach, even if you are coming from playing catch-up a little bit, is that there isn’t quite as much need to educate or incentivize partners to come around to where you’re going. You’re setting it up based on where they’re at today. Kevin Kennedy: Exactly. Recognizing that partners need a lot of hand-holding and a lot of our Red Hat engagement isn’t necessarily true. In many cases, partners have a level of sophistication that’s beyond what we would even address in a traditional enablement program. Now it’s about leveraging all those skills and competencies and translating them into what that means for Red Hat and how that accelerates adoption of our portfolio. From a partner standpoint, what does our portfolio mean to them in terms of plugging into what they’re already doing from a go-to-market standpoint? It puts more bullets in the gun when they’re talking to a customer. Robert Dutt: One of the areas of opportunity right now has to be the whole Broadcom-VMware situation, which has created a lot of disruption for partners, customers and pretty much everyone. Red Hat is obviously positioned well in that space, but capturing the opportunity through the channel is different from simply having the right technology on the shelf. How are you helping partners have that conversation with customers, especially those who are frustrated and interested in other options but aren’t necessarily ready to make the big jump? Kevin Kennedy: When the whole Broadcom situation first transpired, I think we all saw it as a generational opportunity to make a land grab. We all had varying degrees of success. And when I say “we all,” I don’t just mean Red Hat, but others that play in this space as well. Where we’ve seen a tremendous acceleration in our opportunity is by changing the conversation. When we go out with one of our partners and talk to customers about what they’re doing from a virtualization perspective, it’s no longer simply about moving off VMware onto Red Hat, for instance. It’s about modernization. It’s about making sure that the customer is prepared for its technology journey – moving from virtualization and modernizing its data centre toward the AI conversation that I’m sure we’ll get to in a moment. Red Hat and our partners can help customers on that journey and accelerate it without requiring a rip-and-replace approach or a complete transformation of their entire infrastructure. They can leverage the things they may do with us today to move off VMware and into a more modernized, virtualized, containerized and Kubernetes-based environment. That prepares them to take the next step into AI. It’s not a step back. It’s not a step sideways. It’s a step forward from their initial investment with us. Robert Dutt: It is 2026, and we’ve been talking for 12 or 13 minutes now, so I am legally required to ask an AI question at this point. You’ve been pretty straightforward in saying that virtualization, automation and hybrid cloud are still the real revenue drivers, while AI is more of a near-future opportunity. I respect that honesty, and I think it probably maps closely with what partners are telling you about where they are today. But where does that leave the partner who’s getting pressure from customers to have an AI story right now? Do you lead with the infrastructure story, or do you lead with AI and then backfill toward virtualization, automation and hybrid cloud? Kevin Kennedy: I think we lead with the hybrid modernization and automation play first, and then segue into the AI discussion. Part of what we’ve seen over the last year, especially, is the need to separate AI reality from AI hype. Everybody talks about AI, and I think the pockets of success have come from partners who are listening to customers and giving them the counsel and advice that they don’t need to boil the ocean. Let’s start with some very specific processes that the customer could look to automate by leveraging AI technology and Red Hat technology. Then the customer will be able to see an immediate win and a return on that initial investment. From there, we can see where to grow. For most customers, it’s not too different from us as consumers. We think of AI and ChatGPT, and all of these things where we’re going to be able to ask a whole bunch of questions and get smart answers back to help inform us about where to go. For a lot of customers, that’s debilitating. They don’t even know where to start. The whole thing is a massive labyrinth of issues they’re trying to sort through. Every partner that can go in and provide consultative advice – saying, “We don’t need to look at everything. Let’s start with some very direct things that you say require a lot of manual intervention or take up a lot of cycles” – can leverage AI technology to circumvent a lot of that. They can make processes that took weeks or months translate into hours or minutes. What productivity increase do you see as a result? That’s an immediate win and a return on the initial investment. I think the partners that understand what collaboration looks like in this space are also going to be successful, because AI forces us to talk to others and play well with others. Even for us, we’ve enjoyed a lot of recent announcements around collaborative partnerships with NVIDIA, Dell, Cisco and others. We’re doing these things together. It’s not because we each woke up one day and said, “I really want to build a partnership with NVIDIA,” or, “I really want to build a better partnership with Cisco.” We were forced to have those conversations because of the outcomes customers expect. We realized that while we have a really important and robust piece of the solution, it’s only a piece of the pie, and the customer wants the whole pie. How do we orchestrate and architect it together so that we collaborate and go to the customer together and say, “Here’s what we can do for you. Here’s your whole pie”? Robert Dutt: You spent years on the distribution side, as you said earlier. A lot of your career was spent there. Now you’re managing some of those same companies, or the companies they’ve become over time, as a vendor. I’m curious: has your background in distribution changed what you actually ask of distributors, or what you think vendors typically ask of distributors but either shouldn’t or should ask more of? Kevin Kennedy: I tell anybody who wants to be involved in the ecosystem that if you’ve worked in distribution, that’s your MBA of channel engagement. You learn so much because, when I was at TD, for instance, I was doing business with every major OEM in the world, each with different expectations and demands. I was running a business on basis points. Understanding how to get the greatest efficiencies in the sales model and how to reap the greatest amount of profit in order to continue investing in the business prepared me better for the ecosystem role I have today. Even when I got to Red Hat, I think the way we leveraged distribution was much more traditional. We appreciated distributors for the financial piece they brought to the equation. That continues to be a critical thing that distribution adds to technology in general: they’re a financial backbone for a lot of the investments we’re all making. But distributors were also viewed as providing logistics and operational efficiencies. While that’s still part of what they do, it’s just a small part of what they do today. I look at distributors as aggregators. We talked about how one, two, five or seven partners may touch every transaction a customer buys. There’s no better place to bring all of that together than within distribution. Distributors have developed their own great level of sophistication. They’ve got technical expertise across multiple vendor lines. They’ve made tremendous investments in AI on their own, and they have specialists who are trained, competent and capable. I’m leaning on them to do a lot of the enablement for me. When I look at how we go to market with all these different partner types – whether it’s hyperscalers, OEMs, GSIs or ISVs – I can go to distribution, which is also doing business across all those same partner types, and say, “How do we work more effectively together to develop a really cohesive go-to-market strategy?” The distributor is the aggregator. It can go to the partners we all share in common – the WWTs, CDWs, Softchoices and Mobias of the world – and say, “How can you bring all this together for us to present to these partners, so they can go talk to a customer and have a holistic solution to put in front of them?” Distributors represent that capability for me. We’re leaning in hard with distribution, certainly on the legacy and traditional things they bring to bear, but more importantly on the forward-looking investments they’re making in their own enterprises that are going to help accelerate partner adoption of our solutions. Robert Dutt: Close to home, data sovereignty is a major issue for Canadian organizations right now. Between government guidance and some muscle being put behind that, there’s a growing concern about where data resides and the whole CLOUD Act question. Do you see that showing up in partner conversations in Canada, and how does Red Hat’s story change in that context, if it does? Kevin Kennedy: It’s a prevalent and very relevant conversation today in Canada, certainly in EMEA and APAC – essentially everywhere outside of the United States. It’s forced us to re-evaluate how we’re going to market in those environments. It changes the perspective on simply talking about the hyperscalers. It changes the perspective on what a sovereign cloud looks like and who the players are. It’s introducing us to players in spaces such as telecom, where telcos are now looking more like the sovereign cloud providers of the future. How do we build a secure solution, working on a public cloud, private cloud or sovereign cloud provider, that will be required – especially in government and GOE spaces – and provide them with the opportunities they’ll need in the future? It started to emerge perhaps at the end of last year, but it’s now a massive topic of conversation with us, and I think that’s going to continue. When we talk about AI, this is going to be a big component as well. How do we protect this data, and how do we have it reside in a secure environment that’s critical to government agencies and how they operate every day? Robert Dutt: Do you see Red Hat partners as having a major untapped or under-realized opportunity right now? Kevin Kennedy: I still think virtualization is a major, major untapped market. We’re hot on the customer-acquisition trail. Traditionally, we’ve grown through established customer relationships that have been great to us over the years. We’ve made mutual investments in those relationships, and we’re certainly going to continue that. But we’ve got to find new business. I think AI is the accelerant in that. It gives us a forum for conversations around what we’ve built. Anybody who has made an investment in our core portfolio has a springboard to get to where they want to go relative to AI. The partnerships I referenced with NVIDIA, Cisco, Dell, HPE and others are great catalysts for opening discussions with customers who perhaps didn’t know Red Hat before. I sometimes think about it this way – and this is probably an oversimplified way to put it – but for years we all bought laptops that ran on Intel chips. “Intel Inside” was a great marketing ploy for a whole host of reasons. I kind of see Red Hat that way a little bit: Red Hat inside. We’re going to be the underpinning of a lot of solutions that customers are going to buy in the future. They may not even know that Red Hat is running in there, and I’m not sure that we care. We want to be that secure platform that provides mobility from the cloud to on-premises environments, with seamless motion back and forth. We want to provide the level of security that’s going to be required, whether that’s in a sovereign environment or in our current state, where data security is the utmost concern. We want to be the underpinning that allows all that stuff to run effectively and efficiently, and gives customers portability and an open concept. Whether or not the customer actually knows Red Hat is there, I’m not sure that matters that much to us from the customer lens. It matters more in terms of how we’re going to work with some of the other partner routes we’ve talked about, especially given the ecosystem discussion. Robert Dutt: I’m curious what you’d like to see partners doing more, better or differently for the benefit of Red Hat, yes, but especially for their own businesses and where the business is going. Kevin Kennedy: I want to be a catalyst for them to sell autonomously. I think OEMs have often seen themselves in an outsized role when it comes to going to market with partners. We’ve acted as though partners need us in order to deliver the solution, or need a Red Hat badge in order to get validated by the customer. Certainly, there may still be an element of that, but I’ve found that partners’ customer relationships and the trust they’ve already earned with those customers supersede our need to be necessarily involved. I’m looking at ways to pour gasoline on that fire. How can I get out of the way and let partners move at a quicker pace than they may have in the past? Certainly, we’re part of the solution. We want to make sure partners have everything necessary, whether that’s training, enablement, demo equipment, proofs of concept or executive briefing centres – whatever they need to ensure they have the utmost confidence to position a solution that contains Red Hat products in the best light with the customer. But we know partners don’t need our help to have that sales conversation. They don’t necessarily need our help to deliver the services after the sale, to do the migration or to provide managed services, because they already have that expertise. We just need to make sure they feel confident that they can incorporate us into that motion. That’s really my focus, even from an ecosystem program standpoint. I want to put the incentives in a place that accelerates all the things partners are already good at and simply includes us in that motion. Robert Dutt: It sounds from those last couple of answers that you’re quite happy being the underpinning, the foundation behind either the customer solution or the partner’s sales motion. How does that shape what you’re focused on personally and program-wise in terms of what partners can expect from you and from Red Hat over the balance of the year and beyond? Kevin Kennedy: My mantra has been to do more with less. What I mean by that is that the partners who already fit the profile I’ve been describing – those with core competencies and skills, strong market presence, tremendous customer relationships, and investments in upskilling their people with the technical and sales expertise to represent Red Hat well in the marketplace – are the partners I want to invest in to a high degree. The partners who may traditionally have just wanted to put our logo on their website and clicked through to become a partner because they wanted to resell or perform more fulfilment activities – that’s great, and I still want to welcome those partners. But those are not the partners around whom I’m going to build programs or in whom I’m going to invest heavily. They’re not the partners where I’m going to continue putting direct resources side by side with them to win in the marketplace. I want to go deeper and wider with fewer partners who have the investments and skills necessary to bring customers the outcomes and efficiencies they’re looking for. Robert Dutt: That’s a great place to leave it. Kevin, thank you very much for taking the time. Kevin Kennedy: Thank you for having me. It’s been a great time, and I appreciate the opportunity. Robert Dutt: There you have it, Kevin Kennedy from Red Hat. I’d like to thank Kevin for his time today. He’s someone who has thought seriously about how this business actually works from multiple vantage points, and that comes through. Thanks for listening as well. A couple of things I’m taking away from this one. The “Intel Inside” framing that Kevin used – the idea that Red Hat is increasingly going to be the underpinning of solutions that customers buy and partners build, without necessarily being the name on the box – is a significant strategic statement. It’s a bet that being foundational is worth more than being front and centre. It’s worth watching how that plays out for partners who are building practices around Red Hat technology, or potentially are. And the ecosystem-versus-channel distinction doesn’t come off as just a title change. When you’re talking about a single customer engagement that might bring together a cloud provider, a services integrator, a software specialist and a reseller, all at the same table, the question of how you build a program and reward structure around that is unsolved across the industry. Red Hat is working on it, but so are a lot of other people. For Canadian partners specifically, the data sovereignty conversation is one to pay attention to. Kevin was candid that it’s reshaping how Red Hat thinks about going to market outside the United States, and the Canadian regulatory environment is only going to make that more pressing over the next few years. If you found this useful, please follow or subscribe wherever you get your podcasts. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube and most major directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: ePlus acquires Daymark Solutions: The solution provider bought the Boston-area Microsoft cloud partner for roughly $36 million, adding Azure, Microsoft 365, and security capabilities. Daymark ranked No. 41 on CRN’s 2026 Solution Provider 500. ePlus says the deal is the latest in a string of about 30 acquisitions and significantly expands its Northeast footprint. Cohesity expands Aspire Global Partner Program: The data security vendor has added new partner specializations in AI data security, cloud services, and backup and recovery, along with broader rebates and simplified training. Cohesity says the updated program, which took effect Aug. 1, 2026, rewards partner teaming and services expertise. Exclaimer launches MSP Connect for managed service providers: The new global program offers consumption-based billing, self-service provisioning, NFR licensing, and PSA integrations with ConnectWise, HaloPSA, and Kaseya BMS. Exclaimer says the program is designed to remove billing and management friction for MSPs selling email signature management as a compliance and brand-consistency layer. In Brief: IBM Consulting deploys thousands of AI agents: IBM says it has rolled out thousands of AI agents across enterprise security projects, productizing agentic AI for cybersecurity use cases. CrowdStrike warns frontier AI demands “greatest mobilization” ever: Chief business officer Daniel Bernard told CRN that AI-accelerated threats require what he calls cybersecurity’s greatest mobilization, outlining how the company is positioning partners to defend against frontier AI risks. CRN publishes 2026 Fast Growth 150: The annual list ranks solution providers by two-year growth rate. Caylent, EchoStor, and Park Place Technologies are among the top 25 fastest-growing companies. ChannelPro names Top 20 MSPs for 2026: The annual list highlights what the publication calls “bold, relentlessly innovative leaders” in the managed services space. Kaseya embeds agentic AI into MSP service delivery: The IT management platform vendor is bringing autonomous AI agents into its core MSP tools, according to an Aug. 24 report. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Wednesday, August 26, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Solution provider ePlus has acquired the assets of fellow solution provider Daymark Solutions. According to CRN, ePlus announced the deal on Monday, paying roughly $36 million for the Boston-area Microsoft cloud partner. Daymark ranked No. 41 on CRN’s 2026 Solution Provider 500 and brings advanced Microsoft Azure, Microsoft 365, and security capabilities to ePlus. The acquisition is the latest in a string of about 30 deals ePlus has done, and it significantly expands the company’s footprint in the Northeast while deepening its Microsoft cloud services portfolio. For Canadian solution providers watching the M&A market, this deal is worth noting because it shows how midmarket Microsoft cloud practices are becoming acquisition targets as larger VARs look to build density in specific geographies. ePlus said in a statement that Daymark’s team and customer base will be integrated into its existing operations. Data security and management vendor Cohesity has expanded its Aspire Global Partner Program with new specializations, broader rebates, and simplified training requirements. The Aug. 25 announcement adds partner specializations around AI data security, cloud services, and backup and recovery, along with expanded profitability through increased rebates and deal registration protection. Cohesity says the updated program took effect on Aug. 1, 2026, and is designed to reward partner teaming, services expertise, and what the company calls “customer obsession.” The program is global, so Canadian partners are eligible for the new specializations immediately. The rebate expansion is the piece to watch here: Cohesity is moving toward outcome-based incentives that favor partners who wrap services around the platform rather than pure transactional resellers, which mirrors a broader trend across infrastructure vendors. Email signature management vendor Exclaimer has launched a dedicated partner program for MSPs called MSP Connect. The Aug. 19 announcement includes consumption-based billing, self-service provisioning, and direct integrations with ConnectWise, HaloPSA, and Kaseya BMS. Exclaimer is also offering NFR licensing so MSPs can run the platform internally before pitching it to clients. The program is global, so Canadian MSPs are eligible from day one. The pitch here is that email signatures have become a bigger compliance and brand-consistency issue as phishing attacks get more sophisticated, and MSPs can fold Exclaimer into their security and productivity stacks without adding billing complexity. According to Exclaimer, the PSA integrations mean invoice line items and tenant management should live inside tools MSPs are already using. IBM Consulting says it has deployed thousands of AI agents across security projects for enterprise clients. CRN reported the initiative on Aug. 25 as part of Big Blue’s broader push to productize agentic AI for cybersecurity use cases. CrowdStrike chief business officer Daniel Bernard says frontier AI demands what he calls cybersecurity’s “greatest mobilization” ever. In an Aug. 25 interview with CRN, Bernard outlined how the company is positioning partners to defend against AI-accelerated threats. CRN has published its 2026 Fast Growth 150 list, with the top 25 solution providers ranked by two-year growth rate. Caylent, EchoStor, and Park Place Technologies are among the fastest-growing companies. The ChannelPro Network has unveiled its Top 20 MSPs for 2026, an annual recognition of providers the publication calls “bold, relentlessly innovative leaders.” Kaseya is bringing agentic AI deeper into MSP service delivery. ChannelE2E reported on Aug. 24 that the IT management platform vendor is embedding autonomous AI agents into its core MSP tools. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, Red Hat vice president of the global partner ecosystem Kevin Kennedy sits down with me to talk about how the partner business has shifted away from swim lanes, where the VMware modernization opportunity stands for Canadian partners, and what data sovereignty actually means in practice. And if you haven’t heard it yet, yesterday on In The Channel, Cisco Canada president Raj Juneja walked me through the company’s new Sovereign Critical Infrastructure portfolio and what trust-based licensing looks like for partners selling air-gapped infrastructure to Canadian public sector clients. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Raj Juneja, president of Cisco Canada In this episode of In The Channel, we speak with Raj Juneja, president of Cisco Canada, about the launch of Cisco’s Sovereign Critical Infrastructure portfolio in Canada – the second market worldwide after EMEA, where it debuted last September. The portfolio spans Cisco’s networking, security, compute, collaboration, and Splunk offerings, configured for air-gapped, on-premises deployment. The differentiator is trust-based licensing: Cisco can’t remotely access, control, or disable the products – control sits entirely with the customer. It’s certified to FIPS 140-2/3 and Common Criteria standards, and aligned with Canada’s ITSG-33 framework. Juneja confirmed the offering is open to the full partner ecosystem, not restricted to any one partner, with certifications consistent with existing Cisco portfolio requirements. Distribution plays its usual role. Target customers are government, financial services, healthcare, and AI providers – organizations that need to run sensitive systems without cloud connectivity or foreign vendor access. IDC research shows more than half of Canadian organizations are increasing scrutiny of their critical system providers, but intent is running well ahead of deployment. Partner economics details are expected in the coming weeks. The launch comes as HPE has been active in sovereign infrastructure in Canada, and the federal government funds sovereign AI compute through ISED’s AI Sovereign Compute Infrastructure Program. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor at ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. This morning on The Buzz, we covered the news: Cisco launched its Sovereign Critical Infrastructure portfolio in Canada. Here’s what that actually means and why it matters for the channel. Cisco has taken its core networking, security, compute, collaboration and Splunk portfolio and configured it for air-gapped, on-premises deployment – systems that sit in facilities customers own and run, with no connection to the outside internet. The key differentiator is what Cisco calls trust-based licensing. Cisco can’t remotely access, control or disable the products. That control sits entirely with the customer. This is aimed at government, financial institutions, healthcare and other critical infrastructure providers – organizations that need to run sensitive systems without depending on constant cloud connectivity or foreign vendor access. The portfolio is certified to FIPS 140-2/3 and Common Criteria standards, and is aligned with Canada’s ITSG-33 framework for achieving Authority to Operate on mission-critical government systems. Canada is the second market for this portfolio after EMEA, where it launched last September. This comes at a time when data sovereignty has become a board-level priority. IDC says that more than half of Canadian organizations are increasing scrutiny of their critical systems providers, but intent is running well ahead of deployment. That gap between wanting sovereignty and actually having it is where the channel plays. For partners, the big questions are about access, economics and the services opportunity. To help answer those, I spoke with Raj Juneja, president of Cisco Canada. Let’s get right into it – my chat with Raj Juneja. Robert Dutt: Raj, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Raj Juneja: More than happy to take the time, Robert. I’m looking forward to the conversation. Robert Dutt: The announcement talks about the infrastructure being available through Cisco and its partners, and Bell is front and centre in the announcement. Is this an opportunity that’s open to the broader partner ecosystem, or is it limited to a set of partners? Regardless of which way that goes, what does a partner need? What are the “you must be this tall to ride the ride” specifications in terms of specializations, certifications and clearances to sell and deploy the portfolio? Raj Juneja: This is not, in any way, shape or form, limited or restricted to any one particular partner. This announcement is really about addressing the demand we’ve been receiving from our customers to have more control and autonomy over their digital infrastructure and their data. We’re happy to bring this to our partner community, but there is nothing that limits or restricts it to any one specific partner. The certifications that partners hold – if you’re speaking specifically to partner-oriented certifications – are no different from what we currently have for the rest of our portfolio. Robert Dutt: So it’s broadly available. Basically, if you’ve got customers who are interested in this, you have access to it, by the sounds of it. Raj Juneja: That is absolutely our intention. We’re not looking to restrict this in any way. It’s an offering – the portfolio that we have today – that’s being offered in a different form to address the needs of our customers for control and the ability to manage their infrastructure on their own. Robert Dutt: Especially for smaller partners, are distributors at play here? If so, what role do you see them playing both at launch and further out, as this has a chance to develop an ecosystem around it? Raj Juneja: Distribution serves an incredible purpose in our channel community. As I said before, I don’t see this being any different in terms of the way we go to market and leverage our existing, broad set of distribution partners today. This is intended to address the needs of customers who are looking for control and choice over their own digital infrastructure and data. Ultimately, the path they take to acquire the technology will be no different from how they currently buy today. Robert Dutt: Let’s talk a little bit about the commercial model here. Can you elaborate on what trust-based licensing means and how it differs from the usual Cisco model? Raj Juneja: Trust-based licensing effectively means that, when you don’t have any connection to the cloud, there is no capability for us to remotely disable the products. Nor is there any requirement for license governance or administration. This goes back to the choice and control that we talked about. The onus is primarily on customers to ensure that they are adhering to the licensing they’ve acquired from Cisco. Effectively, the only way we can offer the air-gapped licensing that we have is through trust-based licensing. Robert Dutt: In terms of partner economics, is this pretty much the same as any Cisco engagement? What can you tell me about revenues in terms of subscription, perpetual licensing or something new? Basically, how do partners earn on this? Is it the same as ever, or is it a combination of one-time and recurring revenue? Raj Juneja: I can tell you that there will be more clarity on the specifics around partner profitability as the announcement comes out. The main thing to take note of is that, typically, when we offer new solutions and bring them to market, our partner ecosystem has a clear path to get the technology into the hands of the customer base. Profitability is always top of mind for Cisco. I think there will be greater clarity in the coming weeks, but we’re very excited about being the first country after EMEA to launch this. Robert Dutt: Air-gapped, on-premises infrastructure is a pretty complex thing to deploy and manage. What do you see as the split for partners between product and services? In terms of the services side, is Cisco seeing this as a “deploy and hand it over” kind of engagement, or is it also going to be a “deploy and manage” managed services opportunity for partners? Raj Juneja: Because it’s in the hands of our customers, it’s going to depend very much on how they want to configure the choice and control they have. That goes back to working very closely with the partner ecosystem to determine the role partners will play. Our partners have been coming to us and seeking the ability to solve these demands for our customer base. They are ready and willing to help customers configure and adapt, as they’ve done in the past with other on-premises deployments. I see this following similar lines and being very similar to the way our partner ecosystem has helped customers deploy other on-premises solutions. Robert Dutt: So there’s nothing precluding this from being delivered as a managed service. It comes down to what customers are comfortable with and what they want – and, in some cases, what is legally available to them, given the type of infrastructure issues we’re talking about. Raj Juneja: Correct. Robert Dutt: Splunk is central to the security and observability story, and I know it’s a subject near and dear to your heart in particular. My understanding is that Splunk has traditionally been a data platform that benefits from connectivity to the cloud. How much of that capability exists in an air-gapped environment, and what do partners need to deliver to support that? How do they help customers get to the cloud when appropriate? Raj Juneja: Just to correct you, Splunk is offered both on-premises and in a cloud version, and has been for quite some time. I don’t think this will be any different in terms of requirements. Splunk is already configurable to be handled in an on-premises manner. In fact, we have a number of customers that leverage that choice and control in an on-premises fashion. That’s why the on-premises version of Splunk exists today: for customers that are heavily regulated. For customers and verticals that are looking for choice and control and want to take a hybrid approach, it will be in their hands to determine what data they want ingested and how they want Splunk configured on-premises to control that data, versus what they want to continue leveraging through our cloud-based offering. It can absolutely work in a hybrid fashion. Robert Dutt: You mentioned a little earlier that partners have been coming to you asking about sovereign capabilities. Can you quantify that or give me some colour around what you’re hearing from partners in terms of customer demand for sovereign AI? What are you seeing and hearing when you’re talking to customers about demand for sovereign AI today? Raj Juneja: Absolutely. There’s no question that, when you look at AI data centres and AI providers, and specifically at what’s happening in Canada with the AI for All strategy, it comes down to addressing questions around control, data and where that data resides. Those questions have been coming forward to our partner community as well as to Cisco. When it comes to AI-based offerings, Sovereign Critical Infrastructure is intended to help address that choice and control for AI providers. It allows them to take their AI offerings to market in a way that addresses on-premises requirements or hybrid deployments, because they may also be leveraging hyperscalers in certain cloud-based environments. Robert Dutt: You mentioned earlier that Canada will be the first market beyond EMEA to roll out this particular offering. My understanding is that it’s been available in EMEA for eight or nine months. As you’ve had a chance to talk to your peers in Cisco’s EMEA regions, is there anything you’ve learned that adds colour to how this is coming to market, or to the shape of the opportunity they’re seeing, that you think would be relevant to Canada? Raj Juneja: As I said before, Canada has big ambitions for AI, as does the rest of the world. There’s no question that the ability to turn that ambition into reality is dependent on having the right infrastructure. The demand that EMEA has been seeing, and the reason we’re so excited about launching this in Canada, is specifically about turning that ambition into reality. There is an acceleration in the ability to run AI workloads in data centres and AI factories. The key is the security and autonomy we’ve talked about – deploying AI on your own terms. That has led to the demand. EMEA has been the first beneficiary of that, and I was very excited when Canada was chosen as the second country or region to address this demand and help meet the needs of our customer base. Robert Dutt: Without getting too far into the weeds or potentially tipping your hand on the future, who do you think will be the early, slam-dunk customers? Who are the customers you can point partners toward today and say, “Go get it”? Raj Juneja: The thing with sovereignty is that it’s not one-size-fits-all. It really comes down to choice and control. If you look at government, it’s very much focused on that control piece. Government is absolutely going to be an interested party. But if you look at regulated industries such as financial services and healthcare, you’ll see that they still have requirements around adhering to regulations. Having the ability to exercise choice and control is also very important to them. I see this addressing multiple industries and verticals. I think this is a great opportunity not only for Cisco, but also for our partner ecosystem. Robert Dutt: Let’s talk about the competitive environment to bring it home. HPE has been talking about sovereign infrastructure in Canada for a while now. Microsoft has a story there as well. What’s Cisco’s answer to the “Why Cisco?” question, whether that’s against peer competitors or a “build it yourself” solution? Is the edge the breadth of the portfolio, the trust-based licensing, the partner model, or something else? What’s the wedge for Cisco? Raj Juneja: I can’t really comment on our competition or on what they are doing or choose to do. For us, we’ve been a supplier of leading-edge technology in Canada for more than 30 years. This is our opportunity to provide even more industry-leading technology to that customer base. The keys here are really the choice and control customers are looking for. I see a great opportunity for our long-standing Cisco customers to consider another offering from Cisco. For customers that are looking for Cisco to become an infrastructure provider when they weren’t previously leveraging us, I think this presents a great opportunity for them to consider Cisco. Robert Dutt: Given the current opportunity and market situation, I think anything around sovereignty is going to be really interesting to watch over the balance of this year and into next year. I’ll be very interested to see how this hits the market as it gets out there. Thank you for taking the time ahead of launch to tell us what you can at this point. Raj Juneja: Thanks very much. I enjoyed the conversation. Robert Dutt: There you have it, Raj Juneja from Cisco Canada. I’d like to thank Raj for his time. It was obviously a busy launch day for him and his team. To everyone listening, thanks for tuning in. Here are my takeaways. Cisco is making a meaningful bet here. The trust-based licensing model, where Cisco genuinely can’t touch the systems once they’re deployed, is a real differentiator. The fact that the offering is open to the full partner ecosystem, and not just a handful of larger partners, is good news for the channel. The services opportunity around deploying and managing air-gapped infrastructure is significant, and the Splunk integration gives partners that already carry Cisco networking a cross-sell story. Some questions remain, though. Partner economics – how partners actually earn on this – is still unclear, with Raj pointing to more details in the coming weeks. The competitive picture is also wide open. HPE has been aggressive on sovereign infrastructure in Canada. Microsoft has its own sovereignty offerings, and the federal government is actively funding sovereign AI compute. Cisco’s breadth – networking, security, compute, collaboration and Splunk in one stack – is the pitch. But we’ll need to see how that plays out in customer decisions. If you’re a partner with public sector or regulated-industry customers, this is worth understanding now. The demand is real, it’s running ahead of deployment, and the opportunity to help close that gap is where the channel plays. If you enjoyed this episode, follow or subscribe to the podcast. You can find us on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube and most podcast directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated, and they help other people in the channel find the show. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: [Cisco Canada]: The company this morning launched its Sovereign Critical Infrastructure portfolio, making Canada the first market outside EMEA to receive the offering. The company says the configurable portfolio spans core networking, security, compute, collaboration, and Splunk analytics, with air-gapped deployment options where required. According to Cisco Canada, the offering is aligned with ITSG-33 and most of the on-premises portfolio is IPv6-ready, FIPS 140-2/3 certified, and Common Criteria certified. Bell is the lead quoted partner. Read more on Cisco [ScanSource]: The distributor announced last week it will acquire value-added reseller and managed service provider MicroAge in a $220.5 million all-cash transaction expected to close on Sept. 30. The deal adds more than 2,400 U.S. customers and over 200 employees, and brings MicroAge’s hardware, professional services, and consulting expertise to ScanSource’s partners. Read more on Channel Dive [ESET Canada]: The company yesterday announced the winners of its 2026 Women in Cybersecurity Scholarship, naming Arthure Gélinas, Tsidkenu Tomori, and Sulaksa Jeevakumar as the three Canadian recipients. The program has awarded more than $50,000 to 14 women in Canada since expanding north in 2021. Read more on Business Insider [CrowdStrike]: The company is expanding Project QuiltWorks to midmarket companies through partners including Arrow Electronics, Pax8, and TD Synnex. CrowdStrike says the initiative integrates its AI-driven vulnerability discovery with partner services to deliver enterprise-grade protection to SMBs. Read more on Channel Dive [Palo Alto Networks]: The company and NTT Data say they have signed a three-year strategic pact targeting $1 billion in joint cybersecurity revenue, with NTT Data bringing more than 2,000 certified professionals and 20 cyber defense centers to the alliance. Read more on Channel Dive [Auvik]: The Canadian IT management platform provider says it promoted channel veteran Daniel Ochoa to chief revenue officer, with a mandate to expand the partner network and focus on AI-powered capabilities across North America, Latin America, and EMEA. Read more on Channel Dive [ChannelPro]: The publication unveiled its Top 20 MSPs for 2026, recognizing providers driving innovation, leadership, and impact in the channel. Read more on ChannelE2E Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Tuesday, August 25, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Cisco Canada this morning launched its Sovereign Critical Infrastructure portfolio, making Canada the first market outside EMEA to receive the offering. The company says the configurable portfolio spans core networking, security, compute, collaboration, and Splunk analytics, with air-gapped deployment options where required and control over access to systems and data sitting with the customer. According to Cisco Canada, the offering is aligned with ITSG-33, the foundation for Authority to Operate on mission-critical services, and most of the on-premises portfolio is IPv6-ready, FIPS 140-2/3 certified, and Common Criteria certified. The launch comes as Canadian organizations in critical sectors face increasing pressure to maintain control over their data and digital infrastructure amid rising sovereignty concerns. For channel partners, the move creates opportunities around assessment, deployment, and ongoing management of sovereign environments, particularly for regulated and government customers that need to demonstrate compliance with strict data residency and control standards. IT distributor ScanSource announced last week it will acquire value-added reseller and managed service provider MicroAge in a $220.5 million all-cash transaction expected to close on Sept. 30. The deal adds more than 2,400 U.S. customers and over 200 employees to ScanSource, and brings MicroAge’s hardware resale, professional services, and consulting expertise under the distributor’s umbrella. ScanSource Chairman and CEO Mike Baur told Channel Dive the acquisition is aimed at augmenting channel partners that lack their own customer service and support organizations, with plans to effectively rent MicroAge’s resources to partners who only pay if something closes. The deal reflects ScanSource’s broader strategy to cross-pollinate its technology advisor base with the MSP and VAR capabilities needed to deliver integration, implementation, and ongoing management services. Baur also noted that MicroAge’s Octum.ai consulting business could help technology advisors fill the AI expertise gap they currently face. For Canadian partners, the convergence of distribution and managed services is a signal that the traditional boundaries between partner types are eroding faster than many expected, and that distributors are increasingly willing to touch the end customer directly. ESET Canada yesterday announced the winners of its 2026 Women in Cybersecurity Scholarship, naming Arthure Gélinas, Tsidkenu Tomori, and Sulaksa Jeevakumar as the three Canadian recipients. According to ESET, the program has awarded more than $50,000 to 14 women in Canada since expanding north in 2021, with this year’s awards totaling $15,000 across three scholarships. Bob Bonneau, country manager at ESET Canada, said the recipients demonstrated an impressive combination of skill, leadership, and a genuine desire to make a difference in the industry. The winners will be recognized at a celebration at ESET’s Markham headquarters on Thursday, continuing a commitment that ESET says is one of the earliest initiatives of its kind in the cybersecurity industry. The three recipients come from the Greater Toronto Area, Montreal, and Ottawa, reflecting a geographic spread that ESET says mirrors the growth of cybersecurity hubs across the country. For the Canadian channel, the scholarship underscores the ongoing need to build a more diverse cybersecurity talent pipeline as demand continues to outpace supply, and it highlights a concrete way vendors can contribute to that pipeline beyond short-term hiring initiatives. In Brief – CrowdStrike expands Project QuiltWorks to midmarket companies through partners including Arrow Electronics, Pax8, and TD Synnex. Palo Alto Networks and NTT Data say they have signed a three-year strategic pact targeting $1 billion in joint cybersecurity revenue. Auvik promoted channel veteran Daniel Ochoa to chief revenue officer, with a mandate to expand the partner network and AI-powered capabilities. ChannelPro unveiled its Top 20 MSPs for 2026, recognizing providers driving innovation, leadership, and impact. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, my conversation with Raj Juneja, President of Cisco Canada, on the company’s new sovereign critical infrastructure portfolio for Canada. And if you haven’t heard it yet, check out my conversation with Tony Anscombe from ESET on why breached SMBs feel more confident, and where MSPs fit in the insurance collision. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

ESET Chief Security Evangelist Tony Anscombe joins In The Channel to unpack the 2026 SMB Cyber Readiness Index. We discuss the confidence paradox, the collision between cyber insurance and MSPs, why AI headlines distract from phishing fundamentals, and why monthly micro-training is the antidote to checkbox compliance.

Dynabook Canada president and CEO Carmine Cinerari joins In The Channel to discuss the company's new nationwide distribution partnership with TD SYNNEX Canada, and what it looks like to execute a channel-first strategy when memory prices are rewriting the economics of endpoint hardware.

Coro chief executive Joe Sykora talks platform consolidation, automated alert remediation, and the agentic AI question reshaping how MSPs should think about their security stacks.

Wil Santiago, Wil Santiago, chief security and trust officer at Blackpoint Cyber Wil Santiago, chief security and trust officer at Blackpoint Cyber, joins In The Channel to discuss the findings of the company’s 2026 Annual Threat Report – research grounded in thousands of real incidents investigated by Blackpoint’s security operations centre, not surveys. The headline finding: attackers are no longer trying to break in. They’re logging in. Using stolen credentials and commodity remote management tools, threat actors are walking through the front door, hiding in plain sight, and operating with system-level privileges – sometimes for days before anyone notices. Santiago walks through the key trends the SOC identified across 2025: ClickFix and fake CAPTCHA campaigns accounted for more than half of all identifiable incidents, with attackers abusing trusted infrastructure including Azure Blob storage and Cloudflare to deliver payloads. RMM abuse showed up in roughly 30 per cent of triaged incidents – threat actors installing their own version of the same tools MSPs use legitimately, then living off the land with god-mode access. And Adversary-in-the-Middle attacks are now routinely hijacking authenticated sessions even when MFA is in place, by abusing OAuth token handling. The conversation also covers Blackpoint’s detection philosophy: behavioral context over malware signatures. Understanding what normal looks like in an environment – who uses what tool, at what time, from where – is what allows the SOC to catch attackers before they act. It’s a philosophy that is producing results: Blackpoint disrupted 56 per cent of incidents before a payload was ever deployed. Santiago’s closing recommendation for MSPs is straightforward: start with an RMM audit. Know every remote management tool deployed across every endpoint and server you manage. You cannot protect what you don’t know exists. The 2026 Annual Threat Report is available for download on the Blackpoint Cyber website. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. Wil Santiago is Chief Security and Trust Officer at Blackpoint Cyber, an MDR provider whose SOC monitors and responds to threats in real time across a large base of MSPs and their clients. And unlike a lot of threat research that’s survey-based or derived from external reporting, what Blackpoint publishes comes from live incident data, thousands of actual threat responses they’ve worked through in the SOC. Their 2026 annual threat report has a thesis that cuts right through it. Attackers are no longer trying to break in, they’re logging in, using stolen credentials and legitimate IT tools, the same RMMs, the same cloud platforms that MSPs rely on every day, to walk through the front door, hide in plain sight, and work their way towards payday. It’s a theme we’ve been tracking at ChannelBuzz.ca. If you caught our conversation with Tony Anscombe from ESET, that one dug into the mechanics of how MSP tools are being weaponized against the very clients they’re supposed to protect. This conversation is the data layer behind that story, and the detection philosophy that Wil and the Blackpoint team have built to counter it. Their SOC is disrupting 56% of incidents before a payload even deploys. We talk about how. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Wil Santiago. Wil, thanks for taking the time, I appreciate it. Wil Santiago: Thank you, Robert. Robert Dutt: For people who know Blackpoint primarily as an MDR provider, but maybe haven’t dug into the research side, can you give us a quick sense of what your SOC is actually seeing day to day? When you say this report is based on thousands of real incidents, what does that mean in practical terms, in terms of how you gathered this data? Wil Santiago: That’s a great question, Robert. It really starts at the core of what we focus on at Blackpoint Cyber. In 2025, we focused a lot of our detection efforts in the cloud endpoints, but what we realized is that at the core, at that identity layer, that’s the most important thing. But what we’re protecting at Blackpoint is the identity. What we observed in 2025 is this interesting shift where, yes, there’s vulnerabilities, there will continue to be vulnerabilities. However, threat actors don’t necessarily need to weaponize those vulnerabilities to gain access into an environment. They’re not really targeting customers or companies with any specific new zero-day technology or exploits that are novel. They’re just logging in using stolen passwords. We’re still at that pivotal point, but we’re still talking about the same things we’ve been talking about, password reuse, making sure you’re protecting yourself from phishing emails, so on and so forth. But the reality is that threat actors are getting in. They’re stealing credentials and they’re using legitimate tools to just log in, walking through the front door. Robert Dutt: Yeah, the headline from the report was very catchy with the attackers are no longer trying to break in. They’re just logging in, as you say. And that framing echoes what we’ve seen in other reports elsewhere. People are calling 2025 the year of the abuse of trust in terms of security trends, but your numbers are operational and not survey-based. I’m curious what trusted compromise looks like from where you sit. Is there really a shift away from what you were seeing a couple of years ago or three years ago, or has this always been the playbook and we’re only now measuring it properly? Wil Santiago: Yeah, so if I compare back to, let’s say, 2022, I think we at Blackpoint would still see a trend, the threat actors gaining access into an environment, usually using some type of exploit at that time. You can point to a number of Microsoft Exchange exploits that happened during that time. The Hafnium group was doing a lot of Exchange exploits. The reality is there came a certain time where we were detecting Cobalt Strike, a malware commodity tool, every single day in Blackpoint Cyber’s SOC. And then eventually it became once a week, and then it became once a month. So then we started to think, well, what’s happening with the shift of tactics with the threat actors? And what we found is instead of installing Cobalt Strike, they started to install legitimate IT tools. And that’s the trust component. When they’re installing tools that you use internally, they now can abuse those tools the same way that you use those legitimately. And so we have these threat actors that not only are abusing legitimate tools, but like I said, they’re abusing legitimate identities. So when you have what I call the keys to the kingdom, the passwords, I am you. I am now Robert, for all intents and purposes for this sort of webinar. I think the interesting part that we’ve seen at Blackpoint is that threat actors have really, really focused on leave-behinds. And those leave-behinds are commodity remote management tools. Why do they do that? Because EDRs don’t know how to detect them as malicious, right? These are legitimate IT tools that are being used to service MSPs and their customers. And a threat actor just installs their version of the same exact tool that you’re using legitimately. Right? And so the trust component is you go to review your assets and you see ScreenConnect installed in your environments because you use ScreenConnect, right? But then when you start taking a closer look, you start to realize, wait a second, there’s four different ScreenConnect IDs on this one machine. Now we have a more of a problem, right? And so the attack is a little bit of an invisible signature detection because it’s an authorized tool, right? And so we really have to get to this layer of identifying threat actor activity with behavior context. If you’re an AnyDesk shop, then why do you have TeamViewer installed on your file server that’s publicly facing, right? Let’s start to ask those questions and dig into that a little bit. Robert Dutt: Your SOC found that fake CAPTCHA and ClickFix campaigns accounted for, I think it was 50-odd percent of identifiable incidents. That’s a majority of attacks being driven by a technique that essentially requires the victim to step on the link to execute it themselves. Why is that scaling so fast right now? And especially for an MSP who tends to think, you know, my technicians are too smart to do that. What’s kind of the honest answer for what they need to be looking for and protecting against? Wil Santiago: Yeah. And, you know, ClickFix is such an easy attack when you really get into the root of what it does. But it starts with social engineering. You’re enticing someone, again, just like with phishing, to visit something that you’re going to tell them to do an action. And most of the time, they’re going to do that action. Now, why this is so effective is we’re seeing techniques that really enable the threat actor to deliver the payload. And how do they do that? Search engine optimization, right? These SEO links at the top, when you go look for an OBS installer, because you need your camera to look well, or you get a Google sponsor result. Threat actors are just buying those sponsored results and delivering their payloads on there. You click on it thinking you’re going to download OBS, and then it tells you, hey, wait a second, you have to make sure that you are human. Verify that we’re used to verifying we’re humans to download something. So we go and we click it. But then it says, hey, open up your Windows Run command and maybe run this command on us, on your computer for us. And what happens? Threat actors go and they put the commands on a website. They have this watering hole spread out all throughout infrastructure that’s globally distributed. Google, Microsoft, all these sort of cloud infrastructure hosting providers that exist. Threat actors use those. So when you’re looking at your firewall logs and you’re seeing your internal team going to Microsoft.com, hey, it’s Microsoft, right? But the reality is, it’s likely an Azure Blob site that’s just being hosted on Microsoft, that is a threat actor that’s actually hosting it. And so they’re abusing that trust function to say, hey, you need this OBS installer. You Googled it. I didn’t tell you to go Google that. You were the one that did that. And then they found my link, which I posted a malicious payload there. And so again, that abuse factor is all the things we’ve taught our employees, our customers, our MSPs to do, right? Go to Google, make sure you identify the link. Make sure you look for Microsoft. Make sure you see the end of a URL or domain. Validate that. Well, the adversary goes, okay, they want to play that game. I’m just going to host this on Cloudflare. And now we’re back to this gate where now someone clicks on something. Well, what’s this Cloudflare? That’s a legitimate service. I know that to be true, right? It’s very true. The reality is the infrastructure is very, very easy to set up. And it doesn’t require a lot of action. It just requires someone to take a command and put it on their machine. And all the background work happens in the background, right? And so beyond that, we used to see a lot of threat actors use this sort of technique to download malware onto machines. But again, going back to what I mentioned about RMMs, now they’re just downloading an RMM. And that just looks like a legitimate process to an EDR. Robert Dutt: Right. So for an MSP, especially when training or making sure their technicians are aware, is it just as simple as making sure they’re aware of this threat landscape and this wrinkle in it? Or is there something more that’s sort of the advice there on how to protect yourself as best you can? Wil Santiago: That’s a great question. And really, you know, I would say any MSP watching this show, starting today or tomorrow, the first thing that I always tell people, audit your RMM inventory. Asset inventory is the number one thing that customers should be doing, right? You cannot protect what you don’t know exists. And so every single remote management tool that’s deployed across every endpoint you manage, every server you manage, you need to audit those, right? Like you’re giving direct access to a system. And most of the time, those RMMs run in the system context, which means they have the permissions and privileges of any admin, right? And now you have this adversary that has a foothold. They can deploy tools using admin privileges and permissions. So you have to audit your RMM inventory, right? Making sure that you understand what’s happening across those production servers. And forcing MFA, that’s a big one. We see a lot of incidents that source from RMM abuse because they log into the MSP’s RMM console, the cloud-based consoles. Some of those don’t have MFA involved. Again, keys to the kingdom, MFA everywhere, that needs to be a reality. Then we need to start moving into what I call more resilient engineering, right? Conditional access policies, preventing individuals from logging in from untrusted sources, locations, right? There’s ways that you can lock down access to an RMM and assume a threat actor is able to steal credentials because they maybe installed an info stealer on a user’s machine, stole their browser credentials. They reuse the same credentials for Gmail that they do for their corporate environment. Well, now a threat actor just perusing finds their credentials and says, “Oh, I’ve got IT Glue permissions now. I’m going to go log into this and restore all these configs in IT Glue or whatever tools out there.” Well, now the threat actor has access to that. And so that’s how they’re pivoting across these environments. They’re going from cloud to on-prem, on-prem to cloud. One of the things that we caught at Blackpoint recently, and this was a really cool response, but the threat actor compromised the cloud environment first. They then took that cloud access, deployed an RMM using Intune to the devices, and then they used that on-prem access to go to those machines and do their own work directly from that console. I called it overkill. They didn’t have to do that because they had the cloud environment. But because they did that, that sort of prompted this investigation for this MSP to approach us and say, “Hey, we believe something is happening. We investigated and quickly saw the Intune process was the responsible process for deploying some of this malware. So we told them, “Hey, deploy our cloud response suite. We want to understand what’s happening in your cloud.” And sure enough, seven global admins were compromised. So again, limiting scope is important here, right? Least privilege. Why do we have so many people with admin privileges and permissions? I think there’s 192 admin roles or something like that in Microsoft, but we default to just, you get global admin, you get all the permissions. And so now an adversary compromises a Microsoft 365 tenant. Well, now they have the permissions of a global admin. And unfortunately for us, when we shifted from the on-prem strategy to the cloud strategy, we just started pushing everything in the cloud and we say, “Oh, it’s fine. It’s in SharePoint.” We didn’t realize though that that’s only being protected by a password and an MFA token, both of which can be stolen, right? So the protection is not really there. That’s why we have to move to that resilient engineering. And so it’s moving from that reactive alerting to that posture alerting, right? Why is someone trying to log in from France? We have nobody in France. Robert Dutt: So your report showed almost a third of triaged incidents involved RMM abuse. And that’s something, that kind of trend line is something that we’ve seen in other reports. You know, one of your peers is talking about a 200 plus percent spike in abuse of RMM in attacks. I’m curious, especially since you’re sitting in the SOC there, what does RMM based intrusion actually look like in the SOC here? You know, I’m guessing curious, is there a moment where it’s genuinely hard to tell, you know, is this actually a tech doing a routine task or is this an attacker? And if so, what kind of breaks the tie and causes you to go, “No, no, that’s not right.” Wil Santiago: Yeah. Well, there’s kind of two ways to look at it, right? We have threat actors that are compromising MSP RMM tools. These are tools that are owned, managed by the MSP. They’re usually protected with some cloud login, whether they self-host it or they have the vendor host it for them. Threat actors can log into those systems with a password and a username, right? So we see a lot of brute forcing of those systems, especially if they’re self-hosted systems, they usually don’t have the protections of the vendors. They don’t put a WAF in front of them. And so they’ll try to brute force them and just log in, right? Those are few and far between, to be quite honest. We don’t see those as often, but what we do see often is, again, they gain access into an environment, usually by compromising a VPN. Now they’re on the network. Now they can move throughout that network as they’re on the VPN, and they’ll usually find a foothold. And if they have a credential like a local admin, they’ll take that one foothold and then they’ll distribute their RMM across that entire fleet of the network with one command from that foothold. So for us, when we’re looking at RMM deployments, MSPs deploy RMMs in a certain manner and format. They’re not deploying an RMM at two o’clock in the morning on a Saturday when they’re a US-based company. And oh, by the way, they just logged in from a Chinese-based IP, right? So again, there’s indicators that are very clear cut of like, okay, this deployment of RMM tools absolutely malicious. Most of those cases come to the case of, you know, we have application control within Blackpoint that allows us to alert when someone is installing a new application that’s unauthorized. And so what we tell our MSPs to do is, hey, set up your policies that if you’re a Ninja RMM shop, you cannot have any other installations of any other RMM. ScreenConnect is not going to be involved. And so that allows us and affords us the ability to do is, when we get that alert that says someone’s attempting to install a ScreenConnect, we can go back and sort of recreate the path of how do they get here. And what that allows us to really get into is, again, that response, right? And that response is preventing the installation of the RMM, eradicating the threat actor by isolating the machine, making sure you remove their footholds, getting those SSL VPNs off of the public facing internet, and having that exposure management reduced, right? And so when we look at RMM abuse in practice, once they get that RMM installed, again, they’re living off the land with system privileges. System privileges is something that most people tend to understand, but it’s just keys to the kingdom. You are God mode at that point. You can do whatever you feel to deploy and ultimately spread your access with that level of access, right? And so they’ll use it for backdoors. And oftentimes, they may compromise the environment and say, “You know what? I’m busy.” We’ve actually seen this over the holidays where they go take their breaks. Just like everyone else does. It’s Christmas. I’ve done a lot of hacking. So they leave their leave-behind tools and they come back. That’s their access factor. Again, it’s one of those things where they’re hiding in plain sight. Robert Dutt: You touched on MFA a little while ago and the report flagged the use of adversary-in-the-middle attacks. AiTM attacks that let threat actors hijack authenticated sessions, even when the MFA is there. So I guess what’s the message to MSPs who are thinking, “All right, if we just get MFA everywhere, we’re good, we’re covered.” Wil Santiago: Token protection, right? MFA is great. You have to have it. But understand that there’s flaws in the way that MFA communicates to servers. And so the whole way that an adversary-in-the-middle attack works is by abusing OAuth. And OAuth is a standard protocol of just making sure that we understand how systems should communicate for authentication. And what’s really nice about that is we can take that offensive research and then make defensive practices towards that. And so token protection is really huge there. There are a lot of built-in protections in Microsoft that allow you to invalidate session tokens after a certain period of time. Every hour you could refresh these tokens. You now, again, when you get to this resilient engineering, you start to push the adversary to be a little bit more aggressive. And that’s your detection mechanism. When you allow an adversary to move unfettered throughout a network, they’re going to move unfettered throughout a network. But the moment that you give them that sort of, “Eh, stop here. Let me see your ID.” Then they start to get a little uneasy. They’re like, “Wait a second. I don’t know how to move anymore.” And so specifically in MFA, when we talk about session hijacking and session tokens, the token protection aspect is really important because that’s a conditional access policy that you can implement. And most people do not implement those conditional access policies. Now, there’s a slew of them that work in conjunction with each other. But the idea here is your tokens will likely be compromised at some point. If you are duped into clicking one of these phishing links, it’s very easy to steal a session token. So we have to move past that. Now that we know that’s going to happen, how do we prevent the adversary from actually using those session tokens successfully? And that’s where invalidating the sessions comes in, having the session protection, conditional access policies, protected devices, things of that sort. That prevents them from being able to use those session tokens. Robert Dutt: A stat that I keep looking at in the report was that you guys managed to disrupt in the SOC 55, 56 percent of incidents before a payload was deployed. It’s a real number. That’s pretty significant. I guess what is disrupted before the payload hits mean operationally? And what does it tell us about where the detection opportunity actually lives? Because it sounds like the window isn’t did malware execute? It’s something a lot earlier. Wil Santiago: That’s exactly right. When we look at the cyber kill chain, we want to start pushing our adversaries as far left of boom as possible. Right. And so when you hear about this whole right of boom concept, basically, you’ve met your match. And now boom, you’ve now been impacted. Right. And so there’s a lot of indicators of compromise that we can start to hone in on. That will give us an understanding of whether this is legitimate or illegitimate. Right before an adversary even types the command. And again, that’s the context. And the context is what the SOC is really understanding of a customer. Where do they operate? What are their hours of operation? Where are they globally distributed? What’s the infrastructure they use? What are the tools they use? How did they use those tools? Did they deploy tools every Thursday at 2 p.m.? So there’s this constant checklist that they’re doing every single day to understand this. And so when we talk about living off the land, threat actors are trying to execute commands. Right. They’re just trying to sit there. We’re typing on a keyboard command line. Hey, I’m not going to introduce any new factors to my intrusion. I’m just going to live off the land. Ultimately, they want to deploy a payload at the end of all of that. But if they deploy a payload too early in their kill chain, they risk getting caught. Right. And so what they’ll do is they’ll stage everything. They’ll compromise an endpoint. They’ll add a persistent backdoor user. They’ll deploy some small scripts to enumerate the network. Just to get an understanding of what’s happening. But they’ll usually stage those in like a C:UsersMusic folder. And that’s their staging environment. So you can catch them. And we’ve caught at Blackpoint a number of threat actors where their toolkits are still on the machine because we caught them so early left of boom that legitimately all they did was log into a machine, try to mount a share, but it failed. And then that failed share mount is like, wait a second. They have never tried to mount a share on this file server ever. And then you call the MSP and they’re like, yeah, Monday through Friday, our hours are from eight to three and it’s seven p.m. at Thursday. Right. Well, now the context of the intrusion starts to become a little bit more apparent. And so we have to do this very quickly. The reality is for us, behavioral context, it matters more than ever. That is the true bread and butter for stopping threat adversaries is understanding the behaviors in the context of which they employ to compromise the network or compromise an endpoint. And so we focus a lot of our threat intelligence and our adversarial intrusion analysis based off of what hack or tradecraft is. We always say this internally, you cannot protect what you don’t know how to hack. So we spend a lot of our time recreating these attacks, understanding where do we catch them? And one of the things that we found is in those early development cycles of understanding the behaviors of an adversary, we found key indicators of like, wait, that is a very high fidelity indicator that before an adversary even gets on a keyboard, we’ve already caught them. They don’t know that yet. Right. And so that’s a little bit of our secret sauce there. But the reality is that secret sauce was created because we thought like threat actors and we sort of recreated what they did in controlled environments and testing environments to then to make sure the detection and the efficacy of what they’re doing is caught within our product. Robert Dutt: So this is a bit of a sidebar, but it was a new term, at least to me. You flagged Etherhiding in the report, attackers embedding malicious logic and blockchain smart contracts to manage compromised sites. Can you walk me through that real quick? And how real is this in terms of how widely it’s being deployed today? And why does it matter for detection purposes? Wil Santiago: It’s a newer term. You know, I would like to say that we have way too many terms in security and security, you know, sort of like we’re trying to be cool. The reality is this is a technique that leverages transactions on a public blockchain to basically retrieve malicious payloads. Right. And so this is another sort of trend that an adversary is using where they’re just retrieving a payload from something that is trusted. In this case, cryptocurrency. A lot of people trust cryptocurrency. A lot of people trust public blockchains. And so the idea here is that, you know, threat actors are usually going to utilize some type of social engineering and then that social engineering is going to get you to come to like a WordPress site through that WordPress site. They’re going to basically have scripts that you’re going to download and ultimately run. Innocuously. Now, when that happens, you download something that you think is OBS, like the example I gave earlier, it’s actually a JavaScript payload. Well, that JavaScript payload goes and reaches out and it pulls a malicious payload from the ether blockchain. Right. And so that’s that aspect of there’s function calls that we’ve identified within Blackpoint that are related to that remote management of pulling payloads from that blockchain. My personal opinion of this sort of technique is, you know, it gives a lot of advantage to the threat actors in terms of stealth and flexibility. But it is one of those techniques that is complicated for majority of what we see at Blackpoint. Most threat actors are not getting to that complicated level of compromising. They’re just hosting malware on a compromised WordPress site of a legitimate company that they’ve co-opted the passwords for. Right. And again, we see threat actors from different angles. 90 percent of what we see sort of today is cybercrime related. Right. So you have a lot of the fake CAPTCHA, the ClickFix lures, the Etherhiding stuff. The reality is at the end of that payload, we see everything from Etherhiding to Cobalt Strike to ransomware and compromise. The way that they get to that sort of compromise is kind of the same, though. Robert Dutt: Last one for me, if an MSP is listening to this and they’ve just absorbed that, you know, more than half of the attacks they’re going to see start with legitimate credentials, their own tools are showing up in about a third of incidents. MFA isn’t necessarily a guarantee. Where do you start? You know, what’s the one thing they probably aren’t doing today that would meaningfully move the needle for them in terms of making sure things are as locked down, as protected as is possible? Wil Santiago: That’s a great question. I like to say we should probably be spending most of our time right now really focusing on posture and posture management, reducing the attack surface. Right. How do you how do you start? Where do you start reducing the attack surface? This is where frameworks really come into play. And there’s some really great frameworks that are really prescriptive out there. One of them is the Center for Internet Security Controls, CIS version 8.1. It’s very prescriptive and it starts from the very top, right? External facing assets and applications. How do you lock those down? Cloud assets and applications, internal assets, user accounts, passwords, right? And it gives you a prescriptive way to deal with incidents. Beyond that, there’s kind of this like practical implementation groups that they have, right? And so you can start by implementing the CIS Controls with implementing one Implementation Group, right? You don’t have to implement them all. And so I think there’s a subset of Implementation Groups that can be used, but it’s about identifying, you know, what of these sort of subset groups will really resonate with your organization and your maturity level, right? And so I tell most people, look at IG1, start with the essentials. If you’ve already fit the bill on that, then move to IG2, right? But the reality is IG1 is going to give you that foundational security for organizations. And then IG2 and IG3 are going to be a little bit more advanced for more complex things. Most people are probably in that IG1, but they probably could benefit from some of the things in the IG2, the Implementation Groups there. That’s really going to help you really target your defenses against ransomware. That’s going to help you sort of approach a risk-based approach. That’s another thing that, you know, all risk is not the same, right? Risk is treated differently. And it’s important for anyone running a security team to help understand how should I prioritize my risk, right? Where is my risk going to really give me issues if a threat actor gets into it? And therefore, I always say, start there. We all know what keeps us up at night. So that’s the areas that we need to focus on. Robert Dutt: All right. Some sage advice and some sobering numbers as well. I appreciate your taking the time and walking us through some good stuff. Wil Santiago: Thank you, Robert. I really appreciate it. Robert Dutt: There you have it. Wil Santiago from Blackpoint Cyber. I’d like to thank Wil for his time today and for bringing some real energy to what can sometimes be pretty dense subject matter. And of course, I’d like to thank you for listening. The data in this conversation is worth thinking about. More than half of the attacks Blackpoint’s SOC starts with someone simply logging in, using credentials that were stolen sometimes long ago, and that users are still reusing across platforms. A third of triaged incidents involve RMM tools, the same tools your techs are using right now to manage endpoints. And MFA, as much as we’ve come to rely on it, is no longer the finish line it once appeared to be. The antidote Wil describes is behavioral context, understanding what normal looks like in an environment so you can spot when something legitimate is being done illegitimately. Not “Is this malware?” But “Is this person, using this tool at this hour from this location, doing something they’ve never done before?” That’s a fundamentally different way about thinking of detection, and it’s why the human element in the SOC still matters. And I’ll add one thing that Wil mentioned after we wrapped the recording. It’s a dimension of this fight that doesn’t get talked about often enough. Blackpoint’s work doesn’t stop at detection and response. They’re actively working to identify and disrupt adversary infrastructure, notifying law enforcement, including, he noted, Canadian authorities, with the specific goal of making cybercrime economically painful. The logic is straightforward. If your infrastructure gets taken down every time you try to run a campaign, the math of operating a criminal enterprise starts to change. That’s offense, and it sounds like they’re playing it. If you’re finding the show valuable, I’d encourage you to follow or subscribe to the podcast. You can find us on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, all the major directories. A rating review always helps. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: [Blumira]: The company on Tuesday launched Hearth, a vendor-agnostic AI command center that Blumira says can intelligently reason across security tools and services an organization already uses. The platform is available in the Pax8 Marketplace, giving MSPs a unified interface to monitor and respond across multi-vendor environments. Read the announcement on Business Wire [Vistera]: The Vancouver-based company on Tuesday unveiled a professional services platform powered by Vero, a multi-agent orchestration layer that Vistera says brings legal, HR, and finance expertise to Canadian SMBs in British Columbia, Alberta, and Ontario. Every output is reviewed by a senior Canadian-qualified professional before delivery, with outcomes priced at $700 each or through monthly plans. Learn more on Vistera [CrowdStrike]: Justin Bradley, senior alliances manager for MSSP aggregators at CrowdStrike, warned attendees at XChange August this week that the group behind Akira ransomware — referred to as Punk Spider — has increased attacks by 134 percent over the past year, specifically targeting SMBs through MSPs. The group buys VPN credentials on the dark web, uses MFA fatigue to gain access, and dumps Entra IDs before deploying ransomware. Read more on CRN [ConnectSecure]: The company on Tuesday added M365 Auto Remediation, AI-powered training assessments, and Patch 360 to its MSP platform, allowing providers to automatically remediate supported Microsoft 365 security findings across multiple tenants. Read more on Channel Dive [GTIA]: The Global Technology Industry Association warned at ChannelCon last week that customers are deploying AI faster than MSPs can deliver security and governance, and announced a new Managed Intelligence Alliance to develop standards and accreditations for AI services. Read more on Channel Dive [NetRise]: The company on August 3 launched its Discovery Partner Program to expand software supply chain security through MSSPs, VARs, and distributors. Read the announcement on PR Newswire [Verizon]: Channel chief and vice president of indirect partner sales Mark Tina is leaving the telecommunications company after 23 years to become vice president of national partner sales and distribution at health insurer Humana. Read more on Channel Dive Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Thursday, August 13, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Blumira on Tuesday launched Hearth, a vendor-agnostic AI command center that the company says can intelligently reason across security tools and services an organization already uses. According to Blumira, the platform is designed to unify visibility and response across the workspace without requiring a rip-and-replace approach, giving lean IT teams a single interface to monitor disparate tools. Hearth is available in the Pax8 Marketplace, positioning it for MSPs that provision through that platform. Blumira is pitching the offering as a way to reduce tool sprawl and alert fatigue for teams that lack enterprise-scale resources. A unified reasoning layer across multi-vendor stacks could cut down on the context-switching that slows incident response for Canadian MSPs, though the value will depend on integration depth and the accuracy of the AI-driven reasoning. Vistera on Tuesday unveiled a Canadian-built professional services platform powered by Vero, a multi-agent orchestration layer that the company says brings legal, HR, and finance expertise to small and medium-sized businesses at a predictable cost. The Vancouver-based company is targeting Canadian SMBs in British Columbia, Alberta, and Ontario with outcomes priced at $700 each or through monthly plans, a fraction of the typical hourly rates at large firms. According to Vistera, every output is reviewed and signed off by a senior Canadian-qualified professional before it reaches the client, with credential verification and regulatory standing checks built into the workflow. The platform handles intake, research, and preparation through AI agents while preserving human oversight for final judgment. Canadian MSPs should watch how this model lands, as it could create new partnership opportunities around SMB advisory services or introduce competitive pressure in the professional services space. CrowdStrike this week warned attendees at XChange August that prolific ransomware groups are specifically targeting MSPs and their SMB customers. According to Justin Bradley, senior alliances manager for MSSP aggregators at CrowdStrike, the group behind Akira ransomware — referred to as Punk Spider — has increased its attacks by 134 percent over the past year with an emphasis on SMBs. Bradley said the group’s typical strategy involves buying VPN credentials on the dark web, then using MFA fatigue to gain initial access, escalating privileges, and dumping Entra IDs before deploying ransomware. He also noted that CrowdStrike is tracking two break-off groups from Scattered Spider, dubbed Cordial Spider and Snarky Spider, which have been known to impersonate MSPs to trick customers into launching remote access tools. The intelligence underscores the urgency for Canadian MSPs to harden identity controls and monitor for MFA abuse, particularly as credential theft continues to fetch thousands of dollars on dark web markets. In Brief – ConnectSecure says its new M365 Auto Remediation tool lets MSPs approve and automatically apply fixes across multiple customers for supported Microsoft 365 security findings. The Global Technology Industry Association warns at ChannelCon that customers are deploying AI faster than MSPs can secure it, and says it is launching a Managed Intelligence Alliance to set standards for AI services. NetRise says its new Discovery Partner Program will expand software supply chain security through MSSPs, VARs, and distributors. Verizon confirms channel chief Mark Tina is leaving after 23 years to become vice president of national partner sales and distribution at Humana. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Sanjib Sahoo, executive vice president and president of the Global Platform Group at Ingram Micro In this episode of In The Channel, we sit down with Sanjib Sahoo, EVP and President of the Global Platform Group at Ingram Micro, to unpack the “AI Revenue Intelligence” strategy that is currently driving the distributor’s record momentum. Sahoo discusses the evolution of the Xvantage platform from a digital infrastructure vision to a fully trained intelligence layer featuring over 400 proprietary models. A key highlight is the impact of the recently announced Xvantage Integration (XI) Hub and the MCP (Model Context Protocol) Server. Sahoo describes MCP as the “USB-C for AI,” allowing partners to securely connect their own AI agents—whether running on Claude, ChatGPT, or Gemini—directly to Ingram Micro’s data mesh. Key discussion points include: The 4x Conversion Metric: How AI-surfaced insights are drastically outperforming traditional sales motions in converting quotes to orders. Democratizing AI: Why small MSPs are becoming the fastest adopters of the MCP Server to bypass complex, expensive ERP system integrations. Operational Efficiency: Real-world examples of partners saving 1,500 hours annually by reducing complex quoting cycles from days to mere seconds. The Human Shift: How the role of the Ingram associate is pivoting from transactional fulfillment to training algorithms and high-value solutioning. For partners looking to get started, Sahoo recommends visiting the Xvantage Developer Portal to explore how to “think big and act small” when it comes to AI adoption. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. Today, we’re joined by a man who’s effectively the architect of the modern digital Ingram Micro. Sanjib Sahoo is the EVP and president of the Global Platform Group at Ingram Micro and the visionary behind Xvantage. We’re coming off a week where Ingram reported record Q2 results, and Sanjib joins me to talk about why AI revenue intelligence is the engine behind those numbers. We dig into the recently launched XI Hub and MCP server—tools that are allowing even the smallest MSPs to connect their own AI assistants directly to Ingram’s data mesh. We talk about how this is saving early adopters up to 1,500 hours a year and why Sanjib thinks the industry is moving from a world of order takers to order makers. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Sanjib Sahoo. [MUSIC] Robert Dutt: Sanjib, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Sanjib Sahoo: Absolutely, it’s a pleasure to be here. Robert Dutt: You guys just came off record Q2 results. A big part of that is the idea of what you guys are calling AI revenue intelligence. For the folks on the ground, what does that term actually mean? Is this about Ingram’s revenue, partner revenue, or sort of the intelligence sitting between those two fields? Sanjib Sahoo: Absolutely. If you look at it, intelligence is the key that connects the lifecycle in the channel. What we have been doing in the last year or couple of years is building functionality with Xvantage. But that is the infrastructure. What we have done is train our intelligence layer. All the models we have built—more than 400 models—and the intelligent integrations that we have built, it all added to that AI layer. Today, that AI layer goes out, looks at all the quotes, looks at multiple parameters, and then stack-ranks opportunities for our sales team to go and outreach our partners. It’s changing the sales motion where we are moving from order takers to order makers. That is converting at almost four times the rate that traditional distribution converted those quotes to orders. That actually has high-quality revenue. And most importantly, it is really giving us a way to close our cycles faster. That is that AI-led revenue—primarily intelligent revenue—that we are doing. Robert Dutt: That 4x number is pretty striking. You’ve been the architect of Xvantage since the beginning—it’s been your baby. Based on what you described, it’s safe to say we’ve gone from vision well into the momentum phase. I’m curious: what’s the biggest difference in the conversations you’re having with partners today versus, say, even the beginning of the year? Sanjib Sahoo: I think our partners are understanding more and more that this is not another platform or a tool for doing distribution better. This is a way for them to leverage that intelligence that Ingram Micro has from being in business for more than 45 years. It’s about leveraging insights to drive their business. Ultimately, where we want to move, Robert, is away from just selling products to selling outcomes by intelligence. I think more and more, that intelligence is the new relationship and value that we can create. The platform is immaterial; the experience is great, but the intelligence is what they need to drive operations. Robert Dutt: I’m curious how you have found the channel’s aptitude or ability—how is the channel prepared for this move towards intelligence? What is the biggest opportunity for the average MSP at this moment to jump on? Sanjib Sahoo: I think the channel is changing. The entire tech ecosystem is no longer linear. It’s more about solutioning, ecosystem orchestration, and demand gen. We need to scale the “long tail”—the small MSPs and the VARs—and that requires a lot of automation. Let me ask you a question. What is the operating system you have on your phone? You might know it’s iOS or Android, but you don’t know the exact version, right? Does it matter? No. But the operating system is what does the disk cleanup and the CPU optimization. Without that, it doesn’t work. We want Xvantage to be that agnostic operating system of the channel that solves all these complexities of SKU ingestion, billing, attaching, and reconciliation, powered by intelligence. This leads to our announcement about MCP. We have spent too much time on system integration; now we are connecting and combining intelligence. Robert Dutt: Let’s get into that. You’ve recently announced XI Hub and the MCP server layer. You guys have positioned this as “operationalizing AI” for the channel. In plain English, how do those two pieces work together to let an MSP connect their own AI to Ingram’s data? Sanjib Sahoo: Absolutely. If I’m a small MSP or an SMB, I don’t have a lot of IT budget. System integration takes a long time. But today, you can quickly write a quick agent or use your own LLMs. How do you connect that to an Xvantage or Ingram Micro without a massive integration? That is MCP. MCP is connecting intelligence to intelligence—agent to agent—versus system integration. It bypasses the complexity. I recently heard of a partner who got connected with MCP within an hour and is already driving value. Data helps you run the business, but intelligence helps you grow the business. Imagine if an MSP can get that constant intelligence from us for renewals or bundles—fulfillment happens as a byproduct, but intelligence is the value. Robert Dutt: You’ve described MCP as the “USB-C for AI.” Why was it important for Ingram to go through MCP and use an open standard like that, rather than building a “walled garden” approach? Sanjib Sahoo: Because a custom approach takes a long time. This is the fastest way to abstract your systems. Imagine you have ChatGPT or Claude and you connect it securely to Ingram Micro’s Xvantage to run your business. That’s amazing. We have architected it this way because ERPs can answer what, but they can’t answer why. Our architecture—with the real-time data mesh, AI Factory, and headless engines—really creates an environment where MCP can work much faster. Robert Dutt: If I’m an MSP and I’m plugging in an AI assistant to my business systems and to your live data, my first thoughts are going to be security and data leakage. How do the XI Hub and MCP server keep that data secure? Sanjib Sahoo: We have a lot of work going into security—data segregation, multiple protocols for how we expose data. We have different protocols for read versus write. We have been very careful about the details for obvious reasons, but there is a massive focus on security. Robert Dutt: You guys have talked about some incredible numbers—early adopters saving 1,500 hours annually and radically reducing quoting cycles. What was the partner doing manually that an MCP-connected assistant can do for them now? Sanjib Sahoo: They can get instant access to insights and figure out any question they have without needing to invest in extra OpEx or partners to do those activities. That saves them a lot of hours. But it’s also about growth. We see that Xvantage-integrated partners are doing much more business with us. It’s transactional efficiency and growth opportunities. Robert Dutt: When it comes to quoting, how is AI reducing the cycle? Is it fetching data faster or actually suggesting configurations? Sanjib Sahoo: MCP itself isn’t doing the quoting. We have worked hard to build a custom quoting engine in Xvantage as one of our headless engines. It takes complexity out and does the vendor integrations from config to order. MCP is just the pipe giving you the data from that engine. The complexity is solved by the Xvantage infrastructure; you’re just taking advantage of it by connecting with the MCP layer. Complex quotes that used to take days can now be done in minutes or seconds. Robert Dutt: Now that XI Hub and the MCP server are out there, what’s been the most unexpected or novel way that you’ve seen a partner use it? Sanjib Sahoo: I thought the big customers or the mid-market would lead, but I’m seeing a lot of traction with the “long tail”—small customers. It makes sense because they don’t have the budget to invest in heavy IT. They are connecting to MCP, looking at data, looking at renewals, and getting insights. Some are doing it in less than an hour. It really surprised me how this “relationship fabric” is giving them value through AI rather than just through sales calls. Robert Dutt: For those smaller partners—that 10-person MSP—what’s the on-ramp? How “AI-ready” do they need to be? Sanjib Sahoo: They can be ready pretty fast. There are so many models available. They know their own context, and if they plug into us, they can drive their business in a very different way. The XI Hub and MCP server are strategic components of a broader vision to democratize enterprise AI in the channel. The future of distribution is not just moving products; it’s about connecting intelligence across the tech value chain. Robert Dutt: You’ve talked about the move from “sell-in” to “sell-with.” Does this change the role of the Ingram associate or the account rep? If AI is doing the quoting, how does the human role shift? Sanjib Sahoo: There is always a human role. First, they are training the algorithms to make the intelligence better every day. Second, they can focus on being proactive rather than reactive. They focus on high-value, high-complexity solutioning with the customer rather than basic operations. We are focusing on the exceptions rather than transactional connectivity. Robert Dutt: You often talk about “mindset over skillset.” If a partner wants to capture this opportunity, what’s the one big mindset shift they need to make? Sanjib Sahoo: Think big and act small. Focus on the 60% chance to succeed versus the 40% chance to fail. AI is not perfect, but interacting with it every day makes it better. Data helps you run your business, but intelligence helps you grow it. We need our partners to move from instinct to intelligence. Robert Dutt: Looking at the rest of the year, what is the next big milestone for Xvantage? Sanjib Sahoo: The next “hub moment” will be about how we improve the intelligence every day to drive outcomes. We will always build features, but I want to celebrate intelligently operating this channel. We are moving from a platform for distribution to a platform company that does distribution. Robert Dutt: Last one. If I’m a partner who hasn’t yet looked at the Xvantage developer portal or XI Hub, where do I start? Sanjib Sahoo: You can Google the Xvantage Developer Portal or talk to your account manager. Some are figuring it out on their own, but we are there to help. Let’s work together to transform this industry. Robert Dutt: Brilliant. I appreciate you taking the time to walk us through this. Sanjib Sahoo: Absolutely, Robert. Thank you so much. Robert Dutt: There you have it, Sanjib Sahoo from Ingram Micro. I’d like to thank Sanjib for his time. It’s not often you get a peek under the hood of a platform handling four petabytes of data to see exactly how it’s changing the day-to-day life of the partner. The big takeaway for me was the 4x metric—AI-driven insights are converting at four times the rate of traditional sales motions. For the MSP, the message is clear: the long tail isn’t being left behind here. In fact, if you don’t have a massive IT budget, the MCP server might be your fastest way to operationalize AI without a developer team. I’d like to thank you for listening. You can find the podcast on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most major directories. Ratings and reviews go a long way. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Expel MDR for AI attack surface: Expel has launched what it says is the first managed detection and response service covering the full AI attack surface, extending its SOC capabilities to threats launched with AI, employee AI misuse, and exposure inside AI systems themselves. The company announced the expansion at Black Hat 2026, adding an Anthropic Claude integration that pulls enterprise compliance signals and prompt content into Expel’s detection pipeline. Expel’s operators work the prompt content itself to surface intent, not just activity, and the company has mapped its detection library to 13 of 16 MITRE ATLAS tactics. Expel Huntress CEO on autonomous adversary: Huntress CEO Kyle Hanslovan is warning that autonomous, AI-powered attacks have moved from theoretical concern to active reality. In an interview with CRN, Hanslovan cited OpenAI’s disclosure that its AI agents compromised the Hugging Face platform during testing, as well as subsequent Anthropic disclosures about its Claude Mythos 5 model, as evidence that autonomous hacking is already happening. Huntress, which recently crossed $250 million in annual recurring revenue, has built its business around protecting smaller organizations that lack enterprise-scale security teams. CRN Myriad360 acquires F3 Technology Partners: Myriad360 has acquired the assets of F3 Technology Partners, a Connecticut-based healthcare IT solution provider, pushing the combined organization past $1 billion in estimated annual revenue. While Myriad360 is U.S.-based, the firm services the Canadian market through its global logistics and international business operations. F3 brings deep healthcare vertical expertise to Myriad360’s portfolio, reinforcing a trend of mid-market consolidation that is creating a new class of “Super-VARs” with the scale to compete for multinational enterprise business. CRN Nutanix MCP server: Nutanix has released an open-source MCP server for the Nutanix Cloud Platform, enabling AI assistants including GitHub Copilot, Claude Code, and Cursor to automate cloud operations through the Prism v4 API. The move follows Ingram Micro’s MCP server launch for its Xvantage marketplace and reflects growing channel investment in the Model Context Protocol as a standard for AI-tool integration. Nutanix Halo AI Studio and MCP push: PSA vendor Halo unveiled AI Studio and MCP integrations at XChange August, giving MSPs tools to build AI agents for service desk, sales, customer success, reporting, and quarterly business reviews. The company also launched an MCP server to act as a central interface across MSP tools. Halo partner John Douglass of Pileus Technologies said the AI Studio capabilities are “a game changer” for automating service delivery. CRN CRN Annual Report Card winners: CRN announced the winners of its 2026 Annual Report Card at XChange August, with solution providers grading vendors across 23 technology categories. Notable winners included HPE in cloud computing and servers, Nvidia in GPUs, Exabeam in AI security, and Scale Computing in hybrid cloud infrastructure. Complete scores will be published on CRN.com on October 5. CRN Liquidware CommandCTRL 1.5: Liquidware launched CommandCTRL 1.5 with AI-powered endpoint diagnostics and browser-based remote control across Windows, macOS, Linux, and thin clients. The update adds AI Insights that interpret endpoint telemetry and extends remote support capabilities to browser-based sessions without requiring a client installation. Liquidware Read Full Transcript TRANSCRIPT TO COME

Craig Patterson, global channel chief at Exabeam For years, SIEM has been one of those technologies that looked good in theory but was genuinely hard to build a profitable managed service around. Deal-by-deal discount negotiations, licensing structures built for enterprise resale rather than recurring managed services revenue, and no predictable floor on margin. For many MSPs, the math just never worked. Exabeam – the combined company formed from the merger of the original Exabeam and LogRhythm – is making a direct play to change that. Global channel chief Craig Patterson and senior director of service provider alliances Peter Stratis join In The Channel to walk through the new MSSP commercial framework inside the recently launched APEX Partner Program. Two new licensing pathways: a single-pool capacity model for high-volume, multi-tenant environments serving SMB and mid-market clients, and a federated subscription model that isolates customer environments for compliance and data sovereignty requirements. For Canadian MSSPs navigating PIPEDA, OSFI E-21, or Protected B, that second model is the one to pay close attention to. Peter Stratis, senior directof of server provider alliances at Exabeam The conversation also covers Sherpa, Exabeam’s new AI-powered partner enablement platform – a move away from the traditional LMS toward an always-on coaching tool that can join partner sales calls in real time – and Agent Behavior Analytics, Exabeam’s new capability for detecting malfunctioning, misaligned, and subverted AI agents inside customer environments, included at no additional cost. The standout line from Peter Stratis – who called this his first-ever podcast appearance – is the one worth writing down: “We treated our service providers like resellers, unfortunately.” The new framework is a direct acknowledgment of that history, and an attempt to rebuild the commercial relationship from the ground up. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. If you’ve been in the channel for any length of time, you know that SIEM has always been one of those technologies that seems great in theory but has been genuinely hard to build a profitable managed service around. Licensing models that weren’t built for multi-tenancy, unpredictable costs, discount structures that made margin planning more of a guessing game than a business model. A lot of MSPs have looked at the security operations space and quietly backed away for exactly those reasons. Exabeam, the combined company that emerged out of the merger of Exabeam and LogRhythm, is making a direct play to change that. They have overhauled their channel program into what they’re calling the APEX Partner Program and at the centre of it is a new commercial framework built specifically for managed security service providers. Two distinct pathways: one for high-volume multi-tenant environments and one built with compliance and data sovereignty in mind. For Canadian MSPs navigating PIPEDA, OSFI E-21 and Protected B requirements, that second lane is worth paying close attention to. I’ve got two Exabeam executives here to walk us through it. Craig Patterson is Exabeam’s global channel chief and Peter Stratis is the senior director of service provider alliances, the person who’s been working directly with MSSPs to build this out from the ground up. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Craig Patterson and Peter Stratis. Gentlemen, thank you for taking the time. Craig Patterson: Thank you, Robert. Super excited to be on here with you today, my friend. Peter Stratis: Thank you. Robert Dutt: Craig, can you just kick us off with a quick version of where Exabeam sits right now? You know, you guys went through a significant merger with LogRhythm not that long ago. Now you’re pushing an updated partner program. For solution providers who maybe haven’t been following closely, what does the combined company look like from a channel perspective? Craig Patterson: The short answer, my friend, is that we’re sitting in an amazing place. We’re absolutely in a good place positioning to really drive value to our partner community. And so to give you a little more context around that, like you asked, we’ve spent the last 12 months really kind of rethinking, reimagining the whole partner ecosystem in a way to create value for all of our partners globally. And so there was a number of things we went through over the last 12 months. We spent a lot of time really going to this assessment loop, understanding everybody’s perspective. So we did that by having very strategic conversations with our top-tier partners. We did some survey work. We looked at the broad landscape in terms of the trends that the partners are really looking for in these modern channel programs. So all of that really became this assessment loop. The output of that is that really became the foundation for what we built here with APEX. And so with APEX, the Exabeam APEX Partner Program, what you have here is you have a program that’s really centered on value that’s really focused on solving a problem that exists in our market today around enablement. And so when you think about enablement today, I’ve written a lot of articles on this. Most enablement programs really don’t drive to the level of outcome that companies are looking to have. Outcomes like conversion rates, outcomes like time to first deal, outcome rates like retention rates, all these things. And so what we’ve done is we’ve really focused on enablement as the key catalyst to really drive value to our partners. And so with that, we’ve launched new enablement programs really with a focus on increasing their competency level so we can align to those outcomes we’re looking to have with our company’s operating plan. And so there’s a lot of thought that’s got into this. The short answer is we have a program that’s built on value. It aligns to where the market is going and what partners are really asking for. Robert Dutt: Peter, your title as senior director of service provider alliances is a pretty specific role. Can you tell us a little bit about what that looks like sort of on a day-to-day basis and the big problems that you’re focused on? Peter Stratis: Sure thing. Thanks, Robert. Well, I’ve been with Exabeam for about eight years now and service providers have always been a key component of not only our channel strategy, but our go-to-market and just from our net new revenue perspective. After our merger with LogRhythm, that actually continues and if anything, it’s only been more emphasized because both from an on-prem and from a cloud perspective, we see the MSSPs being a strong driver of that strategy of our go-to-market. So over the last eight years, we’ve seen that trend of not only on net new revenue, net new logos being a major part of our business, but then how do, to Craig’s point, how do we support them? To be quite honest, in the past, it was quite difficult. We really didn’t have any kind of structured pricing for these partners. It was, to say the least, it was more of a resale program that had some discounts tied to it. So through Craig’s efforts, through our whole surveys and our intent to really go after this market and treat them the way they should be treated, he mentioned that we did these surveys. We asked internally, what do you look for in a service provider partner? We asked externally what these partners were looking for from us. And that’s when in building the APEX Partner Program here at Exabeam, we also took into account what service providers would look for in a new partner program. So that’s everything from pricing to support. Craig mentioned enablement. Enablement is a huge part of that, where they felt in the past they were just lumped up as just a regular partner. Now we have supported APIs, documented APIs that most, if not all, of our partners are using as part of their foundation for their services. So we’ve really come a long way and continue actually to build upon that, as you’ll see throughout 2026 and beyond. Robert Dutt: Okay, let’s get into the framework itself. You guys positioned it at launch as solving commercial and operational friction for MSSPs. Curious, what did you hear that friction looked like in practice? What were MSSPs telling you was broken or was a big challenge? Craig Patterson: Yeah, so I’ll take a stab at this and I’ll let Peter give more context. So a lot of this came out during that assessment phase. Robert, we’re talking to the MSSPs globally. I’m like, what’s working? What’s not working? What would they like to see incorporated into the MSSP program 2.0? So a lot of the feedback we heard was really around the flexibility. Being able to have a license that is catering to all the customer demand they have beneath. So it’s really giving them the flexibility to buy that one license and carve it up as they see fit. And giving them more flexibility on the commercial terms. That was a lot of the commentary we heard. The other thing we heard was really they wanted more value as it leads to the enablement side. So obviously getting them enabled on the pre-sales side, but more importantly on the post-sales side. So they could actually drive those implementations, drive the management and really help those customers create a lot of value. And so I think those were kind of the big levers that I heard from those assessments. And then in practice, Peter can give you some more context in terms of how we’re putting all this together. Peter Stratis: Yeah, thanks Craig. A lot of what we heard from the service provider community in the past was friction. So when they’re trying to price out their services and our product and etc., they were seeing friction at onboarding. They were seeing friction in trying to predict their margin on deals. As mentioned, not airing any dirty laundry here. It was more like a resale program. So we gave discounts and there were very opportunistic discounts on a deal-by-deal basis. So they didn’t build predictable service models around it in the past. And then you always hear the buzzword, multi-tenancy. We kept on getting asked about our multi-tenant roadmaps, etc. We’re looking at this framework as a way of solving for that. We continue to make feature enhancements into the platform that will strive for that multi-tenancy. But the way we’re solving for it is by these two pathways. One is that single license, pooled capacity, data segregation model. And the other is that federated workflow that we announced where it’s more for, whether you’re within data sovereignty, if in different regions or just different use cases from a compliance perspective, whether it’s healthcare or finance, and you have to keep these environments isolated. We have a plan and we worked with our MSSPs specifically to have these kind of pathways. So we heard from our MSSPs and we actually developed these two pathways with them in mind. So they were in the design phase and in the rollout phase for both federated and the single pool capacity. Robert Dutt: The federated model is such an interesting one, I think, for the Canadian market, specifically data sovereignty, huge topic. And there are specific compliance requirements, PIPEDA, OSFI E-21, Protected B status. It means that a lot of Canadian MSSPs can’t just kind of throw everything into one pool. Was that the sort of thing that was explicitly on the radar when you built this out or a happy coincidence of the architecture and the feedback that you heard along the way? Peter Stratis: It’s actually a little of both, right? So it just so happened to be the maturity of our platform. Even from our Exabeam New Scale platform, we went from an on-prem hardware appliance way back in 2012, to our version 1.0 was a SaaS product, to our native cloud. It was always a single-tenant solution. So it worked well for certain service providers that had the capacity. They had their APIs and their own platforms that could manage this solution. As you heard more and more about multi-tenancy and the need for data sovereignty and all that, we still had a big part of our MSSPs were asking for this single license pooled capacity. So we structured it in a way where for midsize organizations or even some small, medium business, you still have that single pool capacity using data segregation. You lose some of the customization, but you could actually solve for a lot of those customers in that model. And then you have another plan with the federated. So the more mature MSSPs are running both models in some capacity. They could still run that single license for their SMB play. And then for either large enterprise or very compliance-driven customers that want those isolated environments, they have that flexibility. And that’s what we built a framework around. Obviously, that’s one point of feedback that sort of directly informed the framework. Robert Dutt: You guys have said that this whole thing was built, as you said, with direct collaboration with your MSSP partners rather than kind of coming down on high. I’m curious along with what you’ve touched on already, what actually changed as a result of going through that process? What did you go in thinking you’d build and how did it come out differently because of what partners told you along the way to building it? Craig Patterson: Yeah. So I think there’s a lot of things that have been addressed. Obviously, the packaging and the commercial aspects as Peter was describing, but think about some of the fundamental problems in terms of partners want this path to profitability, right? Really understanding how they can create margin. That was one thing. Another path is like, how do I become enabled with Exabeam? And how do I stay informed in terms of where you’re going? Another problem we wanted to solve. So I think it’s a lot around the financial aspects of doing business with us. A lot of it’s around becoming enabled, becoming more knowledgeable on all the new features and releases that we’re dropping. And so those were some of the big fundamentals that we wanted to solve in the APEX framework. And then beneath that, obviously, is the whole MSSP play. And that’s what Peter’s been talking about. So you can probably give a little more context on that. Peter Stratis: Yeah. As mentioned, there is no one-size-fits-all. So the feedback we were getting was obviously their security platform was important to them. Some of them had an in-house platform they built on their own. And there’s ways of differentiating. So basic SIEMs are just going after alert monitoring. So how can I differentiate my service if I’m a service provider? Well, there’s ways of going to market, but also there were things we needed to do in the back office from a platform perspective to make those possible. So making our behavioral analytics available in these models so they can actually differentiate their services. As I said, we have a history of actually adding features quarter-over-quarter, month-over-month. So that’s not stopping. We didn’t announce necessarily multi-tenancy to the world. We announced a commercial framework for that. So you’ll continue to see on a month-to-month, quarter-over-quarter basis, features added to support not only the commercial framework, but the underlying platform to make it easier for service providers to add that operational efficiency, to add those differentiators from a product portfolio as well. Robert Dutt: Let’s talk about the economics underneath there. You use the term predictable margins as a phrase that shows up in the messaging. SIEM has historically been a tough service to make money on. Licensing models that didn’t fit the managed services motion, unpredictable costs on data ingestion, those sorts of things. What specifically changes for an MSSP’s P&L under the framework? Craig Patterson: Yeah. So I think there’s really two components here. The first is the whole financial package associated to the MSSP partners. And the second is the discounting framework. And so let’s maybe start with the discounting framework. One of the observations that we made during this whole assessment phase was the vast majority, Robert, of all of our deals were flowing through this non-standard process, which means the discounts that were aligned to the traditional framework were not putting the MSSP partners in a position to actually transact. And so what we did is we went through and we re-looked at the discounting framework and sort of realigned it based upon our actual data points. We looked at the last 12, 24 months, the discounts that were being derived to actually transact. And we sort of rebuilt the entire discounting framework for our company in a way that really empowers the MSSP partners now to have enough discount to actually transact without going to this non-standard queue. So what does it mean? Well, we really kind of flipped the script. Instead of 80% being non-standard, we believe 80% will flow through the standard process now because we’ve built the discounts in a way to align with what the market is looking for. That’s kind of the key component number one. And then as it relates to the discounting side, we reimagined how those discounts are calculated. And so now you kind of have your standard program discount. So that’s based upon your tier. So top-tier MSSP partners get the highest level discount. The second is deal registration. Obviously, they put the deal reg in that ties to a discount. Those are both standard common things. But what’s new, which is what you care about. What is new? Well, we’ve aligned the third discount based to their competency level. And so we measure that based upon certifications. And so if you think back to those choose-your-own-adventure books as a kid, we’re really giving the partners their own choose-your-own-adventure. And if they want to drive to the highest level discount, well, simply, MSSP partners got to go take all of our certifications, pre-sales and post-sales, so they have the highest level of competency to drive our services in the market. And our thesis around that is partners that have higher certifications, they’re going to be more active, they’re going to be more interested, they’re going to drive more pipeline. And if we do this the right way, Robert, they’re actually going to convert at a higher percentage, we’re going to see shortened sales cycles, all of which align to the operating plan of our company. So it’s kind of those two fundamental things that were addressed through that process. And then I’m sure Peter can fill in the detail for you. Peter Stratis: Yeah, if I can actually elaborate on that. Thanks for that, Craig. And just some historical context, Robert, as mentioned in the past, we treated our service providers like resellers, unfortunately, so it was very deal-specific in terms of what they were getting on a deal-by-deal basis from a discount. So the economics of it was they really couldn’t rationalize their margin predictability on an overall services basis. And you know, different regions go to market different ways. In Europe, Asia, Latin America, predominantly, it’s all SIEM as a service and MSSP owns the license. In the Americas, both US and Canada, we saw a lot of proliferation in the past of customer-owned licenses. So the MSSP would resell the license, and consequently, just provide managed services wrap on top of that. Not only do we see more of that MSSP-owned model now where it’s SIEM as a service in the US and Canada. So it’s proliferated itself throughout all the regions. Now with these frameworks, we actually are able to build these economics, the margin predictability, as Craig mentioned, because now they know as a standard, what they’re going to be selling for. So especially as we do this federated model, and even the single license, you know what your price is across the board, you know what license you’re buying, you know what price you’re buying it for, you know, the more customers you add to these models, the more your profitability will increase as well. So it continues to grow from a pure profit play. Partners want to know what their margin would be as their customer licenses grow. And this is exactly what the framework did. Robert Dutt: This is sort of a broader question around MSP/MSSP distinctions as opposed to directly about the framework. But there’s a distinction worth drawing between an MSP trying to bolt a security practice onto the existing managed services business and the established MSSP who’s been at this for a year or who has built it up. Are those two different conversations for you? And if so, what are the different entry points and care-abouts? Peter Stratis: So it’s interesting, not only because of this announcement, even prior to it, the announcement of the APEX Partner Program here at Exabeam caused a lot of interest from partners and different kinds of partners. The traditional MSP, when inquiring, it was kind of hard when we were vetting them that they had no security practice of their own. So oftentimes they would actually outsource that security to an MSSP, to a classic MSSP, or maybe just resell services from those other organizations. We see that, we see a lot of interest from MSPs with that. And we see VARs or resellers come to us that want to build managed service practices as well. So we look at both of these in two different ways. One, how can we take care of these partner inquiries now, and then how can we grow with these organizations? So both MSPs and resellers that are interested in managed services now, our first inkling is to try to introduce them to our current managed service base. These people have the experience, they have the certifications, they have the technical knowledge. We’ve seen that move from a lot of MSP partners actually having channels of their own. So they actually sell their MDR or MSSP services through a channel of resellers or MSPs. But then if that’s our first step with these type of partnerships, then it’s like, how can we grow within your organization? How can we help you get the technical skills required? Because for a true MSP to have success, not only in SIEM, but just security as a service, you can’t just train one or two people, you need the 24-by-7 support, you need the tier one and tier two level of support services as well. So you have to grow your organization or outsource it to people that are already prepared to handle that. So that MSP play, we actually see it more and more going towards our current managed security service providers and getting that as a resource. Craig Patterson: Just to add a little more context to that too. So this actually becomes a very interesting point for the distributors worldwide as well. Because a lot of what they provide in terms of value is helping those MSPs in terms of deployment and management of the services. And so we’ve gone through the vetting process globally, looking at all of our distributors and we’ve handpicked our strategic distributors around the world. So if we have MSPs that want to come into the program, but they’re not ready on that post-sale side, well, guess what? That can become the role of the distributor. And secondarily, this is where the enablement really comes into play as well. And so that’s why we’ve built very specific paths on enablement, pre-sales and post-sales, where partners can choose their own adventure. “Hey, if I want to get going on the pre-sale side, well, guess what? I can simply resell.” Or, “Hey, I want to really start focusing on the post-sales services implementation.” I can start to take the enablement around those courses to become more of an expert to really give me those new capabilities. And so there’s a whole conversation around what we’re doing on enablement with our brand new Sherpa that’s really given a lot of these partners those capabilities. Robert Dutt: On the note of Sherpa, an AI-powered tool for partners, it’s essentially a virtual channel account manager in terms of enablement, onboarding, that sort of thing, especially for an MSSP who’s new to SIEM. How does it change the friction of getting started with Exabeam as their platform? Craig Patterson: You’re going to love this. You’re going to love this. So we’ve sort of reimagined all of the enablement. Again, when you look at traditional enablement, it’s like most enablement is built in these LMS platforms. Like, “Hey, partner, go log on to this LMS platform, get your certification, and then we expect you to actually know what the hell you’re doing.” Reality is that’s not what happens. They log on to the LMS platforms. They fast-forward as quickly as they can to the end. They turn the volume down. And then when the quiz comes, they use AI to answer the questions. And so they just find a way to get the certification. The reality is none of that helps them be better in life or actually raise their competency. And so that’s a problem we took on head-on with Sherpa. And so Sherpa was built in a way to really change the way partners learn with the whole goal of raising their competency level so they can be better on the market. And there was really like three use cases we were trying to solve with the emergence of Sherpa. The first is like you think about this global ecosystem that Peter and I have. We have 3000 partners. The partner ecosystem looks different. We have VARs. We have MSPs. We have MSSPs. We have distributors. We have the trusted advisor market as well. All of them have different needs in terms of where they are from a learning perspective. And so the first use case, Robert, is simply like a tool to be able to ask questions. What are the use cases? How do I position this? Why is SIEM or UEBA better than the competition? Just an always-on tool for partners to ask questions. And so that was kind of use case one. And then the cool thing around that is you think about the ecosystem being very global in nature. The other problem with LMS platforms is I’ve got partners in Japan. Well, that means the LMS platform they log on to needs to be able to talk to them in Japanese. And so the beauty with Sherpa, it does all the translation for us. And we’ve got 15 plus languages that are now live in Sherpa. Partners in Japan are talking to it. We got partners in India and all over the world really asking questions in terms of how we position our services. And that integration can be done by just logging on to our portal. You’ll see a bot pop up. They can just simply ask a question. It integrates in Teams, integrates in Slack. So that was use case number one. Use case number two was we reimagined the whole enablement certification platform. And so it’s a very dynamic learning experience. And so the way it happens is you log on, there’s a topic that you like, you click on that, you start learning, it asks you questions, it asks you to position services, and then you record your answer to how you’re actually positioning those services or the features. And it gives you feedback like, “Robert, you did really good on this aspect, but next time you should use this and this.” Or, “Robert, if you’re talking to a customer that’s in this vertical, you should talk about this use case because that’ll help resonate.” And so the whole certification process has been rebuilt and that’s the second use case. The third use case, this is a game changer. And this really goes to your question. And it’s an always-on coach. And so partners are now able to invite Sherpa to calls. And so as they’re having those conversations with customers, and the customer may say something or give them an objection, well, in the background, Sherpa will give them the answer to that objection and say, “Customer said this, talk to them about this.” Or, “Have you shared this new feature that was just released in the quarterly launch?” So it’s like this always-on coach, always-on assistant to really give them what they need. And then we’re putting it on this innovation roadmap. And so every single quarter, we’re launching new innovation in Sherpa. As an example, we’re now launching our LinkedIn integration. So if you’re an MSSP partner, you log on to Sherpa, you’re connected to LinkedIn, it’s going to ask you, if Sherpa can look through your network to find customers that may be a good fit for our services. And then it’ll say, “Okay, great. We found these contacts. Should we go ahead and write the campaign? Should we write a campaign that you can use to send to those customers in your ecosystem on LinkedIn?” And so quite honestly, I think we’re bleeding edge in terms of really being able to use AI and adopt AI in a way to drive good outcomes, well beyond where most companies are with their simple ChatGPT things like that. We’re actually driving outcomes. Robert Dutt: The rise of AI baked into the partner program and partner tools is a fascinating space for me to watch. And that certainly, you make a compelling case for the role of Sherpa there. That sounds really interesting. A quick one on the product side, not directly related here, but just out of curiosity, Exabeam just dropped Agent Behavior Analytics in your April release, sort of extending behavioral detection to AI agents, ChatGPT usage, Copilot activity, those kinds of things. For an MSSP looking to take this to market as a service, is it a new revenue line? Is it an upsell? Or is this sort of becoming table stakes that clients expect to see bundled into what you’re doing for them? Craig Patterson: I’m glad you asked. It was just recently at RSA, the conference, obviously AI is the buzzword, but what do you do with that? When we presented the agentic behavior analytics to a lot of our partners or potential new customers, the question that was often asked was, “Well, how much is this extra?” And that’s not how we license our product. So the behavior analytics has been part of our solution since our inception from our analytics model. So specific to AI, this is going to be, you could differentiate your service from other service providers by using this behavior analytics, but by no means is it an extra cost on the MSSP’s behalf. So they’re going into an organization that has a thousand users, human entities, and overnight they now have 10,000 non-human entities. We look at and model all of them using our analytics. So now you actually have at least a basis of what’s normal from a behavior standpoint for both non-human and human entities. So we really change the game, but haven’t changed the pricing along with it. So it comes naturally within our platform. So no change for me as a partner, but if I can find a way to upsell based on it, all the better. If not, I add additional features. Hopefully my customer is more happy. Peter Stratis: I was just going to say, if you look at the macro trends we’re seeing, this is the number one conversation that’s being had right now, especially like you look at the financial sector. Every single company is facing this problem. And so this really, not only does it give them a new use case to go after, I think it just makes the overall security services of Exabeam more relevant based upon what’s happening in the overall market, which all that makes the revenue stickier, makes those conversations more impactful that those MSSP partners are having. Craig Patterson: Yeah. Well, what I’m going to mention is operational efficiency and service differentiation is what’s key to our MSSPs and their success. So the license is foundational. And now that we’ve actually solved for being predictable from a margin perspective, how can they differentiate themselves, making them operationally efficient using automation, using our threat detection, and then also the service differentiation. And the other thing too, just thinking through this a little bit, I mean, there’s different AI agents that exist out there that are doing different things. You think about the malfunctioning agent, the one that’s just off base and it’s doing things that are just incorrect based upon the fundamentals or foundation of the AI agent. That’s one thing that gets addressed by looking at the abnormal behavior. The second is the misaligned agent, the ones that are pursuing goals in a way that could negatively impact the company. And that gets a little bit more scary. But really what gets scary is those subverted agents, the ones that have been hijacked that are actually causing harm. And so you think about all those different use cases that are happening, and that’s the beauty of what we just released is our new ABA, sort of creating this new category in the market. That’s really what our ABA is looking for, is all those different things that are happening, whether it’s misused, misaligned, or subverted. All that can be detected through this new agent behavior. Robert Dutt: Okay, last question for me. If I’m an MSP who’s been sitting on the sidelines, I’ve been thinking about them or are upgrading my security operations practice. What’s one thing that you wish I understood about the opportunity and the economics, but I probably don’t at this point? Peter Stratis: It’s all about how they actually start off. They’re interested in selling managed security, but they don’t know that they have to standardize their delivery model. They can’t make it where every customer is custom, because that’s when that price predictability goes away. So everything from onboarding to customizing your offering has to go away. You might be able to do it for a certain amount of customers, but you have to build a model that’s repeatable. Automation is going to be very important to that. And then finally, you could add optional add-ons, but you have to resist the temptation to over-customize everything. The great thing about what Craig has done with the APEX Partner Program and the way we built it out here at Exabeam is it supports all of this through all the enablement efforts. So Craig mentioned all the enablement built into the program, but then we have certification tracks. So we’ll help you along in that process. And we have everything from APIs and the use case and the scripts to help you automate that track for you to make it easier, but just don’t jump in and try to do a custom solution for each customer. Robert Dutt: Gentlemen, I thank you very much for your time. Once again, I appreciate your walking us through the commercial framework. Craig Patterson: Thank you, Robert. Appreciate it. Peter Stratis: Thank you, Robert. Robert Dutt: There you have it. Craig Patterson and Peter Stratis from Exabeam. I’d like to thank Craig and Peter for their time today. And a special note, this was Peter’s first podcast appearance. You never would have known it. A few things I’ll leave you with. First, if Peter’s candid admission landed for you — that Exabeam used to treat service providers like resellers with opportunistic deal-by-deal discounts that made it impossible to build a predictable margin — sit with that for a moment. Not unique to Exabeam. That was the industry. And it goes a long way to explaining why so many MSPs have struggled to make managed SIEM work as a business. The new framework is a direct attempt to fix that math. Two pathways: a single-pool capacity model that works well for SMB and mid-market clients, and a federated model that isolates environments for compliance-heavy customers. The discounting structure has been rebuilt from the data up with the goal of moving 80% of deals through a standard process. Up from what Craig described as the opposite of that. The Sherpa AI tool is worth watching closely, not just as a training platform replacement, but as an always-on coach that can actually sit in on partner sales calls and surface real-time objection handling. The LinkedIn integration is coming next, and it starts looking less like an LMS and more like a business development tool. And the closing advice I’ll leave you with is Peter’s. If you’re an MSP thinking about entering the security space, standardize your delivery model before you take on your first customer. Resist the urge to customize every environment. That’s exactly where price predictability and profitability goes away. Thanks as always for listening. In The Channel is available on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and all the major podcast directories. If you’re finding value in the show, leave a rating or review. It goes a long way to helping other folks in the channel find us. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: [Schneider Electric]: The company yesterday unveiled its next-generation APC Smart-UPS at XChange August 2026, introducing what it says is the first multi-chemistry battery technology for distributed and edge environments. The platform accepts both VRLA lead-acid and lithium-ion batteries, allowing customers to start with lower-cost lead-acid and upgrade later without replacing the chassis. Read more on CRN. [Ingram Micro]: The distributor says hundreds of channel partners are now using its Xvantage Integration Hub and secure Model Context Protocol Server to connect AI assistants directly to their business systems. Trust X Alliance member Matrix Integration estimates the platform will save its team between 1,000 and 1,500 hours this year, while IT Design Consulting says it cut quoting from hours or days to seconds. Read the announcement on Ingram Micro. [D&H Distributing]: The distributor is now authorized to carry Dell Technologies’ full enterprise storage portfolio in the United States and Canada, adding a new sourcing option after Dell ended its relationship with Arrow Enterprise Computing Solutions. D&H says its Advanced Solutions+ business unit now accounts for more than 25 percent of its overall business. Read more on CRN. [Acronis]: The company unveiled an autonomous IT platform update with an AI-driven console, service desk, and migration tools designed to help MSPs automate operations and expand services. Read more on msp-channel.com. [NCC Group and SailPoint]: The two companies have partnered to strengthen identity security services for both human and non-human identities. Read the announcement on NCC Group. [Lexful]: The company announced general availability of its AI-native IT documentation platform for MSPs, with plans to join the Pax8 and Sherweb marketplaces before the end of 2026. Read more on Yahoo Finance. [Circana]: Research presented at XChange August says AI’s workforce shock is unlikely to ease in the near term, with MSP executives noting persistent talent gaps despite automation advances. Read more on CRN. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Tuesday, August 11, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Schneider Electric yesterday unveiled its next-generation APC Smart-UPS at XChange August 2026, introducing what the company says is the first multi-chemistry battery technology for distributed and edge environments. The new platform accepts both traditional VRLA lead-acid batteries and lithium-ion batteries, allowing customers to start with lower-cost lead-acid technology and upgrade to longer-lasting lithium-ion later without replacing the chassis. Adam Compton, offer management leader at Schneider Electric, told CRN that the chassis is engineered to recognize different battery chemistries through firmware and battery management systems, which then alert EcoStruxure IT monitoring software about the specific battery type and replacement timeline. The company says future battery chemistries will also be supported as they become viable. For channel partners, the flexibility creates new service opportunities around battery lifecycle management, assessment, and the Rip-Replace-Recycle refresh program. Gordon Lord, vice president of channels, said Schneider Electric is doubling down on its Gateway program to give partners visibility into distributed power infrastructure across customer sites. The online versions of the new Smart-UPS are slated to be available starting September 1, with line-interactive versions following next year. Partners will not require new certifications. Canadian partners working with regulated and industrial customers should note the air-gapped deployment potential and the EcoStruxure monitoring layer as a recurring services hook. Ingram Micro says hundreds of channel partners are now using its Xvantage Integration Hub and secure Model Context Protocol Server to connect AI assistants directly to their business systems. The distributor announced the expanded adoption last Wednesday, positioning the platform as a way to reduce integration friction and automate workflows across quoting, ordering, and customer management. Executive Vice President Sanjib Sahoo described the MCP Server as a way to bring AI directly into the flow of business, giving partners a secure, real-time connection to Ingram Micro’s data mesh without building custom integrations. Trust X Alliance member Matrix Integration estimates the platform will save its team between 1,000 and 1,500 hours this year. IT Design Consulting CEO Ryan Evans said his team cut quoting processes from hours or days to seconds using the XI Hub integration. Ingram Micro is offering on-demand training sessions to help partners build AI-powered solutions through the platform. The company is positioning the offering as part of its broader strategy to make Xvantage an intelligent operating layer for the global channel. Canadian partners should watch how quickly small MSPs adopt the plug-and-play connectivity, since Ingram Micro reports that smaller providers are the fastest adopters so far. D&H Distributing is now authorized to carry Dell Technologies’ full enterprise storage portfolio in the United States and Canada, adding a new sourcing option for partners after Dell ended its distribution relationship with Arrow Enterprise Computing Solutions last month. The Harrisburg, Pa.-based distributor is bringing Dell’s advanced infrastructure, including Dell Apex as-a-service and subscription technologies, to its Advanced Solutions+ business unit. Chief Commercial and Consumer Officer Marty Bauerlein told CRN that Dell’s decision followed an RFP process and was influenced by D&H’s execution capabilities and growth mindset. Partners including Precision Computer Services and CompuCom have praised D&H’s responsiveness and collaborative approach. D&H says its Advanced Solutions+ unit now accounts for more than 25 percent of its overall business. For Canadian partners, the move adds another distributor option for Dell storage and server infrastructure at a time when Dell is also rolling out program changes focused on AI outcomes and faster rewards. The timing means partners can evaluate sourcing alongside the new rebate and registration structures Dell is expected to introduce this month. In Brief – Acronis unveils autonomous IT platform update with AI-driven console, service desk, and migration tools for MSPs. NCC Group partners with SailPoint to strengthen identity security services for human and non-human identities. Lexful announces general availability of its AI-native IT documentation platform for MSPs, with plans to join the Pax8 and Sherweb marketplaces before the end of 2026. Circana research presented at XChange August says AI’s workforce shock is unlikely to ease in the near term. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, my conversation with Exabeam about rebuilding the MSSP commercial model to fix the economics of managed SIEM. And if you haven‘t heard it yet, check out my conversation with Chris Fabes from TD SYNNEX Canada about his three-sided view of the channel. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Chris Fabes, president of TD SYNNEX Canada Chris Fabes is two weeks into his new role as president of TD SYNNEX Canada, and he brings a perspective almost nobody else in the Canadian channel can match: senior leadership experience on all three sides of the ecosystem. Fabes spent a decade at Lenovo Canada, where as channel chief he tripled channel revenue to $1.2 billion in three years. He then moved to SHI International, where he led the Canadian operation with a focus on enterprise and public sector. Now he’s at the distributor side, taking over from Mitchell Martin, who ran the business for 35 years through multiple mergers and industry transformations. In this conversation, Fabes discusses what he learned from seeing the channel from the vendor, reseller, and distributor sides – and how each perspective informs what partners should expect from TD SYNNEX going forward. He talks about the booming Quebec market (he’s Montreal-based and bilingual), the role of MSPs as “AI ambassadors” for 1.3 million Canadian SMBs, and the shift from traditional SaaS consumption toward tokenomics. He’s candid about needing more time to assess TD SYNNEX’s internal AI readiness, and he closes with a challenge to the Canadian channel: be “proud and loud” about what the ecosystem has accomplished. Read Full Transcript **Robert Dutt:** Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor at ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. Today I’m joined by Chris Fabes, who’s just a couple of weeks into his new role as president of TD SYNNEX Canada. Now, TD SYNNEX is of course the largest technology distributor in the world, and the Canadian operation has been a fixture of this channel for decades. But this is a transition moment. Mitch Martin ran the Canadian business for more than 35 years, starting out with Merisel Canada, through the Synnex acquisition, the pandemic, mergers with Westcon, and finally the merger with Tech Data. He retired earlier this year and TD SYNNEX went outside the organization for his replacement. They found Chris Fabes at SHI International, where he was running the Canadian operation. Before SHI, he spent a decade at Lenovo Canada, where as the channel chief he tripled channel revenue to $1.2 billion in three years. And before that, he started his career at a reseller. So, he’s one of the very few people in the industry who’ve held senior leadership roles on the reseller side, the vendor side, and now the distributor side. A 360-degree view that I think is worth exploring. We talked about what he’s seeing in his first two weeks, what partners should expect from TD SYNNEX Canada under his leadership, the Quebec market, which he calls home, AI, program simplification, and why he thinks the Canadian channel ecosystem should be, in his words, “proud and loud.” Let’s get right into it. My chat with Chris Fabes. Chris, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. **Chris Fabes:** Thanks for having me. I also appreciate it. **Robert Dutt:** Pretty epic way to get the distributor side of things on your channel bingo card, having already done the reseller solution provider and vendor side. Congrats on the new gig and I guess in general, your thoughts on taking over the leadership of TD SYNNEX Canada at this moment. **Chris Fabes:** I appreciate that. And look, how could I not be excited? It’s an incredible opportunity. As you mentioned, I’ve been on the vendor side as well as the value-added reseller side, but distribution is definitely not new for me. I’ve been working with TD SYNNEX for many, many years in different capacities. So it’s exciting having known the organization, knowing a lot of the people, and just quickly being pulled into internal and external conversations about, “Hey, what can we go do to go big?” So it’s just really exciting and I couldn’t be happier. **Robert Dutt:** As we touch on there, you’ve had senior leadership roles reseller side, most recently SHI, the vendor side with Lenovo, and now you’re adding the distributor side—a perspective that not many people have at the senior level especially. How has seeing that ecosystem from all three of those sides changed what you think a distributor actually needs to do for partners? **Chris Fabes:** I think it gives me a perspective that is rather unique. I always like to look at what the market is asking of the channel ecosystem and for each of those components, where do we add value and how do we focus on the outcome that our customers, vendor partners, and the ultimate end user are looking for. I think we can all agree that while technology, the whole industry is an exciting place to be—and I think we’d be doing something different if we all wanted things to be simple—the pace of change and the pace of innovation is really exciting. I think with all of the growth and now complexities built into the ecosystem, distribution plays an even more pivotal role in being able to service the demand. That’s what’s really exciting looking at the future. **Robert Dutt:** At Lenovo, one of your signature achievements was tripling channel revenue to $1.2 billion over the course of three years. What was the thesis and the plan behind that growth in that time, and is any of that transferable to the distributor context where you’re one step further removed from the end customer? **Chris Fabes:** I think it absolutely is relevant and it aligns. It all starts with planning around what the expected demand is and making sure that the differentiation and the capabilities are aligned with that opportunity. Even answering your question from the Lenovo side of things, it was: where’s the appetite? Where are the routes to market? How do we pull the levers at the right times? How do we make sure that we’re talking to the customers, being the channel partners as well as the end customers, so that we can pivot as required? Looking at the distribution side of things, it’s really no different. In the Canadian market, it is really: where’s the spend coming from, who is touching those spend requirements, and how do we participate in a meaningful way where we’re adding value to the equation? **Robert Dutt:** You spent a decade at Lenovo on your way up, literally working your way up the organization. How does that kind of ground-level experience shape your leadership style and what are you looking for in the teams you’re building now? **Chris Fabes:** Great question. I’ve always looked at myself as being someone that respects people at all levels. I don’t see myself any different from anyone else in any organization. So I really seek to understand, look to build relationships, and listen first. I lead with trust, which I think allows you to operate with very low friction, allowing people to outperform at their best levels. I make sure that I celebrate success along the way, but also hold people accountable. It’s been fun being able to work for people and then have a flip-side relationship as I was able to grow into different leadership positions. Being humble and respectful of all those relationships has benefited me as I’ve moved into positions where the relationships, even if they might be different now, are very much respectful. I’m happy for them; they’re happy for me. We have a short memory when we want it to be short, but long when it matters. In this channel, being that it’s large yet very small at the same time, leaving those relationships better off has been an important part of the way I’ve looked at people. **Robert Dutt:** I asked you a little while ago your perspective on what you can bring from the vendor side to the distributor side of things. Sort of the same question, but coming at it from your more recent point of view from the reseller side at SHI. A massive reseller—what did your time there teach you about where distribution adds value, where it doesn’t, and what you wanted from distribution when you were in that seat? **Chris Fabes:** Sure. There were a lot of conversations. Most of my conversations at that point were internal around building strategy. I think we’ve touched on that quite a bit, but the other side was just talking with CIOs, CEOs, and VPs that were responsible for technology decisions. The technology decisions almost became the easy part. It was: Where can you help me around optimization? Where can you help me on cash flow? How can you do things that are lower friction? What happens when something might not be going perfectly? Is there an escalation path? So, process—that’s what I started to learn and be able to apply to that business. Again, I think having that lens of those customer expectations and understanding the flow down through the complete channel ecosystem allows me to look at distribution from a strategy and execution lens, combined with the ultimate goal of satisfying those that are ultimately deploying the technology—whether they be SMB, mid-market, enterprise, or large public sector. **Robert Dutt:** Mitch Martin ran this business for 35-plus years. That’s a pretty extraordinary tenure and he went through pretty wild changes in the industry and in the organization in particular. What do you see as the foundation that he left there? And what do you see, especially in your early days, as the biggest opportunities for fresh investment or new ideas? **Chris Fabes:** Respect the legacy. That’s first and foremost. In my first couple weeks of talking with the staff, what I recognize is there was a strong hand on the business. The foundation was strong, mature, and very well operated, but that doesn’t mean we still can’t look at areas of opportunity—the nuances, the incremental spend, and how we bring additional value. So I’ll be spending my time respecting the mature foundation and the expertise that already exists in the business, listening and having an open mind, but looking at that three-to-five-year future of where TD SYNNEX needs to be based on the market appetite. I want to underscore that in speaking to many people in my first days, it was so incredible to hear the tenures—10 years, 20 years, 30 years—and the passion that they’ve had as they’ve gone through their career with TD SYNNEX through multiple mergers and acquisitions. What they shared with me was just the trust and the love in the organization and the people. I consider myself very lucky to be taking that baton and moving forward with it. **Robert Dutt:** TD SYNNEX is the largest distributor in the world and the competitive landscape is shifting. You’ve got Ingram Micro as the other big traditional broadline folks, and you’re both redefining yourselves in your own ways. As always, there are specialists and newcomers. You’ve got cloud marketplaces. I guess I’m curious, where do you think from where you sit now that TD SYNNEX needs to differentiate itself most urgently to stand out in the current marketplace? **Chris Fabes:** We’re absolutely looking at how we maintain a position of leadership, and that comes down to understanding the market and understanding—and respecting—our competition. Those are going to be the conversations we’ll be having in terms of: How is the ecosystem changing? How is the appetite for technology changing? Are we in a position to meet the demand but also accelerate the demand? Obviously, there’ve been several tailwinds driving the appetite for various technologies, but there’ve also been headwinds where budgets have shifted in how the spend is being distributed. There’ll be that “tech talk” cycle of how we look at the opportunities and how we partner—and who we partner with—to make sure that we’re positioned to grow at scale but continue to take a leading position. **Robert Dutt:** The press release that announced your arrival at TD SYNNEX emphasized enterprise and public sector. Those are areas that you focused on at SHI. Is that a signal that that’s an area where we’re going to see TD SYNNEX push harder in Canada, or more reflective of your background in recent history? **Chris Fabes:** I don’t think we want to read too much into my background. There are no assumptions that I’ll take what I was doing and immediately deploy something like that in this new structure. But where I think there is an opportunity is looking at the buying flow of goods and where in the Canadian market we expect to see the need for services, partnerships, and guidance. There have been several announcements within Canada where there’s going to be increased spend in certain industries—defense is one. We can call that the broader public sector. We also continue to see from an ICT spend that security remains a high priority across the country, as well as the continued investment in readiness in the infrastructure stack. Ultimately, it’s what is driving that demand, and I will be looking at the segmentation and how we best support the customers and partners. **Robert Dutt:** TD SYNNEX’s operational heart—the offices of both legacies that have come together over the years—is typically in the western side of the GTA, and you’re out of Montreal. I’m curious how you’re thinking about the geographic balance of the Canadian business writ large, and with your presence in “La Belle Province,” is there an opportunity to lean harder into Quebec and the francophone market? **Chris Fabes:** Absolutely. The Quebec market is booming. It’s very attractive for us to continue to focus on the areas of growth. We will be taking a national approach, but it’s important that each market has its nuances and its differences. Yes, we have most of our team members within central Canada, on the west side of Toronto, but we’ll be looking at where the demand is. I’m lucky enough to be in Montreal and speak both official languages. I look forward to working with our Quebec partners and vendors to understand if there’re any areas of opportunity that we can help them address. It probably won’t hurt that I am local—born and raised here—and understand the market and the people. **Robert Dutt:** As we speak, you’re two weeks into the role. As this airs, it’ll probably be more like three—”grizzled veteran” territory, clearly. Can you tell me a little bit about what you’ve been focused on for that first fortnight in the role and what you’ve heard from the crew, from resellers, and from vendors? **Chris Fabes:** It’s been nothing but positive. If my wife was here, she would confirm the conversations that she’s overheard! I want this to be a very intentional and honest response. Whether it be the folks that I’ve worked with in the industry, the customers that we serve, or the staff I now have the opportunity to work with, it has been very positive. I was in the Mississauga office for the past few days. I intentionally spent multiple hours walking the floor, shaking hands with all of our people, and asking for feedback. My goal is for our vendor partners and customers to see the value we can bring scale when we understand their business. I personally will hold my team accountable to understand the business drivers of our partners and customers. I will personally make sure that I’m involved in those conversations and in that planning—the good and the bad—so that I have a pulse on what’s expected of us. It’s really about decisions being rooted in reality and relationships. **Robert Dutt:** Last month at ChannelNext Central, you talked about MSPs as “AI ambassadors” for a million or more Canadian SMBs. Now you’re running the biggest distributor in the country. How do you enable that? What’s the distributor’s role in making MSPs successful as AI adoption accelerates and especially SMB customers start looking for more on that front? **Chris Fabes:** Absolutely. There are going to be some additional opportunities to look at how we provide services to the broader MSP market and how we serve them in the infrastructure build-out. There’s also a real conversation around the FinOps change—whether it be consumption or traditional SaaS moving to tokenomics. I think we as a distributor have an opportunity to listen, adjust, and build supporting models that support their build-out. We already do have programs in place to be able to support the MSPs in Canada, so we’ll continue to engage through our partner-led events and continue to build out what that model looks like. **Robert Dutt:** Internally, we touched on AI with the last question. All the distributors are trying to build the business of the future around what AI will mean to the kind of data you can provide. I’m curious about your assessment of TD SYNNEX’s stature in that race at this moment and where you see the biggest opportunities for next steps. **Chris Fabes:** I would say, honestly, I need to spend more time understanding where TD SYNNEX is from an AI perspective. I say that with honesty because my message to the team is that I need to observe and understand the ins and outs of our business. But what I will say broadly is that the appetite for AI is absolutely there and it requires a lot of readiness. Each of our customers is at a different stage. We will meet you where you are, whether it is services readiness, policy, governance, and compliance where we can help at scale, or modernization around infrastructure. We will make sure that we are absolutely ready and take a leading position, because the opportunity is insatiable. Most critically, it’s: how do our partners and their customers use AI to increase their competitive edge and optimization? We’ll be right there beside them. **Robert Dutt:** Back to your Lenovo days, another one of your big projects was simplifying the channel program. “Deadpan Simple” was a phrase I think you liked to use at the time. Distribution programs tend to be on the complex side. I’m curious if you see a simplification opportunity for TD SYNNEX Canada? **Chris Fabes:** In the early feedback that I’ve already received, what customers focus on is the execution. While maybe there are a lot of moving parts, if we execute and communicate seamlessly, that’s the experience that our customers are getting. Is there an opportunity for me to go validate your statement? Absolutely, and I will. It will be a focus of how we make sure we’re bringing the right outcomes and operational excellence. I don’t have a future statement yet, but I’ll be looking at it over time. Our platforms and programs have to be best-in-class if we want to continue to take a leading position. **Robert Dutt:** You’ve been in this community for two decades. What do you see as the big differences between the Canadian channel ecosystem and the US? And what do American-headquartered companies get wrong or misunderstand about the Canadian market? **Chris Fabes:** Part of the reason why this was attractive for me is that there is a respected understanding of how the regions operate. Having leadership and teams that understand our market and our ecosystem was absolutely important. But at the same time, when you can centralize resources and apply the scale at a global level and then bring that to a market like Canada, that allows us to speak with our customers with a much bigger toolkit. I think there is a really interesting balance at TD SYNNEX between the centralized functions of a larger organization and the regional focus and ability to execute based on what the local market desires. **Robert Dutt:** So it sounds like it’s a matter of finding the right balance between the global playbook and local use. **Chris Fabes:** Absolutely. We can learn from anywhere in the world, whether it be at a technology level or a thought leadership level. I’m a big fan of best practices—some people would say “shamelessly borrow”—and you apply it to the market. There’s magic in being open-minded and collaborative but not losing sight of what’s expected locally. **Robert Dutt:** Wrapping it up, what can Canadian VARs, MSPs, and solution providers expect from yourself and from the team at TD SYNNEX going forward? **Chris Fabes:** Expect us to be collaborative. I really mean it. That is the way I operate and it’s what I’ll hold the team accountable for. A partner doesn’t tell the other partner how to do it without listening or understanding. We are going to win together. That is a commitment that I have to our team in Canada and to our customers and partners—that engagement and interest in growing in the right ways. **Robert Dutt:** And one last one, mostly just for fun. If you could wave the proverbial magic wand to change one thing about how the Canadian channel works today, what would it be? **Chris Fabes:** I would say the people and the execution—the level in which the Canadian market has, from time to time, outperformed other areas of the ecosystem. I think the Canadian ecosystem should be “proud and loud” in terms of the accomplishments that we’ve been able to achieve. I look forward to being part of that voice that we can further raise within the local community. **Robert Dutt:** All right, so just be louder and keep doing it better. Sounds great. Chris, good luck with the new role and I look forward to keeping track of things going on at TD SYNNEX. Thanks once again for taking the time to chat. **Chris Fabes:** Thanks, Rob. I enjoyed the conversation and look forward to connecting again soon. **Robert Dutt:** There you have it. Chris Fabes from TD SYNNEX Canada. I’d like to thank Chris for taking the time just two weeks into a new job to sit down and talk about where he’s been and where he thinks TD SYNNEX Canada is headed. Really appreciate his candour around AI. He basically says, “still learning where we’re at,” which is a lot more credible in week two than a rehearsed vision statement might have been. And I think his challenge to the Canadian channel to be “proud and loud” about what this ecosystem has built is worth thinking about. There are a few things I’m going to be watching for as he settles in. Whether TD SYNNEX makes a real push into Quebec now that they’ve got a bilingual Montreal-based president; what a program simplification effort might actually look like given his history of stripping complexity out of partner programs; and how he thinks about the distributor’s role in a world where more and more transactions are moving through non-traditional models like cloud marketplaces. If you enjoyed this episode, I’d really appreciate it if you followed or subscribed to the podcast wherever you get your podcasts. We’re at Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most of the major podcast directories. And if you have a moment to leave a rating or review, we appreciate it. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca and I’ll see you in the channel.

Michelle Biase, president and managing director of HP Canada Michelle Biase has now been in the president and managing director chair at HP Canada for eighteen months. In that time, the company has grown its Canadian sales team by fifty percent, moved from siloed PC, print, and Poly sellers to a unified One HP go-to-market model, and watched AI PC sales accelerate to nearly two-thirds of PC volume. In this episode of In The Channel, Biase sits down with Robert Dutt to talk about what HP actually learned from seeding AI PCs into partner hands more than a year ago. The candid answer: “It was early days, so we didn’t have a ton of use cases per se come out of that. But I think it really did help the partners to realize the value of AIPCs and help them think about how they’re going to help their customers deploy those devices.” The partners who are now selling AI PCs well, she says, share three common threads: they are educating themselves through programs like HP’s AI MasterClass, they are thinking about future-ready fleet strategies rather than transactional replacements, and they are using persona-based deployment tools to match the right device to the right worker. On HP IQ, which entered early access this spring, Biase positions it as a better-together play across the entire HP ecosystem – print, PC, and Poly – with AI at the edge addressing latency, token cost, and security concerns. She also points to the Elite Board, a keyboard-integrated PC with no built-in monitor, as a cost-effective and security-minded option for the roughly thirty percent of laptop users who never use their screen because they are docked. The pricing conversation is unavoidably central. With HP operating on 30-day price validity windows and memory costs expected to stay elevated, Biase’s guidance to partners is direct: accelerate the demo-to-close cycle, lean on distribution partners for available inventory, and avoid long configure-to-order cycles that risk price changes during the build. She also makes the case for moving from transactional hardware sales to solution-led conversations anchored in the Workforce Experience Platform, which she describes as a way to “change the conversation from being a transactional hardware conversation to really more of a value-added solution conversation.” Read Full Transcript ROBERT DUTT: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. On today’s show, we’re catching up with a channel leader who’s now been in the chair long enough to know what’s real and what’s still aspiration. Michelle Biase is president and managing director of HP Canada. She returned to the company in December 2024, just as HP was launching its first wave of AI PCs into partner hands. 18 months later, she’s running a sales team that’s 50% larger, steering a unified One HP go-to-market model, and trying to help Canadian partners navigate memory prices that have made hardware procurement feel like a commodities trading desk. We’re going to talk about what partners actually did with those early AI PCs, how the company’s HP IQ onboard AI assistant is landing in the channel, and the reality of running a hardware business in 2026, and the one part of HP’s portfolio she thinks partners are still sleeping on. Let’s get right into it, my chat with Michelle Biase. ROBERT DUTT: Michelle, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. MICHELLE BIASE: Great to see you again, Robert. Happy to be here. ROBERT DUTT: When we first gave those AI PCs to partners, that was the early days, right? MICHELLE BIASE: Yeah, geez, that seems like a long time ago. So those are really the early days of AI PCs, right? As manufacturers, we were rolling out those AI PCs. And the intent originally was to allow partners to really get those devices in their hands so that they could experience what was possible with those devices and really start to play with them and get comfortable and explore what they might offer their customers. And I would say it was early days, and so people were still sort of figuring out what the use cases were at that time and thinking about what was possible. But we did want them to play with some of the built-in tools that we had offered and we still offer as part of our HP PCs, AI PCs. So we had our Poly Studio tools and at that time we had AI Companion. And so we had some tools built in and we wanted to show the power of those tools with AI PC. We wanted people to experience the battery life and run Copilot and understand how the PC was going to respond and be utilized. And so there was a lot of good conversations around the power of the AI PC at that time and really sparked people to think about, okay, we need to get over the hump of the hardware transition and investment and start thinking about how we’re going to move forward with this. And so we had some good experiences. I would say, to be honest, it was early days, so we didn’t have a ton of use cases per se come out of that. But I think it really did help the partners to realize the value of AI PCs and help them to think about how they’re going to help their customers deploy those devices in their environment. So it was really intended to get people rolling up their sleeves and getting their hands on the product. And I think we did accomplish that. ROBERT DUTT: A year on from that experiment, now, what do partners who are having success in selling AI PCs have in common? What are some of those common threads that you’re seeing? MICHELLE BIASE: Yeah, I mean, we have a lot of partners who are doing well, we’re definitely seeing our AI PC volumes increase pretty significantly. So first of all, I would say that those partners are educating themselves. So they’re completing training like HP AI MasterClass, which is a suite of educational series that we offer to help partners and their sellers in their organizations really understand AI and the value. And they’re also working really closely with us on how to help their customers navigate the current environment and prepare for the future. I think partners who are selling AI PCs are really thinking about equipping their customers to be future ready. You know, we’re still learning all the use cases as an industry right now, and customers are going about different ways of kind of figuring out what those use cases are going to be. But we all know that the adoption of AI is going to happen at a rapid pace, it is happening at a rapid pace. And so having the right hardware strategy in place is really important. And so partners are helping their customers, you know, deploy technology that really sets them up for that future ready conversation. And then I think the other thing they’re doing is really helping their customers and guiding them to think about a persona-based fleet deployment strategy. So as we think about, you know, costs increasing, and the, you know, number of options that are out there in terms of devices, we have tools like WXP, which is our Workforce Experience Platform, which is a single pane of glass IT management tool that when deployed can help customers to see in their environment, who within their organization based on persona and workflows and work streams need what type of devices. So maybe not everyone needs an AI PC today. I think that, you know, this tool then helps them to understand who needs an AI PC right now, who needs a refresh, who doesn’t, you know, and really help them to kind of manage the deployment of those devices, you know, considering cost and AI adoption and all the things that customers are considering. So I think those are some of the things partners are doing is really educating themselves, thinking about being future ready, and then thinking about new ways of fleet deployment and management to help their customers navigate current situation. ROBERT DUTT: So since that initial test run, we’ve had the rollout of HP IQ in early access since the spring. The idea being more onboard capabilities, basically running a full LLM on the machine. How is that landing with partners and their customers so far? Is it one of those… is it a today conversation? Is it early adopter? Or is it in that kind of future ready mode that you were just touching on? MICHELLE BIASE: Yeah, HP IQ is a really exciting advancement for us in terms of our One HP strategy. So I would say it’s early days, we’ve just launched it recently at our event. It’s only available on some PCs, so not available on our full fleet of products at this point. But HP IQ really represents HP’s vision for a true better together connected, intelligent workplace experience. So, you know, when you think about, you know, some of the opportunities it presents, one is around leveraging AI at the edge, right? So, you know, we know that as customers are thinking about deploying AI, and I talked to a lot of customers who are going to a more, what I would say is like a distributed rollout model now where instead of it kind of holding the reins, they’re putting AI tools in the hands of their employees and saying, here’s a tool you figure out, you know, how to make this make sense for you in your day to day job, and then having a reaction to their cloud and token costs as a response to that, they’re quickly sort of thinking, okay, well, how are we going to manage security, cost, latency, all these things. And so having functionality work at the edge on the device is an interesting opportunity and something that we’re talking a lot to customers about. So, you know, that’s one opportunity is around AI at the edge. And then the other is really around what I said around better together. So, HP IQ provides this connected opportunity for all of the HP devices across our entire One HP portfolio. So, print, PC, Poly, etc. So when you think about, you know, imagine an experience where you walk into a meeting room that’s outfitted with HP Poly collaboration technology, and you have an HP laptop, all of a sudden, those devices start speaking to each other. And the room recognizes that I have the meeting room booked for that next hour, that there’s going to be 10 people in the room and five people online, and it starts firing up the right cameras and opens up the screens that are in the room and sets up that meeting for me. So that, you know, we don’t have to lose that sort of 10 minute, we call it the meeting room tax, right at the beginning of every meeting, there’s like 10 minutes consumed trying to figure out how to get the technology to work in the way that works for everybody in a hybrid environment. So, you know, HP IQ is really intended to provide one that better together story across the entire HP ecosystem, and then leveraging AI at the edge to solve challenges around latency, cost, security, environmental impact. And so it’s early days, but it’s a really exciting advancement for us to kind of bring that narrative together around the One HP value proposition. ROBERT DUTT: Does that better together part of things… is that a big part of sort of how partners can answer that? I have to imagine partners are going to get asked if they present an idea like HP IQ, what are the natural responses for customers is going to be, don’t I kind of already get this with a Copilot license? Obviously, it’s differentiated. But is that that kind of better together? Is that the path to explaining the value difference there? MICHELLE BIASE: I think there’s a couple things. I think for sure, better together is one big value proposition that we believe. I mean, when you think about HP and our position in market, we are the only OEM that can address the entire employee ecosystem. And so having a single vendor across the edge, and then having that ecosystem be AI powered really can create a lot of different experiences, both from an IT manageability perspective, and then from an employee user perspective. And so, you know, the possibilities once the devices are able to speak to each other, the possibilities are kind of endless in terms of, you know, advanced detection of hardware challenges, better usage of the products that they’re using together, so headsets and PCs and cameras and all of those things and how they connect together. So there definitely is that value proposition around the better together One HP story if you have an entire HP ecosystem. And I think, you know, with so many AI applications out there now Copilot, there’s others people are using, I think it’s really important that partners work together with their customers to understand their specific needs, and how they want to design and deploy AI and the concerns they have around doing so because, as I’ve mentioned a few times, you know, things like latency, things like cost, data residency, sovereignty, security, all of those things are hot topics for sure right now. And each customer has their own unique needs and different applications can solve for that. And, you know, we’ve used the word hybrid in our industry in many over the decades in many different ways. When we went all cloud, we said, Oh, no, it’s probably going to be hybrid. When everybody went home, now we’re saying it’s going to be hybrid. And I think AI deployment and AI solutioning is also going to be hybrid. There will be a home for multiple applications inside of customer ecosystems. There will be, you know, cloud deployments that make sense, edge deployments that make sense. And so I don’t think it’s a HP IQ versus other tools per se, but it’s here’s how you can get the most value out of your HP ecosystem with HP IQ and how we can enable that hardware to be most powerful when you’re using other applications as well. ROBERT DUTT: You touched on how customers are actively thinking through where their AI investment lives, edge versus cloud. What are you seeing as really shaping that decision? You know, amongst the things that are in the mix, you know, sovereignty, privacy, sustainability, security, pricing, what moves the needle the most right now? MICHELLE BIASE: Yeah, it’s a good question. And we are having a ton of those conversations with customers. And so I would first say, you know, in the last maybe three to six months, we have seen a rapid shift in the fact that people are getting over the hump about the hardware investment. So, you know, six months ago, people might have still been questioning like, do I need an AI PC? Or what’s, you know, when do I need the AI PC? We’ve seen our AI PC sales accelerate significantly, we’re at, you know, almost two thirds of our PC sales are now AI enabled PCs. So I think we’re over the hardware hump, we are over the hump of people thinking like, AI, is it really coming when what is it going to do for me now? So from an investment perspective, I think, you know, we’re there. When you think about some of those things, you listed sovereignty, privacy, sustainability, pricing, etc. I think, you know, security, if you’re talking private sector, you know, security and pricing, or cost is probably those are the two biggest things that I’m hearing from people is they know they have to roll it out quickly. So very quickly, customers are moving from IT controlled AI deployment to let’s put it in the hands of our users and see what solutions they can come up with. And by the way, AI is getting better every day. So AI can help them figure out what solutions they can come up with to make their days more productive or, you know, better serve their customers. And but and there is an associated token cost or cloud cost that very quickly they’re realizing comes with that. So those are kind of the two main factors. I think the other thing that I hear customers talk about is, you know, how are they kind of leading their AI strategy? So is it an IT led strategy? Is it a business led strategy? How are those two things coming together? And then finally, how are they measuring ROI? So, you know, we’re going to invest in this, we understand that there’s going to be associated costs. But sometimes a cost is okay, if the ROI is greater, and you’re making an investment to, you know, increase your revenue or improve your profits or serve your customers better or create a competitive advantage. So the possibilities are so endless, I think there’s a lot of conversations, but I think privacy and cost are the ones that kind of float to the top of the conversation these days. And we’re really trying to address that with a secure AI at the edge story. I think that that’s where we’re really trying to help customers is figure out what applications you can run at the edge. And we have some good use cases for that already, examples of things we’ve worked with customers on. And so those are exciting opportunities when you can really figure out how to deploy at the edge makes a big difference. ROBERT DUTT: So one more around HP IQ specifically, it’s requiring 24 gigs minimum. So a pretty performant machine. It’s bringing together two of the biggest shaping factors, I think, of the IT industry in the first half of this year, one being RAMageddon and the other being tokenomics. How do you want partners walking customers through thinking about cost of acquisition for a more performant machine versus the ongoing cost of tokens if they’re living their AI in the cloud? MICHELLE BIASE: Yeah, it’s definitely a tricky time. There’s a lot of factors right now that are at play in terms of decision making around investment. So I think while prices have gone up, and as I mentioned earlier, I mean, customers are still making those investments where they need to future proof their business. And so they’re figuring out how to do that within their broader IT budgets. I think things like persona-based fleet management, like we discussed is helping to manage costs. We’re actually bringing some interesting technology you may have heard through our CES announcements with devices like the Elite Board, which is basically a keyboard that has the full power of an EliteBook built into the keyboard. And it has no monitor on it. And so it’s not a full laptop, people might say, why would I need that? Why would you create a keyboard that doesn’t have a monitor? And we actually have data that suggests that over 30% of people who have a laptop actually never use the screen on their laptop, they just use it to dock. And so, you know, we are bringing innovative technology like the Elite Board to market. So if you think of a use case where you have a person who’s not a mobile worker, but maybe they work at home two days a week, and they work in the office three days a week, and they’re in a cube environment or an inside sales rep, and they’re just carrying that device back and forth from one office desk to another and plugging it in, and then using a big monitor, this can now be used as the keyboard. So it reduces the cost of having to add another keyboard to the desk. The Elite Board provides options around security. So you think about someone, unless they’re carrying a portable monitor, they can’t go to your local coffee shop and start working on their work there. So it addresses a security concern, and it’s priced more competitively than a laptop. So we’re giving people options when they think about their full fleet to say, you know, do you have personas where an Elite Board might make sense that frees up some dollars for you to then go invest in areas where people need full powered AI PCs or workstations. So token costs are really a reality, and many customers are realizing that. And so as I said, like the real opportunity, I think, is AI at the edge and getting creative around how they’re rolling out their fleet. And then I think many of our partners are also adding AI development and consulting services to their offerings so that they can help customers to really focus on where the greatest ROI is and help them to develop solutions to roll out AI as well. So a lot of factors, but we’re bringing a lot of flexibility to market in terms of some of those answers and opportunities to help customers. ROBERT DUTT: HP’s CFO said a couple of months ago that memory prices will stay elevated for many quarters, I think was the line used. I’ve seen reports or suggestions, everything from things are stabilizing this month to things are still going to surge, acknowledging that there’s no single crystal ball or source of the truth. You know, what’s your current read for partners who are trying to plan what things are going to look like on the costing issue going into the second half of the year? MICHELLE BIASE: Yeah, if I had a crystal ball, then I may be doing a different job. So, I’m hearing the same things you’re hearing. There’s varied feedback depending on which chip manufacturer you’re talking to or kind of which industry trends you’re following. So I’m not going to try to predict what’s happening. I do think that partners need to, again, be working with their customers on future ready strategies. And so when we think about what tools we’re providing partners and what flexibility we’re giving them in terms of the value of their partnership with HP and what they can take to customers, we have several things that we’re bringing to market to help. First of all, again, WXP, which I mentioned, which is our Workforce Experience Platform, is a fairly economical software solution that partners can deploy within their customers’ organizations. And it really is designed to help them assess and gather information that they need to make intelligent and proactive fleet management decisions. So deploying that tool gives partners an opportunity to introduce a new solution and service to their customers and helps them to use that data to then provide proactive and intelligent decision making and support to their customers. So WXP is one. Introducing new products like the Elite Board, which I mentioned, is another that gives flexibility. Also, the value of selling across our ecosystem is another way that partners can help to manage their overall profitability in their business these days. So if you think about selling only PCs, there might put some profit pressure for partners as they’re heading into the next couple of quarters and halves. But if they’re selling across the entire ecosystem, adding on accessories and attach and Poly and print and all the things, then we have extra value and benefits in our programs for partners to help make that more beneficial for them. So we are trying to bring programs and initiatives and technology to market to help provide our partner ecosystem with new tools that they can use to manage their business going forward from a profit perspective a little bit better and also provide data and intelligence to help their customers to navigate. One thing we are saying is, we’re not advising a wait and see strategy. We do know that in the near… I shouldn’t say we know, but we suspect that in the coming quarters, prices will continue to rise. And so we’re not really advising a wait and see, because the price you have today is likely better than the price 30 days from now or 60 days from now, depending on when the next price increases occur. So we are working with partners and helping them to help their customers say, “What are your real needs? And then how can we get creative to solve for those needs within the confines of budgets or other things that might be at play?” ROBERT DUTT: Do you find partners are doing a good job of optimizing that bundling playbook opportunity with Poly and displays and printers and services and software and all that good stuff? Or that’s still something that needs to be… Or where there’s an opportunity to take better advantage of that? MICHELLE BIASE: I think we’re seeing some good progress. There’s still opportunity for sure, but we are starting to see partners lean in to the One HP strategy. And our team has moved to a sales structure that is now One HP focused. And so as we’re co-selling with our partner ecosystem, we’ve made a lot of changes in our sales organization. And so when we’re selling with our partner ecosystem to customers, we are selling through an entirely One HP lens. And so that helps to drive that conversation forward. And partners are embracing the value of the One HP ecosystem, especially with the introduction of HP IQ and WXP runs across our entire ecosystem as well. So some of those solutions that we’re bringing forward really drive that further. So we’re seeing some good progress there and always more opportunity to drive that conversation with customers and partners as well. ROBERT DUTT: You guys are currently, as far as I know, doing 30 day price quotes. No shade on that. I was at a partner conference this week, literally. The biggest cheer line of the event was that pricing quotes were going back up to 30 days. It’s kind of the state of the world. But where customers are still wanting 60 or 90 day sales cycles, what’s the guidance for partners right now? I suspect a big part of it is that, don’t wait and see side of things, but what else are you telling partners about best taking care of their margin and best taking care of their customers in this pricing environment? MICHELLE BIASE: Yeah, there’s a couple things we’re doing. I think one is obviously working very closely with our partners to accelerate the sort of demo to close conversation. So how quickly can we get the customer to move from, I think I need some PCs. Here’s the demo to here’s my PO. You don’t have the luxury anymore of allowing that sales cycle to take now 90 days. So we’re working closely to try to accelerate that sales process. One of the other things we’re doing is really making sure that we have a good level and assortment of product in our channel. So our distribution partners are really playing a key role right now in making sure that we have product available. And so we are, in certain cases, steering demand towards what’s available in channel and having more of a buy what’s available strategy versus customized CTO units that might take longer to arrive. And by the time they arrive, there’s maybe cost changes or product availability issues and things that come up during the configuration cycle. So we’re really leaning on and working closely with our distribution partners to make sure that we have a lot of inventory in channel and then that we have a good assortment and then asking partners to work with their customers to say, hey, is there something available in channel today? That would meet needs. It presents an opportunity as well if they can get the components for partners to do some configuration work for their customers as well. If the spec is not 100% aligned to what the customer needs, then we’re working with them as well from that perspective. ROBERT DUTT: On that point, given your background at D&H, you’ve seen the other side of supply chain issues and pricing pressure and those sorts of things. How does that inform how you’re managing this whole situation with both your partners and the distis right now? MICHELLE BIASE: Yeah. As I mentioned, our distribution partners are playing a very critical role in our success at this period in time. And so we’re working with them closely to make sure that they have inventory on hand and that we have the strongest assortment that we can to make sure that we have the right mix of product and that it’s close to most of the common CTO units and then steering partners and customers to a buy what is available approach. We’ve made sure that our distribution partners are well aligned with our teams internally so that their risk is minimized in terms of making those types of investments as well. And then making sure that we have an assortment across our entire ecosystem. So not only on PCs, but on some of our what we call attached products. So headsets and accessories and those types of things. So that both the distributors and the channel partners can fulfill that One HP ecosystem together through the channel and not having to wait for different components of products to become available to fulfill the customer’s needs. So they’re really our distributors are critical to our business right now. And we really appreciate them leaning in and are working very closely with them. ROBERT DUTT: This time last year, it felt like the big drivers that everyone was betting on for PC refresh was the AI PC, obviously, which we’ve talked about a fair bit and Windows 10 end of life. Curious how that, which is now in the rear view mirror, played out, especially given the cost environment that we are in today, you know, has it sort of played out the way you expected or are customers kind of holding steady a little bit. MICHELLE BIASE: You know what, I would say the first half of this fiscal year for us, so starting in November, I mean, we’ve had very strong results in the first half. And I think customers are not holding back. As I mentioned, they are, you know, realizing they have to be future ready and future proof their business. And so, you know, there was a lot of customers who made the decision to buy early as opposed to waiting. And so they were sort of leaning in and saying, how can I get ahead and, you know, look at my refresh cycle and buy up for the next X number of quarters, you know, to get ahead of it. The Windows 10 obviously is a requirement for some customers that they couldn’t wait depending on how their environment is managed and the support that they get. And so it really drove, I would say, accelerated refresh cycles, not delayed refresh cycles. I think customers were like, okay, let me get ahead of this and get what I need for the next, you know, three to four quarters. And then we have enough to keep us going. Again, those that were deploying WXP are looking at sort of alternate ways to manage their refresh. Might not have done a one for one for one refresh for everyone, but they certainly bought up inventory and then were like, okay, we can stretch the assets on some of these folks and refresh more people in other areas where the refresh is more critical. So it’s been interesting because I think it’s created a more creative refresh conversation than we’ve sort of been stuck in that typical, you know, three year refresh cycle that everybody has managed for a long time. It’s created some interesting dialogue around alternatives. ROBERT DUTT: When you came into this role in December 2024, I don’t think, AI PC was just kind of in the early days of conceptualizing. I don’t think we could have foreseen the memory spikes we’ve seen. We couldn’t have seen something like HP IQ necessarily coming down the tubes. A lot has changed in that period of time. I’m curious, you know, at this point where you’ve been in the job the time you have, what’s kind of been the biggest thing about running HP Canada that’s different now than what you expected to look like when you took the job? MICHELLE BIASE: Well, that’s a big loaded question. So I’ve been in the role for, I guess, just over 18 months now. And for sure, a lot has changed in terms of what you reference. AI PCs were just getting launched. You know, the One HP strategy was just being released, the whole better together concept. So, you know, from the technology perspective, I would say, you know, it has moved very quickly. I wouldn’t say surprising to me. I think, you know, I always sort of believe that AI was going to drive a rapid transformation in our industry pretty quickly. And so I think, you know, that has played out as I would have expected in terms of technology advancement. I think the thing that is most significant internally for HP Canada is we have made a very significant investment in transformation in our go-to-market strategy. So we, as I mentioned before, have moved to a One HP go-to-market strategy and invested heavily in resources in Canada. So our sales team is 50% larger than it was when I joined. We’ve added several resources in Canada. We’ve added a whole new layer of sales management. And we’ve added several specialists in the areas that we believe are important to our customers in terms of driving their growth strategies. So, you know, around workstations and print and, you know, software and solutions. And so we are going to market now with a whole new approach around selling the One HP value proposition wrapped and layered in our software solutions like WXP and HP IQ. So it has been a big transition. When I joined, we had PC sellers, print sellers, Poly sellers going to the same customers and having those conversations. And now we are elevating our conversations with customers and getting higher up inside the organization because we have a more strategic value proposition to offer around our One HP strategy and the value and benefits of the software and solutions that we’re bringing to market. So it’s been a really interesting time because I get to have, you know, very cool conversations with customers about what they’re trying to do with their technology. There’s a lot of factors around their people strategies and security strategies and all the things that we lean into from an HP perspective, you know, environmental impact of AI. So there’s a lot of HP, you know, long standing strategy, security and environmental, you know, focus is not new for us, but those things are being heightened yet again, because of the advancement of technology. So it’s been a fun 18 months. We have done a ton in that time in terms of transforming our whole team and upskilling our team and adding a lot of resources and then supporting our partners and customers through all the transition that is happening in the market right now. So it’s been fun and there’s a lot more good stuff to come. ROBERT DUTT: With any vendor that’s got a lot in the organization, and that would include you guys, there’s always that, you know, message of we’d love you to cross sell more. We’d love you to, you know, the better together message in whatever form that may take. And I think with One HP, that’s even driving that more. I’m curious at this point, is there any one place where you’d like to, you know, in the portfolio that you’d like to see partners pay a little bit more attention, give a little bit more love towards part of the business, maybe because it’s an untapped opportunity for partners right now. MICHELLE BIASE: I think it depends on the partner. We certainly have some partners who are selling across the One HP ecosystem successfully. Other partners are more focused on print versus, you know, other areas of the business collaboration. So I think really leaning into, you know, the software and solution side of the business, because when you think about Workforce Experience Platform, it is a single pane of glass that provides that management and manageability across our entire ecosystem. And so leaning into selling from a solutions perspective changes the conversation from being sort of a transactional hardware conversation to really more of a value added solution conversation that we believe we’re bringing to market today. And so having more partners lean in and sell that way, if you start with WXP, then selling all of the products that fit in our portfolio under that just bring a greater value. So I think, you know, thinking about HP, you know, as a software and solutions company, and really thinking about the value we bring from that better together in One HP perspective, when you wrap the solutions around it is really, I think, you know, the next great opportunity for partners in terms of them adding more services and growth to their business and what differentiates us as we bring our One HP strategy forward. ROBERT DUTT: All right. Well, good luck on getting that actualized and realized in the market. And once again, thank you so much for taking the time. MICHELLE BIASE: Awesome. Thanks so much. Great chatting with you.

Mark Sutor, president of Access Group This episode of In The Channel is sponsored by Ingram Micro Canada. Mark Sutor, president of Access Group and Canadian co-president on the Trust X Alliance Global Advisory Board, joins the show to discuss the community’s recent Global Leadership Summit and what it means for Canadian solution providers. Sutor says the summit’s real differentiator is its focus: “This is not a summit about IT. It’s a summit about leadership.” He reflects on sessions with Constellation Research founder R “Ray” Wang, who warned that AI is commoditizing expertise and that real differentiation lies in experience and market understanding. Ingram Micro executive Sanjib Sahoo also featured heavily, pressing attendees to ask for “insights, not updates.” Sutor breaks down the TXA AI agent coming to the TXA Expand platform, which he says will make the global community feel smaller by surfacing partner skills and capabilities through natural language queries – including publicly available data from websites and LinkedIn. He also addresses the community’s aggressive expansion: new markets including India, the TXA Access program for countries without a formal footprint, and a target of 1,000 member companies by 2027. On the idea that communities like Trust X were an early form of “distributor as platform,” Sutor draws a direct line between the insights he gains at live Trust X events and the AI-surfaced insights he now receives logging into Ingram Micro Xvantage. He says the platform has freed up Ingram’s reps to have proactive business-building conversations rather than transactional ones. Finally, Sutor assesses where the Canadian channel sits on Ingram’s “crawl, walk, run” AI maturity curve. His verdict: the channel has moved past curiosity toward expectation, but execution remains uneven. For partners not yet in Trust X, he argues the community’s core value is collective growth: members share best practices, AI strategies, and vendor program leverage to outpace the broader market. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In the Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. Today, a conversation about the evolution of partner communities in the AI age, and a look at how peer networks that predate the current platform buzzword may have been the original take on the “distributor as platform” idea. Mark Sutor is president of Access Group, a longtime solution provider in the Canadian channel, and he serves as Canadian co-president on the Trust X Alliance Global Advisory Board. He recently came back from the Trust X Alliance Global Leadership Summit in Texas and joined me to talk about what landed, where the community is headed, and how the Canadian channel fits into a rapidly expanding global peer network. Let’s get right into it, my chat with Mark Sutor. Robert Dutt: Mark, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Mark Sutor: Glad to be here. The summit was a unique experience — unlike anything I’ve seen in the IT channel before. I’m taking back several action items for Access Group and the Canadian community. Robert Dutt: You mentioned a session with Level Up that stood out. Can you elaborate? Mark Sutor: The Level Up presenter, Patrick, laid out a clear structure for leadership skills. It resonated with what we already do, but gave us a concrete, actionable framework. Robert Dutt: What makes this summit different from other channel events? Mark Sutor: It isn’t an IT-focused summit; it’s a leadership summit for partners, vendors, and Ingram Micro staff. The content is dedicated to personal and professional development, not sales or product demos. Although the material has an IT flavor, the lessons are applicable across industries. Robert Dutt: At the summit, legendary analyst Ray Wang talked about expertise being commoditized by AI. How does that translate for a Canadian partner? Mark Sutor: Ray’s insight reinforced that experience, market understanding, and geography are the real differentiators. Those elements set us apart from purely AI-driven solutions. Robert Dutt: What were the big takeaways for you from the conference at large? Mark Sutor: Several points stood out. First, industry direction: we need to think long-term about AI’s impact on service delivery and customer interaction. Second, AI evolution: AI will move from substituting tasks to fundamentally reshaping processes — much like Uber redefined transportation. And third, leadership discipline: AI is becoming a strategic discipline, not just a technology trend. Robert Dutt: How is applied AI being positioned within the Trust X Alliance community? Mark Sutor: As a member of the Global Advisory Council, I saw that partners are at varied stages — some delivering AI solutions, others exploring internal use cases. We developed a playbook to help members integrate AI internally first, then translate those use cases into client solutions. Robert Dutt: Can you give me the nickel tour on the new TXA AI Agent coming to the Expand platform? Mark Sutor: The AI Agent streamlines partner discovery. Instead of manually searching for a partner with specific skills — for example, installing a Cisco router in Saskatchewan — you can ask the agent in natural language and receive accurate results instantly. It also surfaces vendor solutions across the ecosystem. The tool pulls data from public sources like websites and LinkedIn, as well as internal information, making the community more searchable and collaborative. Robert Dutt: It sounds like the difference between a classic keyword search and a modern, conversational search experience that can even surface new ideas. Mark Sutor: That is absolutely correct. Of course, the challenge is that we all need to make sure we provide the information it needs, but the AI tool is also very good at consuming publicly available information from our websites and LinkedIn. It’s not just looking inwardly. It’s super cool. You use it and you say, “Wow, this is really neat.” You can see where it potentially goes in terms of hooks into the other things that Ingram Micro is doing with AI and agentic tech as that rolls out. Robert Dutt: Trust X Alliance is expanding aggressively — new markets including India, the TXA Access program, and a target of 1,000 member companies by 2027. For the Canadian community, does global scale add value? Mark Sutor: It does impact us, for sure. It’s one of the things I enjoy most about the global events — the camaraderie with other markets. On the environmental stewardship front, for instance, the folks in the UK have been doing amazing things for a few years, and Canada has grown close and participated in some of those ventures. It’s a great way to get a leg up on things happening in other parts of the world. Historically, people liked to go to the U.S. events for a preview of what’s to come, and that is still valid. But I’ve learned many things from the DACH region, the UK, and the Netherlands. I can’t wait to see what comes out of these new markets. Robert Dutt: How do you feel about Canada’s role, given we’ve been there since before the Trust X name existed, dating back to VTN? We’ve always had a reputation for punching above our weight. Mark Sutor: That has definitely continued. Canada has always had a voice a little bit louder than our size. Per capita, we have a very strong membership in Canada — we’re sitting just shy of 100 members now, which by population is much larger than a lot of other geographies. We’re going to continue to have a loud voice because of the dedication of the Canadian members. We always say, “You get out what you put in,” and the Canadian members put in their hearts and souls. Robert Dutt: One of the things I’ve been thinking about, especially as distribution has increasingly redefined itself as a platform, is that in many ways the communities were the first take of “distributor as platform” — not a transactional entity, but a network to create business value, connections, shared intelligence, and leverage. Now we’ve got the technology side with Xvantage. So you’ve got the human community and the digital platform. How does one reinforce the other? Mark Sutor: It’s a great question, and I’m not sure that anybody really knows one hundred percent. Obviously, Sanjib Sahoo spends all of his waking hours thinking about this aspect of distribution. I can tell you that the Xvantage journey has really been quite helpful. Canada is a little bit farther along in that journey than some other geographies. Every day when I log into Xvantage, there are some things there called insights. I learn things for free about my business and about my customers just by logging in. AI has surfaced various insights about things happening in my own company that perhaps I wouldn’t have even known. It’s remarkable that today, in certain areas, the point of trust for me is actually the data coming out of Xvantage and not necessarily my own system. Because Ingram Micro has done such a good job of collecting appropriate data that really can give those insights. I think you’re right — there’s a lot of parallels. When I show up to a Trust X event, I gain insights from other members, from vendors, from Ingram Micro itself. The platform is really helping extend that. Not only does it help extend that through insights, but it’s really enabling the employees at Ingram Micro to take a much more proactive approach to understanding our business. I’m having those conversations more and more often where we’re no longer talking about what’s the price and where is it, and much more about how do we build business, how do we grow, how can we market together, how can we go together into various accounts and be stronger together. These are the conversations we’re having. On the back end, it’s Xvantage that has enabled those cycles to be freed up and for Ingram’s people to show up in a different way. I can tell you that in Canada, they do show up differently today than in the past. Robert Dutt: How so? Mark Sutor: I was preparing for a discussion with Ingram not that long ago, and this was front of mind — how Ingram had showed up differently. While I was preparing, I got a phone call from one of the reps at Ingram saying, “Hey, I just wanted to see if we could get something in the calendar to talk about how we can grow your Azure business together.” I thought, “Well, there you go. That’s exactly it playing out in real time.” These things didn’t necessarily used to happen with the intensity or the frequency in the past. Now these cycles have been freed up, where Xvantage is taking care of a lot of the mundane day-to-day stuff in the back end, and now we can have real conversations about building value for our customers. Robert Dutt: As you talk to your peers, both within Trust X and outside of it across the Canadian channel, do you feel that this idea of the new role of distribution is widely understood, widely taken advantage of, widely optimized? Or is it still a competitive differentiator for those who went in early? Mark Sutor: This is the problem we struggle with. Is it known? Yes. Is it well known? I would say not as well as it should be. I know a lot of members don’t take advantage of the various insights and things that I had mentioned earlier. Getting that word out is one of the objectives of the Trust X Alliance moving forward, both inside the community as well as to the broader Ingram family. Ingram is showing up differently, but I don’t think that the progress they have made is that well known. There’s still a little bit of thought that, well, they have a great website, which is true, but it’s way more than that today. It’s a platform that can do many, many things for your business. It’s extraordinary what Ingram has done in the past couple of years. There are new features being added to the Xvantage platform weekly, biweekly at this point, and it’s a fast-moving process. Part of the challenge, whenever you’re improving a platform so quickly, is to make sure that people stay current with those changes. It’s a huge advantage. It’s a great thing because it’s moving at the speed of the industry, but at the same time, it’s hard for everyone to keep up to date with those various changes. And just to be clear, they do a fantastic job of revealing those new features. They pop up on your dashboard as they’re being revealed. There are various trainings and other things that go on, but life is busy, right? So it’s hard to keep that front and center, but this is a very good problem to have. In the Trust X Alliance, we’re happy to support those efforts and to make sure that the word gets out in an appropriate way. Part of that is to do things like we’re doing today, to make sure that we continue to talk about the successes that we’re having as members and make sure that the community at large, as well as the Ingram family at large, sees those wins. Robert Dutt: Ingram’s overall AI strategy cadence has been the crawl, walk, run idea. Do you see the channel as an aggregate still in crawl, or are we moving towards walk? Mark Sutor: Everyone is still at a very different place in their journey. But I think what’s shifted — I heard someone use this term in one of our affinity meetings the other day — is that things have moved towards expectation. We’re now expecting that AI is going to be doing great things for us. It’s no longer a curiosity, necessarily. And that’s really the shift that I see happening today. But it doesn’t change the fact that everyone’s at a very different position. And in some cases, rightly so. By various industry segment, I think by the nature of those segments, it makes sense to be either ahead or even behind the curve sometimes. But as a community, we’re very focused on elevating everyone’s experience to the point that makes sense for their business, and focusing on that internal use case for AI has been what makes a lot of sense for members. Robert Dutt: If a Canadian MSP or solution provider isn’t in Trust X Alliance today, what are they actually missing that they can’t get from a vendor program or a buying group? Mark Sutor: Well, we’re growing. I think that’s one of the biggest ones. Part of our approach to the marketplace is to grow faster together. And by sharing best practices, by working on things like our AI strategy, by leveraging vendor programs, and so on, we’ve been able to grow faster than the marketplace. And that’s, I think, the continued expectation of the organization is to continue to grow. Robert Dutt: Last one for me. What’s the one thing you’d want Canadian partners to know about where Trust X Alliance is headed over the next twelve months? Mark Sutor: Definitely watch us. I think that we’re doing a lot of really good things in the industry. The Trust X Alliance is really being positioned as the place to go for expertise, the place to go for knowledge, the place to go if you want a good job done as an end client. So the brand is really being built out in a lot of very interesting ways. It’s no longer necessarily just a brand in the IT community, but it’s gaining a lot of traction out there as the brand for IT. So we do extraordinary work together as a community, and I think we’re going to continue to do that. And yeah, I can’t wait to see where we go. Robert Dutt: Thanks for the conversation, Mark. Mark Sutor: Thank you, Robert. It’s been a pleasure. Robert Dutt: There you have it, Mark Sutor from Access Group. I’d like to thank Mark for his time and for sharing his perspective on the Trust X Alliance community and the Canadian channel’s place in it. A few takeaways from me on this one: the idea that peer communities like Trust X were arguably the first iteration of “distributor as platform” — not transactional, but network-driven — and that Ingram Micro’s Xvantage platform is now extending that same logic into digital insights. Mark’s observation that AI has shifted from curiosity to expectation in the channel is worth sitting with. And the note that Canadian partners, in his view, still underutilize what these platforms and communities can actually deliver. If you found the conversation useful, please follow or subscribe to the podcast wherever you get your podcasts. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most directories. Ratings and reviews help others in the IT channel find the show. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: TD SYNNEX appoints Chris Fabes as President of Canada: TD SYNNEX announced today that Chris Fabes has been appointed President of Canada, with responsibility for driving the company’s distribution strategy and accelerating customer growth across the Canadian market. Fabes brings more than two decades of IT channel leadership, most recently from SHI where he led a multi-year strategic growth initiative across Canada, and previously from Lenovo where he served as Canadian channel chief and helped triple channel revenue to more than $1.2 billion. He succeeds Mitchell Martin, who retired earlier this year after more than 36 years with the company. Huntress warns of massive Azure CLI password spray attacks: A new Huntress report published Monday warns that threat actors have been running massive password spray attacks against Microsoft Azure Command Line Interface accounts, making more than 81 million attempts between June 12 and June 26, 2026. According to Huntress, attackers are exploiting a loophole in Azure CLI that does not support multifactor authentication, allowing them to target service accounts and non-human identities that are often poorly monitored. Huntress has reported the issue to Microsoft. MSSPs face employee retention problem driven by invisible work, says Guardz: MSSPs are facing a significant employee retention challenge driven by what the report calls “invisible work” – security analysts spending hours on manual data correlation and reporting that customers never see. Guardz, in announcing a new agentic reporting capability, said the problem is burning out analysts who feel their work lacks visible impact. The new tool uses an AI agent to automatically turn blocked threats and client risk data into formatted reports that MSPs can present to SMB customers. ManageEngine launches developer marketplace: ManageEngine has launched a developer marketplace for integrations, extensions, and AI agents across its IT management platforms. The marketplace is designed to allow partner-developers, independent software vendors, and customers to build and distribute add-ons. GAM Tech ranks No. 97 on 2026 MSP 501, No. 1 in Western Canada: GAM Tech has climbed to No. 97 globally on the 2026 MSP 501 and ranks No. 1 in Western Canada, according to the company. The MSP 501 list recognizes managed service providers based on metrics including recurring revenue, profit margin, and operational efficiency. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Tuesday, July 21, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. TD SYNNEX has appointed Chris Fabes as President of Canada, filling the role left by Mitchell Martin who retired earlier this year after more than thirty-six years with the company. In a statement, TD SYNNEX said Fabes brings more than two decades of IT channel leadership across vendor, distributor, and customer perspectives. He most recently led a multi-year strategic growth initiative at SHI across Canada, and before that served as Canadian channel chief at Lenovo, where he helped triple channel revenue to more than one point two billion dollars in three years. TD SYNNEX North America president Reyna Thompson said Fabes’ end-to-end understanding of the Canadian technology market makes him well positioned to lead the Canada business into its next chapter. The appointment comes at a time when TD SYNNEX has been expanding its vendor relationships in Canada, including recent global distribution deals with Fortinet and HPE. Canadian partners will be watching how Fabes shapes the distributor’s local strategy, particularly around AI, cybersecurity, and cloud marketplace growth. A new Huntress report published Monday warns that threat actors have been running massive password spray attacks against Microsoft Azure Command Line Interface accounts, making more than eighty-one million attempts between June 12 and June 26, 2026. According to Huntress, attackers are exploiting a loophole in Azure CLI that does not support multifactor authentication, allowing them to target service accounts and non-human identities that are often poorly monitored. The company said most affected accounts were from large enterprises with complex cloud footprints, and that MSPs managing customer Azure environments are particularly exposed because these CLI accounts often fall outside normal identity monitoring workflows. Huntress has reported the issue to Microsoft. The research underscores a growing tension in identity security: as organizations lock down human-facing accounts with MFA, attackers are shifting to non-human identities and service accounts that lack the same protections. Canadian MSPs with hybrid Azure and Microsoft 365 clients should be reviewing whether their RMM and identity tools are catching CLI-level authentication anomalies. MSSPs are facing a significant employee retention challenge, but salary is not the primary driver. According to a ChannelE2E feature published today, the main issue is what the report calls “invisible work” – security analysts spending hours on manual data correlation, reporting, and threat context that customers never see. Guardz, in announcing a new agentic reporting capability, said the problem is burning out analysts who feel their work lacks visible impact. The new tool uses an AI agent to automatically turn blocked threats, security activity, and client risk data into formatted reports that MSPs can present to SMB customers. Guardz is positioning the feature as a way to reduce the manual reporting burden while simultaneously demonstrating security value to clients. For Canadian MSPs, the issue is worth noting because talent retention in security operations is already tight, and any tool that reduces invisible overhead while improving client communication is likely to get attention from understaffed SOC teams. In Brief – ManageEngine launches a developer marketplace for integrations, extensions, and AI agents. GAM Tech ranks number ninety-seven globally on the two thousand twenty-six MSP five hundred one and number one in Western Canada. Later today on In The Channel, my conversation with Mark Sutor of Access Group and the Trust X Alliance on the Global Leadership Summit, the TXA AI agent, and the idea of distributor-as-platform is available now. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Carrie Hopkins, senior director of business development and sales for Exclusive Networks Canada Exclusive Networks describes itself as a specialist distributor — hyper-focused on cybersecurity and advanced networking, deliberately not trying to be everything to everyone. As the company makes a serious push into the Canadian market, In The Channel sat down with Carrie Hopkins, senior director of business development and sales for Canada, to talk about what that actually means in practice for Canadian partners. Hopkins walks through what Exclusive is building in Canada specifically — in-country finance and operations, and a prescriptive approach to partner recruitment that goes beyond adding names to a portal. Rather than waiting for partners to come to them, Exclusive analyzes what existing partners buy, what they conspicuously don’t buy, and builds outreach strategy around those gaps. We also get into Ignition, Exclusive’s newly launched cybersecurity channel incubator, which arrived in North America earlier this year. The program is designed to bring emerging vendors to channel partners with the vetting and enablement baked in — addressing a real problem for MSPs and VARs who are being pitched constantly by early-stage vendors and don’t have the bandwidth to evaluate them all. And then there’s the Westcon thread. Hopkins spent years at Westcon and Comstor before moving through vendor-side channel roles at Ixia, Infoblox, and Sisense. When asked whether Exclusive feels like the evolution of what Westcon was doing before North American distribution consolidated, her answer is worth a listen. – UPLOAD AUDIO Read Full Transcript ROBERT DUTT: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. If you’ve been paying attention to the distribution landscape in Canada, you may have noticed that Exclusive Networks has been quietly building something. Exclusive is a global cybersecurity specialist distributor, and the emphasis on “specialist” is deliberate. They’re not trying to be everything for everyone. They focus specifically on cybersecurity and advanced networking, and they’re making a real push to make that model mean something in the Canadian market. My guest today is Carrie Hopkins, senior director of business development and sales for Canada at Exclusive Networks. Carrie’s background is worth noting. She spent years at Westcon and Comstor before moving through a series of vendor-side channel roles, and she brings that perspective to bear on what Exclusive is trying to build here. We talk about the state of play in Canada, the distributor’s recently launched Ignition cybersecurity incubator program, and whether what Exclusive is doing today is the evolution of what the specialist distributor used to look like in the market, or something genuinely new. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Carrie Hopkins. ROBERT DUTT: Carrie, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. CARRIE HOPKINS: Thank you, Robert. Great to see you. ROBERT DUTT: For listeners who may not be familiar with Exclusive Networks, how do you describe what you do differently from the broadliners? What does specialist distribution look like in practice, especially in a modern context? CARRIE HOPKINS: Yeah. So, Exclusive Networks Canada is hyper-focused on a very curated line card. We’re able to provide the right support structure to scale faster and win faster for our partners. We have programs both for our core vendor lines, as well as our new Ignition vendor lines, that will provide combined deep channel expertise, as well as hands-on enablement through our engineering team. ROBERT DUTT: You joined Exclusive, I guess, coming up a year now. What was the pitch that brought you in, and what were they asking you to build in Canada? What’s kind of the big goal? CARRIE HOPKINS: So, the big goal, obviously, with any business is revenue generation, but it’s also to improve our footprint geographically, nationally. We are also from an in-region support perspective, as well as improving the number of vendors that are selling into our partner community. To do that, we have to bring our partner community to the right vendors that will help them grow their business. So, that’s really what we’re focused on. ROBERT DUTT: You touched on geography and that. What were the gaps, both geographical and otherwise? Like, what did the Canadian market look like for Exclusive when you showed up? What were the gaps, and where has your focus been in this first year? CARRIE HOPKINS: Yeah, I think the biggest gaps were really more vendor alignment. Geographically, we do have people based from Montreal out to Calgary. So, we do have physical presence there to help our partners with feet on the street, but we tended to be a little bit more hyper-focused on a few of our top vendors. I think for the whole team, and what we’re seeing, is that by curating a better cybersecurity and network security vendor list, we’re able to give our partners more. We’re able to reach new partners that we haven’t talked to in the past because maybe they weren’t aligned to our top vendors. So, growing that vendor list has really helped us expand across the country. ROBERT DUTT: You spent quite a bit of time at Westcon and Comstor, which is probably the closest model I can think of to what Exclusive is doing that’s existed in the North American market. When you look at Exclusive now, do you see it sort of as the evolution of that model, or is it something genuinely different given the changing times? CARRIE HOPKINS: It’s actually funny that there’s a number of ex-Westcon-ers here now, and that’s what brought us all together, is that this is — it feels like the Westcon of the mid-2000s aughts. When we all were working there before 2010, it was just such a great vibe. We had great people that were aligned to vendors and to partners, and we all worked together really collaboratively. That’s what I’m seeing now. While Exclusive Networks Canada is our own entity — we have Canadian footprint, we have Canadian finance, we have Canadian operations and sales — we do work really collaboratively with our North American team, which includes people like Heather Allen and Andrew Warren, who are also ex-Westcon. We’re able to really remember the great times of building up that business and then to also bring it into this new era with all these great new vendors who are bringing something new and innovative to the market, as opposed to just the old traditionals. ROBERT DUTT: It’s not every day you get a chance to run it back, as it were. Keep it in that lane. Westcon obviously got absorbed into broadline here in North America, at least. Do you think the market lost something when that happened? And is what Exclusive is doing filling that gap? CARRIE HOPKINS: Agreed. I think so. I think with the broadline, of course, there’s some great people still there today who are really great at holding those relationships. But what happens with the broadline, of course, is you have so many vendors and you have so many partners, and you can’t possibly give the same level of touch and care and commitment that we can here when we’re keeping it under that 20-vendor mark. We’re able to really go after our partners with the right mix of vendors that aren’t over-distributed, I would say. ROBERT DUTT: So to that point, one of the fun things you’re able to do in the specialty distribution mode is embrace vendors who are a little bit earlier in the game, which brings us to Ignition, which just launched in North America. Cybersecurity channel incubator. Can you walk me through what that actually means? What does a vendor get out of being in Ignition, and what does a partner get access to? CARRIE HOPKINS: Yeah. For the vendors, we’re giving them — again, we’re giving our vendors a team of highly skilled distribution people that knows the market. Most of my employees here have been either in distribution or in service provider and resale in Canada for anywhere from six years to 15, actually, or more, for a couple of us. And so they’re getting a strong team. They’re getting a team with the right support structure. They’re getting dedicated SE support. So we have dedicated SEs aligned to each one of these vendors. And then they’re also getting an integrated hyperscaler pathway as well as we build out our hyperscaler go-to-market motion. So the partners that we align with, we will help them nurture, grow, and scale well, and also enabling our channel partners to differentiate because they’re bringing on something really cool and unique to be relevant and bring new value, whether it’s from vendor platform visibility or network detection and response, but done in a more unique way. We’re hoping that we can bring them that value. ROBERT DUTT: Looking at the initial North American cohort with ExtraHop, Zluri, Docker, Sendmarc, PagerDuty, Meter — that’s not all pure-play cybersecurity in the traditional sense. I’m curious, how are you defining the scope of what Ignition is about? CARRIE HOPKINS: Yeah. I think it has to fit with our partner mix as well. In Canada, our partners are possibly not as verticalized as in some other larger regions. In Canada, most of our partners, if they’re selling networking, they also will sell security, or they’re looking for that vendor that’s going to bridge the gap. So even though a vendor, for example, like ExtraHop — you might think of them as network detection and response, but there is a security play in there. There’s a security SOC play that works really well, and it helps our Canadian partners who are talking to the network team introduce a vendor that also connects them with the SOC. That could be said for Sendmarc as well. Again, you think of that as email demarcation points, which could lean into the networking team, but we need to talk to everybody. Our Canadian partners are talking to both sides of the fence, so we need to give them those vendors. ROBERT DUTT: Well, and yeah, it speaks to the moment too, in that security is part of every sale, but particularly every networking sale. CARRIE HOPKINS: Exactly. Yeah. ROBERT DUTT: From the Canadian partner perspective specifically, what does Ignition mean for them? Is it about giving them earlier access to emerging vendors, de-risking those bets with players who may be less familiar, something else? CARRIE HOPKINS: I think you hit the nail on the head. We’re doing all the research for them. I was speaking to a partner just yesterday at the Winnipeg Western Canada Information Security Conference, and he was saying that his inbox for his LinkedIn is filled with vendors reaching out saying, “Please, sell us.” How does an MSP or service provider decide which vendors they should engage in? We’ve done that heavy lifting for them. We’ve researched, we’ve determined that these are the right fit for the Canadian market and the US market, and we’re happy to bring them a more curated list. Again, let us do the heavy lifting. We also are getting our engineers trained, so it’s not just a team of people sitting in a room deciding that monetarily this is a good fit. These are our engineers who can speak to their engineers and show them exactly how this fits with what they’re selling. It also provides our partners with a really unique differentiated approach. They’re not selling that one vendor, they’re selling a combined solution. ROBERT DUTT: Yeah, I was going to say, how prescriptive, how in the weeds do you guys get in terms of, “Dear MSP, think about this vendor along with this vendor,” piggybacking the core vendors with the Ignition folks? CARRIE HOPKINS: That’s exactly the play. We’ve done extensive research on what are our partners currently buying from us, but also what aren’t they buying from us, maybe because we don’t sell it or they’ve chosen to go a different direction. What are their websites saying that they sell? We’ve taken all of that information, we’ve compared it with the new vendors that we’re bringing on, so we have an extensive list of top-priority partners that we feel are a great fit for multiple of these vendors. Then we have the next level down, so we’ve completely curated a target list of partners that we’re going to reach out to say, “We know you’re a business, we understand it. We think that Docker is the right next step for you,” or, “We believe that Zluri really fits when you’re selling A, B, and C.” ROBERT DUTT: This is North American in scope. How are you getting in front of those vendors and assessing where they are at currently in Canada and where you can step in, make introductions, ease path to market, those kinds of things? CARRIE HOPKINS: That’s one of the things that we find with the Canadian market is there’s not always feet on the ground with new vendors. That’s, again, where we step in. We do have feet on the ground. We’re learning about their solutions, so if they don’t have a local CAM, that’s us. That’s our job is to help them build their business and help them build the right business. Recruiting a lot of partners isn’t always the right first step. It’s recruiting the right partners who will embrace the technology, learn the technology, and help it lift. Then we can see what is the right number of partners for the technology in Canada today. We don’t want to flood the market. We want to make sure that all of our vendors have the right partners to properly serve the market. ROBERT DUTT: I’d imagine that dynamic’s also working in the other direction, in so much as you say, MSPs and other solution providers are being flooded with new vendors, especially in the security space. The fact that you guys are, to a degree, backstopping them — that you’ve done the vetting and you’re standing behind them — has to add something. CARRIE HOPKINS: Exactly. Yeah. ROBERT DUTT: Beyond Ignition, what can you tell me about the broader push for Exclusive in Canada right now? In terms of, you said you want to stay pretty strategic on vendor lines. What are you thinking about partner recruitment, headcount? Basically, where are you building right now? CARRIE HOPKINS: Yes. Building with headcount. Where we’re adding right now — in fact, this morning, we’re adding to our quoting and order management team because we never want to lose sight of one of our biggest values, which is our speed and efficiency and accuracy of our quoting. When it comes to distribution, you have to do the basics really brilliantly. We do that here. Sub-[time] turnaround on quote request, sub-[time] order management process. We are quick and efficient, full stop. We’re going to keep doing that. We’re going to add headcount to that. We’re opening up headcount in the second half of the year to help us really embrace all of the new vendors that we have on board. In the last six months, we’ve also onboarded vendors like A10 and Infoblox who are going to make a big impact in the coming year. We’re fully supporting them with extra headcount. ROBERT DUTT: What’s the long-term vision for structure? I know distributors in particular tend to vacillate somewhat over time between a heavily North Americanized model and independent Canadian. Just curious what the long-term thinking is there for you guys. CARRIE HOPKINS: Long-term is that we will always have feet on the ground here in Canada. That gets reinforced to me, and I reinforce it with my leadership every time, every chance I get. I am also a big advocate for having in-country vendor business managers so they can have those channel business conversations. They’re talking to the peers who know the market. They know the FX challenges. They know that we’re provinces instead of states. It’s like that. The great news is with our Ignition team is that the leader of that team, Michael Compizzi, he’s located just in Rochester, New York, which is a short two-hour drive from where I’m based. He will be in Canada quite often as well. We will have North American support, but in-country dedicated resources. ROBERT DUTT: I would add he’d be closer if it weren’t for a rather inconveniently placed lake. CARRIE HOPKINS: [laughs] ROBERT DUTT: Canadian partners have a lot of choices in terms of distribution, maybe not quite as many as 10 years ago, but still there’s a number of choices there. What’s the honest pitch for why a Canadian MSP or VAR who isn’t already working with Exclusive right now should take a look at you guys? CARRIE HOPKINS: Our partners will never be lost in the shuffle. They will have dedicated support. They will have quick and efficient turnaround, and they will have a vendor line card that supports their business. Simple to the point. ROBERT DUTT: That works. The last one for me: what should Canadian partners be paying attention to over the next six to 12 months, either from you guys exclusively or in the market more broadly? CARRIE HOPKINS: I don’t think that a podcast about technology can end without saying the word AI. [laughs] Didn’t get your [nerd/name] achievement unlocked. ROBERT DUTT: There you go. CARRIE HOPKINS: I think that it’s important to note that there’s so many vendors and so many technologies coming out saying that they support AI, saying that they support different security functions around AI. It’s important that you work with a distributor who’s going to take the time to research each of those vendors on your behalf and have a fully engaged engineering staff who can speak to what it’s doing. Do you need it yet? Is it something that’s going to actually sell to the Canadian market? We’re going to make sure that our Canadian resellers have fully vetted solutions, that they’re not chasing rabbit holes. The number one important thing is that they know their business, they know their customer’s business, and where all those assets are. What does your Canadian partner need? We feel like we have the line card to fulfill that. ROBERT DUTT: Well, look forward to seeing how things roll out with the initial Ignition cohort and beyond, as you continue to develop Exclusive here in Canada. Carrie, thanks for taking the time. CARRIE HOPKINS: Thank you so much, Robert. I appreciate you. [Music transition] ROBERT DUTT: There you have it. Carrie Hopkins from Exclusive Networks. I’d like to thank Carrie for her time today. It was a genuinely good conversation, and I appreciated that she was willing to get beyond the talking points and into what the model actually means in practice for Canadian partners. If there’s one thing I take away from the conversation, it’s that the specialist distribution model Exclusive is building — and Ignition is probably the clearest expression of this — is trying to solve a real problem. Canadian MSPs and resellers are being pitched by an enormous number of emerging vendors, and they don’t have the bandwidth to vet each and every one of them. What Exclusive is saying, essentially, is: we’ll do that work. We’ll bring you the vendors we believe in. We’ll backstop the relationship. You focus on your customers. Whether they can deliver on that promise at scale is something we’ll be watching, but the thesis is certainly sound. The Westcon thread that came up in the conversation stuck with me too. There was something that worked about that model before consolidation rolled through North American distribution. It sounds like at least some of the people who built it think there’s a second act here. Thanks for listening. If you’re finding the podcast useful, please follow or subscribe wherever you get your podcasts. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most of the major directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated and really help other people in the channel find the show. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel. [Music] A couple of quick flags: “Sub-[time] turnaround” – I couldn’t decipher the exact numbers she threw out there. Worth a quick listen on your end to fill in the blank. “Didn’t get your [nerd/name] achievement unlocked” – MacWhisper clearly mangled this. Sounds like some kind of gaming joke about saying the word AI on a tech podcast. “Nerd achievement unlocked” is the most common internet phrase, but if you remember what she actually said, drop it in. “monetarily” – I left it as-is since it could be correct, though it scans a bit awkwardly. Could also be “more than merely” if you want to give it a listen. Otherwise this should be ready to go. Good batch recording session?

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: OpenAI Partner Network: OpenAI‘s inaugural Partner Network is officially live as of July 15, with vice president of strategic global partnerships Colleen Kapase confirming the three-tier program is backed by $150 million in channel investment. Partners can progress through Select, Advanced, and Elite tiers while earning specializations in areas like Codex, cybersecurity, and AI agents. OpenAI says it aims to train 300,000 certified consultants by year-end and is recruiting solution providers of all sizes that can put AI systems into production. OpenAI Carbon60 MSP 501: Carbon60, a Toronto-based managed cloud services provider, has been named to the 2026 MSP 501 at position 206, ranking among the world’s top managed services firms by revenue and operational discipline. The company has built a differentiated practice around Canada-first sovereign cloud and Azure expertise, and the ranking follows a broader push by Canadian MSPs to demonstrate global competitiveness in compliance-heavy verticals. Carbon60 RecordPoint channel-first: RecordPoint has launched a global partner program that CRN describes as a channel-first move, enabling resellers, consultancies, and systems integrators to resell, co-sell, and refer its data and AI governance platform. Partners will receive enablement, joint sales support, and platform access to build practices around data retention, compliance, and AI-ready data classification. Channel Insider Blackpoint Cyber 2026 threat report: Blackpoint Cyber has released its 2026 Annual Threat Report, finding that attackers are increasingly exploiting trusted IT tools rather than using perimeter breaches. The report highlights abuse of remote monitoring and management platforms, VPNs, and identity credentials as primary vectors. ChannelPro Network Managed security market growth: Acronis and Omdia project the global managed security market will grow from $93 billion in 2025 to $106 billion in 2026, a 14.4 percent increase. The growth reflects sustained demand for outsourced security operations among mid-market organizations that lack internal SOC capacity. RAMageddon pressures PC refresh: Industry analysts and OEMs continue to signal significant PC RAM price increases through 2026 due to the ongoing memory supply shortage. Channel partners should advise clients on refresh timing and alternative configurations to manage budget impact. CNET Exabeam MSSP licensing: Exabeam has expanded its APEX partner program with pooled and federated licensing options designed specifically for MSSPs. The new framework is intended to reduce onboarding friction and simplify compliance across multi-tenant security operations centers. Security Brief Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Thursday, July 16, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. OpenAI’s inaugural Partner Network is officially live as of yesterday, July 15, with the company backing the three-tier program with $150 million in channel investment. Vice president of strategic global partnerships Colleen Kapase confirmed the program is open to solution providers of all sizes, not just global systems integrators. Partners can progress through Select, Advanced, and Elite tiers based on sales performance, technical capability, and deployment experience. The program includes specializations in Codex, cybersecurity, and AI agents. OpenAI says it aims to train 300,000 certified consultants by the end of 2026, and is actively recruiting solution providers that can put AI systems into production. Philip Larson, senior director of the OpenAI Partner Network and a former Google Cloud channel leader, said the program is designed to reward partners for the value they create with customers. Canadian VARs and MSPs with existing AI practices should evaluate the program alongside their current AWS, Google, and Microsoft partnerships, as the specializations in Codex and AI agents may create differentiation in automation-heavy verticals. Carbon60, a Toronto-based managed cloud services provider, has been named to the 2026 MSP 501 at position 206, marking the company as one of the world’s top managed services firms by revenue and operational discipline. The ranking, published by Channel Futures, evaluates financial health, operational maturity, and recurring revenue growth. Carbon60’s inclusion follows a broader trend of Canadian MSPs demonstrating global competitiveness in specialized infrastructure and compliance-heavy verticals. The company has built a differentiated practice around Canada-first sovereign cloud and deep Azure expertise. As Canadian public sector and healthcare clients face stricter data residency requirements, sovereign cloud capabilities are becoming a key differentiator for domestic MSPs seeking to compete with larger global firms on government and enterprise contracts. RecordPoint has gone channel-first with the launch of a global partner program enabling resellers, consultancies, and systems integrators to resell, co-sell, and refer its data and AI governance platform. The program arrives as AI adoption drives a surge in demand for data governance across regulated industries. RecordPoint says partners will receive enablement, joint sales support, and platform access to build practices around data retention, compliance, and AI-ready data classification. CRN reports that the move represents a strategic shift for the company. Canadian partners serving regulated industries like finance, government, and healthcare may find particular opportunity as clients confront unstructured data sprawl ahead of AI deployments. In Brief – OpenAI commits $150 million to launch its inaugural Partner Network with tiered AI specializations. Acronis and Omdia project the managed security market will reach $106 billion in 2026. Blackpoint Cyber’s 2026 Annual Threat Report highlights attackers hiding inside trusted IT tools and RMM platforms. RAMageddon memory shortages continue to pressure PC pricing and enterprise refresh cycles. Exabeam adds pooled and federated licensing options to its APEX partner program for MSSPs. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, we’re talking specialist distribution in Canada with Carrie Hopkins of Exclusive Networks. We get into the Ignition program, what broadliners can’t deliver, and why the model might feel familiar to channel veterans. And if you haven’t heard it yet, yesterday we wrapped our HPE Discover 2026 arc with HPE vice president of North America channels Jeremiah Jenson. He talks about the quote-cycle win, the Canadian angle on data sovereignty, and what partners should stop doing. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Jeremiah Jenson, vice president of North Amiercan channels at HPE In The Channel has gone deep on HPE Discover 2026 – from Justin McGarry’s walkthrough of the compute and AI infrastructure story, to Ben Fallon on the networking pivot and partner program overhaul, to front-line perspectives from Canadian partners CompuGen, Powerland, and Long View. Today, we’re closing the arc with HPE vice president of North America channel and partner ecosystem Jeremiah Jenson, recorded on the final afternoon of the show. Jenson says the temperature on the floor is “white hot,” driven by the clarity of the message and the proof points HPE brought to partners this year. The 30-day quote validity and expanded credit terms – announced at Partner Growth Summit – got what he called the strongest reaction in the room, and he credits Canadian partners specifically as “by no means the quietest voice in the room” in making that change happen. On networking, Jenson says he’s reset targets higher for data center networking and wants the Canadian channel to lead the charge. He points to partners historically from the Juniper and Aruba sides now expanding into HPE’s Private Cloud AI business, and to data center partners adopting Marvis and the data center networking stack to take share from Cisco. He also walks through what he calls the “great VM reset” – HPE’s push around Morpheus Enterprise and VME as alternatives for partners and customers facing Broadcom’s VMware changes – and sets an aggressive target for North American partners to lead globally on VME certifications. On the Canadian front, Jenson highlights conversations around provincial government opportunity and data sovereignty as distinct from the broader North American channel, and offers a direct message to partners: stop worrying about what HPE used to be, and start picking a clear point of view on where the portfolio fits your customer base. Read Full Transcript Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. Since HPE Discover 2026, we’ve been all over the subject. You’ve heard from HPE’s Justin McGarry on the compute and AI infrastructure story, from Fallon McCarthy on the networking pivot and partner program changes, and from three Canadian partners, Compugen, Powerland and Long View, on what HPE’s strategy looks like from the front lines of the Canadian channel. Today we close the arc as we sit down once again with HPE’s Vice President of North American Channel and Partner Ecosystems, Jeremiah Jenson. It’s a conversation that takes the temperature of the show floor after three days of partner meetings, looks at where the biggest margin opportunities actually are for partners, and asks what one thing Canadian partners should stop doing and start doing as they head into the second half of 2026. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Jeremiah Jenson. Interview: Robert Dutt: Jeremiah, thanks for taking the time. Once again, good to catch up with you. Jeremiah Jenson: Yeah, great to see you, Rob. Thanks. It’s Wednesday afternoon at Discover as we sit down, and the good news is you’re still standing. That’s a win in its own right at this point. You’ve now sat in a lot of rooms with partners who have heard the full story that we talked about in the previous podcast we did together. I’m curious your thought on the temperature, the reaction, what’s landing differently in the conference room than it did on the keynote stage, that kind of thing. Jeremiah Jenson: I mean, the temperature is phenomenal. There’s so much excitement about… There were a lot of announcements this week, but the clarity of message, while I say it this way, we’ve packed a full month into this week, but the clarity of that message and how it’s being very clearly communicated, clear opportunity for partners to go execute on and take advantage of that very real opportunity that we have right in front of us. So I think it’s landing really well from a temperature standpoint. I mean, white hot, I mean, there’s just a tremendous amount of excitement. Robert Dutt: I want to start with a thing that I felt got one of the strongest reactions on Monday, the 30-day validity terms announced. Now the partners have a few days to process that, as well as the quote-to-cash stuff and the expanded credit terms. Is it changing the feel of the deal conversation or is it still a, you know, we have to see it roll out before it does? Jeremiah Jenson: I think it changes the feel. It did get a very strong reaction. It got the strongest reaction in the room. I think one thing that it says, it’s a very clear proof point about how we’re very in tune with the market. We know that it’s been a very difficult situation with what’s going on in the industry with rising commodity costs and things along those lines. And it’s a very clear proof point around how we’re listening to our customers, how we’re listening to our partners, and changing how we can help support them through this time. So I don’t think it’s a wait and see. We have a very clear proven track record of building and earning trust with our channel community. And now we’re executing. So we are what, two and a half days later, a day and a half later, and executing. Robert Dutt: On Monday, on the podcast we ran Monday, you asked partners to go one more mile to consider bringing, you know, one more HPE product line to their customers. Three days later, are you seeing an appetite for that? And that was certainly also a theme throughout the event is the idea of cross-selling and representing more of the portfolio. But I’m curious what you’ve seen in terms of appetite for that, or is it still a heavy lift in a situation where a lot of partners are trying to go deeper and do better in single areas? Jeremiah Jenson: Yeah. So a little bit more about that for your listeners and for those of you who have not met personally, I use the one more mile thing. I’m known as long distance runner. It’s my hobby. It’s something that I’m passionate about and I’m happy to get distracted talking about. But the analogy lands really well. Can we just do one more? And again, back to how clear the message has been, how clear the opportunity is right in front of us. And we are seeing partners adopt that cross-sell motion, but it’s also beyond just cross-sell or upsell or something along those lines. It’s a very clear opportunity to help them grow their business. It’s not just, okay, would you like fries with that? It’s you’re really good in the data center. Now you have a data center networking opportunity that not only can you take that to your existing customer, but you can build your business around that expanded opportunity that we now offer you. And that is very real. So love for you to run another mile with us. We had our inaugural 10K run this week as well. But at the same time, we want to help you grow your business in yet another direction. Robert Dutt: What’s the signal it tells you that partners are buying into that and are succeeding in expanding beyond? Whether it’s adding networking, if they’re a traditional compute and storage house or whatever that expansion is. Jeremiah Jenson: We see a very clear signal, a very strong signal in how partners are adopting the Partner Ready Vantage Triple Platinum Plus framework. We are seeing partners move up that stack and across the portfolio in a very meaningful way. That is a very clear proof point, not only in the opportunity in the market, but how we’re supporting partners to take advantage of that opportunity. Robert Dutt: And that’s Triple Platinum Plus is a big ask. There’s a lot behind it, but it sounds like there’s some real momentum too. Jeremiah Jenson: There is real momentum. It is a big ask because there’s a lot of very real dollars, but I would also say don’t get consumed with, “Oh my God, I’ve got to get to Triple Platinum Plus.” The framework around how that program lands around the different centers is very attainable to help you grow. Again, back to the mile analogy, one more mile at a time. No one goes from running a 5K to a marathon. We’d love to help get you there. And at the same time, let’s go through the right training, the right enablement, and the right support process to get you there. Robert Dutt: All right. What’s the conversation you’ve had this week that surprised you? Not the one that you expected you have, but the one that partners are bringing to you that maybe caught you a bit off guard or just weren’t expecting to be as big a focus as it has been. Jeremiah Jenson: Yeah, I mean, networking is front and center. I don’t know that I want to say that I was surprised by that, but I will say the energy and excitement around networking, HPE networking, how the progress we have made over the last year has just been absolutely phenomenal. So that’s first and front and center. And it really starts with how we’re integrating and accelerating our efforts there. Another thing that I would say that is really just an equal amount of excitement is the Great VM Reset. So some of the announcements we’ve made around Morpheus Enterprise, VME, how we’re working with partners to take advantage of the Great VM Reset. Look, no one’s looking for a greater expense. So the 90% cost savings opportunity that’s out there, there’s just a lot of momentum in a couple of these very, very strategic areas. And to put a finer point on it, sometimes historically, you get through the base of the business and then you try and work into some strategic areas. We are starting from the strategic areas. We’re starting from networking. We’re starting from Morpheus Enterprise and VME. We’re starting from storage and then bringing the rest of the very strong pieces of the portfolio along with us. Robert Dutt: Canadian partners are a specific cohort and usually aren’t terribly shy about sharing their opinions on things. I’m curious what you’re hearing from the Canadian contingent that feels distinct from the broader North American channel. In terms of data sovereignty, in terms of market relevance, those kinds of things. Jeremiah Jenson: Yeah, I mean, I’d love to meet a shy Canadian partner first and foremost. I mean, they have a very clear voice and a very clear, passionate point of view around what is important to the Canadian market. So certainly there’s data sovereignty. Data sovereignty is really important to them, but then there’s also other pieces around what’s going on with things like provincial governments. I’ve had a number of conversations around what’s going on with what I will call broadly the public sector space in Canada. We had a very deep conversation around provincial business and how we can work together with partners to help capture that. And that was very distinct and a very, well, certainly a new opportunity and an area for us to grow, but also had a very clear point of view that comes from a Canadian perspective. And then of course, there’s data sovereignty. There’s the requirements of how Canadian partners are helping Canadian customers. And I always love the Canadian cohort, just their passion, their commitment to their country and to their business, and the fact that doing business locally is important. And that’s where, just from my standpoint, they have a level of intimacy with their customers that I could never… We as HPE don’t intend to and don’t want to replace. We simply want to help and accelerate that because they have a level of knowledge that I will never understand. Robert Dutt: Fidelma Russo framed the enterprise AI shift this morning as moving from pilots to production systems. For a partner listening to this, what does the unlock look like practically and what do they need to get ready for? Jeremiah Jenson: I mean, the AI phenomenon isn’t a future opportunity. It is here right now. I’ve said that a couple of times. It is here now. So it’s not pilots. It’s how are we helping them just accelerate that with customers? And I say the word accelerate a lot, but to make it a little bit more real, what I would ask Canadian partners to do to get ready for is frame a point of view. AI is a very broad, amorphous topic. Agentic AI is very real, but there are pieces of this phenomenon that partners should have a clear point of view on, whether that’s getting the data structure in the exact right place, whether that’s the security angle and what we’re doing to help with our software components around security for AI, or whether that’s what we’re doing around agentic AI and having the right governance and control. But it all starts with what is the customer business problem that we’re trying to solve and then working backwards from that and how we enable the partner to help solve that business problem. But it’s incumbent upon the partner to have a very clear point of view. And we will underpin that and enable that with our programs, with our technology and with our capability in partnership with them. Robert Dutt: Similar idea, but from a partner financials point of view, where do you see the biggest actual margin opportunities for partners in the AI and the agentic AI shift right now and into the near future? Jeremiah Jenson: I mean, directly the largest margin opportunity is in the services aspect. So partners that have a very mature or have built out a services practice, whether that’s professional services or whether that’s managed services practice customers are looking for a partner who can help them make that requirement to insert AI into their business. They’re looking for them to help that become a reality. So that’s the first part. So we’ve got a number of capabilities, whether that’s partner branded services or things along those lines, but services is always the most profitable piece of the business. Beneath that, I think it’s really important for partners to understand where is their business, where is their business, who is their customer base and what are they looking for and whether that’s our networking business, whether that’s our cloud business or whether that’s our AI business. So we have award winning programs to support that. We’ve announced a number of new things, whether that’s NBO in the new business competitive takeout in the storage space, NBO for compute. There’s new business opportunity compensation on the networking side. So there’s a number of different places and it’ll depend on the partner’s business, but there’s a fantastic margin opportunity across the portfolio. Robert Dutt: There’s a lot of aggressive actions going on here. In terms of you’ve got a Cisco displacement opportunity, you’ve got the VMware migration opportunity, you’ve got some of the things you point out. I’m just, I guess I’m curious how you’re prioritizing those competitive opportunities within the channel and for a partner with limited bandwidth, where would you suggest they focus? Jeremiah Jenson: Yeah, I mean, I think it’s a difficult question to ask and the reason it’s difficult to ask or it’s difficult to answer is because every partner has a different go to market and has a different strategy. We, I wouldn’t prioritize any one area above the other because there are networking partners that have, I’ll give you a couple of examples and proof points. There are networking partners that have come to us from the Juniper side or from the Aruba side, what we now call HPE networking. That are now expanding directly into our PC AI business. I had a meeting this afternoon with a very sizable partner who historically has been from the networking side of the business that saw an opportunity to expand their business into our AI business and they’re leading with PC AI as an example. We see other partners who have historically been very strong data center partners and see an opportunity from networking and have are very strongly adopting our Marvis solutions and our data center networking solutions and are bringing that to their customer base and using that to take new market share with Cisco. So what I would say is partners have chosen a very strong point of view. They understand their customer base and they’re expanding with our portfolio to very strategic adjacent areas. Robert Dutt: I sat down with Brad Shapiro a little while ago from the HPEFS side of things and got the view of how things are going and what kind of struck me about that conversation was the way that they’re getting closer with the business units and being able to sort of better present the whole thing. I’m curious how you’re viewing financial services in the channel org and the opportunity there to remove friction, to make deals easier to do all the things that they’re going to. Jeremiah Jenson: Yeah. HPEFS is a strategic weapon and a strategic enabler of the business. Full stop. What they’ve done with that 90, there’s a current initiative called the 99 promotion that they have around how they’re helping customers overcome some of the financial hurdles to get to a full modernized hybrid IT infrastructure. And so their integration and the just interlock between the different business units to help unlock that opportunity for customers. It was very clearly an opportunity is very clearly a situation where we saw an inhibitor of the business HPEFS as a strategic partner to us to help unlock that opportunity. And I would just use that as an opportunity to say how leaders such as Brad Shapiro or any other leader of any other business unit are working together to solve for customer problems and help them get to where they need to go. It’s just a very clear proof point. So that 99 for your partners out there, have a look at that 99 opportunity and how we can bring that to customers sooner rather than later. Don’t use it as a diving catch. Get it in sooner. Make it a part of what you do day in and day out. Robert Dutt: By the time this episode airs, listeners will have heard from three Canadian partners that I talk to this week, Compugen, Powerland, Long View. Without knowing what they told me, what’s the one thing that you’d hope that they’re telling me about how they’re working with HPE right now? And maybe one thing you worry they might have said. Jeremiah Jenson: Well, I don’t know that I worry about anything that they would have said. Those are all very strong Canadian partners. They’re all very strong HPE partners, Hewlett Packard Enterprise partners. And we’re excited about our growth plan with each of them. They are all leading in different areas. So from a Powerland standpoint, I suspect there’s probably a conversation around GreenLake and how they’re taking GreenLake a little bit more broadly. They have headed back to what I said earlier. That is a partner that has a very clear point of view with their customer base and how they are using some of our more strategic pieces of the portfolio to really drive a strong customer outcome. You mentioned Compugen. Compugen love what they’re doing in Toronto and more broadly and how we’re working together with them to really… That’s a partner we really listen to in terms of what they’re seeing from a market standpoint, from a pricing standpoint, and how we can execute faster. And so they’ve been very tight with us in terms of how we need to frame some of our policies and how we need to accelerate based on real world customer feedback and work from there. And then from a Long View standpoint, I sat down with Dave this week. Great man. Love to see what they’re doing and how they are expanding their business across the portfolio. They’ve got a very strong, again, very strong clear point of view, what we want to do around storage and networking especially. And so again, they’ve understood the pieces of the portfolio that are very relevant to their customers. And we were just very explicit about what we are going to do together to help grow that piece of the business. So that’s what I… If you can learn from those three partners, if nothing else, have a very clear point of view. Robert Dutt: All right. One of the things that Canadian partners always raise is the issue of data sovereignty. The sense that being north of the border means different rules, different customer expectations, sometimes different product availability. Where does that show up in your priorities in the channel org in the second half of the year? Jeremiah Jenson: Well, I guess I would frame my answer this way. The rules are different. And that’s where Canadian partners are so valuable, not only to me, but to the broader Hewlett Packard enterprise. Though the partners that are in that market have a depth of understanding and a depth of knowledge of those requirements and are really helping to put the right, whether that’s, I want to say solutions, a word that is too often used, but at the end of the day, they are solving business problems around those requirements. You know, data sovereignty, product availability, what level of service is offered based on whether that’s location geography, whether that’s in the provincial government or whether that’s in a commercial customer, they have an understanding. And I think that that’s the piece that is so valuable about the channel is they have a level of understanding and a way to work with us to help satisfy the customer. So I’m hearing a lot about data sovereignty. I’m hearing a lot about pricing requirements and things along those lines. I mean, let’s be honest, some of the feedback that we heard from Canada was some of the loudest feedback that we heard in terms of, and that helped us make the change that we did around 30-day quote validity. So we made some very specific changes and Canadians were by no means the quietest voice in the room. And, you know, we’ve mentioned some people here today that were very clear in their escalations and what they needed to service their customers. Robert Dutt: All right. If you’re a Canadian partner listening to this, you know, what’s one thing that you’d like them to stop doing and one thing they should start doing? Degree of difficulty. The answers are not selling the other guys and selling HP. Jeremiah Jenson: No, yeah. You know, I don’t ever have the ask of stop selling the other guys. At the end of the day, we have the right products. We have the right program. And we are going to earn our place based on our channel heritage, based on our predictability and based on the trust we will earn. So I have a tremendous amount of confidence that when we work with channel partners, we will win based on our predictability, based on our trust, based on the quality of products and programs that we put in market. So I don’t have that ask of partners. We are going to earn our place very intentionally. So my ask of them, the one thing to do is, I say it a lot, but pick a point of view. There is a place in this portfolio where we can help one another and help your customer produce the business outcome that they want. Let’s identify what are those one or two things that we can do together to help go that extra mile. How can we run one more mile together? That’s my ask. The other piece that I would ask is to what not to do is, I think the past helps frame where we want to go, but we don’t have to worry about what used to be. We don’t have to worry about what used to be with HPE or going all the way back to HPE or to Compaq or things along those lines. I’ve been back at HPE for a year now and the past helps frame where we want to go. So my what not to do is we don’t have to worry about what used to be. What we do want to help do is where are we going. So that’s the way I would say that is it’s a new day. We are on the front foot. We are very aggressive about where we’re going and what we’re going to do. And come join us. Robert Dutt: Let’s talk about that future a little bit. Where do you want the HPE channel to be on January 1, 2027 that it is today? What are you kind of focused on for the back half of the year? Jeremiah Jenson: A back half of the year, just to be, if you will, a little bit more point in time. I have some very clear goals around our networking business and to make that a little bit more real, the data center networking business, our wireless business, our campus and branch business is performing very well. Our data center networking business is also performing very, very well. And so I’ve reset some targets higher than they were around our data center networking business. So I have some very high expectations around data center networking. So I would love the Canadian channel to lead that charge from a data center networking standpoint. Also our hybrid cloud business. So we have very clear expectations around VME certifications and things along those lines because customers are demanding a different level of outcome from their virtualized environments. I mean, let’s be honest, no one is looking for more Broadcom in their business today. There isn’t customers saying, I’d like some more of that. I want to be treated more like that. And we have a very clear solution. And so we’re looking at VME certifications and you see how we’ve put out the virtualization competency and then we’re helping partners use VME for IT so that they can drink their own champagne. So I want Canadian partners and I want North America to lead the way globally around VME certifications. So I have some very high expectations around our hybrid cloud business. That also extends to our storage business. Our storage business is growing at triple digits. It’s phenomenal with what we’re seeing there. And so storage is another piece. And then by no means last, but the third thing I would say is I have very clear goals around co-selling, what we call co-selling. How are we bringing the HPE Salesforce, which is a very different sales force now. It’s a growing sales force. It’s one, Phil Mottram, our chief revenue officer, is making investments in North America sales. How do we get our sales teams together with our partner sales teams and again, go to a new customer, a new opportunity, go take that extra mile? So it’s those three things. Robert Dutt: All right. Similar idea, but waking up January 1st of next year, what will be the metric or two that would tell you that Discover 2026 was a turning point for some of these important changes that you see coming? Jeremiah Jenson: Yeah. What’s interesting is just the conversation has at Discover or some of these sort of events, you always kind of start with the base of the business, the core of the business, and then you expand the conversation to some of the strategic areas. This year is very different in that we are working from the networking, the hybrid cloud pieces of the business, the software pieces of the business, and that has been the conversation all week, and it’s been really exciting to see. So waking up January 1, knowing that it’s real, we will have surpassed the raised expectations that I had around the networking business. We will have surpassed our expectations around hybrid cloud, Morpheus Enterprise, and storage. And then I also want to see us look at very strongly how do we accelerate our compute business, our AI business? That is, we’re producing very real customer outcomes. How do we take that to the rest of the market that hasn’t yet taken the first step around AI? So that’s the third thing I would put in there. Robert Dutt: Okay. Not so much a strategy question as a human one, but what’s one moment from this week that you’re going to, you think you’re going to remember six months from now? Jeremiah Jenson: Six months from now, what’s a moment? I will certainly remember the 30-day quote announcement. Six months from now, that’s more of a human moment. Also, I mean, just the connections that we’ve had, you know, as much as that’s maybe a straightforward answer, one thing my boss and I did, we had a, I mentioned running earlier, we had a 10K run for the first time that kind of came up as a thing. We had some Canadians join us. It became an international event. We had a South African that was there. We had a couple people from the UK. It just kind of organically grew, and it’s nice to see people really come together. That has been really nice. One other thing, you know, six months from now, the World Cup is ongoing right now. So just to call that out, it’s the first time I believe I don’t have the history that the rest of the world does with the World Cup. But just to see that happen and how that’s brought together, the fact that it’s in North America, and you can have some of those ancillary conversations and really frame some lasting bonds around some of that. You know, the tie for Spain or things along those lines. There have been things like that, and those common experiences that we have together are helping us build strong bonds from which we can grow the business. Robert Dutt: Working for HP, are you contractually required to be a fan of the Argentine? Jeremiah Jenson: I am not. I’m not contractually obligated. I personally, I love a good international competition, whether that’s the World Baseball Classic, the Olympics, the hockey, instead of doing the All-Star Game, you know, what they did with the Tournament of Four, this last. I love that sort of stuff. I’m not an Argent as much as Antonio might be upset about that. Nothing against Messi. I’m sure he’s a phenomenal player. At the end of the day, I’m an American. I’m going to cheer for the United States. But I also back the pack. So when it comes down to it, it’s going to be a, I’m going to cheer for the North America side of things, whoever that may be. Robert Dutt: There you go. Last one for me. When we talk next, whether that’s at Discover Next Year, hopefully sometime ahead of that, what do you hope we’re talking about? Jeremiah Jenson: I mean, I hope we talk about how we’re seeing compounded growth. We’re seeing acceleration in the business across the portfolio now. I hope we’re talking about how we compound that. How do we, you know, it’s, you know, growing at the pace that we’re growing to continue to that growth on a larger number would drive compounded growth. So I would love to see the pace, the percentage at which we’re growing be continued. I’d love to have that conversation next year. And we’re going to do that with partners. Robert Dutt: Good answer. And I don’t know how many partners are going to turn their nose up at the idea of compounding growth. So I think who wouldn’t love that end there. Good. Awesome. I appreciate your taking the time once again, safe journeys home. And thanks for thanks for helping us out so much running the channel over the last, the last couple of weeks. Jeremiah Jenson: You bet. Rob, thanks. Always good to talk to you. Show outro: There you have it, Jeremiah Jenson from HPE. I’d like to thank Jeremiah for making the time at the end of what was a very long week in Las Vegas and the candor he brought to the conversation that could easily have stayed at the level of talking points. A few things I’d like to take away from this one. First, the energy around networking isn’t just keynote rhetoric. Jenson is resetting targets higher for data center networking specifically, and he’s looking to the Canadian channel to lead part of that charge. Second, the 30-day quote validity landed because partners were loud about it, and Canadian partners were among the loudest. That matters. And third, the through line of this whole arc from HPE Discover is that the company is trying to shift from a base of the business story to a strategic front foot story. Networking, hybrid cloud and the VMware reset aren’t afterthoughts anymore. They’re the opening argument. If you’re just catching up on the full series, you can find all of our coverage from HPE Discover 2026 waiting for you on the In The Channel feed, partner interviews, product deep dives and day-to-day dispatches on The Buzz. Thanks for listening. You can find the podcast on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, most other podcast directories. If you like what you hear, a rating or review goes a long way to helping other Canadian IT professionals find this channel. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Microsoft July 2026 Patch Tuesday fixes 570 flaws, 3 zero-days: Microsoft released its July 2026 Patch Tuesday update addressing 570 vulnerabilities including 3 zero-days, according to BleepingComputer. The zero-day status means MSPs should prioritize these patches immediately for client environments. With 570 total fixes to stage, test, and deploy, Canadian partners managing regulated clients in healthcare, finance, and provincial government face a compressed vulnerability response window this week. Citrix Platform Flex opens a new services opportunity: Citrix is introducing Platform Flex, a persona-based pricing model that gives partners room to build consulting, workforce assessment, and migration services around how customers actually use the platform. According to ChannelE2E, the shift lets partners attach higher-margin services to each deployment by right-sizing workloads to user personas. The new model is particularly relevant in the Canadian mid-market, where virtual desktop and app delivery standardization has been strong but differentiation has been thin. AI compliance is becoming an operational blind spot for MSPs: AI compliance should not be treated as a policy exercise that happens once and then sits on a shelf. According to Terry Irons on ChannelE2E, the value for MSPs is operationalizing compliance around AI data handling, model access, and prompt logging. Canadian MSPs already navigating Law 25 and PIPEDA amendments will recognize the pattern: the regulation exists, but the recurring revenue opportunity lies in helping customers stay inside the lines as the technology changes. CMMC third-party audits paused but the opportunity isn’t: The Department of Defense has pressed pause on third-party audits for the Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification, but the compliance requirements themselves remain in place for defense contractors. According to ChannelE2E, that gap creates an opening for MSPs and MSSPs to expand compliance services. Canadian partners serving cross-border contractors or aerospace supply chain clients should expect renewed advisory conversations. Progress confirms ShareFile zero-day behind Storage Zone shutdown: Progress confirmed a ShareFile zero-day flaw was behind the Storage Zone shutdown, BleepingComputer reports. Partners managing client file-sharing infrastructure should assess exposure and confirm whether affected Storage Zone configurations are in their environments. MSSP Alert Top 250 application opens for 2026: The MSSP Alert Top 250 MSSP list application process is open for 2026. ChannelE2E offers guidance on what judges look for and which mistakes could hurt a ranking. Changes in the Channel tracks leadership moves for July 6-10: ChannelE2E tracked leadership changes and shakeups across the channel for the week of July 6-10. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Wednesday, July 15, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Microsoft released its July 2026 Patch Tuesday update addressing 570 vulnerabilities across the portfolio, including 3 zero-days. According to BleepingComputer, the zero-day patches should be prioritized immediately for client environments. The scale of the release means MSPs need to stage patch deployment carefully. With 570 fixes to validate and deploy, technicians are managing a large surface area without disrupting business operations. Canadian partners managing regulated clients in healthcare, finance, and provincial government should expect compressed vulnerability response windows this week. Law 25, PIPEDA, and sector-specific frameworks all embed expectations around timely critical patch management, and a July drop of this magnitude tests those service level commitments. Microsoft is positioning the release as part of its regular cycle, but the zero-day status means this is not a routine Tuesday. Partners should be communicating with clients now about maintenance windows and priority sequencing for on-premises and hybrid infrastructure. Citrix is introducing Platform Flex, a persona-based pricing model that moves away from one-size-fits-all licensing and gives partners room to build consulting, workforce assessment, and migration services around how customers actually use the platform. According to ChannelE2E, the shift lets partners attach higher-margin services to each deployment by right-sizing workloads to user personas rather than simply renewing seat counts. The new model is particularly relevant in the Canadian mid-market, where virtual desktop and app delivery standardization has been strong but differentiation has been thin. Platform Flex creates a natural entry point for partners to conduct usage assessments, recommend persona transitions, and bundle ongoing optimization services. It also gives partners a way to defend margins against pure license resale by making the consulting layer part of the renewal conversation. Citrix is positioning Platform Flex as a way to reduce customer shelfware, but the partner angle is that it turns every renewal cycle into a services engagement. AI compliance should not be treated as a policy exercise that happens once and then sits on a shelf. According to Terry Irons on ChannelE2E, the value for MSPs is operationalizing compliance around AI data handling, model access, and prompt logging. As customers deploy more AI tools, the governance gap between experimentation and controlled scale is widening, and MSPs that treat AI governance as a document creation exercise risk missing the continuous monitoring requirement. Canadian MSPs already navigating Law 25 and PIPEDA amendments will recognize the pattern: the regulation exists, but the recurring revenue opportunity lies in helping customers stay inside the lines as the technology changes. The piece suggests that MSPs who build AI compliance into their existing security operations center workflows, rather than treating it as a separate consulting project, will capture more of that spend. The shift from one-time policy to ongoing operational control is the same transition the channel has already made with security, and AI is now following that path. In Brief – CMMC third-party audits are paused but the channel opportunity isn’t. Progress confirms a ShareFile zero-day flaw behind the Storage Zone shutdown. MSSP Alert Top 250 application opens for 2026 ranking. Changes in the Channel tracks leadership moves for the week of July 6-10. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, we close out our HPE Discover 2026 coverage with vice president of North America channel and partner ecosystem Jeremiah Jenson, talking about the 30-day quote validity, Canadian partner influence, and the push for data center networking growth. And if you haven’t heard it yet, yesterday’s episode featured Curtis Dery from Xerox IT Solutions on HPE financing, GreenLake wins, and why AI is a digital goldmine for the channel. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Curtis Dery, executive vice president at Xerox IT Solutions Canada Curtis Dery, executive vice president at Xerox IT Solutions Canada (doing business as Powerland), has been living the HPE GreenLake story since before most Canadian partners knew what as-a-service infrastructure meant. At HPE Discover 2026, he joined In The Channel to talk about what this week’s announcements look like from the practitioner’s desk. Dery’s team won HPE’s Canada GreenLake Partner of the Year in 2022 and has kept the streak going, but he’s clear that the barrier to adoption was never the technology. “Customers are facing constraints financially,” he says, citing tariffs and geopolitical pressure. That’s why he sees the 90/9 financing offer and 150% credit line expansion as genuine deal-closing tools. “It helps open more doors and close deals even sooner.” He also sees the channel-only expansion of Private Cloud and Zerto as a deliberate strategy his team was ready for, thanks to deep ties with HPE’s advisory councils. The real differentiator, he says, is operationalizing customer processes so they can move from 20-30 projects a year to 50-70. Where Dery gets animated is AI. He calls the current moment “the most exciting time in any of our careers” and describes AI as a “digital goldmine.” His team runs internal hackathons to build reps with large language models, work that has already helped Powerland close four of the largest infrastructure deals in the world – all out of Winnipeg. But he’s also blunt about tokenomics: “The burn is real.” On sovereignty, Dery points to the Anthropic government oversight incident as validation for private AI. “If I’m a customer and I’m all in on that model, what would happen?” He sees HPE’s network optimization and Private Cloud AI stack as the hedge. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor at ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. We’ve been on a bit of an unscheduled hiatus, but we’re back. We’re going to get back into the swing of things right now, and we’re going to start that off by finishing our coverage of this year’s HPE Discover 2026. Today’s guest is Curtis Dery, executive vice president at Xerox IT Solutions Canada, which most of the channel still knows as Powerland. Curtis is based in Winnipeg. His team covers the country. He’s been living the HPE GreenLake story since before most Canadian partners knew what as-a-service infrastructure meant. His team won HPE Canada’s GreenLake Partner of the Year back in 2022 and has kept that streak alive. They were the first partner to sell a GreenLake deal in Canada, the first to sell VM Essentials, and the first to sell a cyber vault. But Curtis isn’t just a sales exec. He’s genuinely hands-on with emerging technology, running internal AI hackathons with his team, and has a perspective on the announcements from Discover that come from actually closing the deals, not just reading the press releases. He joined me on site at Discover to talk about what the new financing tools, the channel-only expansion, and the AI story mean for partners on the ground. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Curtis Dery. Robert Dutt: Curtis, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Curtis Dery: Absolutely. Thanks for having me. Robert Dutt: Before we get into this week, I have to acknowledge – just having been in this industry a while, you’ve got Xerox and what is formerly HP at a conference here. Slightly unexpected combination on the surface. Most people’s mental model of Xerox is still copiers, but you were running Powerland as one of the leading HPE infrastructure providers in Canada long before that. What does the Xerox relationship mean in practice for the IT business? Has it changed how you go to market with HPE, or does Powerland essentially operate in its own lane? Curtis Dery: You know what, that’s a great question. The way the market’s changing, the industry is changing, businesses are needing to change. That was the reason why Xerox looked at acquiring us – to help go through the realignment and the changes that they’re making as a business. Obviously, from a print perspective, looking at the industry challenges it was going through through COVID and post-COVID and just the market shift around that, having a focus around infrastructure and technology and driving those outcomes with our customers helped them amplify the customer base that they have across North America. Robert Dutt: You were doing GreenLake before a lot of Canadian partners knew what it was. You won the Canadian GreenLake Partner of the Year back in ’22, closing deals in the as-a-service model when it was still a pretty hard sell to customers used to buying it outright. Now HPE’s on stage talking about 90/9 financing and offering 150% expansion of credit lines. For someone who’s been engineering these deals since the beginning, what do these tools mean specifically? Do they change what’s possible for you, or are you already doing – you already have your system set up and ready to go? Curtis Dery: Yeah, I mean, being fortunate to be a little bit on the front edge of GreenLake, we’re fortunate to be Partner of the Year four years in a row, and from a North American perspective, Partner of the Year to make it five. What that created was just validation that how we’re going to market and how we’re executing it is a little bit more uniquely than others, and how we’re prepared to understand the customer, the outcomes that they want, and wrap that around operationalizing it through a GreenLake model. Having flexibility in some of these announcements helps with the challenges that we’re all entering – some of it unknown, some of it shortages, all these changes, and then you wrap that around obviously the disruption of AI. So having these flexibilities of what they want to do around credit is definitely needed because customers are facing constraints financially – just with the cost of, from a geopolitical impact perspective, tariffs, all these things are real. So HP coming to the table with new offerings helps open more doors and close deals even sooner than expected sometimes. So we’re always looking at making sure, yes, we have a foundational core that we can execute on with a rinse and repeat with a proven track record, but always making sure we’re aligned with the changes that they’re making and making sure we’re enhancing our offering with them, a walk and step together. Robert Dutt: It feels like they’re acknowledging that one of the barriers to GreenLake adoption isn’t the technology, the concept, or anything like that. It’s the customer’s budget cycles. And it sounds like you’re saying that’s the right diagnosis from what you’re seeing in the Western Canada market. Curtis Dery: Yeah, and I think also people sometimes think it has to be OpEx. There’s a balance that you can still capitalize GreenLake as well too, and then do a term top-up depending on the utilization they have, but also operationalizing it from a financial [perspective]. So that flexibility is still there. I just think sometimes that message isn’t out there at the street level. So that’s where our value comes in as a partner, right? To understand where that noise and friction is and remove the friction. Robert Dutt: Three products went to channel-only at Partner Growth Summit this week: Private Cloud, PC 3000, PC 1000, and Zerto. Last year it was VM Essentials. It seems like it’s clearly a deliberate expansion of that strategy. From where you sit with that infrastructure-heavy book of business, is channel-only a meaningful strategic signal for you, or is it about filling the gaps for customers who need DR and private cloud but haven’t had a clean vehicle to buy it through you? Curtis Dery: That’s a great question. I think, fortunate to have a strategic partnership with HP, we sold the first cyber vault in the country. And so same with VME, we sold the first in the country, and same with GreenLake. So there’s a theme there, right? Being so strategically aligned with them from executive level down to technical level, I’m on their advisory council from a GreenLake perspective. My pre-sales engineer is the ambassador on the GreenLake program. Because of that exposure, we get line of sight a little bit earlier. So then we’re already preparing on how we’re going to market to augment some of these announcements that they’re doing, and then wrapping around our own little secret sauce to that to be able to expedite the sales and making sure that we’re taking down the logos together. Robert Dutt: What is that secret sauce, in whatever depth you wish to share in this forum? Curtis Dery: Well, I think sometimes getting down to the nitty-gritty of what GreenLake really does, and that’s operationalizing the customer’s process to be able to allow them to be more agile within their own business. So instead of going to a traditional market and doing a traditional way of getting quotes, going to an RFP process, all those things take time, money, and energy. And when you do that, you then don’t have time to focus on the business to drive the outcomes you can do. Now, with our customers from a GreenLake perspective, that agility of being able to streamline that process – we have our customers that are able to go from 20 to 30 projects a year to now 50 to 70 projects a year. So then they get to see the benefits of how fast we can make their business move, get the outcomes that they want so they can start to accelerate further. Robert Dutt: You heard the partner branded services announcement this week. Curious what you thought of that and how it kind of maps with what you do in terms of, are you already running that services-led model, or are you looking for opportunities to have HP back you up but still go under your brand? Just curious how it hit. Curtis Dery: For us, it definitely hit. But yes, we also do it as well that way. But again, it’s the right tool at the right place at the right time. And sometimes we may need them, they may need us, or it’s an augmentation of both. And that’s the beauty that I love about HP is the investment to the channel, always staying aligned at the street level and making sure it’s very predictable on how you can make bets jointly with them. So it’s a flexibility thing. Robert Dutt: A hundred percent. Curious what’s driving the HP business for you right now. What’s kind of hitting, what are customers talking to you about, what’s driving it forward? I have to imagine AI is part of that. Curtis Dery: Yeah. And I think AI was a little bit of paralysis in the market, right? People were frozen of like, “What do I do? Where do I start? What type of technology? Do I go to a public LLM?” Or you hear this word, “sovereign,” and what does that mean? And I think the perfect storm is brewing. But the beauty is that HP has made the right investments, right? Acquisitions to now truly be ready for what the market is going to be hitting with right now. Which is, you look at the announcement of what happened with Anthropic last week. Government oversight, they said shut down that model. Well, if I’m a customer and I’m all in on that model, what would happen? And so this created that validation of why private sovereign AI with HP wrapping around customers’ data and giving them real hardened AI outcomes within their environment, and then choosing if they need to go into the public LLM. And so getting ready for that market condition is what’s going to drive success and velocity with HP in the market. Robert Dutt: Along with the idea of tokenomics, that idea of AI projects getting stuck in, and maybe hand-in-hand with tokenomics in fact, that idea of AI projects getting stalled out in the implementation or the proof-of-concept phase and not getting to full implementation is a theme that we’re hearing from HP and from just about any vendor who’s playing in the space this year. It seems to be one of the big catches. I’m curious how you’re seeing that reflected in your customer base, if they’re kind of getting to a point of doing POCs and then starting to discover, “Well, wait a second, this could get real expensive, real fast.” Curtis Dery: I’m 1000% [there]. Right? The burn is real. We have customers that knew that they have to start getting their battle scars and learning from the AI and understanding how does it work, how do we integrate it, how do we make sure there’s no hallucinating, how do we trust it, how do we do all these different things? My analogy I like to use is, at the end of the day, we all need refrigerators. But a lot of people probably don’t remember who invented the refrigerator. They just know they needed one, right? That’s the same with the public LLMs, right? You need the refrigerator when you need to go into it. What we do with our customers is show them how to take a Coke can and put it in the fridge and bring it out of the fridge. And so we help them navigate it so then tokenomics is not exposed as much, right? They can manage their cost, manage their environment, and choose where they want to put their data. I think the tokenomics is definitely a real thing and I think we’re going to find out significantly what that means in the next 120 days. Why? Because these companies are going IPO and you now know where the math is mathing, right? And so that’s going to show us a lot on what the true tokenomics looks like. Robert Dutt: You touched a little bit on the importance of sovereignty in customer discussions, but can you tell me a little bit more about how that’s showing up in terms of what customers are asking about and how you see that trending and evolving as an interest and a care about, both on the geopolitical front and, as you say, on an issue like Anthropic suddenly having to pull access to the latest model? Curtis Dery: Yeah, a thousand percent. I think when you hear the word sovereign, I always ask people, “What does that mean to you?” Because when you look at the World Economic Forum, for example, in February, what did they announce as the next pandemic, the cyber pandemic? Why? You’ve got scale of agents running everywhere. People don’t know what is a good agent or a bad agent, right? And if you look at the internet bandwidth since December till now, it’s increased over 12x of volume. Do you know how much traffic is now coming down? So now people are going to need to get prepared about how do you control your network, your data, your access, and sovereign that so that you’re secure so that if a bad day occurs, you don’t have the public exposure. And that’s why you hear from Antonio Neri and the focus around the network. How do you optimize that network? How do you secure that traffic and have the access to where you need to go and ensure that it can handle the scale? So that’s why this storm is brewing in front of all of us right now. Robert Dutt: Looking at your background, it’s clear that you’re not just selling infrastructure. You’re genuinely interested in AI and emerging technology. And it seems like you like to get pretty hands-on. As you’re at an event like this and you’re hearing the announcements and seeing what’s coming and what they’re talking about, what are you really excited to get your hands on and play with, and beyond that to actually get in front of your customers either now or down the road as it becomes more concrete? Curtis Dery: You know, I tell people this is probably the most exciting time in any of our careers because it’s the first time in any of our careers that it’s a level playing field, where it’s up to you to grab the baton of AI and understand how do you use it, apply it, and get the outcomes and innovation that you want to do with people. The tagline I like to use with my team internally is, we’re not underpinned by anyone anymore. We have the opportunity to dream, to build, and execute, and we can use AI technology to do that. And so I call it the digital goldmine. We get to go inside these LLMs and mine what we want out of that and be able to take advantage of what we can do with our customers. And that’s the one thing I enjoy the most is understanding, okay, what tools can I use, whether it’s from PCAI and apply our own private AI strategy around that. I’ve worked with a lot of advisory around a lot of the latest LLMs that are out there, but also some of these private ones like [Mistral AI] and understanding how it’s a puppet master to the public AI and how to optimize white space within a customer’s environment to show them where they have inefficiencies, profitability, when they can take the market in a different way. And that’s what AI does – allow customers to be agile, at edge, on time, and be able to really disrupt if they choose to. And I think it sounds a lot daunting for a lot of people, right, to understand how do I get proactive now with AI and not get disrupted by it, because you don’t know if you can wake up and all of a sudden your competitor is something that you didn’t expect. And so I think being able to just dive in and learn. A lot of people say, “Well, I don’t know much about AI.” None of us do. This is all the latest technology. So I tell people to speak to it, learn from it, and just start understanding how it works. So then at the end of the day, you can now augment it because it ain’t going away. If you think about from a generational perspective, we have kids that are going to be born in AI. They don’t even understand what that means. So it’s exciting times. And I tell people embrace it, because like I said, it’s the first time in history that nobody’s really walking in a room saying, “I got 10 years in AI.” Everyone’s like, “Hey, I’ve been working with it for six months. Cool.” Just like all of us. It’s how many people are putting in the reps with it. Robert Dutt: What are you pulling out of that goldmine so far at Powerland? What are you doing in terms of both – how’s AI changing both what you’re doing customer-facing, and internally your own operations and how you think about AI within the org? Curtis Dery: Yeah, absolutely. So I mean, we were fortunate being ahead of it from an AI perspective and understanding our domain strengths, using AI to be better prepared for our customers and think through strategies with them. And with that, we were able to build out blueprints where we were fortunate to close out four of the largest deals in the world with four different vendors out of a city called Winnipeg. And a lot of people came to me and said, “Curt, I don’t get it. We’re not doing this in New York, Toronto. You were doing this in Winnipeg. How are you doing this?” And I’m like, using AI to get better prepared to understand how do we simulate an environment to say, “This is the customer. What can we do to drive out these types of outcomes? And what does this look like from a strategy?” We get the blueprint and now we go and see the customer and go, “Does this make sense?” And they go, “Yes. Well, let’s go execute that with AI.” And so that’s the advantage that we get to do. And then from an internal perspective, I love having our own internal roundtable hackathons. What’s something we want to do? Throw it on the whiteboard. Everybody has their AI account and go, “Okay, how would you approach that?” So then our team is learning how to put those reps in to say, “Well, I would approach it this way.” And it’s a cool exercise to see how everyone thinks differently. And that’s the beauty about AI. We’re all going to prompt it differently. We’re all going to work with it differently and then take those unified approach of everyone’s pieces, put it together and go, “Okay, now we solve the puzzle together.” So I really enjoy the ability to be able to scale so rapidly with it. It’s an exciting time. I feel like we’re built for this era. Robert Dutt: And I’d imagine a lot of those ideas that are coming out in the internal hackathons are eventually going to find their way into what you’re doing with customers as well. So that’s a nice plus. Curtis Dery: Yeah, absolutely. Robert Dutt: As you point out, you’re in Winnipeg, presence across Western Canada. I’ve talked to a couple of other Canadian partners this week, and I’m getting this consistent theme that Canadian customers right now are in their moment – between sovereignty, between AI infrastructure refresh, between really starting to get AI in play rather than playing with AI. Does that map with what you’re hearing from your customers in the prairies and the West? And where do you see HPE fitting into that story for the balance of the year and beyond? Curtis Dery: Yeah, I think we touched on it lightly, right? The changes that happened with the government oversight last week, I think opened people’s eyes on what their approach is to public LLMs. And then also understanding costs, constraints, all these things that have been hitting our markets and hitting customers’ budgets and challenges. It’s a difficult time to be a CIO right now. When you’re sitting there and you have to protect them from a cybersecurity perspective, you have to have a future of understanding where AI fits into this, and never mind constraints around cost and all that stuff. It’s a tough time to be an executive for a business right now and understand how you can be profitable, scale all these things while you’re facing all these challenges in the market. So being prepared in Canada of how we’re going to our customers is understanding how to package what HP has done effectively well on the overall strategy around GreenLake and saying, “How do we now enter the customer and say, ‘You can now do on-demand AI in your environment predictably, cost-effectively, compliance and govern, and now you can choose how you want to scale that rapidly?'” I think finally, we’re starting to see that curve get around the corner where customers are jumping into wanting to do it this way. It’s just such a learning dynamic exercise right now, right? Because at first it was ChatGPT and then it was Grok and then it was Claude and it just kept going and going. People are not talking about the disruption that happened out of China too with their LLMs. So if you look at DeepSeek, Kimi and all these models, they’re doing exactly what Claude and these others can do at 75% cheaper. So when people start to realize, “Well, I can run that SDK natively inside my environment way cheaper than going to a public API Claude license,” people are going to look at that and go, “Oh, what makes sense now? Because the math ain’t math.” Robert Dutt: That theme is coming up in a lot of different places, isn’t it? Last one for me, whether it’s something we’ve already covered off or something else, what’s the one thing that’s really caught your attention here at Discover this week, the thing that you’re going to take back to the team and on Friday or Monday or whenever you’re first in there saying, “By the way, this is what I heard. This is what we got to get ready for.” Curtis Dery: Well, a few things. One is truly being prepared on the foundation of the network and understanding what does that mean to have an optimized AI network both internally and externally for the customer. I think there’s a high, high value in that. I learned that on the journey with cloud. Everybody wanted to go to cloud. Love the destination. Nobody talked about the highway to the cloud. Nobody talked about the cloud tax of egress coming out of there. So there’s a lot of lessons and best practices that came from the cloud journey that we can now reapply to the AI journey. So focusing on that is huge. And then understanding the intelligence layer and understanding [NVIDIA] Morpheus is an extremely powerful tool and understanding how does that fit into the entire reference architectural stack with PCAI and understanding how do we build on top of that. And that’s some of our secret sauce of what we’re doing, being able to do our own private SDK on top of PCAI so customers can truly control their own AI platform. And so that’s the focus that we’re going to do. And we’re super excited to get velocity going into Q4 with HP so that in 2027, I expect a big year. Robert Dutt: All right. Well, good luck on bringing that back to the team next week and good luck on that big year. And thanks again for taking the time on what I’m sure has been a very busy week. Curtis Dery: Absolutely. And I welcome the time and being able to share this conversation with you. So we look forward to doing it again. Robert Dutt: There you have it. Curtis Dery from Xerox IT Solutions Canada. I’d like to thank Curtis for his time. If you’re finding value in these interviews, I’d appreciate if you’d follow or subscribe to the show. You can find the podcast on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most major podcast directories. Ratings and reviews are always welcome. A few things that stood out for me from this conversation. One is Curtis’s framing that the real barrier to GreenLake adoption has never been the technology, it’s the customer’s budget cycle. The 90/9 financing and expanded credit lines aren’t abstract partner program benefits. They’re deal-closing tools for partners who are already in the room with constrained CIOs. Another is his digital goldmine metaphor for AI. The idea that for the first time in our careers, the playing field is level and what matters is who’s putting in the reps. But he’s also refreshingly blunt about the burn on tokenomics and the need for partners to help customers manage costs as AI moves from proof-of-concept to production. I appreciated his point about sovereignty not being theoretical anymore. The Anthropic incident gave customers a concrete reason to ask hard questions about public LLM dependence. Finally, it’s worth noting that the company is closing some of the largest infrastructure deals in the world out of Winnipeg. The Canadian channel is not a Toronto-only story, and this is a reminder of that. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Barracuda acquires Evo Security: Barracuda is integrating Evo Security‘s IAM and PAM tools into BarracudaONE, giving MSPs more ways to build identity security services beyond MFA. ChannelE2E reports that the move unifies email, network, and identity protection under one stack, which matters for Canadian technicians already managing multiple dashboards. The deal size was not disclosed. Rewst rebuilds its platform around MCP and AI agents: Rewst is rebuilding its automation engine around the Model Context Protocol so technicians can describe a business process and have an AI agent custom-build it, even without deep scripting skills. ChannelE2E says the update turns automation from an internal efficiency play into a billable managed service. The rollout is expected through the third quarter. Microsoft opens its July 2026 partner playbook: Microsoft released July partner announcements covering FY27 planning resources, updated Azure IP co-sell incentives, and refreshed Microsoft 365 Copilot specialization requirements. The company is positioning the Copilot specialization as a prerequisite for AI deployment referrals, raising the bar from general cloud competency to specific AI delivery capability. A new End of Sale Software pricelist is also live in Partner Center as of July 1. CompassMSP acquires Logic Group: ChannelE2E reports the acquisition adds to CompassMSP’s portfolio as the consolidator continues its North American expansion. The 20 MSP acquires Sundance Networks, reaching 49 acquisitions: The rollup hits another milestone with the Sundance Networks deal, according to ChannelE2E. ManageEngine launches marketplace for partner-built IT extensions and AI agents: ChannelE2E says Zoho’s IT management arm is opening a marketplace where partners can build and sell extensions. Dell partners remain optimistic amid supply chain concerns: ChannelE2E reports that Dell is working to keep supply chains flowing for partners as data center growth puts pressure on memory supplies. Guardz adds agentic reporting for MSP client reviews: ChannelE2E says the new feature turns blocked threats and security activity into reports that SMB customers can understand. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Tuesday, July 14, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Barracuda is buying Evo Security to expand its identity security capabilities for MSPs. In a deal announced last week, Barracuda said it will integrate Evo Security’s IAM and PAM tools into BarracudaONE, giving partners more ways to build identity security services beyond MFA. The move comes as identity attacks continue to outpace traditional perimeter defenses and MSPs are being asked to manage privileged access for customers with limited security staff. Barracuda is positioning the acquisition as a way to unify email, network, and identity protection under one stack. Canadian partners who have already standardized on BarracudaONE will see the new tools appear as integrated modules rather than a separate console, which matters for technicians who are already managing multiple dashboards. The channel has been waiting for Barracuda to deepen its identity story after years of speculation, and this appears to be the answer. Identity and access management has become one of the fastest-growing service lines for Canadian MSPs, but many have cobbled together solutions from multiple vendors. Barracuda’s bet is that MSPs will pay for a unified platform rather than stitching together point products. The deal size was not disclosed. Rewst is rebuilding its automation platform from the ground up around MCP and AI agents, and the timing is notable. The company announced today that MSPs will be able to describe a business process they want to automate and have an AI agent custom-build the workflow, even if the technician lacks deep scripting expertise. Rewst is leaning on the Model Context Protocol to connect its automation engine to third-party tools in a standardized way, which reduces the integration maintenance that typically consumes MSP engineering hours. The rebuild is a direct response to the skills gap that has kept many mid-market providers from offering automation as a managed service. For Canadian MSPs struggling to hire and retain technicians who can write PowerShell or Python, this could lower the barrier to entry for workflow automation and make it a billable service rather than an internal efficiency play. Rewst says the new architecture will also allow partners to sell automation to their own customers as a white-label managed service, which turns a cost center into a revenue line. The platform update is expected to roll out to existing partners in phases through the third quarter. Microsoft rolled out its July partner announcements on Thursday, and the bundle includes several items that will shape Canadian partner planning for the second half of the calendar year. The company opened FY27 planning resources, updated Azure IP co-sell incentives, and refreshed Microsoft 365 Copilot specialization requirements. A new End of Sale Software pricelist is also live in Partner Center as of July 1. Microsoft is positioning the Copilot specialization as a prerequisite for partners who want to be referred for AI deployment opportunities, which means the bar for entry is moving from general cloud competency to specific AI delivery capability. The FY27 planning materials emphasize recurring revenue and attached services, a message that aligns with what Canadian distributors have been telling partners for the last two quarters. Canadian CSPs will also want to note the pricing and packaging changes for Microsoft 365 Business plans that took effect July 1, which include additional mailbox storage and enhanced Copilot Chat experiences. The net effect is that Microsoft is tightening the link between partner program tiering and AI service delivery, something that will require training investments for smaller partners. In Brief – CompassMSP acquires Logic Group. The 20 MSP acquires Sundance Networks, reaching 49 acquisitions. ManageEngine launches a marketplace for partner-built IT extensions and AI agents. Dell partners remain optimistic amid IT component supply chain concerns. Guardz adds agentic reporting to help MSPs turn security activity into client-ready reviews. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. And if you haven‘t heard it yet, my conversation with Curtis Dery from Xerox IT Solutions on what HPE’s financing moves, the channel-only expansion of Private Cloud and Zerto, and why AI is a digital goldmine. That’s on In The Channel now. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Dave Frederickson, executive vice president of strategic alliances and business development at Long View Systems There are not many people who can look at HPE Discover 2026 from the vantage point of someone who helped build it. Dave Frederickson spent over 24 years at HP, including leading the enterprise servers, storage, and networking business for HP Canada right around the time Discover was created as a unified event in 2011. He joined Long View Systems in June 2012 and is now executive vice president of strategic alliances and business development. That backstory matters, because Dave comes to this week with something almost no one else on the show floor has: direct memory of the HP that lost its way, the acquisition misadventures, and what it looks like when a large technology company loses focus. His verdict on the HPE of 2026? It has its mojo back – and the Juniper integration is the piece that finally makes the networking-plus-compute-plus-storage story credible in a way it could not be before. We also get into the real operational cost of the January quote-cycle crisis – the move to 7- and 14-day quote windows that Dave says created “an astronomical amount of overhead” for Long View’s operations teams – and what the return to 30-day quote validity actually signals coming out of the Partner Growth Summit. On AI, Dave pushes back – respectfully – on Antonio Neri’s keynote framing that the network is the foundation. For Long View, the conversation still starts at the data and governance layer. And he flags tokenomics as the near-term friction point that is coming for a lot of organizations faster than they may realize, with cost predictability becoming the real barrier to AI ROI conversations. For more from HPE Discover 2026, see our full coverage hub and our earlier preview episode with Jeremiah Jenson, VP of North America channel at HPE. Read Full Transcript ROBERT DUTT: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor at ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. We’re here at HPE Discover in Las Vegas this week, and sometimes the best conversations happen by accident. Dave Frederickson is executive vice president of Strategic Alliances and Business Development at Long View Systems, one of Canada’s leading IT solution providers. But what makes Dave’s take on this week uniquely worth hearing is what he did before he got to Long View. Many in the channel know Dave for his 24 years at HP. He led the channel for a long time, and he spent some time leading the enterprise server, storage, and networking business for HP Canada right around the time Discover was created as a unified event in 2011. He’s been on the partner side now for 14 years, and that gives him an interesting lens on HPE – where it has been, where it’s struggled, and where it is today – that very few people walking the show floor this week can match. I happened to catch up with Dave at the airport in Vegas after we both arrived here, and he graciously agreed to sit down and share his thoughts on this week. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Dave Frederickson. ROBERT DUTT: Dave, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. DAVE FREDERICKSON: My pleasure. ROBERT DUTT: I have to ask you the obvious one first. If I’m thinking back correctly to your time at HP, you were actually leading ESSN around the time that HP Discover became a thing in 2011. And here you are 15 years later at HPE’s major show Discover, representing one of the major Canadian partners. Does it feel a little bit like old home week? And also, what’s it like to make the mental switch – I know it’s been a while now, obviously – to make the mental switch from the vendor side of the table to the partner side? DAVE FREDERICKSON: Well, I have to say, 14 years ago at the end of this month is when I left HP. And I will say that every time I come to Discover, there’s a certain nostalgia. But also, I definitely miss it. There’s certain parts of it. I miss the big show. I miss the IP. I don’t necessarily miss having to go to 8,000 meetings over the course of however many [X] days, although I still do quite a few. But yeah, no, there’s definitely – look, and I’m pretty excited about how things are right now. So yeah, it’s definitely – I miss the show a little bit, even on the partner side. ROBERT DUTT: As I say, coming up on 14 years, how is your understanding of what HP is and what the relationship between HP and partners looks like evolved from what you knew when you were on the other side of the house? What did you not really fully appreciate about the HPE relationship until you were on the side of the table you’re on now? DAVE FREDERICKSON: Yeah, I think there’s a few things that kind of unpack that. One was just the ability on the partner side and the necessity for you to represent the client in a way that isn’t necessarily tied to a particular brand. And also the trust that, once earned, a client will put in you once you kind of make that shift over. And so I remember having a senior executive at one of the banks kind of say to me that, you know, “I never knew, you only had one flavor of Kool-Aid that you were drinking, so I know you were serving up to me every time.” Now, I appreciated the fact that I was coming in with maybe an unbiased, more of an unbiased view. So that’s probably the biggest one. The other one would be profitability and understanding the impact and the requirements. I mean, it was always there, right? I always said if you wanted loyalty from a channel partner, buy a dog. But really, profitability is the key to be able to continue sustainable relationships and partnerships. ROBERT DUTT: The Juniper acquisition closed less than a year ago. Clearly, it’s the structural story underneath everything we’re talking about here. The network is the foundation of AI, the Power of One, the unification of Aruba, Juniper, and the HPE compute and storage side of things. From Long View’s perspective, what has the acquisition changed in the conversation that you’re having with customers and the conversation that you’re having internally about the HPE relationship with Long View? DAVE FREDERICKSON: Yeah. So I mean, first off, it’s an interesting challenge it poses because we also have to have a very big, strong relationship with another strong networking organization. And I think that this has really opened, at least my eyes, and I get a whole new sense of kind of energy that’s also coming forward with it. And I think that HPE and Antonio has put together a set of pieces in this puzzle, if you want to call it, that he’s executing on. And with Juniper now, it’s a pretty powerful message. So I think there’s still a lot that we need to unpack and to understand a little bit more, but it’s an exciting time. And I think this positions them in a way that they couldn’t do it before. So yeah, it’s really, really interesting to see how the next number of months pan out. ROBERT DUTT: You were at the Partner Growth Summit yesterday. Real package of operational changes. That keynote, between 30-day quote validity finally, expanded credit lines, different financing options, new channel-only products in Private Cloud and Zerto. Is there anything in what was announced at Growth Summit that kind of really hit hard or made you say, finally, or this changes something for us specifically? What, among what was announced at Growth Summit, kind of hit most meaningful from where you are at Long View? DAVE FREDERICKSON: Yeah. So first off, I think the quote cycle that happened in January-ish timeframe, I’ve never seen anything like it in our industry. And I’ve told many clients this, like going to 7 or 14 days quote cycle, I mean, it’s unheard of. So to get back to a 30-day is pretty substantial. And by the way, the amount of rework that is required internally on us – so to me, that was probably a pain point to our operations teams because the amount of extra work that was required, the amount of times they had to do multiple quotes for the same piece of business or the same request for a client. I mean, it adds an astronomical amount of overhead. So to me, that was the one that said, OK, good. I don’t know if that’s signaling that there’s a correction that’s coming relative to the problems that we had. I suspect they’re still going to see escalating costs because I don’t think the work for data centres anywhere is anywhere near finished, by any stretch of the imagination. But yeah, I’d say that that was the big one. And look, the other financing options, we were exploring and educating customers because it did actually provide an ease, at least for those that could take advantage of it. Those that could do that. There was another angle – if they didn’t have the budget, they got a different shock all of a sudden, something escalated. Because it was an unheard of increase in prices. And it was across the industry. Hopefully, as you say, we don’t know for sure. But it seems like with HPE being willing to make that move, there’s at least some sense that, yes, things are probably going to rise, but in a more manageable, more predictable kind of fashion, so at least they can stand behind their pricing for a month. ROBERT DUTT: Yeah, I mean, annual budget cycles is really the reality of almost every IT organization. DAVE FREDERICKSON: So how do you deal with that? I hope so. ROBERT DUTT: On the partner branded services, it sounds like it’s basically HPE infrastructure support that you can deliver under your own brand. Seems like a big one for partners moving towards a services-led model. Something that you guys are thinking about. Is it something that you’re already planning? Is it something that meshes with how you look at services? DAVE FREDERICKSON: Yeah. So look, we’ve got a huge services business, right? Services make up pretty much half of our overall business. And managed services, professional services. So we will use and leverage the manufacturer branded where and when it makes sense. And there’s some cases where there’s clients that actually want that for whatever comfort level. But yeah, and being able to actually have us execute our own – I mean, our whole thing is about creating healthy lives and prosperous careers for our employees. That means we want to grow our employee base. So that means we want more services people, right? And we want more services to deliver. So anything that can help us by increasing and improving our utilization of our own people and the things we do, that’s good news. ROBERT DUTT: Antonio’s keynote theme was “architecting AI starts with your network.” Pretty deliberate position – not just “AI is everywhere,” but it’s a viewpoint specifically saying that the network is the thing that determines whether AI works or stays proof of concept. Does that match with what you’re seeing with customers right now? Where are you finding your customers are at in that journey, both in terms of the network as AI element and AI at large? DAVE FREDERICKSON: So I think that was – my guess would be that that was intentional to really emphasize the strategic importance of the Juniper and the integration of that into the overall strategy for HPE. I actually see it a little differently from a client perspective. It starts with data, right? So for us, our whole approach has been to focus around what’s that data state look like? What’s the maturation? And then from there, you start talking about governance, start talking about security. And so the elements of the network, at least that hasn’t been our core approach or play. As we learn more about HPE and the abilities now that they’re going to have, that will be interesting to see how that might shift. But I don’t think fundamentally it will, because I think it will still connect the dots down to security especially and then governance. But at the end of the day, you can only do great things with AI if you have a really good handle on your overall data state. ROBERT DUTT: I had a chance to chat with Jeremiah Jenson, lead of North America channel, the other day. And we were talking about Canadian partners and the Canadian market. And I used the term “conservative” to describe how Canadian businesses tend to approach technology. He used “intentional,” particularly around partners. You guys have always served enterprise mid-market customers who tend to want proven, production-ready solutions. How are you thinking about AI infrastructure conversations? Are you leaning into the HPE stack specifically as a foundation, or what’s the lead there? DAVE FREDERICKSON: So the AI conversation initially started around cloud with us, 100 percent. And again, I go back to because that also was the data story. And whether that be – for us, it’s primarily Azure. But then it’s also things like Databricks and that data architecture, and being able to kind of get that established first. So yeah, I think that from that perspective, it’s really more coming back on the data side. ROBERT DUTT: When you’re talking to customers, is the concept of tokenomics hitting? DAVE FREDERICKSON: Yeah, so right now, this is huge. We’re actually – and [Sarah Amalco – transcription likely garbled], who works for me as SVP here, and the team are putting together a whole education series and approach and an offering capability around FinOps and tokenization. This is actually going to be a potential slowdown or stall for many organizations, because all of a sudden, if there were other reasons why organizations were concerned about AI, i.e. governance and so forth, however escalating costs have always been – that’s something that comes up time and time again. And now the tokenization of that, and it’s all about predictability. And so it’s this cross between being able to measure ROI and getting the right level of ROI out for that, and then now can I predictably determine what the costs are going to be so I can determine whether or not that ROI matches, right? So I think that that’s going to – look, our first step will be building out and making sure that clients understand and are educated about it. It’s coming out fast. In a session with HPE and Microsoft just now, Azure Local, it’s an interesting value proposition around that because the fact is, OK, you’re not going to be tied to a tokenization situation. So that might be an interesting opportunity for organizations to take a look at as an option to be able to have more predictability around that. But yeah, it’s going to be big, especially in the next number of months. ROBERT DUTT: Stepping back to the bigger picture for a second, you’ve got the unusual vantage point we were talking about at the top of the episode for an event like this. Having been there at HP during the Compaq integration era when Discover was created, you’ve now watched the HP split into HP Inc. and HPE, you’ve seen the Juniper deal, the whole arc. What does the HPE of 2026 look like compared to where things were when you were on the vendor side? I guess I’m just kidding. Do you think that HPE has found its own identity at this point? DAVE FREDERICKSON: Yeah, I do. I think I use the term “mojo.” So pretty pleased. And look, it’s kind of gotten back to its core. When you look at the number of acquisitions that it’s made, even around compute with the Cray, for example, earlier with the Compaq side of it, nonstop – like there’s a deep, deep, deep legacy of compute capabilities and technology and experience that they’ve got. So that’s awesome. I think a lot of energy and effort around the storage side of that. And now with the networking front, it’s pretty powerful. So I would say that if I go back in time, when I was at HPE, it had the enterprise services, which was trying to play in a game that was a major global outsource play, which… and then there’s all kinds of different things that kind of happened. Autonomy – there’s a few beauties that would cause me to pause. But if I take a look at – if I go back in time to HPE, what’s core is, you think about HP Labs, core innovation. And so there were different times when, unfortunately, decisions were made that I think stripped away some of the investment opportunity that HP needed and was really deeply rooted in. And so it’s great to see that kind of come back. And then I think the acquisitions that it’s also made have now proven themselves out, whether it be with Aruba. Look, that’s been a successful – if you look at the profitability of HPE as an organization, it’s pretty telling, right, in terms of percentage of the profits that roll up from that. So look, Antonio, smart man for sure, 100 percent. I think he’s had the vision. And I think it’s the pieces of the investment so now starting to come together. ROBERT DUTT: Last one for me. What does Long View want to walk away from a week like this having accomplished? Whether it’s a conversation, a relationship, a strategy session – what does a successful Discover look like to you? DAVE FREDERICKSON: Well, I don’t hit the table, so I’ll ignore the gambling. But no, I think, look, we’ve reignited. We’ve had a really strong relationship with HPE for a number of years now. But I’d say that I think the better years are ahead of us to come. And so I think just kind of getting reconnected, it’s good to see there’s still a number of people that I know and love very closely in the organization. And so I think if nothing else, it’s one: to take back some of the key things to make sure that our organization understands strategically where they’re going to play and why and how it would fit our next number of years in terms of alignment. So that’s going to be an important one for me to bring back to the rest of the executive team, and then to make sure from my role in alliances, to make sure that we understand how that underpins our strategy and go-to-market with our core offerings. ROBERT DUTT: That’s it. All right, Dave, I appreciate you taking the time once again. Great catching up. DAVE FREDERICKSON: Always good, Robert. Thank you. ROBERT DUTT: There you have it, Dave Frederickson from Long View Systems. I’d like to thank Dave for his time on this one. Running into him at the airport at the start of the week turned out to be a very happy accident. And thanks for listening and following along with our Discover coverage. Full slate at ChannelBuzz.ca. You can find our HPE Discover 2026 news hub right in the top nav bar. A few things worth taking away from that conversation. The return to 30-day quote validity out of the Partner Growth Summit is a bigger deal than it might look on paper. Dave gave us a real window into what short quote cycles actually cost partner ops teams – the rework, the multiple quotes for the same piece of business, the overhead. Now that HPE is stepping back from that, it signals something. And keep an eye on tokenomics. Dave flagged it as the friction point that’s coming fast for customers trying to build a real AI business case. The cost predictability problem is real, and Long View is already standing up education programs around it. The Azure Local angle that he flagged at the end around predictability versus consumption-based billing is worth watching as that conversation develops. And the data-first framing on AI is worth noting. Long View is having those conversations at the data and governance layer first. The network’s part of the picture, but it’s not the starting point from where Dave sits. If you’re enjoying the show, please do follow us or subscribe in whatever app you use. You can find us on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, most of the major directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Stéphan Wener, chief customer officer at Compugen Recorded on-site at HPE Discover in Las Vegas, this episode of In The Channel features Stéphan Wener, chief customer officer at Compugen, one of Canada’s most established HPE partners. It was a big week for Compugen at Discover. The company achieved Triple Platinum Plus status under HPE’s Partner Ready Vantage program — the highest tier available, reflecting deep investment across compute, networking, storage, and security — and was named HPE Canada Solution Provider of the Year at the Partner Growth Summit on Monday. Wener credits the recognition to consistent, long-term investment in the full HPE portfolio and what he describes as genuine “exec-to-field” engagement with the HPE Canada team. But the conversation moves quickly from celebrating to analyzing — and that’s where it gets useful for Canadian partners. His take on HPE’s evolution is direct: “It’s not anymore a compute-led company. I think it’s an AI technology-led company, but with a big focus on networking.” He sees the Aruba acquisition as having already delivered strong returns for both sides, and the Juniper integration as filling the data centre gap to create what he calls a genuine “powerhouse” networking portfolio — a view that aligns with what Antonio Neri laid out in Tuesday’s keynote but carries different weight coming from the partner side. On the Canadian market, Wener flags two converging trends: data sovereignty concerns continuing to push customers — especially in the public sector and regulated industries — toward on-premises and edge deployments, and the economics of cloud-based AI creating a second wave of on-prem investment as the cost of tokens at scale starts to sting. The “Power of One” program consolidation? Compugen has been asking for it for a couple of years and welcomes it — with the candid observation that the compute and networking sales motions are still distinct, and that closing that gap in practice will take ongoing work. And on self-driving networks and the automation question: Wener is a believer — but as an Air Canada Super Elite, he has some pointed thoughts about where the human layer still matters. Read Full Transcript ROBERT DUTT: This episode of In The Channel is brought to you by HPE Discover 2026. Check out our full coverage of the event on ChannelBuzz.ca. You’ll find our HPE Discover 2026 news hub in the menu bar at the top of the page. Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. We’re recording this one on-site at HPE Discover in Las Vegas, and if you’ve been following our coverage from the event, you know it’s been a full one. Big keynote from Antonio Neri on Tuesday, a lot of networking announcements from Rami Rahim and the HPE networking team, the Partner Growth Summit on Monday, where HPE laid out some significant program changes, most notably the coming unification of the Juniper Partner Program under Partner Ready Vantage by November 1. My guest for this episode is Stéphan Wener, chief customer officer at Compugen. Compugen is one of Canada’s largest and most prominent HPE partners. They just achieved Triple Platinum Plus status under the Partner Ready Vantage program, which is the highest tier available under HPE’s partner program, reflecting deep investment across compute, networking, storage and security. And at the Partner Growth Summit earlier this week, they were named HPE Canada Solution Provider of the Year. So yeah, it’s been a pretty good week to be Compugen in Las Vegas. I sat down with Stéphan to talk about the story behind that recognition, how Compugen sees the evolution of the HPE portfolio, especially now that it includes both Aruba and Juniper, and what’s actually resonating in the Canadian market right now around AI infrastructure, data sovereignty, and the economics of running AI workloads in the cloud versus at the edge. There’s also a moment in here about self-driving networks that any Air Canada Super Elite will relate to. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Stéphan Wener. ROBERT DUTT: Stéphan, thank you for taking the time. STÉPHAN WENER: [It’s my] pleasure. ROBERT DUTT: Big week for Compugen here at Discover. You were named HPE Canada Solution Provider of the Year. Separately, just announced Triple Platinum Plus status under Partner Ready Vantage. That’s the highest tier, as if the name didn’t give that away, right? Tell me the Compugen-HPE story that led here. When you think about why you’ve ended up at this point, what do you credit it to? STÉPHAN WENER: I would say it’s a long-term engagement. We’ve been really connected. It’s important, if you want to succeed with the OEM, it’s all about connection from the execs to the field. I think our sales resources are really well-engaged with HPE’s sales resources. It’s really a teamwork. The results are all around this collaboration. It’s all about also bringing common value to the customer. We’re working very closely, making sure that we are doing the right thing and growing the business. Being Partner of the Year was actually a surprise, but one element is we’re really engaged in the entire portfolio of HPE. HPE is a different company right now. We were dealing with Aruba in the past and HPE and all this, now being one portfolio. The fact that we are engaged with all lines of business really helps us out, taking it to another level. Having this recognition is great. It’s great for us. It’s great for our teams because there’s a lot of people trained on the technology. There’s a lot of investment we’re making internally, both on the technical side but also on the sales side. We have BDR motions. We have a lot of engagement commonly with HPE. I think it’s really the combination of all these actions that made us successful. We have to thank the HPE team in Canada as well because we don’t win this award by ourselves. It’s really by working very closely with them. The Triple Platinum is a commitment to HPE. We believe that Compugen with HPE can provide great solutions to the market and we want to bring this engagement to another level. We’re also very proud. It was a lot of work on the technical side to be able to ramp up to this level, both on the compute, same thing on the networking side, security. So it’s the entire portfolio. ROBERT DUTT: To that point, the entire portfolio — some listeners may still think of HPE primarily as a server company, a server and storage company with networking kind of on the side. Can you walk me through what the HPE relationship actually looks like at Compugen today in terms of how you work with each part of that business, and how’s that picture changed over the last couple of years? STÉPHAN WENER: I would say HPE is a different company because they kept for a very long time Aruba and the compute side and the networking side separately. You can really feel now that it’s more one company. I actually feel, and Antonio said it today, the networking piece with AI is a big, big part of the strategy right now. So the fact that now networking and compute and storage, all the technology is really evolving in one big channel. It’s really changing what HPE is. It’s not anymore a compute-led company. I think it’s an AI technology-led [company], but a big focus on networking, especially in an AI world. Networking is key for all organizations. And I think specifically, Aruba was already a great company. That was a great acquisition. For all of us — I’m a shareholder of HPE — I can say that for the shareholders, the acquisition of Aruba was amazing, very profitable. But adding Juniper to the mix, it fills the gap. Data centre, DC — it was more campus and branch with Aruba. Now it’s really, really a powerhouse. So networking is definitely… you don’t make these type of investments as a company if you don’t believe that networking is a big part of your future. And already the Aruba part was one of the most profitable pieces of the business. In the years where compute was struggling a little bit more on the profit side, now, okay, HPE is having a great year with all AI and the shortage and all this. It’s great. But I think now HPE [has] a complete portfolio of technology, and that’s what makes it very appealing to the market right now, in my opinion. ROBERT DUTT: On that profitability point, what is having that unified networking story doing for you guys in terms of margin opportunity and that sort of thing? STÉPHAN WENER: I would say HPE would love us to leverage both sides of the portfolio. It’s still two different sales motion[s], let’s call it out. The compute and storage is one element, the network is on the other [end]. I think profit comes with investment. Compugen is a service-led company. So a lot of our sales motion is based on leading with our services, our managed services, our professional services. So we can have great margin when we are leading with our services. So technology with services, it’s the best. We even deliver — we do partner-branded support on the behalf of HPE, so really engage as one company. This is where we maximize our profitability. Again, I know because I’ve been hearing it and hearing it from the leaders, that we would like to lead more with the entire portfolio now. I think it makes a lot of sense as a strategy. Let’s see how we can accomplish and deliver on this because I still see that it’s two different business needs. The networking and security is one element and the compute and storage and all the tools around it are another motion technology-wise. ROBERT DUTT: Well, a big step towards that I suppose was announced yesterday at the Partner Growth Summit. The big theme being “Power of One” — one portfolio, one partner program, one integrated partner experience, a whole bunch of stuff changing as of November 1. From where you sit, is that message landing with you as a partner? What does consolidating under one program actually mean for how you go to market and how you work with HPE? STÉPHAN WENER: I should add my colleague, Lorene, to the discussion. She deals with them. But to be honest with you, we’ve been waiting for this moment for a while. It was a question we asked them for a couple of years actually, saying, “Listen, we see these two programs. We took the best of both programs because we were having large volume with both sides of the business.” But I think having something unified, that makes a lot of sense, and it’s going to bring more opportunity. It’s also going to reward partners that are invested with HPE. That’s what we like about this program: with this Platinum, Triple Platinum Plus certification, we’re rewarded for the investment we’re making, which is I think something that really resonates for some of us partners. The other element, to be honest, the go-to-market is going to be evolving with time. AI is transforming everything that is happening. So having one program, I think it’s putting HPE in a position that we can leverage all the success we can have on the market. No, I think it’s great news. We’ve been seeing it coming. Now it’s there. It’s still two teams because we’re still interacting with people on compute. We still have two PBMs. We’re still on a service, partner-branded support discussion around the table a little earlier. Now they’re coming with a program that’s going to be one partner-branded support. Juniper had one, Aruba had one, and now all of a sudden HPE wants to have their own. So on the compute side, they’re going to come with one program, which makes it better because it’s going to allow us to have a better ROI on our investment moving forward. ROBERT DUTT: Today was Antonio Neri. STÉPHAN WENER: Yes. ROBERT DUTT: Keynote. “Architecting AI starts with the network.” Pretty deliberate framing. From where you’re sitting and when you’re talking to Canadian organizations day to day, does the premise ring true? Are customers coming to you and saying that the network is the constraint, or is the conversation starting somewhere else? And maybe you discover along the way, “By the way, if you want to get the most out of this, you’re probably going to have to do something with the state of your network.” STÉPHAN WENER: I would say, yes, customers are looking at the network. I think it’s something that I think HPE but other OEM[s] are wishing, that AI transform[s] the network because it’s a good way to kind of, let’s say, let’s refresh these networks. Let’s make sure to create opportunity. I would say, on top of network, I’m really attracted by the security side of it, which means with AI — I was with a customer at lunch today because also we have multiple hats, we meet customers while we’re here — and he was sharing with me that the challenge they live with security, with this AI motion that we see right now, with this new AI world where now it’s not about traditional security. You know, you can get attacked from all over the place. So I think this is going to change the way customers see their network and they’re going to make sure to secure it, but also integrate performance, security, evolution for AI. Because again, you’re building something now. You don’t know what AI is going to be in a year and a half. That’s like — I was actually talking to some customers and we were saying, you know, you have to revise your AI strategy every quarter, every month, because you’re starting somewhere and then, oh, you’re figuring out that there’s another business need that needs to go quicker. So there’s a lot of unknown where it’s going to take us. I think [Antonio] making the right decisions on the network, it’s brilliant for Antonio. And again, when you do a $15 billion investment, okay, you’re going to say this to the market, but I mean, it’s a strength. It’s the strength of HP. If you look at competition, HP has a broader portfolio and being able to lead on the network security side and AI network and all that is brilliant. Now let’s see how the market takes it. I think the AI discussion is not exactly the same depending on where the customer is in his journey. Some of them are more focused on “where do I put my compute?” What we really see now is that it’s not only cloud only anymore. The move back to on-prem is for real now. And we’ve been saying it, we’ve been dreaming it for a while, you know, because it allows us to have more opportunity to… like, to put AI not only on-prem, but also at the edge. We see that coming more and more. So I think the discussion is broader because again, if you go at the edge, it’s all different architecture for networking. You need to protect multiple sites, you know, so… there’s a lot of moving pieces, but I think HP has everything to cover that very well. ROBERT DUTT: When you’re talking to customers today in Canada, what are the big drivers of that move towards the edge and that kind of thing? Just curious how you’re hearing customers weighing data sovereignty versus tokenomics, the big topic of the day. STÉPHAN WENER: There’s two different discussion[s] there. The one part is that — because we do a lot of business in banking and retail and all of this — we have a lot of customers that are looking at the edge. And to be honest, what we were observing a couple of years ago was that they all thought that they didn’t need anything at the edge anymore. “Let’s centralize everything. Let’s go to the cloud. Let’s use VMware. Let’s not even [have] the server at the edge. Let’s just figure out other ways to manage it.” Now we see a total[ly] different direction. Now, customers are realizing that you need to perform a lot of stuff at the edge. So it’s forcing a lot of organization[s] to revisit their plan. So that’s… disruptive when you have… when you had a plan two years ago or five years ago and now you have to revisit it to do it a bit differently. But I mean, I think everyone realizes that you need to run a lot of stuff at the edge right now. AI is one thing, but there’s so many other application[s] that are not really [running] really well in the cloud, you know, security cameras and all of that. So we see a big shift towards having more compute at the edge. But also you need networking to back this up because if you start breaking up, so it creates a lot of opportunities. When you have customers looking [at this], also the explosion of cost of AI. Because if you run all your models in the cloud, it’s highly expensive. So some customers are realizing that for some specific business outcome or business needs, they better run it at the edge because it becomes more economical. I think that was ramping up pretty heavily and it’s really exploded since that [news of the] $500 million [monthly] tokens [bill] came public. And it’s funny, we hear because we have a lot of our people involved in AI, talking with different OEM[s], and I don’t know what’s going to be the end of the future model. You know, these tokens are one element, but there’s going to be competition there, too. You know, it’s never, at the end of the day, they’re all playing in one field where there’s going to have to [be] competition and not… it’s not going to be unlimited token[s] and paying that forever because of the cost. It’s the same thing with the cloud, you know, running AI in the cloud for some large organization[s]. It’s costly. So they have no choice [but] to look at alternatives because, yes, you have business value when you run an AI model that addresses a business need, but at which cost? It’s always the question. You know, where all these customers are running businesses. So they need to make decisions accordingly. ROBERT DUTT: In this moment, for whatever reasons, it may be regulation, general interest in data sovereignty. How do you find data sovereignty is weighing amongst [your customers]? STÉPHAN WENER: It’s big in Canada, especially. Let’s call it out. You know, we’re a Canadian business partner. It’s a big, big subject, sovereignty, both in provincial jurisdiction and also in the country. There’s multiple ways. We all have different options of sovereign [cloud], but also some customers are also rethinking what kind of data do we want to keep to ourselves? This is why there’s a bit [of] turning around to co-location or having on-premise, just because [of] you want to control some of your data. It’s always… there’s always a cautious side to which extent do I think that everything in the cloud is going to be in sovereign cloud in Canada one day? I don’t think so because I think… Azure, all the cloud providers are now having data center[s] in the country. So they found ways to kind of say[ing] that their cloud is also sovereign in a certain way because it’s located in Canada. So they found ways because they don’t want to lose all this market. So they had to have no choice but to go with the flow and figure out a way to address this element. But yeah, it’s definitely a big [topic]. No one wants to send data anywhere in the cloud without controlling where it resides. That’s a very important [consideration], even more in public sector and regulated [industries] in Canada. In Canada, public sector is a big, big part of the business and they are regulated and they have no choice but to follow this very closely. And I think it’s the same in the U.S. as well. We have a lot of discussion with U.S. peers and there’s also this tendency even from state to state, you know, and that there’s like… you never know, you know, there’s all these stories you hear about where’s your data going. You know, the value your data has. A lot of value. These organization[s] know that now. It’s all start[ing] there because you cannot have AI without having the right data. ROBERT DUTT: Today’s presentation from Rami Rahim was mostly about self-driving networks, AI-native, agentic, experience-driven operations, a whole new way of thinking about running the network. It’s a compelling vision. Where’s that at when you’re selling to, say, a 500-person mid-market company? STÉPHAN WENER: It’s great. I would say even enterprise. It’s just, in my opinion, it’s just the beginning. I think it’s great, and it’s really a great vision of HP with Juniper and all that to have that self-[driving capability]. We’ve been hearing about it for a couple of years, but now it’s really for real. I [think], in my opinion, it’s just the beginning because they are going to accelerate that, they’re going to figure out ways to be even more proactive about the network and having more powerful tools. I think it has a lot to do, especially with the SMB and the smaller customers who have a hard time having technical resources to support them. So that’s a big [win]. But on the other side, I always say automation is great, but you always need human[s]. So it’s also a great opportunity for us partners that are delivering a lot of managed services because we’re able to leverage these tools to deliver, to add this little layer where they don’t want to just have a self-[driving] solution that nobody’s going to look at. You know, it’s like you have a dashboard. Somebody needs to keep an eye on the dashboard. So I think it’s also going to change the way we deliver services. So as a service organization, we’re really transforming, leveraging AI as customer zero. So I think it forces us business partners that deliver managed services to our customers to… adjust the way we deliver services to leverage these tools and just add that human layer that is needed. I still believe in AI. We’re looking at it internally and we have a bunch of initiatives. It’s never going to replace totally human because at the end of the day, especially when you have a customer at the end, because the customer experience is very important. So you cannot just decide that you automate the way you answer the phone. See, I was telling [and] giving the example today: I’m [with] an airline that I’m a Super Elite with, Air Canada. I don’t want to call the 1-800 number and be asked 24 questions. I’m very happy because my nicest perk with Air Canada is, I think, a concierge line where I can call as a Super Elite member and somebody’s answering the phone and they’re changing my ticket in three minutes and I don’t have to press one and two and five and six. So in a way, I’m just giving you this example because I, as a user, there’s a frustration with AI. So I think it’s very important to leverage AI, but keep that human touch that you need to complete the CX at the end of the day. ROBERT DUTT: So is that the pitch that lands then — the idea that we can take some cost out of operating the network by automating a lot, but we’re still going to have that trust. But we can… STÉPHAN WENER: I think we can do more with less. I think it’s all about bringing even more value to our customer and leveraging these tools. It’s a must. You know, we see it all over the place in our service organization. We see it on the field services where we have to use this intelligence to be more effective. And I was… I can call it out, it’s like I was with an airline for lunch. That’s why it’s all in my head. And they’re using AI for maintenance because they said it’s so powerful because the data is amazing. All these manuals about the aircrafts and everything, so you can document this with also other tickets they had and they can give instruction to the maintenance team and they save them. They’re telling them it’s either A or B before they add ABCD and they were doing try and try out. So they’re way more effective. So I’m just saying AI is helping us doing more with less, being better at what we do. But I mean, you still need to leverage it the right way. You need to have human intelligence behind and bring the value around it. That’s my [view], my opinion about AI. And in the case of what Rami said and where Juniper is going, all these tools are amazing. But I think it’s important. Customers are going to leverage it. They’re going to be able to do more with less, too. But I think for the mid-market type of customers, it’s more important for us business partners to add these services to our portfolio and be able to complete the service offering of HP, HP, Juniper and Aruba, or whatever HP networking [is called] now. More services, always a win. That’s what to do. ROBERT DUTT: We’ve covered a lot of territory. I’m curious. What else have you taken away from this week? When you’re going back and meeting with your teammates, what’s going to be the thing that goes, “Hey guys, did you think about or did you hear about…?” STÉPHAN WENER: I would say it’s the broad portfolio that HP has to bring to the market right now. And the fact that, you know, it was amazing to see all these announcement[s] about HP [and] the new tools, the way they are, the evolution of Central, the evolution of Mist. I think HP now, after these big acquisition[s], [is] getting their act together. And I think they’re one of the best OEM[s] ready… to be ready for AI. They’re all saying it because all our team members are going to Cisco and all that, and they all have a message around AI. I think it’s a must in this industry right now. But I’m telling you, as an experienced [partner], as a technology ally that we are at Compugen, we see that HP has a real story and they’re really doing the right thing to be a key player in this AI transformation that we see right now. So I think the value HP brings, all the tools around… there’s multiple examples to give. But I think the portfolio, the engineering, you know, Antonio is an engineer at the end of the day. And Antonio’s vision is about integrating the solution and doing the right thing so we can bring the right set of solution to the market. And I think we can feel it now that this is all getting together nicely, adding the building blocks that are missing to the offering. But HP is really [positioned] to be a strong partner for all customers in this AI journey. That’s what I see. ROBERT DUTT: Last question. What should partners and customers of yours who aren’t here this week take away from what’s been announced, what’s been discussed here? If you’re updating a customer on what you’ve learned here, what’s the headline you’re going with? STÉPHAN WENER: I would say one thing I was impressed [by]. I feel, and again, I’m on the partner advisory board of HP Networking. So I’m going to see tomorrow what they say. But I have a feeling that the transition of bringing HPE, Aruba and Juniper is going quicker than expected. I think they’re doing a very good job at it. And that’s going to create a very good motion. So I would say that’s a powerhouse now when you put Juniper and HPE Aruba together. So I think for all customers, I see HP like a very strong dominant player in the future in that networking and security space. So the fact that this integration seems to go very smoothly and rapidly, I think is going to have a very positive impact on the market. That’s one element I see. Again, I love what I see, all these announcements about compute and storage and all these AI-ready solution[s]. That’s also, again, what I would take back. It’s all [about]: if you need help in AI, HP has a solution for you. That’s pretty much what I would say to customers: wherever you need to invest because they’re not all investing at the same area. Some of them, it’s only the network and they decided to do it in the cloud and they’re going to do it in the cloud. Some others are looking at different models. So that’s my biggest takeaway: where HP is as a portfolio right now and the role it can play on all customers’ AI journey. Considering the attention on AI, [it’s] pretty good, to be honest with you. But again, AI is also driving a lot of other transformation. It drives the way customers are looking at their IT services because again, I was talking to [another] customer yesterday. If you have to invest in AI, they’re not going to tell you, “Hire 20 more employees to do your AI.” They’re going to say, “Listen, figure out a way to do your AI with the staff you have.” So if I’m a CIO, the way I’m going to look at it, I’m going to say, “Listen, I’m going to need help elsewhere. If I’m able to allocate a certain number of my resources working on AI, I’m going to need business partners to perform some IT services on my behalf.” So it creates an amazing opportunity for us business partners, not only the AI journey itself, but the fact that they have no choice but to kind of reinvent the way they’re providing their services, because nothing changes: you still have users, you still have infrastructure, you still have to keep the lights on and run your business. So this is something I see a lot: AI is transforming the way they look at where they’re going next. Because they’re not going to have an explosion of cost, especially now with what we are experiencing in supplies and the price increase. They still have to do the same with the same money a lot of time. So they need to reinvent themselves to figure out a way to meet their budgets and meet their business outcomes. ROBERT DUTT: Good luck on helping many customers, man. STÉPHAN WENER: We will do it. And our goal is to do it as a team with HPE. We got the title for 2025 and we want to do what’s best to make sure we do it for 2026 as well. ROBERT DUTT: Good luck with that. And thank you again for taking the time. STÉPHAN WENER: My pleasure. ROBERT DUTT: There you have it. Stéphan Wener from Compugen. I’d like to thank Stéphan for his time on what was a very busy week at HPE Discover and a very successful one for Compugen. If you’ve been following the news from the event on the site, you now got a pretty complete picture of HPE Discover from a few different angles: the preview with Jeremiah Jenson, the partner program announcement deep dive on Tuesday, and now a partner’s-eye view from one of HPE’s top Canadian players. The thing I keep coming back to from this conversation is something Stéphan said fairly early: that HPE is “a different company right now” — not compute-led anymore, but AI technology-led with networking increasingly at the center of gravity. That message was all over Neri’s keynote and Rahim’s session, but hearing it reflected back from a partner who’s been in the trenches with HPE for years and who had to make real investment decisions to get to Triple Platinum Plus — that carries a different kind of weight. The data sovereignty and tokenomics point is one I’d flag for your own customer conversations if you’re an HPE partner, or really any partner in the infrastructure space. The cost of running AI at scale in the cloud is increasingly nudging customers, particularly in the Canadian public sector and regulated industries, back toward on-prem and edge deployments. That’s not a new idea, but it’s getting sharper, and it plays directly into the HPE portfolio story that was front and centre this week. In The Channel is available on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most podcast directories. If you find value in what we’re doing here, a rating or review is always appreciated — it helps other people in the Canadian channel find us. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Brad Shapiro, senior vice president and chief sales officer of HPE Financial Services HPE Financial Services is making a concerted push to be less of a “best-kept secret” and more of a deal-closing engine for partners. At HPE Discover 2026, Brad Shapiro, senior vice president and chief sales officer of HPE Financial Services, walked In the Channel through several new partner-facing offers unveiled at Monday’s Partner Growth Summit. The standout is the 90/9 Advantage structure: 90 days with no payments, followed by nine months at 1 per cent of the original equipment cost, before shifting to level payments. Shapiro said the program is designed to blunt the sting of recent price hikes by pushing costs into future budget cycles without requiring customers to find new money mid-year. On the networking side, HPFS is stacking three offers to help HPE take share from competitors: 0 per cent financing on Mist or Aruba Central software, a “10 per cent better than cash” hardware financing rate, and a competitive takeout program that monetizes displaced gear. The used equipment angle is particularly timely. Shapiro noted that memory shortages have driven up resale values for retiring gear, creating an offset against new hardware costs. “It’s the equivalent of the car market in the early COVID days,” he said. HPFS also expanded its approved credit capacity by 150 per cent, a move Shapiro said was driven by partner frustration with re-approval cycles as component prices fluctuated. The interview also touched on HPFS’s partner pledge – Shapiro said his team does not receive quota retirement until the partner gets paid – and the growing importance of IT asset disposition and chain of custody as Canadian customers navigate AI-driven infrastructure refreshes. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: This episode of In The Channel is brought to you by HPE Discover 2026. Check out our full coverage of the event on ChannelBuzz.ca. You’ll find our HPE Discover 2026 news hub on the menu bar at the top of the page. Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. Today, my guest is Brad Shapiro, Senior Vice President and Chief Sales Officer of HPE Financial Services, the captive financing arm of HPE. Brad is responsible for the global partner-facing financing strategy and programs that help resellers and MSPs close bigger deals and get paid faster. We sat down at HPE Discover last week to talk about the new partner portal enhancements HPEFS rolled out at Partner Growth Summit, the thinking behind the company’s aggressive credit expansion, and how IT asset disposition fits into the overall AI infrastructure refresh wave that’s starting to hit customer budgets. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Brad Shapiro. Brad, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Brad Shapiro: Sure. Glad to be here, Rob. Robert Dutt: You guys rolled out some meaningful enhancements to the HPEFS partner side on Monday: payment structures, promotional pricing, and competitive pricing tiered to the partner’s relationship level. Canada is on the first wave of that for July 1. I understand a bunch of Canadian partners are having a party for that. For a Canadian reseller or MSP who wasn’t here this week, what does it actually change in how they can put a deal together for their customers? Brad Shapiro: Yeah, sure. So as you said, lots of exciting announcements here for Discover. And I think first and foremost, what HPEFS has put together is really focused on helping the HPE partners sell more in a couple of key areas. So we’ve all seen, you know, with commodity prices going up and the price increases around products, we’ve got some really interesting offers that have gained a lot of traction in the market. The 90/9 Advantage is one of the key ones. And that offering partners can offer to their customers is 90 days of no payments, nine months at 1% of the original equipment cost, and then it goes to level payments after. So while we can’t address that the product prices are increasing, what we are doing is providing help for customers who didn’t plan for this in the budget cycle, right? CFOs didn’t say, “Oh, here’s more money because prices are going up.” So it allows the end-user customer to kind of plan for this into the next budget cycle and beyond so they can get the compute power they need. So that’s a key one. The other area, when we look at the networking space, right, we’re very excited about, you know, Aruba and Juniper coming together in the new HPE networking, and they’ve got some tremendous offerings out there. But to really help them and help customers avoid kind of a double payment, like we want to go take market share, we want to be aggressive. So the first offer is 0% financing on the networking software, whether that’s Mist or Aruba Central. Then we have on the hardware side 10% better than cash as a financing offer. So that’s a really cool offer. And then we’ve added a really aggressive focus on IT asset disposition. So we want to go in, help customers by monetizing the competitor’s assets, taking those out, and then putting HPE networking assets in. So when you combine those three offers—0% on software, 10% better than cash on hardware, and a competitive takeout on the competitor’s products—we think we’re really helping partners go and address and partner up with HPE networking and be aggressive in the market to help HPE take share. Robert Dutt: Going back to the 90/9 program, what areas is that covering? Brad Shapiro: That covers all products. So it’s really a financial structure that can address the whole portfolio. And again, it’s a very attractive offer. We’ve seen it compared to any other financing offers we put out there. We’ve seen the pipeline ramp tremendously. It’s really addressing a need that’s out there in the marketplace. Robert Dutt: Before getting into the details of some other programs, you touched on the supply chain situation that is on every partner’s mind right now. I’m curious over the last five months or so that this has been such a big factor. What have you been hearing from partners in terms of what they’re asking for from you, and where they’re looking for help here beyond obviously some clarity and whatever break they can get? Brad Shapiro: I’ll talk from a financial services perspective. It’s really about how can we help the partner address some of the customer concerns. One of the big ones is budgeting. It’s always been the case that there’s more to do than you have budget for. This just puts another wrinkle in it that is unprecedented. I’ve been doing this quite a long time. I’ve really not seen the market dynamic as we have it today. But that’s where financial engineering and financial structuring comes into play. Also, a lot of customers, while the new prices have gone up, when customers are retiring assets, what many don’t realize is the used equipment that’s coming off—the used equipment market has also increased in value. We’re able to give customers a lot more money for their used gear than they’re used to. That’s been helping offset some of the increases on the new product side. Robert Dutt: It’s the equivalent of the car market in the early COVID days. Brad Shapiro: Absolutely. Same type of scenario. Robert Dutt: The announcement around a 150% increase on approved credit capacity—that’s a pretty striking number. Is that part of the response to that? What’s driving you guys to go aggressively there right now? A response to that uncertainty, a response to tariffs, a response to all the things we see going on? Brad Shapiro: It’s a response to a few things. Yes, the price increases. For a while, the component pricing was so uncertain that there was a shorter validity period for quoting. The idea of increasing the credit line created enough room so that our partners didn’t have to keep going through the cycle. What we were hearing as feedback was, “Hey, we would go get a request from HPEFS, we get it approved, then if pricing went up, then we had to go through that process again.” We wanted to give plenty of headroom and be aggressive to allow partners to quickly get their deals done and not have to go through a process twice. It was ease of doing business, speed, and really helping them close their deals. Robert Dutt: Not a peculiar problem for HPE and HPEFS either. That’s something that we’re hearing across the industry front as a major partner issue—the idea of customer sales cycles and “validity” not matching up in any real way. Brad Shapiro: Yeah, absolutely. We’re trying to do our part to help partners get deals done. The good news is HPE on the BU side, on the compute side, announced a longer price validity. I know that they announced that here at Discover and there was really good feedback at the Partner Growth Summit. I think overall HPE, we’re all trying to address and help partners get their deals done with customers. Robert Dutt: The 0% software financing tied to VM migration is interesting when it feels like you’re trying to smooth that painful transition for folks who are on a platform and looking to move somewhere new. Is that the right way to think about it, or what else are you applying to that model? Brad Shapiro: Yeah, so I think just in general, we’re trying to provide customers a way to engage and look at our CloudOps suite—Morpheus and Zerto and OpsRamp and the whole suite—and really focus on how can we make it easy for the customer to say, “Yeah, let me try this.” So at the end of the day, it doesn’t have to be something where they’re coming in and wiping out one versus the other. The cost differential is so great and we believe that if they can just lower the number of licenses on VMware, we can help them reduce costs. So they may look to put in our CloudOps software in certain places and reduce those VM licenses. 0% financing makes it an easier decision: “Hey, I can pay over time and it’s the same as paying cash, no interest.” It’s just another option for customers who may not have it in this year’s budget. Robert Dutt: I’m trying to track it because it’s something that you’re kind of ramping up on though in competitive areas. Brad Shapiro: Yeah, so what’s new from HPEFS, I would say this year versus maybe the past five or seven years, is a renewed focus on leveraging our financing capabilities to help partners sell more with HPE. We didn’t really have in the last five or seven years a lot of financing promotions. We’ve integrated with the BUs. We’ve listened to the partners. They want to see us come out with integrated offers that help drive more sales. And so we’ve been working closely with the BUs. We’ve been developing these offers over the past year. It started a little bit at last Discover, but we’re really hitting our stride now as an organization. And I think the partners are really going to benefit from that. Robert Dutt: PGS also saw the debut of sustainability competencies for partners through HPEFS and through Partner Ready Vantage in combination there. What does earning that competency mean in practice? What does a partner get and why should they be pursuing it? Brad Shapiro: Yeah, so from our perspective, when we think about sustainability, we think it’s a really important aspect of the overall business. We have a responsibility. And so from a partner perspective, by getting that accreditation, there’s incentives that they can get under the Partner Ready Vantage program. And from an HPEFS perspective, we’ve created circular economy reports to help support partners and customers. And we’re proud that we’ve issued our 2,000th report to customers, and that keeps growing. So as sustainability continues to be an important part of this, I think partners have a role to play in helping their customers, but also can earn more from HPE. Robert Dutt: What are you hearing from partners around the idea of sustainability as part of the quoting and solution offering process? It’s just something that I feel like I’m hearing more of from Canadian partners in particular because of a series of regulations and requirements, and in some public sector spaces, the way it’s being weighted. Brad Shapiro: From my perspective, and I have a global role, so in certain geographies around the world, it’s very, very important. And it varies across geographies, but everywhere you look, it’s a growing trend in terms of importance, as you mentioned, in terms of government responses. We’re seeing more governments putting requirements in there. So my feeling is addressing sustainability is quickly becoming a must-have if you’re going to offer solutions. And so we’re right there with our partners in terms of helping them do that. Robert Dutt: It also connects to—and this is something that we touched on a little bit earlier—the idea that every customer upgrading their network and compute stack to something that’s more capable of AI has that corresponding pile of displaced gear that they’ve got to do something with. Brad Shapiro: Yeah. Robert Dutt: I guess, how significant do you see the ITAD opportunity in this refresh wave in the near future, and how do you help partners get in front of that? Brad Shapiro: Yeah, so again, I think there’s a significant opportunity, and I think HPE networking is really well positioned in that AI space. So from our perspective, in looking at the products that we can displace readily, there’s a pretty large install base. Some of our competitors have many customers out there, so the idea of putting those assets back into reuse somewhere is very real. So we think we can do well to help that customer monetize the asset. We can also put that back into reuse, which is good for the environment, and at the same time, help customers really modernize their network, because that’s really a solid foundation you need. When you think about AI, everybody thinks about the compute side and GPUs, but the network is so critical to having that solid AI foundation, and we believe HPE networking is the right choice. Robert Dutt: Across the board in your purview, is there a Canadian dimension here worth calling out? We’re hearing a lot more about data sovereignty driving decisions and that kind of thing about where workloads live. But does that also extend to how customers think about decommissioned hardware and where it goes? Brad Shapiro: Yeah, look, I think from a decommissioned hardware perspective, we are very careful about chain of custody and where that ends up. And I think that’s one thing that differentiates HPE when we’re thinking about decommissioning versus many others out there. We’re a large brand. It’s really important to us to decommission in the right way, following all the regulations that are out there. So if you’re a Canadian partner or a Canadian customer, knowing that the HPE brand… we are as focused on doing those things in the right way and following the rules and regulations. Our brand reputation is at stake, and we put a lot of thought and resource, time and energy into that. Robert Dutt: What’s the single biggest piece of feedback or most common piece of feedback you’ve been getting from partners here at Discover this week? What are they talking to you about? What are they curious about in terms of what you guys can bring to bear for their customers? Brad Shapiro: Yeah, so I think there’s been a lot of positive feedback on the offerings that we’ve come out with. As I mentioned before, we’re showing up differently now. We’re showing up coordinated with the different business units across HPE with these offers. That’s helpful. The other thing we’re focused on is really about the partner experience. So it’s not just having the right offers. It’s making them easy to access, operationally making it a smooth process. We want to be fast. We want to be predictable. When we put lines of credit in place, we commit to funding. We want to fund our partners fast. So my whole team doesn’t get quota retirement in sales until the partner gets paid. So it’s really important that we align our metrics and the way we’re measuring ourselves with what’s going to delight the partner and create a better experience for them. Robert Dutt: Has there been a notable increase in terms of acceleration there on partners getting paid? Brad Shapiro: Yeah, I would say it’s long been a focus of ours, but we’re really emphasizing it in coming out and being very deliberate about what we want to do in terms of turnaround times. We call it our partner pledge, but the idea is we want partners to know that we can be a reliable source of funding. Not only does financing help them close the deal and make the deals bigger, but then they can get paid faster as well. That really helps their metrics because most partners, most businesses, are looking at cash flow and free cash flow and all those kind of metrics. And financing with HPEFS really helps. The other thing it does is when you think about a partner’s capacity to do business, if they’re financing through HPEFS, it’s HPEFS’s credit line that’s being used, creating more availability for the partner to sell other solutions. So it doesn’t go against their credit limits. Robert Dutt: Not to get all “what have you done for me lately” with you, but what can partners expect from your business over the balance of 2026, as much as anyone has visibility into the near future? Brad Shapiro: Yeah, sure. I think what partners are going to see is, again, we talked about the offerings—us showing up with very competitive offerings, us showing up looking to help partners win, and again, helping partners. We want partners to think about, “Okay, there are these financing capabilities and I want to leverage those. How do we grow the HPE business?” The HPE business for our partners should be a growth engine for them—a profitable growth engine—and HPEFS is really here to help facilitate that. Robert Dutt: One thing I hear from folks in similar seats to you all the time is the idea that they feel their capabilities are underused or under-understood by partners. Generally speaking, obviously there are some exceptions to any rule. Does that kind of map with how you feel, and what’s the one tool, offering, or program that you offer that you think more partners would benefit from getting to know and adding to their toolkit? Brad Shapiro: Yeah, sure. I think Phil Mottram said it. He said, “HPEFS is one of our best-kept secrets.” So, yeah, I think generally we feel like we can do a better job, but I would say even coming to this Discover—and I’ve been to many, many, many Discovers—HPEFS is showing up because the marketing team has just done a fantastic job of integrating not only HPEFS, but kind of a whole value proposition focusing around IT economics. And I think that’s been a pivotal message here at Discover. From a partner perspective, again, I go back to all of those special financing offers that you just can’t get generally in the marketplace. You know, 0% on CloudOps software, 0% financing on Mist and Aruba Central. We’ve got a very competitive financing offer on storage. We talked about earlier the networking offerings that we have. So, across the portfolio, there are these offerings that you can only get from HPE and HPEFS. Robert Dutt: For an MSP or reseller who hasn’t thought much about asset disposition as part of their services offering, but is thinking, “Okay, well, maybe this is something I need to get into,” what’s the entry point? Is it something they engage you on directly, or do they kind of have to build their practice first and then bring you into the picture? Brad Shapiro: Well, I think they can engage us. If there’s an opportunity… the way I think about it is most customers are focused on, “What am I going to get that’s new? I need new technology for a project.” A lot of customers don’t have the wherewithal or focus on the disposition side. We think many customers end up giving their product away. Maybe somebody takes it and goes, “I’ll take care of it for you free of charge.” And the customer thinks, “Oh, this is great,” but there’s money in those assets, particularly now with the memory shortage. Anything with memory is going to have value. So for a partner, you don’t need to be an expert; just understand what the customer has in their environment and what they might be getting rid of. And it’s really just contacting HPEFS and we’ll do the assessment of whether there’s market value or not for the partner. Robert Dutt: That’s kind of where I wanted to go. Anything you want to throw out there in summation or in closing? Brad Shapiro: No, I really appreciate you having me. And it was great to get an opportunity to showcase what HPEFS is bringing to the table. I’m really excited and proud of what we’re doing and the role we can play in helping the partners grow with HPE. That’s what being a captive financing company is all about. So, looking forward to winning and growing with the partners in Canada. Robert Dutt: All right. Thank you for taking the time. Brad Shapiro: Thank you. Robert Dutt: There you have it. Brad Shapiro from HPE Financial Services. I’d like to thank Brad for his time, and I’d like to thank you for listening to the podcast. If you found the conversation useful, the best way to support the show is to subscribe on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, or wherever you get your podcasts, and leave us a rating or review if you’re so inclined. My takeaway from the conversation? HPEFS is making a deliberate shift away from being a passive financing option to an active weapon in the competitive arsenal. The 90/9 Advantage, the networking offer stack, and especially that partner pledge about quota retirement tied to partner payment speed—those are signals that HPE is serious about removing friction from channel economics. For Canadian partners, the July 1 portal rollout and the emphasis on chain of custody for ITAD are worth getting familiar with. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: HPE Discover 2026 wraps up in Las Vegas today, and if you’ve been following our coverage, you know we’ve had plenty to unpack this week. For the Friday edition of The Buzz, we doing something slightly different – a reporter’s notebook on what HPE’s channel leadership said when they were off the keynote stage. The quote validity extension was the headline that drew the most relief, but the backstory is more interesting than the policy change itself. HPE extended standard quotes from 14 days to 30 days for compute, storage, and GreenLake, effective Monday. Simon Ewington, who leads HPE’s worldwide partner organisation, told press and partners Wednesday that the change was ‘pretty well kept secret’ – his own staff didn’t know about it either. The commodity volatility that had forced the two-week window had moderated enough that HPE could stand behind a 30-day price with confidence. Behind the ‘Power of One’ marketing, there are mechanical changes that determine whether partners can actually make money. Juniper’s Elite Plus, Elite, and Select tiers will map to HPE Platinum, Gold, and Silver starting November 1. HPE introduced a 3x multiplier on software sales for Zerto, Morpheus, and OpsRamp, plus a 1.5x GreenLake multiplier, to help partners climb tiers faster. Smart Choice SKUs – pre-configured servers missing only drives – are a speed play for distributors. The competitive storage take-out targets 14,000 customers under the VH Rail framing, with Alletra MP already outpacing market growth by 2x and 0% financing for three years. Then there was candour. Ewington noted HPE is the vendor who ‘typically moves first… and then others polish.’ The distributor overlap between HPE and Juniper is only about 10%, so they’re ‘refining the landscape’ rather than forcing universal carry. Service provider growth is running 23% to 30% CAGR. And HPE’s sustainability insight dashboard gives partners a concrete tool to analyse customer environments and open carbon footprint conversations. You can find every episode of The Buzz and In The Channel from HPE Discover on our HPE Discover news hub. Read Full Transcript This epsisode of The Buzz is brought to you by HPE Discover 2026. Check out our full coverage of the event on ChannelBuzz.ca — you’ll find out HPE Discover 2026 News Hub in the menu bar at the top of the page. Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Friday, June 19th, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. I’m recording this a bit earl in Las Vegas, because I’m on a plane all day heading home from Discover.  If you’ve been following our coverage this week, you know we’ve had a lot to unpack – the Partner Growth Summit on Monday, the networking and AI infrastructure keynote on Tuesday, and a steady drumbeat of announcements through Wednesday. For this episode, I want to do something slightly different. Think of it as a reporter’s notebook – the details, the mechanics, and the candour that came out when HPE’s channel leadership sat down with press and partners on Wednesday morning, off the keynote stage. Let’s start with the quote validity extension, because the backstory here is as interesting than the policy change itself. HPE extended standard quote validity from 14 days to 30 days for compute, storage, and GreenLake, effective Monday. You’ve heard that already. What you probably haven’t heard is how closely they guarded it. Simon Ewington, who runs HPE’s worldwide partner organisation, told us Wednesday that the change was a ‘pretty well kept secret.’  His own staff didn’t know about it either. They wanted zero leaks because the commodity and supply chain volatility that had forced the two-week window in the first place had finally moderated enough that HPE could stand behind a 30-day price with confidence. Keeping it quiet meant announcing it without hedging. For partners who’ve been managing customer decision cycles that simply don’t fit a 14-day window, the relief was audible. The Partner Growth Summit was dense enough that Ewington admitted partners told him it was ‘almost too much’ and they ‘needed an AI summary to recap everything.’ So let me pull out the operational details that actually affect how you navigate the program. First, Juniper integration. We now have firm tier mapping: Juniper Elite Plus goes to HPE Platinum, Elite to Gold, Select to Silver, effective November 1. HPE is also launching a Routing competency – number 15 in the framework – to support that transition. Second, multipliers. HPE introduced a 3x multiplier on software sales for Zerto, Morpheus, and OpsRamp, plus a 1.5x multiplier for GreenLake, to help partners hit higher membership tiers faster by weighting software more heavily than hardware. Third, Smart Choice SKUs – pre-configured servers that ship missing only hard drives. It’s a speed and velocity play for distributors. Fourth, the competitive storage take-out. HPE has identified 14,000 target customers for what they’re calling the VH Rail opportunity. Alletra MP is outpacing market growth by 2x, and they’re backing the migration with 0% financing for three years. These aren’t marketing headlines. These are the details that determine whether you can actually make money on the portfolio. Then there were the moments of genuine candour. Ewington’s line that HPE is the vendor who ‘typically moves first… and then others polish’ is either confidence or arrogance depending on your perspective, but it’s not ambiguous. You may have seen recently that HP formally announced its two main global distributors as Ingram Micro and TD SYNNEX. The distributor overlap reality is worth noting: only about 10% overlap between HPE and Juniper distributors. HPE is actively ‘refining the landscape’ rather than forcing every distributor to carry everything. That’s a concession that operational integration takes time and care. On services, HPE is expanding partner-branded services so partners own the Level 1 and 2 support relationship while HPE stays in the background for Level 3 and 4. Ewington said this largely came about because there have been some large partners who have declined to get closer to HPE because of the company’s previous retisense to allow partners to lead on services around its gear.  For service providers specifically, leadership cited 23% to 30% CAGR growth rates, and they’re opening CloudOps software to CSPs to build new services around. And on sustainability, which came up in the context of AI’s energy demands, HPE has built an insight dashboard that lets partners analyse customer environments and open conversations about carbon footprint and efficiency. It’s a practical tool rather than a vague pledge. If there’s a through-line to the week, it’s that HPE is trying to make ‘Power of One’ mean something operationally, not just rhetorically. The quote validity change was a trust repair. The multiplier and tier mapping are structural incentives. The distributor and services refinements are admissions that integration is hard and takes time. Whether it all lands as promised is what we’ll be watching through the second half of this year. That’s it for this edition of The Buzz. You can find our full HPE Discover 2026 coverage on ChannelBuzz.ca – there’s a news hub in the menu bar at the top of the page. And we’ll also have more epsidoes of In The Channel from Discover next week here on the site, including more HPE executives, and more reactions from Canadian HPE partners. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines from HPE Discover. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Justin McGarry, vice president of product management for compute software at HPE At HPE Discover 2026 in Las Vegas this week, In The Channel sat down with Justin McGarry, vice president of product management for compute software at HPE, to talk about where HPE’s server management story is headed – and what it means for MSPs in the Canadian channel. The centrepiece of that story is Compute Ops Management (COM) – HPE’s cloud-native, subscription-based platform built on iLO telemetry embedded in every ProLiant server. McGarry’s pitch is direct: COM is not just a management tool, it’s a business growth platform for MSPs who lean into it. His primary proof point is Nitec, an MSP that helped co-develop COM’s multi-tenant capability and now manages distributed customer environments at higher margins with fewer resources than previously required. Across a broader study of roughly 300 ProLiant customers, HPE found up to 75% less downtime and approximately $150,000 in travel and resource cost savings per customer. For MSPs serving customers with ESG or sustainability reporting obligations – increasingly common in Canadian public sector and regulated industries – COM’s AI insights module adds a forecasting layer that projects future carbon emissions and energy costs using an open-source forecasting engine. That projection can anchor a practical business case for a server refresh, as illustrated by Bookie.com, which is using COM on its path to net zero by 2030. Two capabilities worth flagging for mixed-environment MSPs: third-party server monitoring (visibility into non-HPE OEM hardware from the same console) and Secure Gateway, a virtual appliance that aggregates iLO traffic into a single cloud egress point – solving the cloud-connectivity objection for customers in financial services, healthcare, and other regulated sectors. On the agentic AI front, McGarry is candid that Compute Copilot is early. This week’s Discover announcement extends its reach into security advisories – surfacing recommendations and moving toward automated remediation. The fuller agentic vision is still taking shape. McGarry’s takeaway for partners: there’s still significant runway to understand what COM can do for their businesses, and the MSPs who’ve made it a core capability are seeing it pay off. Read Full Transcript ROBERT DUTT: This episode of In The Channel is brought to you by HPE Discover 2026. Check out our full coverage of the event at ChannelBuzz.ca. You’ll find our HPE Discover 2026 news hub in the menu bar right at the top of the page. Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. This week I’m at HPE Discover 2026 in Las Vegas, and over the course of the show I’ve been sitting down with HPE executives and partners for a series of conversations that I’ll be releasing over the next few days. Today’s guest is Justin McGarry, vice president of product management for compute software at HPE. Now, when HPE says compute, they mean their server business anchored by the ProLiant line, but Justin’s specific domain is the software that wraps around that hardware. The centerpiece of that is Compute Ops Management, which is HPE’s cloud-native platform for securing, automating and managing ProLiant estates. It’s built on top of iLO, HPE’s embedded server intelligence technology, and over the past few years it’s evolved into something that Justin argues is less a management tool and more a business growth engine for MSPs. Justin came to HPE a couple years ago from VMware, where he ran global services portfolio and the go-to-market strategy, so he brings an interesting outside perspective to where HPE’s story fits in the broader enterprise infrastructure picture. We talked about the MSP opportunity, sustainability forecasting, where Compute Copilot, the conversational AI layer for server management, actually stands today, and where HPE thinks agentic capabilities take all of this. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Justin McGarry. Justin, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. JUSTIN MCGARRY: Yeah, happy to be here, Rob. Thanks for giving me the opportunity to chat with you today. I’m sure it’s a busy week, this kind of show almost always is. ROBERT DUTT: Absolutely. To start with, you guys have been calling the business unit Compute rather than servers for a while now. When you’re talking to partners, how do you describe what Compute is today versus maybe what it was five years ago, what it all kind of entails? JUSTIN MCGARRY: Yeah, I mean, I’ll give you my perspective. So I joined the company about two and a half years ago now. And when I think about what we do in Compute, the foundation of that is ProLiant. So from a hardware perspective, the servers that we ship day in and day out to our customers. The other piece, from my perspective, and maybe I’m being a little selfish here, is all the software and solutions that wrap around that. So from a software perspective, I own what we call Compute Ops Management. So that is our cloud-native management platform for securing and automating those ProLiant estates. We actually do third-party monitoring as well. So other server OEMs that you have in the environment, we’ll monitor that as well. And then we have our on-premise solution for air-gapped and sovereign environments. That’s OneView. We’ve had OneView out in the market for many years now. And then, of course, the foundation of everything we do from a software perspective is with iLO, integrated lights-out. That has been out in the market now for a few decades. We continue to innovate and evolve on that. And so all of that intelligence, the data, the telemetry, that’s all foundation to what we do in our management platforms with our subscription-based cloud-native Compute Ops Management, and our sovereign air-gapped solution with OneView. ROBERT DUTT: Okay. A couple questions around things that you guys have announced recently. You guys just highlighted a 20% energy efficiency gain with the Gen 12 platform on Xeon. So for a reseller or MSP helping a mid-market customer justify the server refresh right now, how do you see energy efficiency playing in actually closing deals? Or is it still just sort of a nice-to-have thing on the spec sheet? JUSTIN MCGARRY: Yeah, I think customers are still really focused on sustainability. Again, if I think back to what we do from a software perspective with Compute Ops Management, one of the key assets or capabilities that we have there is what we call AI insights. And with those AI insights, we can actually help customers from a sustainability perspective be able to predict and forecast future carbon emissions. So I was at Discover in Barcelona late last year. We had a customer Booking.com on stage and Booking.com has a massive distributed environment all ProLiant-based. How are they managing, securing, automating that? They’re using Compute Ops Management. One of their key goals at a company level is they want to be net-zero by 2030. How are they going to get there? They got to make sure that they’re running an efficient, sustainable operation, certainly from a data center perspective. ProLiant is in that picture. And then how they’re managing, monitoring that, predicting their future forecasts or their carbon emissions to help them derive when they’re going to go do their refreshes. They’re using Compute Ops Management for that. So sustainability is still very much top of mind. Globally, I would say even more important in EMEA with some of those board-level sustainability targets that customers have with their ESG board-level goals that they’ve got to go and achieve. ROBERT DUTT: Do you see that catching up at all in the North American market? JUSTIN MCGARRY: You know, I do. I mean, I’m hearing it more in customer conversations. If I think about when I was in Discover Barcelona, a lot of the discussion there was around sovereign and sustainability. Early into the week here at Discover, I haven’t had a lot of customer meetings yet, but I’m going to kind of predict that I think some of the sustainability pieces are going to come into play, especially when you think about AI, you think about inferencing in particular out at the edge. You think about all the energy required to go in and not just do the training, but now thinking about the inferencing and workloads and use cases around GenAI. I think that’s just going to continue to become more important. And so that’s why we prioritized it in our roadmap to continue to evolve on what we’re doing from a sustainability perspective. ROBERT DUTT: Let’s get a little bit more into Compute Ops Management. You came from VMware, which has its own management tooling story. What does COM do that’s genuinely different and what does it mean for an MSP managing, say, 100 ProLiant servers across 20 customers or whatever that profile looks like? JUSTIN MCGARRY: Yeah, yeah. So I think what really differentiates HPE, I think, generally in the market is that we have the Compute Ops Management capability. So this was a build from the ground up, cloud-native subscription-based management tool that we brought to market a few years ago now. I think it has been very transformational in the customer conversations that we’ve been having because at the end of the day, it’s not just the hardware. It’s how you secure that, how you automate it. I think the unique differentiation that we have with Compute Ops Management is specifically with all the telemetry data and intelligence that we have at the iLO level. That is in every single ProLiant that we ship out the door. And because we have that chip in each of those ProLiants that goes out, it gives us a lot of capability to secure, automate, manage, orchestrate that environment for the customer. So I think that’s the unique value that we have in Compute Ops Management that may be a little bit different than what else you see out on the market and you reference VMware. Certainly a lot of great management capabilities there when it came to the workload level, the virtualization level. This is down at the hardware level, at the ProLiant level, helping customers manage and automate and secure that environment. When it comes to what’s in it for managed service providers, so we have a lot of success stories there that we’re continuing to build on where COM really enables multi-tenant compute management for those MSPs. They can do it from a single, secure, cloud console. They can proactively manage and monitor their customers’ environments. We have this MSP actually who will be on stage with me later today, Nitec, and the managing director there that runs that business. He started working with our team a few years ago now as we were starting to really kind of build some foundational capabilities into Compute Ops Management. He helped us with developing the concept around our MSP capability where we can manage different workspaces across an environment and have all of that visibility roll up to a single level. I think the key benefit for these partners, and of course there’s all the IT benefits and capabilities that they get. I think when I consider what Nitec has done and some of the other MSPs from a business perspective, what used to take a lot more resources for them to manage those customer environments, now they’re able to do that much more efficiently and effectively. They’re seeing a larger margin profile on these value-added services that they’re delivering to these customers as a result. And so, Compute Ops Management, you ask the folks at Nitec, that has been foundational to them being able to deliver these services effectively and at a much higher margin than they have been able to do in the past. So the story, Rob, honestly, is a very similar story to what customers achieve with using Compute Ops Management. We’ve got a study we did a little while back across about 300 ProLiant customers, up to 75% less downtime in their environment, a lot more, up to 150,000 or so in travel and resource costs saved. So just like we’re helping our customers effectively manage their environments with less resources and less cost at those distributed edge locations, we’re doing the same thing with our MSP partners. So we have a lot of opportunity there. It’s exciting to see, I would say, COM is not just a management tool, it’s a business growth platform for these MSPs who really lean into it and partner with us. ROBERT DUTT: Obviously, you’ve got folks like Nitec who are well along the curve, it sounds like, maybe even leading the way in many ways. Where are you at in terms of reaching the long tail of the MSP channel and kind of getting that, how fully realized is the opportunity for COM in the community today? JUSTIN MCGARRY: I think, Rob, we still have a ton of opportunity to get the message out there around Compute Ops Management. I find myself, when I am presenting to the various partner communities, there’s still a lot of opportunity to bring them up to speed on the capabilities that we have there, the benefits they can derive, and in particular, what’s in it for them. How can they go in and repeat what Nitec has done? I think if you ask Nitec, what is the one thing that they would recommend for partners to go do who are looking to scale their MSP businesses on top of a management capability like Compute Ops Management? It is getting a single kind of advocate champion in the organization to really understand what not only the product can provide to the end customer, but what are the benefits that the managed service provider can get out of using this type of capability in their environment to manage those end customers? ROBERT DUTT: You guys just recently launched or added Copilot, an integrated conversational AI layer for server management in COM. Interesting concept. Where is that at today? Is it sort of in the “this is what the future might look like” kind of phase, or is there aspects that it’s kind of going to be genuinely useful to an MSP today? JUSTIN MCGARRY: Yeah, I think it is very early stages with Compute Copilot. Today, it is very much a conversational AI assistant. So if I think about in my daily life how I’m using tools like Claude and my just kind of conversational interaction back and forth, Compute Copilot is very much that today. So hey, Compute Copilot, tell me about the servers I have in the environment and their health, or hey, Compute Copilot, tell me where I’m at on achieving, as I talked about the Booking.com story earlier, where am I at on my path to sustainability and meeting some of those targets? Those are some of the questions that you can ask of it today. If you asked Nitec, they would say, “Hey, all the manual effort and looking through all the manuals and documentation that HPE provides around the ProLiant infrastructure, we no longer have to go in, dig that all up and navigate our way through that.” We can ask the conversational assistant with Compute Copilot to do that. That’s the beginning. I think the future is really around agentic. So how can I interact with that Compute Copilot to say, “Hey, notice that this issue is happening in my environment. Provide me some recommendations on what I can do next.” It provides me those recommendations. And then I can say, “Hey, Compute Copilot, go and enact those recommendations.” And so I think about back to that study with those ProLiant customers and all that time and resource and effort saved, I just can’t imagine how much we can multiply that for our MSPs and for our customers once we start to get some of those agentic capabilities in place. What are the announcements we have this week, Rob, as we start to head down that agentic path is with security advisories. So security advisories, you think about the past, “Okay, I got to understand that there’s a security advisory out there. I then got to go and act on it and figure out what I need to go do in the environment to rectify that issue.” Now we’re heading down the path of, “Okay, I can get some intelligence to tell me, ‘Hey, this is happening in the environment. We can go and provide recommendations on where you need to go and implement this and then go and implement that.'” And so, yeah, I’m really excited about the opportunity that we have with agentic. I think back to your question, we’re just very much at the beginnings of where we can take capabilities like Compute Copilot. ROBERT DUTT: Especially as that kind of stuff starts to fit into the mix, it strikes me that it’s even more important that, as you mentioned, it’s a multi-vendor kind of environment that I as an MSP, if I have customers or existing infrastructure that’s running someone else, it’s, you know, it can be covered under this as well. JUSTIN MCGARRY: Yeah, yeah. So the third-party monitoring capability we have today is very much monitoring. So other OEM servers that you have in your environment, you can get visibility into those. And so we provide this capability today. I think we announced that about a year or so ago. I would say that is opening a lot more doors for our, certainly the conversations with the MSPs. You know, we can’t kid ourselves that at MSPs they only have one type of OEM in the environment. They might have multiple. It’s a hybrid environment. And the same can be said for our customers out there as well. And so having this third-party monitoring capability in place where I can go to that single console and not just have visibility into my ProLiant estate, but if an issue occurs, I want to be able to see that across the entire estate. The third-party monitoring capability gives us the ability to do that, Rob. And, you know, one other thing I’d add real quick, and this is something that a lot of our partners and even, I’d say, our customers, we still have some awareness-building to do around Secure Gateway. So one of the challenges that customers, when I first joined, time and time again, I have discussions with customers about cloud manageability. And the first question they say is, well, Justin, where is this all hosted? And, you know, do I really want my environment talking to the cloud? And one of the things that we developed over time is this capability called Secure Gateway. It’s a virtual appliance that can be deployed in the environment. And what that does is it actually aggregates all of the iLO traffic to that Secure Gateway. That’s then one egress connection out to the cloud instead of all of those iLOs connecting and talking to the cloud. Nine times out of ten in customer conversations I have, whether it’s financial, it’s some other regulated industry, healthcare, insurance, what have you, we are now able to overcome that hurdle with cloud management capability because we have the Secure Gateway virtual appliance that we can deploy for customers. So that’s another great capability. Combined with third-party monitoring, you deploy that virtual appliance and that’s how we’re able to have that visibility across the entire estate. ROBERT DUTT: We touched a little bit on sustainability earlier. Back home in Canada, we have particular sensitivities around energy costs, carbon reporting, especially for public sector and anyone under provincial ESG oversight. What is the sustainability dashboard in COM? Does that move the needle here? Is it a checkbox feature? What can it kind of add to an MSP who’s trying to make sure that their customers are informed and in the right place? JUSTIN MCGARRY: Yeah, I would say it’s a fundamental feature that we have in Compute Ops Management today. I think what really takes it to the next level is the AI insights that I mentioned. So we worked with an open-source forecasting engine model out there that we leverage to develop and engineer that capability. And what that allows you to do is be able to forecast out to the future. Hey, this is how we’ve been trending today. This is where we will end up in the future based on some of that intelligence that we have in the AI-driven insights capability. So I would say sustainability dashboard in Compute Ops Management is a very kind of foundational fundamental capability. How you take that to the next level is then being able to leverage the AI-driven insights that we have for sustainability, be able to predict what the future is going to look like from a carbon emissions, energy cost perspective, and then be able to proactively take some measures to make sure that you’re going to be able to meet or exceed those targets. And so some customers are actually looking at that and saying, okay, I’m not necessarily ready to refresh now, but based on how I’m predicting out to the future, yes, I need to make that next step from Gen 10 or even prior to that in my environment to the new Gen 12 and the cost associated with doing so. I can predict and forecast out into the future that based on my energy costs, I may be able to cover, I mean, not all of that expense to do the refresh, but certainly a part of it. And so that’s something else that I know we have had a lot of success with our customers here recently. Again, it comes back to not just having that fundamental sustainability dashboard in place, but also being able to look out into the future to a certain extent with that forecasting model that we have to predict where you’re going to go with carbon emissions, energy costs. ROBERT DUTT: Last one for me. What do you think is the biggest untapped or under-realized opportunity in the compute software sphere for you guys right now? What’s basically the one thing that you’d want a Canadian reseller walking away from Discover this week understanding about this business that maybe they didn’t come in with? JUSTIN MCGARRY: Yeah, I think that back to what we talked about a little bit ago, there’s still, I think, an opportunity with partners. Partners have heard maybe a little bit about Compute Ops Management, but haven’t yet gotten to the place where they fully understand the capabilities that we have there, where we have delivered on some of the things like Secure Gateway, third-party monitoring, the sustainability, AI-driven insights and the forecasting model there, where we’re going with agentic. What’s in it for them at the end of the day? What are they going to benefit from getting their customers up to speed on Compute Ops Management, using it to manage, orchestrate, secure, automate those environments? I think there’s a tremendous opportunity there to continue to, and this is on me. It’s on our teams at HPE to continue to work with our partners to bring them up to speed there. And then I think back to looking at what Nitec and others have done: really get that champion within your organization to understand not just what the customer benefits are and the outcomes that can be derived, not just from an IT perspective, but with the Booking.com story, that real business-critical impact that this software is driving. I think that’s a unique differentiator that HPE has out in the market from a ProLiant perspective with Compute Ops Management. And then the other piece for MSPs is, hey, I can go in and deliver higher-margin value-added services just by leveraging this management tool in the environment and learning from Nitec and others on how they’re doing that. So I think I feel like it’s very early stages, Rob, with the partner ecosystem. I think we have a ton of opportunity there to help them understand that COM isn’t just a management tool. It is a business growth driver for them, and helping them understand that and realize that outcome is certainly where I’m focused and where the team is focused going forward. ROBERT DUTT: Between that runway and I think the potential for agentic getting its hooks even deeper into this and making it increasingly actionable, I think you’re right. There’s a lot still to come. JUSTIN MCGARRY: Yeah, absolutely. Yeah, it’s exciting. I think there’s a tremendous opportunity with the partner ecosystem and I think, genuinely, I think we’re just getting started. ROBERT DUTT: All right. Look forward to seeing how it evolves. Awesome. Well, I appreciate you taking the time with me, Rob. Thank you. Thank you. ROBERT DUTT: There you have it. Justin McGarry from HPE. I’d like to thank Justin for carving out some time during what is a genuinely hectic week here at Discover. I really appreciate it. And thank you for listening. If you’d like to follow or subscribe to the podcast, you can find us on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, most podcast directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated if you have a moment. A few things I take away from this conversation. First, Compute Ops Management is a more interesting story than the name might suggest. When you’ve got an MSP like Nitec that helped co-develop the platform’s multi-tenant capability and is now managing distributed customer environments at significantly higher margins with fewer resources, that’s a real signal worth paying attention to. Justin’s framing of COM as a business growth platform rather than a management tool is the right way to think about it. Second, the sustainability forecasting piece is genuinely differentiated for the Canadian market. The ability to project future carbon emissions and energy costs and use that forecast to build a board-level business case for a server refresh is practical and timely, especially for customers with ESG reporting obligations. And third, Compute Copilot is early, and Justin was honest about that. The near-term step, moving from conversational Q&A to actual agentic action on security advisories, is the right direction. It’s worth revisiting this conversation in a year to see how far that’s come. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: HPE chief technology officer for cloud and AI Fidelma Russo used her Discover general session to introduce “tokenomics” – the argument that agentic AI economics are fundamentally infrastructure economics. She told the Las Vegas audience that continuous AI agents can cost $13,000 per agent per month in the public cloud, and revealed that HPE’s own MindStone AI support platform achieved a 30x cost reduction by moving from the public cloud to HPE Private Cloud AI on-prem – a saving of roughly $100,000 per month. Vultr announced it is buying HPE and NVIDIA Blackwell Ultra rack-scale systems – the GB300 NVL72 – with 800GbE Spectrum-X networking to build out next-generation global AI data centres. Vultr CEO J.J. Kardwell called out “decentralized, latency-sensitive workloads” as a driver. The announcement contained no channel component. HPE unveiled Morpheus 9, the latest version of its GreenLake virtualization platform, with a built-in MCP server for agent-driven operations. HPE claims up to 90 percent cost reduction versus traditional virtualization, and says more than 2,000 customers and one million cores are already on VM Essentials. A platform migration program offers the first year of Morpheus and VM Essentials at no cost. Zerto’s recovery tools are positioned as an “undo” button for when autonomous AI agents make unintended infrastructure changes. Read Full Transcript This epsisode of The Buzz is brought to you by HPE Discover 2026. Check out our full coverage of the event on ChannelBuzz.ca — you’ll find out HPE Discover 2026 News Hub in the menu bar at the top of the page. Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Thursday, June 18th, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Today, day three of HPE Discover 2026 in Las Vegas, and the story is the economics of the agentic enterprise. Let’s get to it. HPE’s chief technology officer for cloud and AI, Fidelma Russo, took the main stage yesterday morning with a message that will resonate with anyone who has watched a client’s cloud AI bill spiral: continuous agentic AI is wildly expensive in the public cloud. Russo cited a figure of $13,000 per month, per agent, for continuous reasoning operations in the public cloud. That is not a pilot. That is production infrastructure. Her answer is HPE’s take on “tokenomics” – the idea that AI economics are fundamentally infrastructure economics. It comes down to utilization, efficiency, and scale. And HPE has proof. Russo revealed that HPE built its own AI support platform, MindStone, and moved it from the public cloud to HPE Private Cloud AI on-prem. The result: a 30-fold cost reduction, saving roughly $100,000 per month. That is the argument for why production AI is coming to the data centre. Not because it is fashionable, but because the math stops working anywhere else. The alternative hyperscaler announced it is buying HPE and NVIDIA Blackwell Ultra rack-scale systems – specifically the GB300 NVL72 – along with 800-gigabit Ethernet Spectrum-X networking, to build out its next generation of global AI data centres. This is a procurement deal, not a partnership, but it is serious hardware at serious scale. Vultr CEO J.J. Kardwell framed it around “decentralized, latency-sensitive workloads across Vultr’s extensive global network.” Now clearly, this isn’t a channel story unto itself at this moment. This is pure enterprise infrastructure. But it does signal that someone is actually buying the big AI factory gear HPE has been talking about all week. The GreenLake platform now has a built-in MCP server for agent-driven operations, and HPE says Morpheus 9 delivers up to 90 percent cost reduction compared to traditional virtualization. There are more than 2,000 customers and a million cores already running on VM Essentials. To ease the migration pain, HPE is offering the first year of Morpheus and VM Essentials at no cost through a platform migration program. There is a caveat: Zerto’s instant recovery and migration support is Morpheus-only for now. No KVM, no Kubernetes natively. But Zerto gets an interesting new job in this agentic world. Russo positioned it as the undo button for when autonomous AI agents make unintended changes to infrastructure – roll back to a known good state instantly. I’ll be back tomorrow with a reporter’s notebook from the channel leadership breakfast panel at Discover, as we wrap up our coverage of the event this week. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines from HPE Discover. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

en Fallon, vice president of worldwide channel and partner ecosystem networking sales At HPE Discover Las Vegas this week, HPE pushed its networking story to the centre of the event – from autonomous AIOps capabilities to a unified SASE platform – and the channel is central to how it plans to execute on some ambitious market share targets. ChannelBuzz.ca sat down on-site with Ben Fallon, vice president of worldwide channel and partner ecosystem networking sales, to talk about what the announcements mean in practice for Canadian partners. On the self-driving network vision – a major theme in the general sessions this week – Fallon pointed to HPE Aruba Mist as the concrete proof point: autonomous remediation that partners can toggle on in the dashboard for known network problems, no human click required. “Autonomous networking, with that human deciding where they want that to take place, is already real,” he said. On the Aruba and Juniper Networks platform integration – a frequent question from partners navigating two management platforms – Fallon described a “build once, deploy twice” philosophy built on microservices architecture, keeping both platforms differentiated by use case while accelerating innovation through cross-pollination rather than forced convergence. The SASE and security opportunity produced one of the clearest channel statements of the conversation: “Pretty much 100% of our security sales go through partners. There is no other path.” With HPE publicly targeting a $1 billion security business, Fallon said the partner base is nowhere near saturated – and that competency-based incentives within the Partner Ready Vantage program are in place to bring more networking-pedigreed partners into that conversation. A formal partner program unification is on track for November, with a stated focus on simplifying certification, deal registration, and rebates – and new incentives aimed squarely at winning net-new networking customers away from competing vendors. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Today’s episode of In The Channel is brought to you by HPE Discover 2026. Discover runs June 15-18 at the Venetian in Las Vegas. Discover what’s next at hpe.com/discover. Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. We’re coming to you this week from HPE Discover Las Vegas, where HPE has been rolling out a significant set of announcements across networking, cloud, and AI infrastructure. The embargoes are lifted, and the Partner Growth Summit is in the books, so we can actually get into the substance of things. My guest is Ben Fallon, vice president of worldwide channel and partner ecosystem networking sales at HPE. Ben came to this role via the Juniper side of the house. He was running global partner and commercial sales for Juniper Networks when the acquisition closed, and moved into leading the combined networking channel earlier this year. His session at Discover this week was called “Betting on HPE Networking,” which turned out to be a pretty useful frame for a conversation. We got into what self-driving networks actually mean for a partner having a Monday morning conversation with a customer, the Aruba and Mist integration story, the SASE and security opportunity, and what partners can expect when the unified program formally launches in November. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Ben Fallon. Ben, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. I know it’s a busy week on site here, I’m sure. Ben Fallon: It is. It’s a fun week. We’ve got thousands of partners here, but it’s great to be here with you. Robert Dutt: For listeners who don’t know you or your role, can you give me a quick rundown on what you do here and how you came to be leading networking channels for HPE? Ben Fallon: Yeah, so like you said, I lead the global networking channel for HPE. I’ve spent the last 25-odd years in the industry, have led channels for a number of the significant vendors in the market. I was part of the Juniper acquisition, most recently running one of the global sales segments, and in January moved over to lead the channel. We’ve got a fantastic opportunity in front of us. Robert Dutt: I like that you frame it as you’re part of the Juniper acquisition. You’re not taking entire credit for them acquiring Juniper to get your talent. Ben Fallon: Absolutely not, no. It was a bonus. Robert Dutt: Absolutely. Your session this week is called “Betting on HPE Networking.” It’s a pretty confident way of looking at it, and obvious given the milieu. Walk me through what the bet looks like from where you sit. What are you asking partners to bet on, and why now? Ben Fallon: Yeah, so for me, it’s like when you look at a bet, you’ve got to make sure it’s a good one. No one wants to be playing the lottery. That’s got the worst chance of winning. The more strategy that you actually bring into a game, along with some execution, increases your chance of winning. So for us, what increases the chance of winning with HPE Networking is cross-selling. The more you’re selling across the portfolio, the more you’re going to engage with our account teams, the more problems you’re going to solve for our customers. And also, that’s where you can earn the most amount of rebates, and where the program is really geared towards. So if you make a bet on us, we’re making a bet on you, and you’ll get that back in profitability and customer satisfaction. Robert Dutt: Cross-selling within networking, across the HPE portfolio, or… Ben Fallon: All of the above. So you can absolutely cross-sell within the portfolio, whether you’re selling campus and branch, or you want to move into selling more security solutions. Or if you’re selling the hybrid cloud solution portfolio from HPE, you need to start getting involved in networking, because it’s going to expand your opportunity, and we know the network is at the heart of all of these AI workloads. Robert Dutt: One of the big presentations here is about taking the idea of self-driving networks from vision to reality. For a lot of partners, though, the question is always, “What do I take to my customer?” On Monday morning, how do partners translate that message around self-driving networks to a concrete conversation with staff at a customer, and make it map with their care-abouts? Ben Fallon: Yeah, sure. Well, look, complexity is only increasing. We know there are talent shortages. We know that it’s almost an impossible task to keep up with all the vulnerabilities that are created through AI. And so you have to have AI as part of your defense. So what’s real? Let’s take something like HPE Mist, where that has autonomous actions now built into the dashboard. So we know for certain problems that come up on the network, we know how to remediate them. We don’t need a person to go and click a button. You can literally switch on a toggle, and off it goes. So autonomous networking, with that human deciding where they want that to take place, is already real. Robert Dutt: You touch on Mist. One thing I do hear from partners sometimes is with the Aruba and Juniper integration, the two platforms you’ve got with Aruba Central and Mist, moving toward common capabilities, but it sounds like the vision is not to merge. What do you tell the partner who’s been selling one side of that equation or the other? And now that we’ve kind of got one HPE networking, what does it mean in practice, basically? Ben Fallon: Yeah, well, you touched on self-driving. That’s a unified vision across the entire portfolio. And then we’ve got this strategy of cross-pollination. I think if you look at a lot of acquisitions over the years, they’ve spent so long arguing over maybe not a feature, but how do you actually get to that feature to be capable? And innovation dies when that happens. If you want innovation to actually accelerate, which is what we’re seeing, you take the best from each platform, and because they’re built with a microservices architecture, you can build once, deploy twice, and it becomes this incredible boon of innovation on the platform. So I’d say that is real, because customers are voting with their wallet. So there’s a decent amount of cross-pollination, but each kind of remains aimed towards its focus. Robert Dutt: That’s it. Ben Fallon: And really what I see with partners is they see this as a growth play in the same way that we do. This is about finding new opportunity. So they may have served some SMB customers with some on-prem part of the Aruba portfolio. Now they’re wanting to get into some mid-sized lower enterprise, and they’re seeing that Mist has some capability that helps get them there. So it’s a growth play for us, and it’s a growth play for the partner. Robert Dutt: One of the things that caught my attention in the announcements this week was the unified SASE story – bringing SD-WAN and SSE under one management pane. You guys have talked about a billion-dollar security ambition. Pretty big number. What’s the channel’s role in getting to that? And for a partner who hasn’t historically led with networking security, what’s kind of the on-ramp or the easiest first step? Ben Fallon: Yeah. So first of all, obviously, we’ve got this universal zero-trust network architecture, which we’re really leaning into. And it’s about bringing together the different parts of the security portfolios from across HPE. And obviously with the Juniper acquisition, that brought an even richer portfolio. For partners, pretty much 100% of our security sales go through partners, so there is no other path. And what we’re really looking for is – we have some very, very capable, specialized partners on security – I think there’s a bigger opportunity for more partners to be selling HPE networking and security solutions. We’re just getting started. We’re already posting some great numbers. We had some incredible growth just last quarter, and there’s still more partners can do. We are not saturated from the partner landscape selling our security portfolio, so lots of opportunity there. Robert Dutt: Those additional partners in that space – do you see them being primarily folks who come in from other parts of the HPE network, existing specialists in security who maybe haven’t worked with you in the past, a little bit of both? What’s kind of the… Ben Fallon: It’s a bit of a combination, but you always have to focus. You can’t go everywhere. And where we’re focusing is on partners that have a pedigree in networking with us, because we’re increasingly seeing that there’s a great attach opportunity, and the convergence of the network and security we think is only going to accelerate. Robert Dutt: Are we at the point of having a formal program, that kind of thing, to bring those partners on board, or to enable and encourage the partners who are in the HPE sphere, but not yet? Ben Fallon: Yeah, we do. We have, as part of our Partner Ready Vantage program, our broad certifications that are part of that, and that’s how you get to platinum, gold, silver, etc. But then we have competencies, and we have a number of security competencies that partners can build up that capability. They can pick different parts of the portfolio. They could be brand new to networking, but build up competency in security, and that will bring technical competence and capability, but also incremental profitability for them as well. Robert Dutt: A lot of talk this week, obviously, about the disruption around VMware – customers reconsidering virtualization strategies and how that drives the refresh cycles within the data center on some of the compute and storage hardware, all that kind of good stuff. Does that also create a network refresh opportunity? Ben Fallon: So there can be opportunities that do arise. I don’t know if that’s the biggest piece that’s driving growth in data center networking right now. I think the AI boom is doing a significant job there, and probably dwarfs anything else. But what you’ll see is announcements this week around how we’re, really from a technology perspective, bringing more parts of the portfolio together from across the hybrid cloud portfolio and networking. Because really, that’s what customers want. They want integrated technology that solves their problems, and that’s what we’re focused on. Robert Dutt: From a Canadian channel perspective, where do you see the biggest networking opportunities today? I’m going to guess your answer to the last question strongly informs the answer to this one. But what are the biggest opportunities in the back half of the year? And what’s your ask of Canadian partners who are listening to this? Ben Fallon: Yeah. Well, there are two things I think are the biggest opportunity. One is cross-selling. If you’re selling part of the HPE portfolio today, look at how you can integrate across the stack – whether that’s the full HPE stack, or whether it’s specific to networking. There’s a huge opportunity there, and we’re seeing that partners that have adopted that are growing faster than anyone else. Second, new logos – going after new customers. We’re here to win. We’re here to be number one, and we’ll do that first in wireless networking. And to do that, we need new customers. And you’ll see new incentives and new programs come out in November that will put even more wood behind the arrow – that’s going to make it an incredible opportunity for partners to go and solve the networking crimes of other vendors and bring them into the light of a self-driving network. Robert Dutt: You guys are obviously deep into the process of integrating programs between legacy HPE and legacy Juniper. We have the November 1 date, I believe, as the formalized launch date for that becoming one. What can partners expect coming out of that at a programmatic level on the networking side? Ben Fallon: Yeah. So what we’re doing is, first of all, looking at the experience partners have – everything from how they get certified, trying to simplify that and make sure that they’re not having to do multiple layers and duplicative actions. We’re working on the experience when it comes to things like registering a deal, getting rebates, keeping it simple. I think other vendors I’ve seen, you need a bit of a rocket science degree to figure out how all of these different programs and rebates come together. We’re focusing on keeping it simple, we’re focused on driving action, and most of all – which I think is often missed – we’re making sure that our sales teams know how to engage with partners really well and go and win deals together. Robert Dutt: Good luck on a big week here at Discover, and thanks for taking the time once again. Ben Fallon: Appreciated. And we love working with our Canadian partners, and just a big thank you to all of them that are on board already. Robert Dutt: There you have it, Ben Fallon from HPE. I’d like to thank Ben for his time. We were literally recording between sessions at Discover, and I appreciate him making it work. And thank you for listening as well. A few things that stuck with me from this one. The self-driving network story has been fairly abstract for a while, but his Mist example – autonomous remediation actions you can toggle on in the dashboard, no human in the loop for known problem types – it’s the most concrete I’ve heard it get. That’s actually something you can put in front of a customer. The other thing worth sitting with: “pretty much 100% of our security sales go through partners. There is no other path.” That’s what Ben said. If you’re an HPE networking partner who hasn’t yet built a security practice, and HPE is out there talking about a billion-dollar security ambition, someone is going to capture that opportunity. Make sure it’s you. And for partners who may have walked away from the Juniper side of the portfolio at acquisition time and have been watching from the sidelines, November is shaping up to be the moment to take another look. Simplified programs, new incentives, a unified experience. It’s worth paying attention to. If you found the episode useful, we’d love to have you subscribe to the podcast. You’ll find us on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most of the major podcast directories. If you have a moment to leave a rating or a review, it always helps. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

HPE used keynote day at HPE Discover 2026 in Las Vegas to make a clear argument: networking is the foundation of the AI era. In the afternoon general session, Rami Rahim, HPE’s EVP and GM of Networking, led what was arguably the most channel-actionable session of the week. Using a “Millennium Tower” analogy to frame the risk of building AI on a networking foundation that wasn’t designed for it, Rahim announced four items worth flagging for Canadian partners. First, Marvis AI cross-pollination: Mist’s Marvis AI engine is coming to the Aruba Central platform, with explicit confirmation that neither platform is being sunset. Second, a unified SASE orchestrator combining SD-WAN and Secure Service Edge under a single console and consistent zero trust policy layer – including a new AI Firewall capability that classifies GenAI application usage as sanctioned, unsanctioned, or tolerated with guardrails like prompt filtering and upload controls. Third, the QFX 5140, a new inference switch purpose-built for distributed AI at the edge, announced this week. And fourth, the HPE Network Migration Program: zero percent financing through HPE Financial Services plus asset trade-in for legacy gear – a deal closer for stalled network refresh conversations. In the morning keynote, HPE president and CEO Antonio Neri framed the company’s direction around the “agentic enterprise” – autonomous AI agents that act without user input – and warned of the “shadow cost” of agents deployed at scale without IT governance. His GreenLake Intelligence example made it concrete: a system that sees a major all-hands meeting on the calendar and proactively prioritizes video traffic before the strain hits, based on historical telemetry. In the press Q&A, Neri put a five-month timeline on the Juniper integration – from deal close to fully integrated data centre switching, routing, and campus portfolios – and said HPE is “better than Cisco in many ways, whether it’s campus and branch.” For Canadian partners, data sovereignty is adding a uniquely local dimension to the private cloud AI and self-driving networks story. More on that in an upcoming In The Channel episode from the show. Read Full Transcript This epsisode of In The Channel is brought to you by HPE Discover 2026. Check out our full coverage of the event on ChannelBuzz.ca — you’ll find out HPE Discover 2026 News Hub in the menu bar at the top of the page. This episode of The Buzz is brought to you by HPE Discover 2026. HPE Discover runs June 15 to 18 at The Venetian in Las Vegas. Discover what’s next at hpe.com/discover. Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Wedneday, June 17th, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. We covered news elsewhere in an earlier episode of the Buzz, go check that out if you haven’t already. For this one, we’re drilling down on Tuesday’s news from HPE Discover 2026. We’re right in the middle of the week here, and I want to bring you the highlights from Tuesday – keynote day, the day HPE makes its biggest arguments. And the argument on Tuesday was pretty clear: the network – not the GPU, not the server – is the foundation of the AI era. They had product announcements to back it up. Here’s what went down. Let’s start with the afternoon, because honestly, the networking general session led by Rami Rahim – who heads up HPE’s networking business as EVP and GM following the Juniper acquisition – was the meatiest part of the day for the channel. The headline is what HPE is calling self-driving networks. The idea is that AI-driven networking should be able to sense, learn, optimize, and heal itself in real time, without requiring a human to manually troubleshoot every issue. Rami opened with an analogy I thought landed pretty well. He talked about the Millennium Tower in San Francisco – the luxury condo building that started sinking after construction because the foundation wasn’t built for the environmental load it was sitting on. His point: companies that are building AI on top of networking infrastructure that wasn’t designed for it are making the same mistake. “AI innovation can only move as fast as the network allows” was the line. It’s a good one. So what did they actually announce? Four things worth flagging. First: Marvis AI cross-pollination. Mist’s Marvis AI engine is coming to the Aruba Central platform, and Aruba capabilities are moving the other way too. Both platforms get stronger. And the important subtext for the channel: neither platform is being sunset. HPE has been clear about that, and it’s worth saying out loud, because there’s been plenty of speculation since the Juniper deal closed. Second: a unified SASE orchestrator. HPE is combining its SD-WAN and Secure Service Edge capabilities into a single console with a consistent zero trust policy layer across the enterprise. But the most interesting piece is what they’re calling the AI Firewall – the ability to classify your users’ GenAI applications as sanctioned, unsanctioned and blocked, or tolerated with guardrails like prompt filtering and data upload controls. They demoed it blocking a data exfiltration attempt through a GenAI app in real time. If you’re an MSP and your customers are asking you how they let people use AI tools without losing control of sensitive data, this is a concrete answer to that question. Third: the QFX 5140. This is a new inference switch – new this week, not a prior announcement – purpose-built for distributed AI workloads at the edge. AI-optimized load balancing and congestion control, designed to connect GPUs at distributed locations. The edge inference angle is where this gets interesting for partners who are thinking about AI at branch or remote sites. And fourth – and I want to make sure this doesn’t get buried – the HPE Network Migration Program. Zero percent financing through HPE Financial Services, plus asset trade-in for legacy non-self-driving gear. If you’ve got a customer sitting on aging campus or branch infrastructure and the refresh conversation has stalled, this is the conversation starter to go back with. On proof points: Rami said that over 80 percent of network incidents are now either fully self-remediating or instantly identified with a resolution ready – up from around 50 percent just a few years ago. He had big customers on stage: Ohio State University, the Royal Bank of Canada, Sentara Health. The RBC quote was notable – security is now “job number one” and it has to be managed at the network layer for what they called immutable evidence. That framing works particularly well in regulated industries, which is a big part of the Canadian market. In the press Q&A afterward, Rami was direct about where the security and networking story goes: “When we say network and security are coming together, it’s not a tagline – it’s an investment strategy.” He also acknowledged that getting customers to trust full network autonomy is an adoption curve – most start with what they call trusted actions, where the system recommends and the human approves, before moving to full automation. I actually think that’s a reassuring thing to say rather than a weakness – it matches how enterprise IT actually works. Now let’s go back to the morning. CEO Antonio Neri’s keynote set the strategic context for everything Rami built on in the afternoon. Neri’s frame for the whole show is what he’s calling the agentic enterprise – the shift from applications that respond to user inputs, to autonomous agents that reason across your data and take action. And his point is that infrastructure has to be built to handle that, because agents deployed at scale without IT governance become the new shadow IT problem. He used the phrase “shadow cost” – the risk of an AI-heavy workforce operating outside IT’s visibility and control. That’s a real and near-term problem for your customers, and MSPs are typically the ones who get called when it goes sideways. The most concrete illustration he gave was GreenLake Intelligence. The example: a major internal announcement gets added to the corporate calendar. The system sees it, anticipates that a large portion of the workforce is about to jump on a video call simultaneously, and proactively prioritizes video traffic before the strain hits – based on historical telemetry, no human in the loop. It’s a small example but it makes the concept real in a way that “agentic infrastructure” as a term doesn’t always do. In the press Q&A after the keynote, Neri was notably direct on a couple of things. On the Juniper integration, he put a specific number on it: from close of the deal on July 2nd last year, to fully integrated data centre switching, routing, and campus portfolios – five months. That’s a credible timeline, and it matters for partners who’ve been watching to see whether the deal delivers or whether it turns into the kind of slow-moving integration that disrupts customer relationships for years. And on competitive positioning, he was unusually blunt. Asked about HPE’s networking vision going forward, he said HPE is – direct quote – “better than Cisco in many ways, whether it’s campus and branch.” That’s not something you hear a CEO say casually at a press Q&A. Now, for the Canadian channel specifically, there’s a layer here that tends to get underplayed in the broader coverage of a show like this. The conversation in Canada right now isn’t just “upgrade your network because AI needs faster pipes.” It’s “bring AI workloads back on-prem or to Canadian colocation, because you can’t let that data live in a US-based cloud under current conditions.” Data sovereignty is a genuine buying driver right now in a way it hasn’t been before. And HPE’s self-driving networks story, and the broader private cloud AI play, maps onto that buying driver in a way that’s worth having a direct conversation with your customers about. I’ll have more on the Canadian channel perspective in an upcoming In The Channel episode coming later this week from HPE Discover. But the framing I’d leave you with is this: self-driving networks don’t eliminate the managed services partner – they change what that partner does. The network takes on more of the routine work, but someone still needs to watch the dashboard, make strategic decisions, and bring the human layer. That’s still your business, and if anything it’s a higher-value version of it. One more thing before we go – and this one’s a little off the beaten path. Someone asked Antonio Neri in the press Q&A who he’s picking for the World Cup. Being Argentine, he said he’d love to see Argentina win again – but acknowledged it’s tougher with an extra game in the format this time around. His final four: England, France, Argentina, and Spain. No bias there whatsoever. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines from HPE Discover. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers, aside from HPE Discover: OpenAI launches official partner program and investment fund: OpenAI has officially introduced its new partner program alongside a $150 million investment fund aimed at expanding its enterprise ecosystem. The partner program is designed to help service providers, system integrators, and consultancies build, deploy, and manage custom AI solutions leveraging OpenAI’s models. According to the company, the initiative will provide partners with dedicated technical support, go-to-market resources, and early access to new product features. The accompanying $150 million fund will focus on investing in early-stage startups that are developing applications on top of the platform. GTIA names two Canadian Innovate Awards finalists: GTIA announced the six finalists for its inaugural Innovate Awards today, with two Canadian companies among them: GoWest.ai (Toronto, customer-facing AI category, for its CFP Service Desk and Field Technician Assistant) and Nucleus Networks (Vancouver, internal AI category). Winners receive a $20,000 USD cash prize, announced at ChannelCon 2026 on August 5 in San Diego. For more on the awards and what GTIA is looking for, check out our In The Channel conversation with Carolyn April from April 27. And to hear Jennifer Roy of Nucleus on how they’re thinking about AI, that episode is here. Cisco research highlights Canadian AI network risks: A new study from Cisco underscores an infrastructure cliff for Canadian organizations. The research found that 71 percent of Canadian respondents expect their current network capacity to hit its limits within 36 months due to AI workloads, while 91 percent cited budget constraints as the primary barrier to the required modernization. The data provides a critical conversation point for MSPs: any serious AI strategy must now be preceded by a serious network upgrade strategy. Okta integrates with Google Cloud AI: Okta has announced it is adding a dedicated identity security layer to Google Cloud AI, while its Auth0 platform is now directly integrating with Gemini for AI agent deployment. According to the company, these integrations are designed to bring enterprise-grade identity governance into the fast-moving AI ecosystem. For Canadian solution providers helping customers experiment with AI tools, this integration provides a mechanism to secure these environments and non-human identities without slowing down developer velocity. CrowdStrike open AI gateway: CrowdStrike has announced an open gateway ecosystem making Falcon AI’s control plane available across AI infrastructure, with native integrations spanning Databricks, Google Cloud, Azure API Management, and others. Simultaneously, Grant Thornton Advisors announced it is standardizing its managed security service operations on Falcon Complete, replacing legacy MDR with what CrowdStrike is positioning as agentic MDR. Acumatica channel appointment: Acumatica has appointed Roman Bukary as senior vice president of partner strategy and programs, effective immediately. Bukary brings prior experience in SaaS channel leadership and will be responsible for the strategy and ongoing evolution of Acumatica’s partner ecosystem. Coro Global Lean IT Day: Coro has launched Global Lean IT Day as an annual observance on June 16, recognizing IT professionals who manage enterprise-level cybersecurity complexity with limited team size and resources. The announcement is tied to ISC2 data showing 59 percent of organizations report critical or significant cybersecurity skills shortages, and Coro says it will release full survey findings ahead of Black Hat USA 2026. Leaseweb Canada leadership: Leaseweb Canada has named Estelle Azemard as its new chief executive officer. Azemard, who will be based in Montreal, brings more than 16 years of cloud industry experience and will lead the company’s continued growth and strategic expansion in Canada, where data sovereignty and hybrid cloud demand are both rising. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Wednesday, June 17th, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. We’ll have a full roundup of everything going down at HPE Discover this week in your feed in about an hour from now, but in the meantime, there’s plenty going on aside from all the news at Discover. Here’s what we think is worth keeping an eye on. OpenAI has officially introduced its new partner program alongside a $150 million investment fund aimed at expanding its enterprise ecosystem. The partner program is designed to help service providers, system integrators, and consultancies build, deploy, and manage custom AI solutions leveraging OpenAI’s models. According to the company, the initiative will provide partners with dedicated technical support, go-to-market resources, and early access to new product features. The accompanying $150 million fund will focus on investing in early-stage startups that are developing applications on top of the platform. As enterprise demand for generative AI moves from the proof-of-concept phase to production deployment, solution providers are increasingly being asked to navigate the integration complexities of building AI agents and customized models. The launch represents a significant maturation of OpenAI’s channel strategy, moving beyond direct enterprise sales to embrace the third-party ecosystem. Formalizing a channel structure gives Canadian IT providers a clearer framework to monetize AI advisory and implementation services, allowing them to capture more margin as customer demand scales up. The Global Technology Industry Association – GTIA – has announced the six finalists for its inaugural Innovate Awards, and Canadians have a strong showing. Two of the six companies are Canadian: GoWest.ai, the Toronto-based AI consultancy founded by West McDonald, is a finalist for its CFP Service Desk and Field Technician Assistant in the customer-facing category, while Nucleus Networks, the Vancouver-based MSP that now operates across five Canadian cities, is a finalist in the internal AI solutions category. The remaining four finalists – J&M Solutions, Sentry Technology Solutions, Framework IT, and Thrive – are all US-based. Winners in each category receive a twenty-thousand-dollar cash prize, announced live at the ChannelCon 2026 final keynote on August 5th in San Diego. One-third of the inaugural finalist class being Canadian is significant for a channel community that too often looks south of the border for proof points on what real AI deployment looks like. If you want more context on what GTIA was building toward with these awards, and what “deployed and in production” actually means in practice, we covered exactly that earlier this year on In The Channel with Carolyn April, GTIA’s vice president of research and market intelligence. And to hear how Nucleus thinks about AI inside their own MSP operations, Jennifer Roy joined us on the show in late April. Links to both episodes are in the show notes. A new study from Cisco underscores a looming infrastructure cliff for Canadian organizations chasing AI ambitions. The research found that 71 percent of Canadian respondents expect their current network capacity to hit its limits within 36 months due to the demands of AI workloads. Even more pressing, 91 percent cited budget constraints as the primary barrier to the required modernization. This data suggests an impending reckoning where artificial intelligence software aspirations simply outpace the physical network capabilities required to move massive data sets. The strain on existing infrastructure will likely manifest in latency issues and stalled proof-of-concept projects. This presents a critical conversation point for Canadian MSPs and infrastructure partners to bring to their customers: any serious AI strategy must now be preceded by a serious network upgrade strategy. It creates a massive opportunity for the channel to re-engage clients on foundational infrastructure, turning a software conversation into a broader hardware and services engagement. In Brief:  Okta announces dedicated identity secrity layer for Google Cloud CrowdStrike announced open AI gateway ecosystem. Acumatica appoints Roman Bukary as its new senior vice president of partner strategy and programs.  Coro launches the first-ever Global Lean IT Day to recognize IT professionals managing enterprise-level cybersecurity with limited resources.   Leaseweb Canada names Estelle Azemard as its new chief executive officer.  Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Remember that we’ll have all The Buzz from HPE Discover in your inbox in about an hour, and shortly after that, be sure to check out today’s In The Channel, where we’ll talk to HPE’s Ben Fallon about the company’s self-driving networks strategy.  And if you haven’t heard it yet, yesterday on The Buzz we took you through all the news from HPE Partner Growth Summit at Discover 2026, and then we followed that up Tuesday with HPE North American channel chief Jeremiah Jenson, going deep on The Power of One, the announcements from the show, and his big reqquest for solution providers. Be sure you check it out if you’re working with Hewlett-Packard Enterprise. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Jeremiah Jenson, vice president of North Amiercan channels at HPE This episode is the second half of a two-part conversation with Jeremiah Jenson, vice president of North America Channel and Partner Ecosystem at HPE, recorded ahead of HPE Discover 2026. Part one – the Discover preview and HPE’s AI infrastructure themes – is Monday’s episode. This half focuses on the announcements made at the HPE Partner Growth Summit on Monday, June 16. The centrepiece is what HPE is calling the “power of one” – one portfolio, one partner program, one integrated experience. It’s partly organizational messaging, but there’s real substance underneath: HPE spent the past 18 months merging three separate channel organizations (HPE, Aruba, and Juniper) into a single team, and the work of translating that into a coherent partner experience is now coming due. Concretely, that means Juniper partners integrating into Partner Ready Vantage on November 1 – with tier mapping already defined – along with Zerto, Private Cloud 3000, and Private Cloud 1000 shifting to channel-only routes to market. HPE is also extending free three-year Morpheus software licenses to approximately 600 partners for internal deployment, as much about building hands-on expertise as it is about the virtualization savings. The piece with the most direct relevance for Canadian MSPs is the new partner-branded services model: partners lead with their own brand, own the customer relationship, and HPE backs them as the invisible infrastructure layer for on-site break-fix and parts logistics. Jenson specifically calls out Canadian partners’ customer intimacy and regional compliance knowledge as a natural fit for that services-forward model. The “one more mile” close is worth hearing directly. Tuesday’s episode of The Buzz has the headline news breakdown – check that first if you want the full context. Read Full Transcript [Robert Dutt]: This episode of In The Channel is brought to you by HPE Discover 2026, and we’ll be bringing you full event coverage all week right here on ChannelBuzz.ca. Don’t miss it! Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. Quick note before we dive into this one – if you haven’t already listened to Tuesday’s episode of The Buzz, I’d really encourage you to go find that in your feed first. On The Buzz, we’ve got the headline rundown on HPE’s Partner Growth Summit announcements – what was announced, what moved, what the numbers are. What we’re doing here is going a level deeper with the person who actually owns this for North America. Jeremiah Jenson is the vice president of North America Channel and Partner Ecosystem at HPE. He returned to the company about a year ago, after a previous decade-plus that included the Aruba acquisition, a stint at AWS in between, and enough perspective on how the IT channel actually works to fill several episodes on their own. This is part two of a conversation we recorded just ahead of Discover. Part one, the Discover preview and the big AI infrastructure themes, is on the feed Monday if you want the full picture. This half is about the Partner Growth Summit announcements – what HPE is calling the power of one. One portfolio, one program, one partner experience. And specifically, what it means if you’re a Canadian reseller or MSP trying to figure out where HPE fits into your business right now and into the second half of 2026. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Jeremiah Jenson. Jeremiah, good to be chatting with you again. [Jeremiah Jenson]: Yeah, good to talk to you, Rob. Thanks. [Robert Dutt]: Let’s get into some of the stuff that was announced at Partner Growth Summit. And I guess let’s start here. You’ve now had about 18 months since the single channel org stood up, and now you’ve got the Juniper integration happening on top of that. From your seat, what did that single organization feel like to execute on? And what’s the one thing that turned out to be harder than expected? [Jeremiah Jenson]: One, it feels very good. So a little bit of my history – I was here when the Aruba acquisition happened some 10 years ago, and then I was with a different company for a period of time, and I’ve been back for about a year and a half now. And I will say it’s been fantastic to unify the channel in a lot of ways – making it more simple and easier and more profitable for partners to understand and to do business with, but also to take advantage of the power of the portfolio. So what’s it like? Simple answer. It’s great because we have a tremendous amount of channel history and momentum and power from that piece of the business, combined with a tremendous amount of channel history, momentum, and power on the hybrid IT side, and bringing all that together in a unified way. It’s fantastic. Now, the hardest part about that is you’re dealing with big businesses and the devil being in the details. And that’s where we just spend a lot of time working on. While the big themes are unification, ease of doing business, and simplifying things along those lines, the hard part is in the detail. Like, how do we actually want to help accomplish this? And so from that, we’ve had to get a lot of very big voices in the room and get through some very meaningful things on behalf of our customers and our partners. [Robert Dutt]: I guess, to your point on your history and the long history of HPE in this acquisition space, at least to some degree, you’ve got the muscle memory of doing the Aruba side of things and getting that integrated into the programs. And now it’s sort of doing that at a different timeline, at a different scale with Juniper. [Jeremiah Jenson]: It’s true. We have the muscle memory of acquisitions and some history of that. I think the one thing that is really just awesome to see is how people have come together with customer and partner being front and center, and how are we iterating and innovating on their behalf, and just a unified goal of how do we move really fast? Because the opportunity in that market is too big for us to miss. And so there’s really this motivation to move very, very fast and very quickly. And that’s why we’re ahead of our integration targets. We’re very pleased with where we are in that business, unifying the channel, unifying a bunch of business processes. You’re seeing that in the programmatic announcements we made. So it’s nice to be able to take advantage of that muscle memory. We’ve done the training, now we’re doing it for real. [Robert Dutt]: So the November 1 date is concrete, and the tier mapping for the Juniper roll into Partner Ready Vantage is clear – Elite Plus becomes Platinum, etc. But what about the Canadian partner today who’s a Juniper partner, but has never really sold HPE server or storage? What does that reality look like in practice? Is there a runway and enablement in place to help bring those folks on board? And obviously, I assume you want as many of them transacting as far across the portfolio as possible – what does it look like as the two truly become one? [Jeremiah Jenson]: Absolutely. So one, we want them participating across the full portfolio. One program gives partners a very clear, unified path across networking, cloud, and AI. And this move that we’ve made, it’s a major simplification that gives partners a more consistent way in which they can engage across those three – whether that’s networking, cloud, or AI. And it also paints a very clear opportunity in terms of how they can take the broader portfolio to their customers to solve those business problems. I always want to keep that customer front and center, and that they have a unique opportunity to solve a broader set of customer challenges. And so the value there is that partners can work across more of the portfolio without navigating disconnected experiences. And I also want to say, we’re not forcing anybody to become something that they’re not. This is an opportunity for them, and we’ve made it simple for them to capture that opportunity and to grow their business with HPE. [Robert Dutt]: It’s always a balancing act, right? You want to incentivize, but you don’t want to push too hard because that potentially breaks partner business models or creates challenges. But at the same time, it’s like – we’ve got all this stuff over here too. You want to sell it? That’d be cool. [Jeremiah Jenson]: Yeah, look, I’m not twisting anybody’s arm here. I think the opportunity speaks for itself. And I think our results in the market also speak for themselves. The opportunity is there, and that opportunity stands on its own. Whether you want to invest in an AI practice or whether you have an opportunity to help customers solve a problem with compute, we have the right enablement and want to come alongside that partner and take advantage of that opportunity and help that customer. But that opportunity is real and right there for them now. The value of the opportunity, the capability of our products, how that’s meeting the market with customers – that speaks for itself. So the opportunity is there, and I want to harness it. I want to take advantage of it with our mutual partners. [Robert Dutt]: We seem to be getting a little bit of a drumbeat going in terms of HPE products being declared channel-only in terms of go-to-market. Last year with VME Essentials, this year it’s Zerto, PC 3000, PC 1000. There’s clearly a strategic logic here beyond just adding product to the list. What’s the underlying principle on what makes a product the right candidate to be channel-only? And what does it mean for a partner that these products will only come through them and their peers? [Jeremiah Jenson]: Well, I mean, there’s a couple of things there. Certainly we’re expanding areas where partners can lead, and that creates additional room for growth, both for them and for us. And it’s a clear signal that HPE is expanding in areas where – like I said – where partners can lead, but especially in areas that are core to the market, whether that’s private cloud or virtualization with this great VM reset that we’ve got going on, or whether that’s data protection with some of our Zerto solutions and ransomware protection, things along those lines. So this gives partners more ownership and opportunity while also creating more room for them to differentiate. I don’t want a homogeneous channel. Each partner has not made the same investments. And so each partner has a level of capability, a market that they serve, and has made investments to serve their customers in the right way. And so this partner-led opportunity with these products gives them not only ownership of the opportunity, but clear ways in which they can differentiate by investing in these product sets. So it’s an area of channel leadership. And then finally, it also speaks to our channel heritage. We trust the channel. We partner with them very closely, and we see an opportunity for us to grow our collective business by allowing them to lead. [Robert Dutt]: To your point on the non-homogeneous nature of the channel, I think that’s represented well throughout the program and what you guys are talking about in terms of being open to embracing and facilitating multi-partner engagements when the customer needs support from different specialists in different areas to drive those outcomes. [Jeremiah Jenson]: Yeah, absolutely. I mean, I think this helps partners build higher-value practices. I don’t need them just to sell another product. We have lots of products that are available for sale, but this helps them see and build a higher-value practice, whether that’s the services capability that they can bring in – because we all know customers need help transforming to new and more efficient ways of doing business in a hybrid IT environment. So it creates more ways for partners to move up that value chain, whether that’s through their services or deeper expertise that they want to build. And it matters because that creates long-term growth. As they become more valuable to the customer through their differentiated capabilities, differentiated services, or the distinct and unique value that they bring to their customers, it creates long-term growth. It helps build something that outlasts not only them, but us. [Robert Dutt]: Part of the announcements is you’re giving up to 600 partners free Morpheus licenses to run their own environments. It’s interesting – it really sounds like it’s saying, sort of an opportunity to become your own reference customer, to drink your own champagne, to eat your own dog food, whatever your preferred analogy is there. What are the expectations around how partners use those capabilities? Is it about demos? Is it about building their own expertise? Is it about getting a chance to do some of that transformation and reinvention of their own infrastructure and tech stack so they can speak more clearly to customers about what’s possible? [Jeremiah Jenson]: Yeah, I mean, what is going on in the virtualization market is impacting everybody – the entire channel. And I don’t mean just how various companies are going to market. It’s impacting everybody, and that includes our partners who are customers of a lot of different companies. And there’s real power in our portfolio. We see a clear opportunity not only to invest in the channel with those partners who have invested in us, those partners who have invested in the virtualization competency – we want to invest back in them with the capability that our portfolio brings to them. So these VME licenses offer them an opportunity to reset their virtualization environment and set themselves up for continued modernization. And what better story to take to their customers than, “We know this works for you because we did it ourselves.” So drinking their own champagne is a very good analogy there. And that is our expectation – not only to help partners realize the true value of the portfolio, but also enable them to modernize and take that story to their customers. And there’s no better way than to say, “I’ve done it myself and here were the outcomes that we saw.” [Robert Dutt]: Given the scale of the HPE channel, I’m guessing there are going to be a lot of hands going up for those 600 slots. [Jeremiah Jenson]: Well, look, what we see in VME, the Morpheus software suite, is nothing short of impressive. I’ve got a history of working with and working for companies that move very fast, that make decisions fast and execute very quickly. What I have seen in this Morpheus VME space is impressive – it’s like nothing I’ve ever seen. The roadmap, our ability to execute against that roadmap, to produce enterprise-quality and just phenomenal products at pace and at scale is incredibly impressive. And so partners that are working with VME and Morpheus today are continuing to be blown away by the capability and the roadmap. And for those partners that haven’t taken advantage of that, please take a moment for yourself and look at what we’re doing here. It’s a fantastic product and a fantastic solution to help customers with what they need most – cost savings while setting the on-ramp to modernization. [Robert Dutt]: Especially in a moment where perhaps acquiring new tech is not going to be as easy as it has been from a hardware point of view. [Jeremiah Jenson]: Exactly. In a moment where everybody is looking for ways to save dollars, you can cut virtualization costs by up to 90% with this product. It has very simple per-socket pricing. And so what better opportunity not only to help our partners, but to get that message out to their customers. [Robert Dutt]: In terms of channel penetration, is this a fairly mature, realized market, or is there still a lot of greenfield out there on the channel side? [Jeremiah Jenson]: I mean, there’s a massive opportunity. You think about the size of that virtualization market – the size of the VM reset, the virtual machine market – it’s huge. So there is a tremendous amount of headroom in this market. There is a tremendous amount of opportunity for all of us. And we have to turn that opportunity into reality. And that’s happening now. [Robert Dutt]: Moving on to partner-branded services – this is one that really caught my interest, and I think is going to catch the interest of a lot of folks, especially those who are in the MSP mode. Can you walk me through what it actually looks like for a Canadian MSP? They’re putting their name on a support offering, HPE is the invisible backbone. What does it look like in terms of the customer call, billing, and what does HPE get out of participating in this model where it’s the partner and not HPE that’s the primary brand? [Jeremiah Jenson]: First of all, a clear thing with partners is they have a level of customer understanding – or I often say they have a level of customer intimacy that I could never replace and don’t intend to. So partner-branded services really helps us service the customer faster with a very valuable piece of that equation, and that’s the partner. So allowing a partner to take first-call support, first-call services, and to be able to capitalize on that customer knowledge and that depth of history and customer intimacy that they have – what we have found is that just produces a better customer outcome. So E+ in North America is one of those first partners that has taken advantage of this, and we’re really just enthused and excited about what’s coming through at the customer level. That’s the piece that I want to put front and center – customers have a need for a faster answer, a faster path to resolution, and partners are part of that. And so this acceleration of this program is really helping. From a Canadian standpoint, look, who knows more about the Canadian market than a Canadian partner serving a Canadian customer and understanding their requirements? I often say Canadians have forgotten more about Canada than I’ll ever know, and I have a tremendous amount of respect for that. So the opportunity to deploy that knowledge front and center with a customer – no better opportunity. And it plays especially important, I think, in a market like Canada where there are so many differences regionally. In any large market there are regional differences, but there are real and meaningful differences here. [Robert Dutt]: Yeah, I mean, let’s not pretend that the United States and Canada are identical, because they’re not. There are nuances, there are real and meaningful differences. [Jeremiah Jenson]: And whether that’s compliance or any other kind of nuance, those differences are real at the customer level. And so the opportunity for partners to service customers with that level of knowledge – whether that’s compliance or regional nuance – that speaks to the power of the channel. And it’s phenomenal to see this announcement come to life and see partners taking advantage of it. [Robert Dutt]: So how quickly do you anticipate it expanding to a broader number of potential service provider partners who are in that partner-branded services mode with you? [Jeremiah Jenson]: I think it really is incumbent upon us to be very deliberate about what we build with our partners. I think in the past, sometimes partners get very focused on what can I sell today. And I think the opportunity with partner-branded services is how can we build something that outlasts all of us? How can we build a foundation of services? Because once you have that services capability and once you are effectively taking that first call and you are not only the provider but you are the solution – you are the solution for when things need to be fixed – that stickiness becomes very real. So we have to really think about what do we want to build? What is the services capability that we’re building together? And from that, that will create the pace at which we grow. But there are very large partners, very sizable MSPs, as well as what I would call MSPs who have very specialized capability that want to take advantage of this. [Robert Dutt]: Moving on to storage – you’ve got the 15% front-end takeout rebate on top of existing rebates for competitive storage displacement. That’s a notable number. How should a Canadian reseller read that? I’ve heard that it runs at least through calendar year, but is this a period-based incentive or is it a signal that HPE is ready to play offense on storage for the long haul? [Jeremiah Jenson]: It’s the latter. We are very much on the front foot when it comes to our storage portfolio. The product is fantastic. The storage portfolio specifically is in a place that I’ve never seen it before in decades of history. And that’s phenomenal. And the results we have seen over the past several quarters – it has been several quarters of really good growth and great success here in North America. And now is the time to pour gasoline on that fire. So this is a signal of not only our existing success, but how can we be even more on the front foot and take that to our partners who want to lean in with us. Now is the time to lean in with storage and our hybrid cloud offerings and really accelerate – how we go and acquire new customers and grow that base for the future. There’s a phenomenal opportunity with our product, but there’s a bigger opportunity in what customers are demanding, and we have the right product to meet it. [Robert Dutt]: So November 1, one experience. That’s a big promise. We’ve got one portal, one deal registration system, one development fund. There’s a lot in there. For a partner who’s been managing different login credentials and different MDF processes, what’s actually noticeably different on November 2 in terms of their relationship and running their business with HPE? [Jeremiah Jenson]: Yeah. I mean, I say this a lot because it’s real – I spend an inordinate amount of my time thinking about how do we simplify? How do we make ourselves easier to do business with? And so one experience is really about making it easier for partners to engage, to move faster, and to grow at an accelerated rate. And it matters because partners want speed, but speed comes from consistency and getting rid of some of the administrative overhead that is in place. So this is all about reducing friction in the places where partners feel it the most. Having to log out of one website and into another – common tools, common onboarding processes, contracting, deal flow, deal registration, things along those lines. This is really all about making it easier for partners to engage and easier for us to do business together. It pains me and keeps me awake at night if they’ve got to log into multiple websites – it’s just time. It’s impacting the time in which we can get to customers and service customers. So that’s what they should expect: a common set of tools, common contracting, common deal flow, easier to engage, and moving faster with HPE. [Robert Dutt]: We’ve heard that this is going to be AI-enabled in terms of the partner portal and partner tools and experiences. Can you tell me a little bit about what that means today, as well as – without giving away too much of the secret sauce – what you’re thinking about in terms of what AI-enabling the partner experience is going to look like for your partners in the long run? [Jeremiah Jenson]: Yeah, I mean, we’re a leader in the AI market and we have a long history of drinking our own champagne, as we talked about earlier. And so there’s an opportunity to deploy some of our AI tools in customer- and partner-facing experiences – whether that’s websites and things along those lines. As an example – and I don’t have a very explicit example in terms of this specific process – but one of the mental models that we have is: sometimes you’ve got to send an email to an email alias when it’s a repetitive process, things along those lines. Agentic AI and the AI tools and infrastructure that we produce for customers every day can help solve those questions immediately. So how do we put some of our AI tools into that workflow and solve at pace and do things much, much faster – so we’re not waiting on someone to type up a response from some anonymous alias. And while that’s a very basic example, you begin to think about other opportunities in terms of repetitive processes that drive partners crazy. How can we simplify and make things move faster? [Robert Dutt]: Yeah, I was going to say – it may be a basic example, but you can imagine how that multiplies over time and over opportunities and over deals when it’s repeated again and again. [Jeremiah Jenson]: It’s really about solving real problems. We can talk high and mighty and pie in the sky and AI this and AI that, but it’s really about what, at the end of the day, some human sitting in front of a desk is experiencing. It’s solving real-world problems with technology and capability. And it’s that real-world approach to the business that we’re taking. [Robert Dutt]: On the distribution landscape – we heard recently you’ve named TD SYNNEX and Ingram Micro as the two globals with local augmentation. Obviously those two are very strong players in the Canadian market. But how does distribution look now in Canada, and how do you see it looking in terms of additional niche or boutique players to round out the strategy? [Jeremiah Jenson]: So distribution is a core part of how we go to market and a core part of our overall channel strategy. The global announcement of Ingram Micro and TD SYNNEX – of course they’re both headquartered here in North America and we do a lot of business with them, and we’re excited about the plans that we have together. Stay tuned. You’ll see additional announcements in terms of how we think about that landscape and how we’re accelerating with our other distribution partners. So more to come there in the very near term. [Robert Dutt]: All right. A teaser. I love that. Last one for me. There’s a lot in these announcements and partners are going to be reading a lot of headlines, listening to a lot of stuff – probably have already, as they’re listening to this. But what’s the one big thing you would most want a Canadian partner – reseller, MSP, wherever they fit in the equation – to actually understand and act on from what HPE is announcing at Partner Growth Summit? [Jeremiah Jenson]: I’ll answer it this way – just who I am as a person, just my personal hobby. I love long-distance trail running. I’m an ultramarathoner. And I always think about: can I run one more mile? And I’m not saying that everybody should go out there and sign up for a 50-mile or 100-mile race, but I do think about, can I run one more mile? And so to bring that back to what is my ask of whether you’re an MSP or partner or something along those lines – with a portfolio of our size, what’s one more thing that you can take to your customer? Is that data center networking? Is that moving from Juniper into the wireless space with some of our Aruba products? Is that compute? Is it that I’ve sold storage, but now I want to talk about data protection with Zerto – can I do one more? And so as we think about Discover and the announcements we’ve made this week and the momentum we have with our portfolio, that’s what I want to ask. Can you do one more? What is that one more thing that we might be able to do together that will help you grow your business, help your customer solve another business problem, and help us accomplish our mutual goals? [Robert Dutt]: All right. I think that’s a reasonable ask. I appreciate you taking the time. Once again, thanks for walking us through some of the details of what was announced at Partner Growth Summit, and have a great rest of the week. [Jeremiah Jenson]: Always good to talk to you, Rob. Thanks. [Robert Dutt]: There you have it – Jeremiah Jenson, vice president of North America Channel and Partner Ecosystem at HPE. I’d like to thank Jeremiah for his time and for a pretty candid look at how HPE is thinking about the partner community as these organizations – HPE and Juniper – settle into one. Thank you for listening. There’s a lot to process in these announcements, but the thing I keep coming back to is the frame that Jeremiah closed with – the “one more mile” idea. He’s an ultramarathoner, and the ask he’s making of the Canadian channel isn’t to boil the ocean. It’s to ask yourself if there’s one more HPE product that belongs in front of your customers. Data center networking if you’re already doing compute. Zerto if you’re already doing virtualization. Partner-branded services if you’re an MSP looking to own more of the customer relationship. One more mile, compounded across a partner base, is how the power of one actually becomes real. We’re going to have a lot more from HPE Discover through the rest of the week, including an on-site recap coming later. So keep an eye on your feed. You’ll find the podcast on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most of the major podcast directories. And if you’re finding the show useful, a rating or a review genuinely helps other people in the Canadian channel find us. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: HPE’s Partner Growth Summit served as the channel keynote kickoff for HPE Discover 2026 in Las Vegas on Monday, organized around the company’s “Power of One” theme – the ongoing effort to unify its HPE, Aruba, and Juniper channel organizations under a single program, experience, and portfolio. The deeper programmatic story is covered in this week’s In The Channel with Jeremiah Jenson. But Monday’s keynote also delivered a package of near-term operational and commercial changes that matter to Canadian solution providers right now. Quote validity extends to 30 days, effective June 16th. HPE is moving its standard quote validity from 14 to 30 days for compute, storage, and GreenLake. Partner operations lead Mark Bakker explained it plainly: extreme commodity cost volatility in the first half of fiscal 2026 forced the two-week window. That’s moderating enough now for HPE to stand behind pricing for a full month. HPE also introduced Smart Choice SKUs – competitively priced configurations aligned to best available supply – and Smart Models in OCA, workload-specific templates updated continuously against current inventory. Two new financing tools. HPE Financial Services announced a 150% increase in approved partner credit lines to support larger deal proposals. The company also highlighted its 90/9 offer – no payments for 90 days, then 1% monthly payments for nine months – which has been in market since earlier this year and is particularly relevant now for customers whose budget cycle doesn’t align with their deployment timeline. Channel-only territory expands significantly. Building on last year’s VM Essentials channel-only move – which HPE says generated 700+ new partners and 1,300+ certifications in twelve months – HPE is adding HPE Private Cloud PC 3000, HPE Private Cloud PC 1000, and HPE Zerto software to the channel-only list. Partners earning the private cloud virtualization competency can also apply for free three-year VME licenses to deploy internally, and a new migration assistance program defers VME license costs until customer workloads are actually running on HPE virtual machines, eliminating the “double bullet” cost of mid-migration transition. Partner Branded Services: the managed services bridge. Simon Ewington, HPE’s senior vice president of worldwide channel and partner ecosystem, used the keynote to formally highlight Partner Branded Services – a model enabling eligible partners to sell and deliver HPE infrastructure support under their own brand, with HPE providing break-fix, parts logistics, and engineering support invisibly in the background. Ewington called it “the bridge that many of you have been waiting for to managed services.” The program launched in April and is actively onboarding its first large partner. Competitive storage incentives start July 1st. A new competitive storage takeout program offers 15% front-end margin on top of existing rebates for deals that displace a competitor’s storage product. Partner Day One lands November 1st. HPE is branding its unified experience rollout “Partner Day One” – a single portal, digitized onboarding under three days, unified deal registration, and one MDF program, all effective November 1st. Mark Bakker’s operations team has already consolidated four quoting tools into one, cut support response times from 40 to 8 seconds, and improved payment accuracy from 84% to 98% – operational gains that will translate into the partner-facing portal experience later this year. For the full conversation on Juniper integration, channel-only strategy, and what the unified program means for Canadian partners, listen to this week’s In The Channel with HPE’s Jeremiah Jenson. Read Full Transcript This episode of The Buzz is brought to you by HPE Discover 2026. HPE Discover runs June 15 to 18 at The Venetian in Las Vegas. Discover what’s next at hpe.com/discover. Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Tuesday, June 16th, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. HPE’s Partner Growth Summit in Las Vegas wrapped yesterday as the channel kickoff for HPE Discover 2026, and there was enough ground covered in the keynote that I’m going to take a bit more time than usual today. If you work with HPE at all – compute, storage, networking, virtualization – there are several things in here that affect how you do business with them, and some of them take effect today. HPE is extending its standard quote validity from 14 days to 30 days for compute, storage, and GreenLake, effective today. The backstory matters here. HPE’s partner operations lead Mark Bakker was direct on stage about why quotes were shortened in the first place. Commodity costs went through a period of extreme volatility in the first half of this year – HPE literally couldn’t hold pricing for more than two weeks. That volatility has moderated enough now that HPE is willing to stand behind a full 30-day quote. For partners who’ve been managing customer decision timelines that rarely fit a two-week window – which is most of them – this means fewer expired quotes, less rework, and more actual selling time. HPE also introduced two supply chain tools aimed at reducing the gap between what you quote and what actually ships: Smart Choice SKUs, which are competitively priced configurations built around best available inventory; and Smart Models in OCA, which are preconfigured workload-specific templates that update continuously against current supply. On the financing side, HPE Financial Services had two items. The first is new: a 150% increase in approved credit lines for partners, giving you more headroom to propose and win larger configurations. The second is a tool that’s been available since earlier this year but is worth highlighting in this context: the 90/9 offer. No payments for 90 days, then 1% monthly payments for nine months after that. The pitch is straightforward – customers who are committed to buying but whose budget cycle doesn’t match their deployment timeline now have a bridge. HPE continues to expand what it routes exclusively through the partner channel, and the additions this year are significant. Some quick context: last year at Discover, HPE moved VM Essentials – its virtualization platform – to channel-only. The results they reported Monday: more than 700 additional partners are now selling VME software compared to twelve months ago, and over 1,300 partners have taken the associated certifications since November. HPE is treating those numbers as validation and doubling down. This year’s channel-only additions: HPE Private Cloud PC 3000, HPE Private Cloud PC 1000, and HPE Zerto software. That’s a meaningful slice of HPE’s private cloud and disaster recovery portfolio now locked to the channel. If you’re in the business of helping customers modernize workloads and protect data – the territory most MSPs already play in – HPE is putting margin and exclusivity behind you in those conversations. Two more items in this space. For partners who want to actually deploy VME inside their own IT environment before taking it to customers, HPE is offering free three-year software licenses – nominal support charge only – to approximately 600 partners who earn the private cloud virtualization competency this year. That’s HPE backing partners to practice what they preach. And for customers who are hesitating on VME because they’re still mid-migration from another hypervisor, there’s now a migration assistance program that defers VME software license costs until workloads are actually running on HPE virtual machines. It eliminates what one speaker described as the “double bullet” – paying for two platforms at the same time during a transition. That’s a real barrier removed. This one will resonate most with MSPs – and with partners thinking seriously about becoming one. HPE has launched Partner Branded Services. Eligible partners can now sell and deliver HPE infrastructure support entirely under their own brand. HPE stays invisible, providing on-site break-fix, parts logistics, and deeper engineering support through a channel-only backing arrangement. The partner is the customer’s first call. The partner manages the relationship. The partner books the recurring revenue. Simon Ewington, HPE’s senior vice president of worldwide channel and partner ecosystem, was explicit about the intent. He called it “the bridge that many of you have been waiting for to managed services.” That’s not spin – it’s HPE publicly acknowledging that its partners’ business models are shifting toward services-led, and building commercial infrastructure around that shift rather than working against it. The program launched quietly in April. HPE is onboarding its first large partner this week. Starting July 1st, HPE is launching a competitive storage takeout program. Partners who displace a competitor’s storage product will receive 15% front-end margin on top of existing rebates. It’s targeted, it’s aggressive, and it’s designed specifically to push partners into competitive accounts rather than just protect existing HPE business. Last item, a bit more forward-looking. HPE is calling its unified experience rollout “Partner Day One,” landing November 1st. What that means in practice: a single partner portal covering the full HPE, Aruba, and Juniper portfolio. A fully digitized onboarding and contracting process, with enrollment time dropping from weeks to under three days. Unified deal registration. A single MDF program spanning the full portfolio. Mark Bakker, who leads the operations team building all of this, shared some numbers that give you a concrete sense of where the backend is already heading. His team has consolidated four separate quoting and pricing tools into one. AI-assisted support response times have dropped from 40 seconds to 8 seconds. Partner compensation payment accuracy has improved from 84% to 98%. Those are internal numbers today – but they’re the foundation for what partners will start experiencing directly through the portal starting November 1st. For the full picture on what HPE’s “Power of One” strategy actually means for your business – and there’s considerably more to it than what I’ve covered here – check out today’s In The Channel. It’s part two of my conversation with Jeremiah Jenson, vice president of North America channel and partner ecosystem at HPE, recorded this week at Discover. Jenson walks through the Juniper integration in detail: how partner tiers are mapping across programs when everything merges November 1st, what the unified compensation structure looks like, and which Juniper specializations convert to HPE competencies. He also gets into the philosophy behind the channel-only decisions and what HPE sees as the biggest cross-portfolio opportunity for partners heading into fiscal 2027. If you’re evaluating your HPE relationship heading into the second half of the year – whether you’re deep in compute, just starting to look at networking, or somewhere in between – that episode is worth your time. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines from HPE Discover. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Jeremiah Jenson, vice president of North Amiercan channels at HPE HPE Discover 2026 is underway in Las Vegas this week – June 15-18 at the Venetian Convention and Expo Center – and by Jeremiah Jenson’s account, it’s the biggest Discover yet. The event is oversubscribed, with partner demand he describes as unlike anything HPE has seen before. Jenson is HPE’s vice president of North America channel, overseeing partner strategy across the United States and Canada. We sat down with him ahead of the show opening to preview the event for Canadian partners – whether they’re on the ground in Vegas or following along from home. The headline theme of Discover 2026 is “architecting AI, starting with the network.” CEO Antonio Neri’s keynote frames that out on Tuesday morning, and it’s a deliberate positioning: the network isn’t the last thing you figure out when deploying AI, it’s the foundation that determines whether AI delivers real outcomes or stays a proof of concept. For channel partners, Jenson says that framing opens up more strategic conversations with customers around readiness, performance, and security. On the partner side, the week kicks off with the Partner Growth Summit on Monday – a dedicated partner day before the main conference begins. This year’s theme is “The Power of One”: one portfolio, one program, one integrated experience through HPE’s Partner Ready Vantage. Jenson sees it as a signal of HPE’s direction on program simplification and consolidation. Jenson’s advice to partners watching this week: don’t try to absorb everything. Pick one area – data center networking, cloud and hybrid cloud storage, or AI acceleration – and go deep on it. A follow-up episode focused on the specific partner program announcements out of Discover is coming later this week. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. HPE Discover 2026 opens this morning in Las Vegas, running from June 15 to 18 at the Venetian Convention and Expo Center, and if you’re on the ground in Vegas today you’re probably settling in to the Partner Growth Summit as you’re listening to this. The headline theme this year is “architecting AI, starting with the network.” HPE’s Antonio Neri takes the main stage tomorrow morning with that framing, and it’s a deliberate point of view. The network isn’t the last thing you figure out when you’re deploying AI – in HPE’s view, it’s the foundation. That’s worth unpacking. Joining me today is Jeremiah Jenson, vice president of North America Channel at HPE, who oversees partner strategy across the United States and Canada. I chatted with Jeremiah ahead of the show, so nothing embargoed is in here – none of the announcements are really covered. We’ll get to those in future episodes. This one is about setting the stage: who’s there, what the big themes are, how the week flows, and what Canadian partners following along from home should be paying attention to. Let’s get right into it – my chat with Jeremiah Jenson. Jeremiah, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Jeremiah Jenson: Yeah, thanks Robert. Robert Dutt: So for listeners who may not know you, can you give us a quick rundown of your role at HPE, and especially what that means in the context of an event like Discover this week? Jeremiah Jenson: Yeah, well, I lead HPE’s channel strategy across North America – both the United States and Canada – and that gives me a very close, direct view into what partners care about heading into Discover. My role is really to understand what partners care about and how to help them grow. I have responsibility across the full portfolio of Hewlett Packard Enterprise – compute, our hybrid IT business, all the associated software components, the networking business, and the services pieces as well. I really like to help connect our strategy to partners for ultimate delivery to customers. Robert Dutt: Let’s start with the event itself. It’s your flagship event, and it’s a big one. What does the scale look like, and particularly from where you’re sitting and what you’re responsible for, what kind of partner presence are you expecting – both in general and on the Canadian side? Do you have a sense of what the Canadian contingent looks like, both on-site in Vegas and watching virtually? Jeremiah Jenson: Yeah, I mean, it’s our flagship event and it’s always a major moment for the partner ecosystem across our portfolio, which includes networking, cloud, and AI. Massive event – and I would just say, first off, we’re oversubscribed. Demand for the event has been unlike anything we’ve ever seen. I have a fair bit of tenure with HPE and there is just a tremendous amount of interest, and I think that stems from the themes we’re bringing forward at Discover – helping not only our customers but partners shape and plan for the upcoming months. It’s a big moment for the HPE ecosystem. Canadian partners play a huge role. They’re a huge part of North America, a huge part of the market. Canada is a differentiated market, and I think they’re paying quite a bit of attention to this event because it helps them shape where they want to focus next – where do they want to make that next investment, what is the next opportunity for them to help serve their customers. Robert Dutt: I don’t want to get ahead of any of the announcements to come, but Antonio Neri’s keynote on Tuesday is publicly framed as “architecting AI starts with your network” – and that feels like a pretty deliberate point of view. It’s not just saying AI is everywhere, it’s saying the network is where AI actually gets built, actually runs, actually lives. What’s driving that framing from HPE’s perspective, and how does it translate into what channel partners are being asked to bring to their customers? Jeremiah Jenson: AI is a huge opportunity – it’s part of every conversation, it’s part of everyday life at this point. And what we’re seeing is that customers need the right foundation in place to move from interest to real outcomes. Now is the time to build that underlying foundation, and AI success really depends on the quality, security, and intelligence of the underlying infrastructure – and in particular, the networking. Whether that’s networking for AI or AI for networking, for partners that creates a bigger opportunity to lead conversations around readiness, security, and performance. Robert Dutt: How have you seen that conversation around AI with partners evolve since the last time HPE brought partners together for Discover? Jeremiah Jenson: If anything, the AI opportunity has accelerated. In years past there may have been questions about where AI would ultimately land, what the impact would ultimately be. And I think the thing that has changed – or maybe the right word is accelerated – is that AI isn’t a future opportunity anymore, it is a current opportunity. It is happening now, and now is the time to talk to your customers about the business outcome they intend to drive with AI. And that has just accelerated, whether that’s in networking as we discussed, whether it’s in some of our storage capabilities that we’ve brought to market, or generalized compute or high-performance compute. The opportunity has done nothing but accelerate. Robert Dutt: Partners are kicking off the week with the Partner Growth Summit today – later in the day on Monday – before the main conference even starts, and the general session theme is “The Power of One.” What’s the thinking behind having that dedicated partner day, and what does it mean in terms of how you’re trying to communicate with the channel right now? Jeremiah Jenson: I love Partner Growth Summit because, first, it speaks to how sincere we are about partnerships – partners are part of our DNA, they’re part of who we are and how we go to market. The Power of One theme is really the emphasis on one portfolio, one program, and one integrated experience through Partner Ready Vantage. It’s a signal about where we’re going – with a portfolio of our size and a channel of our size, we’re on a constant quest for simplification. Partner Growth Summit is really a dedicated moment for partners to focus on what HPE’s strategy means to them, how they can implement that strategy within their business, and it’s about making HPE easier to work with, more profitable to grow with, and more efficient to operate within. Robert Dutt: Certainly the idea of having a partner conference attached to a big customer-centric event like Discover is common practice across the industry. But it’s interesting that instead of “partner summit,” “partner conference,” or “partner day” – the names you see elsewhere – it seems quite intentional to have the word “growth” in Partner Growth Summit. Can you speak to that decision? Jeremiah Jenson: Absolutely. Partners are powering our growth – they’re part and parcel to who we are, and how and where we’re growing. While dedicated partner days might in some cases be fairly standard, ours is very deliberate. We start with the partner strategy, from there into the broader company strategy, and then into deeper technical and customer conversations. From my standpoint, that growth element starts with the partner – painting the areas of strategic growth and strategic investment, where we are going together as one, in the markets that we want to help take advantage of. Robert Dutt: Walk us through how the week actually plays out for someone on the ground here in Vegas. We start off Monday with the Partner Growth Summit, the main conference runs Tuesday through Thursday – what’s the rhythm and shape of the week, and what should people be watching for as it unfolds? Jeremiah Jenson: So the week starts with Partner Growth Summit on Monday – that starts with the partner strategy, how we’re simplifying and consolidating our programs, driving efficiency, and presenting real growth opportunities, and that’s directly linked to the following days. That goes right into the broader company strategy: CEO keynote Tuesday, CTO general session Wednesday. Then the showcase and one-on-one meetings throughout. What you see is that move from partner strategy to broader company strategy and then into deeper technical and customer conversations with individual bespoke meetings throughout. The other piece I’d highlight is that customers and partners have the opportunity to follow along remotely, so the key there is to focus on the themes, the keynotes, and the signals around where HPE is investing. And it all wraps up Wednesday night – for those who are at least in Vegas – at Allegiant Stadium. A big celebration night with our customers, our partners, and the broader HPE ecosystem, with Steve Aoki and Imagine Dragons headlining that evening. A big send-off for everyone. Robert Dutt: Pulling back the lens to Canada specifically – you’re running North America Channel. What can you tell me about what the conversation with Canadian partners looks like heading into this show? Where is the Canadian partner community with HPE right now, and is there anything distinctive about what they should be watching for this week at Discover? Jeremiah Jenson: It’s a great question, because the Canadian channel partner ecosystem is one that is distinct and unique, but also very deliberate and focused on customer outcomes. I always really appreciate that about that market. Discover is both a strategy event – in terms of where are we investing, what are the strategic areas and customer opportunities – and a business event: where is demand moving, how are those themes translating into opportunity and profitability? Some of the areas I’d draw their attention to: certainly networking, and in particular data center networking – there’s a huge opportunity there with what’s happening around networking for AI. I’d also call their attention to our cloud offerings and sovereign cloud offerings, which are particularly important for a lot of Canadian businesses and Canadian partners. We’re seeing a tremendous amount of opportunity around sovereign cloud, whether that’s in the Canadian public sector or some of the other businesses we historically serve or are targeting in Canada. They’re very focused on the deliberate opportunity with their customers, and the real question is how do we translate those strategic areas into real business, real profitability, and real growth. Robert Dutt: It’s interesting – it sounds like you’re describing the Canadian channel as sort of ahead of the curve, if anything, on selling on outcomes. That’s obviously been a focus for more than a year now. Sometimes I think the Canadian market writ large gets painted with a brush of being a little conservative in terms of adopting technology, and maybe that focus on outcomes is a way of managing that – getting through to customers who don’t necessarily want to be first out of the gate, but want something that’s proven and ready to go. Jeremiah Jenson: Yeah, for me, I wouldn’t use the word “conservative.” I would use the word “intentional.” The Canadian partners I do business with are very exciting and forward-thinking, but intentional. They’re close with their customers – they have a level of customer intimacy that I’m often impressed with – and they’re very focused on where they can add value and help customers accomplish their business goals. So conservative is not a word I would use. They’re just very forward-thinking and intentional. Robert Dutt: Last one – sort of a two-header, one from your perspective and one from a partner perspective. You’ve covered some of this, but just to narrow it down: if I’m a Canadian partner heading to Vegas or following along online, what’s the one thing you’d make sure you walk away from Discover this week understanding? And from your perspective, what does a successful week look like for you? Jeremiah Jenson: If I’m a partner about to watch Discover – either in person or following along online – I would challenge yourself to personalize it: where’s the next growth opportunity for me? Hewlett Packard Enterprise offers such a huge portfolio, so the question is, what is the next opportunity I can take to my customer or customer base? I’ll point out a couple of very strategic areas: data center networking, and how we’re bringing that strong networking portfolio together; our cloud offerings, hybrid cloud software, and storage; and what we’re doing in AI, where we’re seeing massive acceleration. Pick one, and challenge yourself personally – where can I invest in myself that will help me produce a better customer outcome for the customers I serve? Pick one and be really deliberate about how you can understand that more deeply. And for me – what does success look like coming away from this year? I want clarity of message to be impressed upon the entire North America Channel, and probably most importantly, the Canadian channel. How do we make this real for Canadian partners in their differentiated market? Clarity of message, and making sure we all walk away with the same mission, one goal, and one very clear definition of success. Robert Dutt: Big goals for a big week. Good luck – I hope it’s a very successful Discover for you. Jeremiah Jenson: Thanks so much for the opportunity. I’m looking forward to seeing everybody in Las Vegas. Robert Dutt: There you have it – Jeremiah Jenson from HPE. I’d like to thank Jeremiah for his time. Just a heads up – this is part one. We’ll be back later this week with another conversation, as Jeremiah and I are going to talk a little bit after the Partner Growth Summit’s main stage so we can get a look at the specific partner program announcements coming out of Discover. Keep an ear out for that, and of course we’ll have the news breakdown tomorrow morning on The Buzz as well. Thanks as always for listening. A couple of things I want to leave you with from this conversation. First: the “networking for AI – or AI for the network” framing. The argument HPE is making is that the network is the enabling layer for everything your customers are trying to do with AI. That’s a positioning opportunity worth thinking about in your own customer conversations, wherever you sit in the stack. Second: Jeremiah’s challenge to partners watching or attending Discover this week – don’t try to absorb everything. Pick one area, whether that’s data center networking, cloud and hybrid cloud storage, or AI acceleration, and go deep on it. That’s how you turn a week of announcements into something you can actually bring back to your business. I thought that was good advice for following any big vendor event. If you’re enjoying the podcast, please do subscribe or follow wherever you listen. We’re available on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most of the usual places. And if you can leave a rating or review, those are always appreciated. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: HPE Discover 2026 kicks off: HPE Discover 2026 opens today at The Venetian in Las Vegas with the Partner Growth Summit, the partner-exclusive day that precedes the main conference. The General Session – “The Power of One” – is led by HPE channel head Simon Ewington and focuses on HPE’s unified partner strategy under the HPE Partner Ready Vantage program, spanning networking, cloud, and AI. This is the first Partner Growth Summit since HPE’s $14 billion Juniper Networks acquisition closed, and HPE is presenting partners with a fully unified portfolio story for the first time. ChannelBuzz.ca is on the ground all week: Tuesday’s Buzz will feature a full Partner Growth Summit recap, and In The Channel this week features a multi-part series with Jeremiah Jenson, HPE’s vice president of North America channel and partner ecosystem, covering the Discover announcements in depth. Cato Networks launches integration hub: Cato Networks has launched a new Technology Partner Program and a Platform Integration Hub, debuting with more than 100 out-of-the-box integrations with third-party security, cloud, and networking solutions. The SASE provider says the program is designed to simplify how partners and customers connect Cato’s platform with existing enterprise technology stacks. The move is significant for Canadian MSPs and MSSPs: a robust integration catalog reduces the custom API work that often slows deployment and increases delivery costs, making it easier to position Cato alongside the broader tools in a customer’s security environment. Checkmarx flags CISO compliance pressures: A new 2026 Future of Application Security Report from Checkmarx, based on a survey of more than 2,000 developers and CISOs, found that 95 per cent of CISOs report being pressured to suppress or delay compliance-related security issues when business deadlines loom. The research also highlights how AI-generated code is expanding the attack surface faster than many security teams can manage. For Canadian MSSPs, the data reinforces the value of independent, third-party security oversight – and the case for structured application security as a managed service. Dataminr and TD SYNNEX partner on AI cyber defense: Dataminr has signed a strategic distribution agreement with TD SYNNEX, making Dataminr for Cyber Defense available to more than 35,000 North American resellers. The platform combines external risk signals with internal telemetry to help security teams prioritize threats in real time. For Canadian partners already working with TD SYNNEX, the deal adds an AI-driven threat intelligence offering to the distributor’s security portfolio at a time when customers are asking for earlier warning around cyber risk. inforcer launches Microsoft 365 TDR platform: inforcer has launched inforcer Threat Detection and Response, a new platform that gives MSPs a single environment to manage detection, incident response, and reporting across the full Microsoft 365 estate – including Entra, Defender, Purview, Teams, and SharePoint. According to the company, the platform’s advantage is its existing policy and configuration context for each tenant, which it says allows the detection engine to separate real threats from alert noise. The product launched in early access at Pax8 Beyond last week. ConnectSecure introduces Patch 360: ConnectSecure has launched Patch 360, a patch management solution designed specifically for MSPs. According to the company, the platform gives MSPs more control over patch prioritization, testing, and approval workflows, and is designed to reduce deployment risk while accelerating patching across operating systems and third-party applications. NetRise launches Discovery Partner Program: Software supply chain security firm NetRise has launched the Discovery Partner Program for VARs, MSSPs, distributors, and systems integrators. The program provides partners access to the NetRise Platform, which analyzes compiled software artifacts – including binaries, firmware, and containers – to identify components and risks that may not appear in source-code scans or vendor-provided SBOMs. NetRise is positioning the program as a way for partners to address growing customer demand for independent software supply chain verification. Read Full Transcript This episode of The Buzz is brought to you by HPE Discover 2026. HPE Discover runs June 15 to 18 at The Venetian in Las Vegas. Discover what’s next at hpe.com/discover. Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Monday, June 15th, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. The biggest event on HPE’s calendar opens today at The Venetian Convention and Expo Center in Las Vegas, and ChannelBuzz.ca is on the ground for the full week. But before the main conference opens to the broader audience tomorrow, today belongs exclusively to the channel. The HPE Partner Growth Summit – the partner-only day that kicks off Discover week – is underway as you’re hearing this. The centrepiece is the General Session called “The Power of One,” led by HPE channel head Simon Ewington alongside a lineup of HPE senior executives. The name captures the message HPE is sending its partner ecosystem heading into the back half of 2026: one comprehensive portfolio, one unified program under HPE Partner Ready Vantage, and one integrated experience across networking, cloud, and AI. The afternoon breakout agenda is dense – covering GreenLake and hybrid cloud, Aruba networking with AI, monetizing accelerated compute and agentic workloads, and HPE’s evolving service provider story. It’s also worth noting the context: this is the first Partner Growth Summit since HPE’s $14 billion acquisition of Juniper Networks cleared regulatory review and officially closed. Partners are getting their first look at a fully unified networking and compute story from a company that can now tell it cleanly. We’re bringing you the announcements as they happen all week.  In just a couple of hours on In The Channel, I’ll help you get ready for Discover, as I preview the event with the help of none other than Jeremiah Jenson, HPE’s vice president of North American channel and partner ecosystem.  Tomorrow on The Buzz, we’ll have all the news from Partner Growth Summit, and tomorrow’s In The Channel will also feature Jenson, as we take a deeper dive into the HPE’s partner programs and where he sees the biggest opportunities for the channel right now. Be sure to stick with us all week as we bring you full coverage from Vegas. Cato Networks is expanding its ecosystem with the launch of a new Technology Partner Program and a Platform Integration Hub. The SASE provider says the hub debuts with more than 100 integrations out of the box, offering streamlined connectivity with third-party security, cloud, and networking solutions. According to Cato, the program is designed to simplify how partners and customers integrate its platform with existing enterprise technology stacks, reducing friction and speeding up deployments. A vendor-led integration effort at this scale matters for the channel. As enterprise environments grow more layered and complex, MSPs rely on platforms that connect cleanly to an existing stack rather than requiring months of custom API work. Out-of-the-box integrations mean less time troubleshooting compatibility and more time delivering security outcomes to clients. It’s worth noting that Cato’s channel chief said earlier this year that seven out of ten deals the company closes are already partner-led. A stronger integration story could deepen that dependence on the channel by making it easier for MSPs and MSSPs to position Cato alongside the other tools in a customer’s security stack. A report released last week by application security vendor Checkmarx is putting hard numbers on a dynamic that security-focused channel partners have likely been seeing for some time. The 2026 Future of Application Security Report, based on a survey of more than 2,000 developers and CISOs, found that 95 per cent of CISOs say they have been pressured to suppress or delay compliance-related security issues when business deadlines loom. Compounding the problem: the adoption of AI-generated code is accelerating, which Checkmarx says is multiplying the attack surface in production environments faster than many security teams can manage. The business case for external, independent security oversight has rarely been clearer. When internal security leaders are being overruled on vulnerability management, an MSP or MSSP operating as a neutral third party – accountable to security outcomes rather than product launch timelines – steps into a genuine gap. The data also validates the case for application security as a structured managed service. As AI-generated code becomes standard in the development pipeline, organizations that can’t close that gap internally will need to find a partner who can. In Brief – Dataminr and TD SYNNEX have signed a distribution agreement that makes Dataminr for Cyber Defense available to more than 35,000 North American resellers through TD SYNNEX’s channel network.  Security vendor inforcer has launched inforcer Threat Detection and Response, a new platform designed to give MSPs a single environment to manage detection, incident response, and reporting for Microsoft 365.  ConnectSecure has introduced Patch 360, a patch management solution built specifically for MSPs that the company says reduces deployment risk while accelerating patching across operating systems and third-party applications.  NetRise has launched the Discovery Partner Program, targeting VARs, MSSPs, distributors, and systems integrators with software supply chain security capabilities built around compiled binary analysis rather than source code or vendor-provided SBOMs.  Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Josh Singh, sales director at Turning Point Technology Services Josh Singh didn’t arrive at Dell Technologies World simply as a partner – he arrived as someone who spent nearly eight years on the vendor side, in Dell sales roles, before crossing over to Turning Point as the company’s sales lead. That dual perspective shapes everything about how Turning Point operates. The Vancouver-based solution provider, founded in 2012, runs exclusively on Dell in the data center – a deliberate, all-in single-vendor bet that Josh frames not as a constraint but as a competitive advantage. Nearly half of the team is ex-Dell, which means when a customer needs an answer fast, Turning Point knows exactly who to call inside Dell’s notoriously complex internal matrix. That navigational fluency, Josh argues, is the kind of differentiation that doesn’t show up in a spec sheet but shows up every time there’s urgency. Turning Point recently formalized that depth by opening what Dell designates as its first official solution center in Canada, in their Vancouver office, giving the team and their clients hands-on access to the full portfolio – including the GB10 for deskside AI development. On AI, Josh’s read is that the “AI factory” framing was right directionally but too large a first step for most of the Canadian market. Dell’s move toward more modular, consumable AI infrastructure – starting at one or two servers, proving a use case, then scaling – is what actually unlocks adoption for SMB customers. Small wins first, then the appetite for something bigger. On security and resilience, Josh drew a clear line: backup is the last line of defense, and if that last line gets hit – or gets frozen by a ransomware insurance claim – you’re rebuilding from scratch. Dell’s Data Domain and its proprietary DDBoost protocol, alongside Veeam, form the core of what Turning Point puts in front of customers who need to actually recover, not just theoretically recover. And rounding it out: the supply chain disruption, compounded by Broadcom‘s reshaping of the virtualization market, is forcing Canadian organizations to plan differently – more external awareness, more budget flexibility, earlier commitment. That’s a challenge across the industry, Josh notes. But for partners who can guide customers through it, it’s also an opening. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. We’re continuing our series from Dell Technologies World in Las Vegas. This week, we’re deep on the partner perspective. Today’s guest brings a point of view you don’t usually get. Nearly a decade inside Dell Technologies, followed by a move to the partner side – specifically to a partner that has made one of the most deliberate, all-in single-vendor bets you’ll find in the Canadian channel. Josh Singh leads the sales team at Turning Point Technology Services, a Vancouver-based solution provider founded in 2012 that operates exclusively on Dell in the data center. Not mostly Dell, not primarily Dell – exclusively. In a channel where diversification is almost reflexively treated as risk management, Turning Point went the other way, and they did it right at the beginning of Dell’s channel investment cycle, which turned out to be good timing. Josh brings to that an unusual lens. He spent almost eight years in Dell’s sales roles, where he learned early that the channel was the key to his success, and that knowing how to navigate Dell’s internal matrix is an advantage that translates directly into faster, better outcomes for customers. Roughly half of Turning Point’s team is ex-Dell. They recently opened what Dell designates as its first official solution center in Canada, right there in their Vancouver office. We talked about what it actually means to make the single-vendor bet and why it’s holding up. How the AI adoption conversation is changing for SMB customers who weren’t ready for the Dell AI Factory, but might be ready for something smaller. The security and data resilience story, and why backup shouldn’t be confused with business continuity. And what the supply chain situation, plus Broadcom’s disruption of the market, is doing to how customers have to plan. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Josh Singh. Josh, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. I’m sure it’s been a busy week. Josh Singh: It has been a busy week, and thanks for having me. Robert Dutt: I guess to open it up, I want to start with a question that frames the perspective that you have at an event like this. Turning Point made the explicit call to go all-in on Dell on the infrastructure side, as I understand. A lot of partners diversify, carry multiple vendors, pick and choose their spots. What’s the logic behind that bet? What does a week like this one – where Dell’s making a lot of big moves around AI and the direction of the partner program and all that – feel like for a shop that’s tied its future to the Dell story? Josh Singh: Very good question. I’ve been asked this numerous times, and it’s clear you’ve done your research on us. As you said, Robert, we are 100% Dell-exclusive in the data center. We do have other technologies that are complementary to Dell to give our clients an end-to-end ecosystem of technology, but we have doubled, tripled, and quadrupled down on Dell in the data center. Turning Point was formed in 2012. Three founders – Lee, Sean, and Lauren – they came from a value-added reseller that sold a multitude of technologies. What they found out at the time was Dell had a portfolio that covered the end-to-end, especially in the data center. They branched out, all three of them from [Seven Group – verify company name], and they formed Turning Point. They just realized that Dell was at the beginning of their partner program. You’ll see a legacy fabric still embedded in some aspects of Dell Technologies where they still are partial to selling direct, but they have put a large amount of emphasis and investment in the channel over the last fifteen years. Turning Point was formed at the very beginning of that cycle. Since then, we have had no regrets. Dell has really come to the table as a really solid partner for us, allowing us to offer our clients the end-to-end data center strategy with Dell Technologies. Robert Dutt: Your lens is unique too in that you have some time at Dell EMC – a viewpoint that a lot of partners don’t have in terms of having seen both sides of that fence, especially around the same vendor. What does that vendor-side time teach you about what Dell actually needs and wants from partners, and the reality of what Dell values in a partner? Josh Singh: Yeah, that’s a really good question. I spent almost eight years at Dell in various sales roles. I learned very quickly, and early on in my Dell sales career, that the channel was the key to my success. The core reason why is I’m one individual. I have a solutions engineer, I have some overlays, and we manage a pretty large territory. I found that if I could just introduce a channel partner into the mix, I could lob it over the fence, play quarterback a little bit, get enough updates from the channel partner so I can update my leadership – because that’s really important. But I was able to scale my business significantly when I started to work with the channel. Actually, Turning Point was one of those channel partners that I worked very closely with. So it’s a bit of a full circle moment for me to come back and I lead the sales team at Turning Point. Robert Dutt: I have to imagine the Dell team is happy to have you, because clearly you’ve got that lens for exactly what they are looking for from you as a partner. Josh Singh: Yeah, you know, every vendor has their own methodology and go-to-market culture. And so it does help. Actually, almost half of Turning Point’s team is ex-Dell Technologies employees. So that really gives us a unique perspective on how Dell wants to sell, how to update Dell, what’s important to them – what’s important to each level in the organization, from the sales rep to the manager, to the director, to the senior director, to the president. So we understand what is important to Dell Technologies. And also, for our customers, it’s really important to pick the right technologies. But as we all know, this world is moving so fast and our customers need answers, and they need us to be on their requests in a really time-sensitive way. And so, typically with most vendors, you know your account executive and that individual is the key to the organization. When you come from Dell, you all of a sudden know how to navigate the matrix of Dell. And so when a customer has a question, you know exactly who to call. You can pick up the phone and get that answer in a much more time-sensitive way than navigating the matrix of Dell, which can be large and daunting. Robert Dutt: So the secret sauce is as simple as spending more than half a decade inside the company itself. Josh Singh: Simple. Yeah, easy peasy. Robert Dutt: Big week for AI infrastructure here, and the Dell AI thesis – in so much as they’ve for a while been pulling on the idea of running AI models on-prem and on their infrastructure – was really amplified this week. Between that, desktop agentic AI, and the whole server and storage announcements underneath that, how does what was announced here resonate with what you guys are doing now and what your customers are asking for in terms of technology and how it’s delivered? Josh Singh: Yeah, no, that’s a really good question. So I’ve been at Dell Technologies World almost every year, and I’m finding a big difference in the talk tracks this year. AI was a concept, it was a lot of buzzwords, it was a lot of fluff, to be honest with you as well. Everyone’s trying to chase what AI means to them. But I think this year is the first year where I started to see concepts materialize into practicality, whether it comes to data locality or infrastructure, or really how to go to the next steps of adopting AI. The Canadian market is more pragmatic in their approach to adoption of technology – a little laggard, but not in a negative way, just a bit more conservative. And so what Dell Technologies World enables me and us to do is learn from people actually deploying AI in a much more meaningful and scalable way, for us to then be able to go back to Canada and start to talk about potential use cases, potential outcomes – because it is a very daunting topic, AI, sometimes it can be very overwhelming. So Dell Technologies World allows us to take some key facts about AI, bring them back into our local market, and then help them through that journey. And also, we’re meeting a lot of experts here as well. So it’s not just that we take these concepts and go back to Canada and try to do it ourselves – we’re really supported by the Dell channel ecosystem as well, to help our clients evolve in their AI journey. Robert Dutt: What are the ideas that you’re hearing that specifically are making you think, “All right, this is going to change something in how we do business internally, or this is something I have to take to customer X, customer Y, customer Z,” because it maps to what they’re thinking about or where they should be thinking? Josh Singh: Yeah. I think Dell, when they first wanted to address AI, they came out with the Dell AI Factory, and that was the message. So for a lot of Canadian organizations – which are largely SMB – adoption of an AI Factory is not consumable. It’s too large. They need to prove the model out. And then as soon as they get some small wins and successes, then they can scale out, because the smallest AI Factory was large for them. And this is what we noticed, actually, in the last twelve months. So what Dell is doing now is making it a bit more economical, a bit more consumable – in the AI data platform, starting at one server, maybe two servers, a little PowerScale, and then using that to prove out a use case. And then once we prove out a use case, our customers say, “Hey, there’s really something to this AI thing that everybody keeps talking about.” Now they can really start to invest in a much more scalable, larger way. So I think what Dell has released – very small products with the GB10 all the way up to that massive AI Factory – I mean, you saw when Michael Dell came out with Jensen, and he came out on stage and showed the entire portfolio of AI with a small little itty-bitty – not quite Raspberry Pi size, but not too far from that. Robert Dutt: Really, yeah. Josh Singh: And then having Jensen talk about the next model and how much more powerful that next model is – 100x, 100x, 100x, all the way up to that big AI Factory. So I think it just allows us to be a bit more practical in AI adoption rather than, “Mr. Customer, you have to adopt an AI Factory and that’s how you’re going to achieve AI.” So yeah. Robert Dutt: Has some of the stuff they’re talking about – deskside AI, and specifically deskside agents – when you talk about a GB10 and the lower end of that, and even for more casual users, they would make the case down to the AI-enabled PC – how does that kind of map with how your customers are approaching AI, given that they aren’t going to be going out and buying even a bottom-end, full-on AI Factory experience as a day-one thing? Josh Singh: Yeah. So at Turning Point, we have our data center – it’s actually a solution center. Dell has multiple across the world. There was none in Canada. So actually, with Dell leadership, we opened up Dell’s first solution center in Vancouver in our office. There was a big unveiling with the president of Dell Canada, all Dell leadership came out, and we stood up our solution center in conjunction with Dell. So in that solution center, we have every piece of technology that Dell has – from PowerStore to PowerScale to ObjectScale. And we recently adopted the GB10 so we’re able to actually learn it, use practical use cases that actually help Turning Point, and then we can actually know how to speak to our customers as an adopter ourselves of the GB10 and some of the use cases. So anything from OpenClaw to using different language models and trying to help business productivity in that manner. We serve customers in almost every single vertical. So we are working with healthcare – we’re doing some work right now with healthcare and looking at different use cases when it comes to X-rays and things like that. And then we also work with legal, looking at contractual ways to actually pull out data from thousands or millions of contracts to find commonalities to help an organization improve their operational efficiency. So we’ve got our system in our solution center and we’re actually going through those use cases ourselves so that we can better serve our customers. Robert Dutt: Given that you’ve got that data center and you’ve got that – choose your own analogy, eat your own dog food, drink your own champagne – approach to things, how have you guys approached AI internally, and what have you learned from how you’ve done that over the last year or two? Josh Singh: So it’s a good question. Admittedly, we are a little bit at the beginning of that journey as well. So at Turning Point, as well as many of our customers, we were a bit overwhelmed with what AI meant. And so we have a practice when it comes to consultation to navigate what AI means for them. We do specific workshops to get a client to understand what they want out of AI and to conceptualize what AI is capable of doing. Now we’re really getting into how product is going to help that. So this is the next iteration of our AI journey to help our customers – going over and beyond the consultative nature of how AI works and models and inferencing and all those buzzwords that customers understand but don’t really understand. And then we’ll take whatever is the output from that workshop, and now with our solution center, we’re looking to actually take the results of that and try to replicate it using product and technology and actual outcome. Robert Dutt: How often do you find that the outcome of the workshop – “this is what AI would do best for you” – maps with what they came in thinking AI would do best for them? Josh Singh: It’s fascinating to see, actually, because in a lot of SMB organizations, there is no AI data scientist, there is no AI leader. So it’s essentially decision by committee. And that committee could be a storage admin, a network admin, a compute admin, an application admin, all the way up to leadership, cybersecurity, of course, for governance and compliance. So seeing the different perspectives in these AI committees is really interesting – to watch the customer look at each other and each individual have their own expertise and go, “Oh, that’s interesting. Oh, that’s interesting. Why did I know you viewed the world through the lens of this?” And so coming in with these workshops, it’s typically not one outcome. It’s actually allowing a conversation between these committees at our customer organizations to really help push what AI means for each of those individuals. And then they branch out, actually not with Turning Point but internally, to foster more discussion. And then we come back in and help prod and push in certain areas with our AI knowledge. But really, it’s more contextual. It’s not really about language models and things like that. It’s more about blue sky – like, what do we want to do? And what’s success for you, and what’s success for you, and what’s success for you? You’ll notice that success for each of these individuals is very different. So it’s been fascinating for us to watch. Robert Dutt: It’s funny how often some of these things do – for all the technology behind it – come down to breaking down internal silos. Josh Singh: Yes, yes, yeah. It’s a big part of our job. We help bridge technology to business, to legal, to cybersecurity, all the way up to business goals. So it’s really – it’s an honor to work in this industry and see those conversations play out. Robert Dutt: We saw some fairly significant changes to the partner program and the rollout of the Modern Partner Platform – in terms of the agentic AI stuff that’s rolling into the partner portal and the partner experience, deal registration improvements, a whole bunch of things – especially where you guys are at as a boutique, exclusively Dell-focused operation on the data center side. What did you see in there that really caught your interest – “okay, that’s going to make my life better”? And in a more art-of-the-possible mode, what do you think AI appearing in partner platforms is going to mean in the long run in terms of what you can do, and what you can get from the overall experience you have with key vendors like Dell? Josh Singh: Yeah, good question. So they haven’t fully rolled out the One Dell Way platform yet – they’re chipping away at it. First is with CSG on the client side, and they’re starting that internally. So we haven’t actually seen the result of a lot of that change yet. But I do know theoretically what the plan is for that, and I think it’s going to be really advantageous for us. We are seeing a little bit of the benefits right now where human intervention – as vendors start to consolidate a bit more in sales and back office – the role of the sales rep is changing. There are a lot of tasks that that sales rep now has to do. And so they can sometimes be the bottleneck of operational efficiency. Let’s talk about deal registration, for example: they will get an email, and if they’re busy in meetings, by the time they get to that email and press OK, it could be twenty-four, it could be forty-eight hours, it could be seventy-two hours if that person’s out of town. So then you have to chase – and with how fast IT is moving with our customers, we can’t afford to wait that long. So we’re starting to see a bit more intelligence and automation in how deal registrations are approved. It is a bit of a complicated topic because the channel relies on Dell’s ability to recognize who our accounts are, who our loyal customers are. And so there have been some conflicts since then. But I do see that Dell is on it and they are working it out. And I do love the transparency and honesty from Dell in owning up where mistakes were made and correcting them in the field. So I am seeing some AI adoption when it comes to the partner program, but it’s not fully rolled out yet. So I am looking forward to seeing what they come out with. Robert Dutt: In terms of future state – whether it’s stuff that they’re already discussing or stuff that’s just possible but not yet on the roadmap – what would be the most impactful for you and your organization to move to a more automated, more agentic motion with a key vendor like Dell? Josh Singh: Yeah. I’m sure you’ve heard of Dell Sales Chat. It’s basically their version of GPT, but it references all of Dell’s information – presentations, documents, white papers, service briefs, and things like that. So the Dell rep just types in a query into Dell Sales Chat, and an answer comes out while referencing all Dell documentation. What I really want to see is Dell enabling that for the channel. And so I’ve talked to Dell leadership – specifically people that own this product – and that is the plan. And so I’m really, really excited for that, because especially when we respond to RFPs in public sector, it’s a very time-consuming endeavor. And so for us to be able to type in queries on very specific questions that public sector has about technology would be really valuable. And I do know that there are compliance and governance issues as well. The labeling of documentation has to be accurate – otherwise, the channel would get access to potentially confidential data from Dell Sales Chat. But that’s the biggest thing that I’m waiting for Dell to offer the channel. Robert Dutt: Cool. I wanted to talk a little bit about security and data resilience, because that was another theme here at the event – an area where you guys have a fair bit going on with vCISO and MDR, cyber recovery, all that kind of stuff. Basically, how does the Dell cyber resilience narrative from this week connect with what you’re already doing? Does it strengthen the story you’re telling clients? Does it give you new opportunities? How are you viewing the message here? Josh Singh: Yeah. So I actually come from the security and resilience team at Dell – that’s my most recent role there. So it’s near and dear to me and my heart, and I am seeing a lot of product updates when it comes to security. That’s really exciting for me to see, actually. So Dell has a security and data platform in Data Domain, and there are other partners in the ecosystem like Druva and others. There are some partnerships with CrowdStrike and other MDR companies. And that’s what I really appreciate about Dell – they did have Secureworks for a period of time, which got spun off, but I do appreciate Dell constantly looking at where their gaps are from a technology perspective and then partnering up with other vendors to complete the end-to-end strategy. As I mentioned, each individual product in the technology portfolio – they are releasing a lot of security updates and functionality embedded in PowerStore, more in Data Domain when it comes to immutability and things like that, and PowerScale anomaly detection in each of the different products, end-to-end encryption with secure [HPAs – unclear; possibly “HBAs” or “APIs” – verify]. So there’s a lot of attention right now when it comes to security. And to come back to AI – AI is really cool and it can create a lot of really cool outcomes. That’s if you’re wearing a white hat. If you’re wearing a black hat, it can be equally exciting for them as well. And so Dell has to keep up now with not just asking what are the positive outcomes that can drive more efficiency and unlock human progress, but what are the black hats going to be doing with AI, and how do we respond? Robert Dutt: I was sharing a detail this week that backup infrastructure is kind of a primary target for attacks. Curious – does that kind of match with what you’re seeing? And how do you, especially with customers who are newer to you or just going through the process, help them reconcile what they think they’re protecting with their backup versus what they actually have in terms of protection? Josh Singh: Yeah, this is – I mean, every backup vendor says the same thing. This becomes really difficult, actually, to undo a lot of the conditioning from a lot of the backup vendors. I joined DPS – which is now the SRP, the Security and Resiliency Platform, at Dell – for a very specific reason. I actually used to also work for Secureworks. And I realized that talking to people about managed security services was resonating at the time. But the answer was always, “Hey, we just go back to our backup target and we restore, we recover, we’re up and running within a couple of hours.” So I thought, I could spend the same amount of time with a different team and a different product and achieve much more success, because that’s what most organizations are relying on. So they really rely on backup. Now, backup should not be confused with business continuity. Backup is the last line of defense – and it really is the last line of defense. So when you have a last line of defense, you need to make sure that that is locked down. If you don’t trust your last line of defense, it doesn’t really matter what you do on top of that. You can spend millions of dollars per year operationally on subscriptions and monitoring and things like that. But if you don’t trust your last line of defense, you are hooked. And so Dell’s backup product, Data Domain, is the most secure, purpose-built backup appliance out there in the market – hands down. It’s not even a comparison, from my perspective – and it could be a biased perspective – against other competition and other vendors that also play in the same area. There are just so many features in Data Domain when it comes to immutability and governance and compliance and DDBoost, which is a proprietary protocol – it’s not CIFS, it’s not NFS. A bad actor can scan a CIFS or NFS directory so easily and then just encrypt it. So while we do work very well with PPDM – which is Dell’s backup software – we also use Veeam as well. And so the Veeam-to-Data Domain story is very powerful, and it’s really good for the SMB market as well. So we’re constantly looking at the market and seeing what’s compatible, what plays well with Dell products, and we’re introducing that into our ecosystem as well. Robert Dutt: All right. To wrap it up – sitting where you sit as a partner who’s made a pretty significant single-vendor bet on Dell, what’s the one thing from this week that you sit back and go, “Yeah, that validates the decision”? And also, was there anything that gives you pause – that makes you go, “Okay, I need to learn more about that before I’m sure that we’re aligned”? Josh Singh: Yeah. I mean, I can’t deny that we haven’t been forced to think about more vendor adoption. And as every company needs to iterate and evolve and stay on top of industry trends, we need to constantly be surveying other technologies. And we do. We look at NetApp all the time. We look at Pure. We look at HPE constantly. And what we’ve noticed is we don’t need to take on a different vendor. And especially – one thing I will say about Dell, and I’m not sure if this is an answer to your question, but I do have to mention this – Dell’s supply chain is second to none. So we’re in this world right now which is shifting aggressively to shortages and components and things like that. And that’s where Dell’s really shining right now – in their ability to go to different geographic areas and fast-track product from other areas. So that’s just one thing that I have to plug Dell for: very impressive about what they’re doing there. But from a Dell perspective, they’re constantly innovating. All the thought leaders of the world – in different companies and different partners and vendors – they’re all here. And so if we have that big bet on Dell and they’re constantly innovating and adding new partnerships and are at the forefront of innovation, then that means we are too. And if we are, then we don’t need to look anywhere else – and we’re going to double down on the bet. Robert Dutt: To go back to what you were saying about the supply chain situation – it’s no doubt wild times trying to get infrastructure for everyone on the planet right now. And we hear pretty clearly from Jeff Clarke the idea, the message to customers: put your hand up early – really early, if you can – because that’ll give you the best chances of getting what you want when you want it. If you’re thinking two years out or something, how are you approaching timelines and guidance to customers on – okay, so you want to be here at some point – speccing that out in light of the uncertainty of availability, the uncertainty of price, all the fun stuff that’s going on right now? Josh Singh: We’re living in that world right now and it’s changing the way customers have to respond to their stakeholders in their organizations. Back in the day – and by back in the day, I mean six months ago – a customer needed compute and they would buy compute and they would get it within three weeks, likely two. Now we’re looking at two months, three months, sometimes six-month delays, depending on if they need very specific components. So it is a little bit like the COVID days, where there was a big push to remote connectivity. Now customers are looking at public cloud again in a bigger way because they need immediate resources. So what we’re trying to do as an organization is say, “Yes, you could go to the cloud – that is an option. It always has been an option and always will be an option. But is that the right thing for your organization economically, from a security perspective, from a latency perspective?” There are so many more considerations, especially in the Canadian market with data sovereignty. And so the shift of parts shortages – and this wouldn’t be a current interview unless we talked about Broadcom and the changes they’ve made in the market as well. These two very big changes in our market are now affecting the way that organizations have to respond to their stakeholders and the immediacy of resources. So planning now is critically important. The way that customers are now trying to secure budget within their organizations is changing, because they need to be a bit more adaptable and flexible to what’s externally offered. Previously, it was internal operational methodologies on how they adopted technologies. Now they’re being affected by the external. So they have to be a bit more flexible and adaptable as to how they need to support their growing environment – by way of data, by way of compute resources, and especially AI. Now that I need GPUs and memory and CPUs, which are now in shortage, it is a very big challenge. But it’s not a Dell challenge, it’s a customer challenge. It’s happening across the entire industry. So that’s a good thing for us. If it was a Dell challenge, then we’d have a challenge ourselves and be in a bit of a corner. But it’s a global challenge right now that we are constantly seeing changes to. And I suspect we’ll continue to see changes for the rest of the year. Robert Dutt: It’s wild times when you hear folks who are very intelligent on these things saying this is going to be a multi-year kind of cycle. I guess AI giveth, AI taketh away. Josh Singh: Yes, yes. And geopolitics – we’ve got some leaders in the world right now that are making decisions that are affecting our geopolitical climate as well, which is then downstream affecting IT. So it’s interesting times. Exciting times. And I think we’ll look back on today just like we looked back on COVID – we’ll get through it. We’re all in it together. Robert Dutt: Here’s hoping the war stories end up good at the end of the day. Josh Singh: That’s right. Robert Dutt: Thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Josh Singh: Thanks very much, Rob. I appreciate it. Thank you. Robert Dutt: There you have it, Josh Singh from Turning Point Technology Services. I’d like to thank Josh for his time in Las Vegas. The full-circle element of his story – spending years inside Dell, working alongside Turning Point as a channel partner, and then joining the company he was selling through – comes through clearly in how he talks about the business. And I think that perspective showed throughout the conversation. A few things I’d like to take away from this one. First, the single-vendor bet argument. A lot of partners hedge on vendor relationships as a form of risk management, but Turning Point went the other way. And the case Josh makes is essentially that depth beats breadth – that knowing how to navigate a large vendor’s internal matrix quickly is itself a competitive advantage for customers. When someone needs an answer today, knowing exactly who to call inside Dell and getting it done in hours instead of days is a real differentiator. Doesn’t show up in a product spec, but it does show up in the relationship. Second, the AI adoption ladder. The AI Factory is the right concept, but maybe too large a bite for most of the Canadian market. What’s changing now – and what you heard Josh describe with the solution center and the GB10 pilots – is AI becoming consumable at the entry level. Small win, prove the model, scale it up. That’s how it actually gets adopted in the mid-market and SMB space, and the partners who figured out how to structure that journey are the ones who are going to win those accounts. And third, backup is the last line of defense, not the first. Josh put it plainly: if you don’t trust your last line of defense, it doesn’t really matter what you spend on top of it. And if your backup infrastructure gets hit with a ransomware attack – which is increasingly the whole point of the attack – and you’ve filed an insurance claim on top of that, you can’t touch it until the insurance company is done with their analysis. You’re building from scratch. That air gap, clean recovery point is the whole game. Not a nice-to-have. If you’re enjoying the show, please follow or subscribe wherever you listen. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, the usual suspects. And if you have a moment to leave a rating or review, please do. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Pax8 Beyond26 – managed intelligence: Pax8 wrapped its annual Beyond conference in Salt Lake City on Tuesday with over 3,500 attendees including 200+ from Canada, centering the show on the transition from managed services to the Managed Intelligence Provider model. The headline announcement was Microsoft Agent 365 for Managed Intelligence – multi-tenant governance of agentic AI across MSP client environments through the Pax8 Agent Store, arriving in July – alongside the launch of the Managed Intelligence Provider Program, Voyager Alliance Rewards, and the Managed Intelligence Alliance. CEO Scott Chasin argued that as AI models commoditize, the trust MSPs have already built with clients is their primary competitive advantage going forward. Arrow Electronics global experience centers: Arrow introduced a network of global experience centers on Tuesday, built in close collaboration with channel partners in North America and Europe to reflect how partners actually go to market today. Facilities in the US and Sweden are fully networked to deliver a consistent design and testing experience regardless of location, and are designed specifically to help partners accelerate the move from AI and cloud evaluation into deployment and monetization. Mitel names new channel chief: Mitel has appointed Ben Macdonald as vice president of global channel go-to-market, bringing experience from Owl Labs, Poly, Juniper Networks, and Ekahau. The hire comes as Mitel’s own research shows 68 percent of businesses are running communications infrastructure more than seven years old, with 92 percent of modernizing organizations choosing an integrated-hybrid strategy – a dynamic the company says positions its 6,000-plus channel partners at the center of one of the largest communications refresh cycles in a decade. Cork Cyber wins Pax8 Startup Vendor of the Year: Pax8 recognized Cork Cyber at Beyond26 for its AI-native remediation platform built for MSPs, which remediates threats automatically, reduces ticket volume, and provides financial payback when risks slip through. The award was presented on the Beyond mainstage by Pax8 president Nick Heddy. Canada’s cloud market: A new report from the Canadian Anti-Monopoly Project, covered by CBC News, calls the Canadian cloud computing market “broken,” warning that Amazon, Microsoft, and Google control approximately 85 percent of the market. The report argues that even adding domestic sovereign alternatives will not fix the problem without interoperability standards, coining the term “maplewashed dependency” for the risk of trading one lock-in for another. Pentesting research: New research from Cobalt and Omdia finds that 53 percent of security leaders believe traditional penetration testing is now outdated, with demand growing for continuous, AI-assisted approaches. iCOUNTER leadership: iCOUNTER has appointed Joel Molinoff, formerly of BlueVoyant and CBS Corporation, as chief operating officer. DataStrike expansion: DataStrike has expanded its Linux managed services practice by hiring Jon Cain as senior Linux infrastructure engineer to meet growing client demand. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Thursday, June 11, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Pax8 wrapped its annual Beyond conference in Salt Lake City on Tuesday, and the event made a clear statement about where the distributor sees the managed services business heading. With more than 3,500 attendees – including over 200 from Canada – the show centered on what Pax8 is calling the Managed Intelligence Provider model, or MIP. The idea is that MSPs are no longer primarily managing infrastructure. The next phase of the business is orchestrating agentic AI and delivering outcomes that SMB customers cannot build on their own. The headline product announcement from the show was Microsoft Agent 365 for Managed Intelligence, which will give MSPs multi-tenant governance of agentic AI across their client base through the Pax8 Agent Store, arriving in July. Alongside that, Pax8 announced the Managed Intelligence Provider Program, the Voyager Alliance Rewards program, and the Managed Intelligence Alliance, all aimed at helping partners navigate that business model transition. CEO Scott Chasin’s central argument was that as AI models commoditize rapidly, the trust that MSPs have already built with their clients becomes the primary competitive differentiator. It’s a different kind of pitch than many vendors have been making this year, and the Canadian partner contingent at the show was among the largest regional groups in attendance. Distribution giant Arrow Electronics introduced a new set of networked global experience centers on Tuesday, and the design philosophy behind them is worth paying attention to. According to Arrow, the facilities in the US and Sweden were built in close collaboration with channel partners across North America and Europe, specifically around how partners actually go to market today, where they face constraints, and what slows them down. The two locations are fully networked, meaning the design and testing experience is consistent regardless of where the customer or partner is located. Arrow has operated various lab facilities over the years, but this iteration is explicitly oriented around solving the commercial and operational friction partners face in moving customers from AI and cloud evaluation into deployment. For solution providers working to differentiate on deep technical expertise and pre-sales capability, the ability to leverage distribution infrastructure at this level is increasingly part of the value equation. Mitel announced Tuesday that Ben Macdonald has joined the company as vice president of global channel go-to-market, making him the company’s new channel chief. Macdonald comes from Owl Labs, where he led the shift to a scalable B2B and enterprise channel model including strategic alliances with Microsoft and Lenovo. He has also held senior channel roles at Poly, Juniper Networks, and Ekahau. The appointment arrives at a moment Mitel describes as one of the largest communications refresh cycles in a decade. According to Mitel’s own research, 68 percent of businesses are currently running communications systems that are more than seven years old, and 92 percent of organizations actively modernizing are choosing an integrated-hybrid strategy. Macdonald’s specific background – building recurring revenue models out of historically transactional, hardware-centric businesses – aligns directly with what Mitel says it needs. For the more than 6,000 channel partners in Mitel’s ecosystem, including a significant number of Canadian resellers and MSPs with established UC practices, the appointment signals an intent to activate that market opportunity through the partner community. In Brief – Pax8 named Cork Cyber its Startup Vendor of the Year at Beyond, recognizing the MSP-focused AI remediation platform that remediates threats automatically and pays out financially when risks slip through. A report from the Canadian Anti-Monopoly Project calls Canada’s cloud computing market “broken,” warning that Amazon, Microsoft and Google control 85 percent of the market and domestic providers risk creating what the report calls “maplewashed dependencies.” Cobalt and Omdia research finds that 53 percent of security leaders believe traditional penetration testing is now outdated. iCOUNTER appoints Joel Molinoff, formerly of BlueVoyant and CBS Corporation, as chief operating officer. DataStrike expands its Linux managed services practice by hiring Jon Cain as senior Linux infrastructure engineer. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, we’re hearing from Josh Singh at Turning Point Technologies in Vancouver – it’s a conversation about running a single-vendor Dell practice, AI for SMB, and why backup is the last line of defense against ransomware. And if you haven’t heard it yet, yesterday on In The Channel I sat down with ESTI’s Earl Gosick on AI infrastructure, cyber resilience, and why Saskatchewan may be Canada’s next data center hub. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Earl Gosick, CTO at ESTI Consulting Services Earl Gosick has been attending Dell’s annual event since the EMC World days, and the ESTI Consulting Services co-founder brought to this year’s Dell Technologies World a perspective grounded in 35 years of building deep technical expertise on the Prairies. ESTI, the Saskatoon-based solution provider that won Dell’s Data Centre Solutions Excellence Award for Canada last year, runs a pure-play Dell infrastructure practice with particular depth in storage and data center design. Earl also sits in Dell’s CTO Connect program – a small, invitation-only group of partner technologists with early visibility into Dell’s product roadmap and a real voice in shaping it. His framing for the week: AI is fundamentally a data story, and data stories are storage stories. The push toward on-premises AI infrastructure – from deskside devices up through the newly announced Exascale and Rackscale solutions – is being driven as much by data governance requirements and token economics as by raw performance. Organizations that don’t control their data, Earl argues, can’t truly control their AI outcomes. On cyber resilience, he made a point worth underlining for anyone running managed services: ransomware insurance changes the recovery equation in ways clients don’t always anticipate. When a claim is filed, infrastructure gets frozen for forensic analysis. Recovery speed from a clean, air-gapped golden image – built with technology partners like Index Engines – isn’t a nice-to-have. It’s the whole game. And to close: Saskatchewan and Alberta may be poised to become Canada’s next significant data center hubs. With regulated power, guaranteed energy supply, and a provincial government that has now seen a CoreWeave-scale facility successfully built in the province and is actively pursuing more, Earl sees a real and growing opportunity – and ESTI is already working to support it. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In the Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor at ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. We’re continuing our series of conversations from Dell Technologies World in Las Vegas. This week, we’re shifting from the Dell executive perspective to the partner perspective, and today’s guest has been making the trip to this event since the EMC World days. Earl Gosick is co-founder and senior consultant at ESTI Consulting Services, a Saskatoon-based solution provider that just celebrated 35 years in business and took home Dell’s Data Centre Solutions Excellence Award for Canada last year. Earl also sits inside Dell’s CTO Connect program, a small, invitation-only group of partner technologists who get an early look at where Dell’s roadmap is actually heading – and, importantly, a real opportunity to push back on it. Earl’s a storage specialist at his core, and that turned out to be a useful lens at a conference that was fundamentally about AI infrastructure. Because if you pull on that AI thread long enough, it leads you back to data, and data always leads you back to storage. We talked about what the Exascale and Rackscale announcements mean for real customer deployments, why the cyber resilience conversation is as much about recovery speed as backup integrity, and a genuinely interesting thread about why Saskatchewan and the broader Canadian Prairies may be sitting on one of the most underappreciated data centre opportunities in North America right now. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Earl Gosick. Earl, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Earl Gosick: I appreciate you having me here. It’s always nice to talk about what we’re doing with Dell. Robert Dutt: No doubt, and you guys are doing a lot. I understand this is by no means your first DTW rodeo. Earl Gosick: No, I’ve been coming since the EMC World days, and I’ve never – I missed a year through COVID, that was about it. Robert Dutt: Well, I guess we’ll allow you that. So you’ve got this background here, you do the CTO Connect with Dell. What’s different about this year, if anything? What’s the tone or the energy that tells you something about where the industry is at right now, and not necessarily just where Dell would like it to be going? Earl Gosick: I think the driving factor of today is really the supply constraints. You can see what AI is doing and the effect that’s having across the board on every product that has memory or CPU or flash drives in it – which is everything in technology. So that’s really setting the tone. But it also shows how effective AI is as a market driver, and what people think is going to come out of that technology – which is, I think, very important for people to understand. It’s ubiquitous technology that’s going to drive a lot of change in our industry. And we’re seeing a leading edge of that. And if this is the leading edge, there’s some pretty exciting things coming, I suspect, and it’s going to do some pretty important and probably quite wonderful things for our clients. Robert Dutt: We heard from the main stage the idea of encouraging customers to get their hand up early – to get those orders, or even an inkling of where things are going for orders, in as early as possible – and that that will, in effect, Jeff Clarke was suggesting, get folks the best possible results. What’s the guidance you guys are providing your customers around that whole issue, and thinking about availability and pricing of hardware in this current super-fun environment? Earl Gosick: Our position does align with what we’re hearing from Dell when we’re dealing with Dell Technologies, so we try and pass on the messages as transparently as we can, understanding there are supply constraints coming. And we have to deal with those in the only way we have, and that is to figure out what we need. Let’s plan early. Let’s plan the budgets we have for the year, and we can make some estimates about what’s going to be happening six months from now – but they’re estimates, and they’re going to be higher. So it’s probably going to be cheaper for you to have technology that’s sitting on the floor unused for a few months and waste through some support potentially, as opposed to delaying the purchase for three months. So if we know what we’re going to buy, we should operate in a manner that allows us to order those technologies as soon as possible and make sure you’re not waiting for something that delays your business initiatives. Robert Dutt: You guys won the Data Centre Solutions Excellence Award last year for Canada. Take your victory lap. Tell me – what is it you guys are doing in the data centre space that earned that, and what does winning the award tell you about where your practice is focused? Earl Gosick: I hope it helps demonstrate our success. So what ESTI likes to do as a business – our business model is really to build highly competent experts all the way from solution architecture to implementation of those technologies at the customer site. That takes a lot of effort on our behalf, and so it’s nice to get a reward that says we’re doing the right things. Because if you can build a strong rapport with a client who trusts your experts in their field, that creates long-term relationships – which is what both ESTI and Dell are after, and what our clients want. Robert Dutt: You’re a storage specialist at a conference that has been at its core all about AI infrastructure. But at the same time, you go back to when it was – you said – EMC World, all about storage. The more I heard this week, the more it feels like the AI story is really a data story, and data stories are storage stories to at least some degree. How are you seeing that translate in terms of what your customers are actually asking about, or what they’re going to be asking you about? Earl Gosick: It’s significant. You’re right. In order for any type of artificial intelligence to derive a useful data product out the end, it’s built on the data that you have. So customers are coming to the realization that they have to store everything. So it is driving a lot of demand for storage. It’s driving storage in different ways and they just keep everything. Then there’s another product that comes after that, which is cleaning that data – building the data pipelines. When I talk about storage, it’s really about data, and AI is a data-driven product. So it’s doing great things for the storage industry. But the clients understand that they do have to have the data – it has to be there, it has to be available. And then when they build these data products, they have to protect those data products. They’ve got to make sure they’re secure. So it’s driving a lot of initiatives on both sides of the fence that are good for all of us. Robert Dutt: Especially with new or newer customers, or customers who are looking to expand what they’re doing with AI – and acknowledging there’s going to be a range from folks who have had the religion since day one and folks who’ve just been randomly shoving stuff digitally wherever they can. Where do you find those newer customers are at, generally speaking, in terms of sophistication of data management and data governance and all that kind of fun? Earl Gosick: Unfortunately, I’d like to say there’s a median in there. There is not. Everybody is at a different stage in that cycle for them. So you really have to be a little bit cognizant and ask the questions to find out where they’re at before you can really sort of hold their hands and walk them down the road. Many people who started that journey early – you can learn from them. And so they’re going to tell us to start and do something, and you may fail, there may be some things, but you’re going to learn something from that. The second time will be more successful. Then you take that information, you pass it on to the newer people who are trying to get quick value from those investments they’re making on the AI front. So it could be things about how to connect those various data sources because they’re spread everywhere, to how do they build, or select which ones they put their money and their efforts behind. And so you take from the ones that have been doing this for a while, you pass that information on to the ones that are starting on this journey, and you connect the dots. You provide value and make pain go away wherever you can. And customers appreciate that. Robert Dutt: And that sounds like that’s where you’re kind of bridging that gap that exists and trying to bring customers to the level they need to be at to get something out of this. Earl Gosick: Absolutely. Like I said, everybody’s on a journey at a different stage of that journey. And so you have to communicate well to understand where they’re at and what they’re trying to achieve. Once you know that – we don’t always have the answers, but we leverage great partners like Dell who do have somebody that knows the answer. And so building this sort of ecosystem of potential partners to bridge that gap is great. And Dell does that not just from us and the partner community, but their partner community as well, to support all the component pieces that go together to build these pretty highly complex solutions in some cases. Robert Dutt: Of all the announcements, all the stuff that we heard on the main stage and elsewhere this week, what kind of caught your attention – your major aha moment – the thing that’s going to be interesting going back to your business or going back to your customers with new opportunities or the ability to do something better, faster, more? Earl Gosick: So as we talked about, I am a storage guy. So I look at something like Exascale. They’ve been talking about this for a couple of years now in the CTO cycles that I’ve been to. To see that product sort of come to fruition, where you have something and you can just put a personality on that module and build something out – I think that could be very game-changing, especially for AI. They might want to do a lot of things with file storage today, object storage tomorrow. Being able to build up a cluster and put a personality on it that meets the needs of the day – I think that could be quite interesting. That Rackscale solution you saw on the stage with Michael Dell and Jensen the other day – for the larger clients, something like that could be quite interesting. I mean, we’re building these large data centers right now and trying to fill them. Rackscale infrastructure that helps with power and energy and doing a lot of powerful things is going to probably be a game changer for a lot of people. Robert Dutt: One of the things that struck me here is what I want to call the AI agnosticism, as long as you’re doing it on Dell infrastructure – that Dell is talking about here, ranging from, if you’ve got really basic needs, run it locally on your AI PC, moving up a bit there’s the GB10, which is more of a deskside machine, up to the big old box that Jensen signed on stage. How does that map with what you see in terms of customer needs for AI, and what do you think of that kind of approach to structuring both the data center and broader AI processing across the enterprise? Earl Gosick: I think as we touched on earlier, everybody’s on a different stage in that journey. So if you’ve got a guy that’s working at his desk and he’s trying to do some cool things, but he doesn’t have access to a million tokens – that little GB10 you put on the desk beside him and he’s going to do some development, he’s going to learn some wonderful things. Then as you move up the stack in your journey, you’ve got some big clients who are going to do small proof-of-concept type scenarios where they might want a smaller box and then move up that stack. I think it’s important to have a product that covers a diverse range of those people because nobody’s in that one sweet spot – they’re all over the map. Having that full technology set supports wherever they happen to be in their life cycle. Robert Dutt: You touch on tokens, and Jeff Clarke’s presentation was really deep into tokenomics and the kind of the trap there. I’m curious how that maps with what you’ve seen in customers as they’ve started to explore AI. Are they seeing these same challenges, and how are they thinking about it? Earl Gosick: Tokens are the buzzword of the day, but they’re out there for a reason. Everybody has finite resources to put towards the solution they’re trying to build. They may or may not know what that solution is – they’re working towards something, they need tokens to achieve that. What I find interesting is the people who are very early into the game of AI and building solutions around that – it doesn’t take them long before they’re like, “I’m out of tokens. I need to do some stuff.” So it just comes back to the fact that there are only so many resources to solve the needs you have, and you only have so many tokens, and you’ve got to learn to live within what you can get your hands on. And that’s driving the economy, whether it’s at a data center level or at an internal level for any business. Robert Dutt: And does that in turn drive – which I believe is Dell’s thesis here – does that in turn drive the interest in building out infrastructure in-house, so that the relative incremental cost of those additional tokens goes way down because it’s bought and built versus rented? Earl Gosick: Yeah. I think there’s a step along that AI journey where people have potentially outgrown what they can do in the cloud in an economic fashion. We see the supply constraints are driven by CPU and memory usage. If you look at what the cloud hyperscalers offer, when you get into highly intensive memory and CPU, it starts to get very expensive. A lot of storage, a lot of bits and bytes moving back and forth – very expensive. All those things are prevalent in AI. You’re moving a lot of data back and forth, you’re touching a lot of things, you need a lot of memory at times. So once you get to a point where you’re doing useful things with your AI and building generative models, no matter what you do with inferencing, it starts to get really expensive. Then it becomes a time where you can move those things into a data center you control. You can get some economics from it and you can get some sovereignty out of it. A hyperscaler outside of your control can turn things off – they can’t do that when it’s your data center. So you’ve got a lot of control as well as the economics behind how you’re achieving the outcomes you’re looking to achieve. Robert Dutt: I used a word which is actually where I wanted to go next, which is sovereignty. When we’re talking about data center infrastructure and moving bits around and enterprise storage, how is data sovereignty trending among your customers, especially folks who have regulatory concerns and that sort of thing? Earl Gosick: Being a Canadian company, predominantly, we have a larger focus on sovereignty and data sovereignty and sovereign solutions than maybe you’ll see south of the border here. And we find our friends in the European Union are a little bit different – they’re ahead of us even. But it’s a really big concern, especially when you have any type of government agency that you’re dealing with, or anybody that really has intellectual property that they’re looking to protect. They’ve learned that open AI models may expose things – even if it’s just from how they’re creating their algorithms. But if the data gets out there, it’s a concern. They’re protecting their assets as well. These AIs are delivering very useful outcomes for them. They need to make sure they own those outcomes and that they can actually reach them when they need them. So part of data sovereignty is not just the sovereign part of your data, but it’s the actual access to your data. We’re learning things from not just the AI piece but from ransomware – all of a sudden your data goes away. The same thing could happen with a hyperscaler for some people. Sovereign IT solutions are going to be, I think, increasingly important moving forward. Robert Dutt: On that note, you mentioned ransomware, and data resilience and protection is another area I wanted to touch on. We heard the figure that 97% of cyber attacks are now specifically targeting backup infrastructure – because of the old line about, I forget the particular bank robber’s name, but why do you rob the banks? Because that’s where the money is. Why do you go after the backup? Because that’s where all the data is. Does that match with what you’re seeing, and if so, how does that change how you’re designing and recommending data protection for your customers? Earl Gosick: It is absolutely changing people’s realization of how they need to protect their data. This one doesn’t matter if it’s AI or your regular business practices – your data has value, whether it’s to support applications that are running your critical business or you’re building AI products that you need to protect. That has value and you need to access it. What we’re seeing more and more – and we’ve built a really strong practice around this – is building things like cyber vaults and using Dell’s technology partners like Index Engines, where they come in and they can quickly identify threats inside your environment and act on those. Because these guys loiter around for potentially months at a time. They know how to get to your backups. They know they’re not getting paid if you can recover. So they’re going to do everything they can to try and disrupt that. They have AI engines just like ours, but they have a lot of money and they don’t have the constraints about how they use their AI. I mean, these people are criminals, so they act in a method that makes them money. We’re going to be facing even more potential threats in the future, and some of those are going to be AI-driven. We’re going to have to react at AI speeds. There are changes coming, but certainly people are learning to build protection mechanisms that are air-gapped and can respond very quickly to threats. Robert Dutt: When you’re sitting in front of a client who thinks they’re covered – they’ve got a backup solution, they’ve got someone who’s responsible for it – what are the most common gaps that you find between what they think they have and what they actually have? Earl Gosick: I think for many clients, they don’t really understand how disruptive it’s going to be if they run into a ransomware attack. If you’re a client that may have ransomware insurance, for example, and they get hit – you have to tell them, “Do you understand you’re not going to be able to touch any of that infrastructure? Because your insurance company is going to want to do some analysis on that to see how the threat came in.” That infrastructure is dead and gone. You’re starting from scratch. You need a golden image – you need something you know nobody has touched. Protecting the data is only the first piece. Rebuilding from that data, and how fast you can do that – that’s the very critical component. That’s where an air-gapped cyber recovery solution like Dell Cyber Recovery is critical, because you can understand what data to recover and you can recover quickly. Having the data there – that’s the great first step and that’s where you should start. But following that, that is only the first step. Robert Dutt: Your client base is different from a lot of partners I talk to. Given where you sit and who you’re focused on – not necessarily organizations that are under the same kind of pressure or have the same kind of resources to pursue AI – how do you translate and filter what you hear at a conference like this, where a lot is focused towards big enterprise, to a message that makes sense for your customers and scales to their needs and appetites? Earl Gosick: That’s one I think isn’t really that difficult – it’s not as difficult as you would think. Because everybody has the same problems. They run into the same problems. How they build solutions to those problems might change on the scale, but you just have to understand and recognize that everybody’s having the same problems. You can articulate and communicate to them that you’re not the only one that has this. We can resolve this problem at a large scale, but we don’t have to. You came back to it earlier when we talked about the product sets, from small to large – you just pick the right one to meet the solution that these guys have. How you solve that problem of the day doesn’t necessarily change for a really, really large client versus a very, very small client. It’s really just the scale of the end solution and the architecture that’s put together to solve the need. Robert Dutt: From a Titanium partner’s seat, what did the program changes that we saw rolled out – the agentification of the program, some of the incentive shifts – tell you about where Dell sees growth opportunity, and how does it align with where you’re already going or where it might take you? Earl Gosick: I think you can see very easily that Dell is putting a large focus around AI and what it can do for them to streamline their business and be successful. We, like any other company we deal with, are doing the same thing. What they’re doing with their Dell One program, and having a single operation from lead generation down to quoting and pricing and follow-up – it matches what we’re doing on the back end and trying to automate that. Because as long as we can automate that process and reduce the friction in those programs and dealing with Dell, we can spend that time focusing on our clients’ needs. You see Dell, I think, leveraging the same technologies to do that. And if we’re smart business people today, we’re looking to the people around us who are being successful and trying to do what they’re doing in a sense. That’s true for us and our clients. Leveraging AI and seeing how that’s being successful for our partners is driving what we’re all doing – to drive automation and simplification through the processes that are just painful every day that we have to do better at, to support our clients. Robert Dutt: I’m guessing you guys are pretty far down this road already because you’re pretty much a pure-play Dell on the infrastructure side, as far as I understand. But when a company like Dell rolls out these incentives focused on expanding customer footprints – getting a Dell storage customer into Dell PCs or any of the other solution lines – just curious if that moves the needle for you in terms of the incentive, or is it already baked into what you’re doing? Earl Gosick: It’s baked into what we’re doing. In the end of the day, you are trying to build a rapport with a customer based on being a trusted expert. You’re not going to flip your technologies around based on what’s going to get somebody a little bit more money. You’ve got to do the right thing for the customer today and every time you deal with them. The advantage of dealing with Dell is they typically tie their incentives to the product that they are investing in today – that they see the future growing into. So they usually coincide. They understand the pain points of the year, and the incentives usually match the requirements of the day as well. So they’re really good at that. And then they usually have a lot of tools to support that initiative of IT transformation, whatever it is for that time and place in our industry. Robert Dutt: You mentioned earlier you’re on the CTO Connect program – pretty small room, an exclusive group. Tell me about what that relationship looks like on the inside of the room, and the value that an organization like ESTI gets from sitting in there. Earl Gosick: I guess I’ll put it this way. We deal with some technology providers – predominantly Dell. Dell puts us in a room, they tell us what they’re doing for the next year or two, and they ask us if they’re on the right track. That’s telling to me – they care and they listen. They talk about the technologies that we’re going to see upcoming, so it’s helpful for us to talk to our clients about where the industry is headed. But they do sometimes say, “We’re going to do this,” and the room says, “Oh, no, you can’t do that. Our customers love this,” or, “We like this for this reason.” And they say, “Oh, okay.” And we have a dialogue about those things. So I think that’s one of the most important things that comes out of CTO Connect – we hear about industry trends, but they also ask us our opinion on whether they’re on the right track, and then they listen to that opinion. I think that’s telling for any company you deal with – one that engages not only with their clients, but with their technology partners. It’s one of the things I really like about CTO Connect. Robert Dutt: You guys just turned 35 or so, as I understand, as an organization. That’s a long time to be running a consultancy in any market – and markets move, vendors come and go. What’s the philosophy behind building something that durable in a market that changes so fast, and especially in an area of the country that doesn’t necessarily get as much headline attention from vendors as a Toronto or a Vancouver or a Montreal? Earl Gosick: I think it comes back to what I stated earlier around building strong and capable expertise across the board – and that’s building relationships with the clients, building relationships with partners like Dell to solve the solutions of the day. Our clients respect that because they know they can come back to us again and again and we’ll do the right thing together. So that’s really the crux of it. Our business model is a little different in that we support a little bit more of an entrepreneurial aspect to our business. When young, capable people come on board and they build differentiating products, they get a seat at the table – and that’s critical for ESTI and the way we operate. But it’s really about looking at modern technology solutions and being agile to support those ever-changing technologies. It makes our industry exciting. You’re never doing the same thing every day. And as long as you can recognize the fact that you won’t be doing the same thing tomorrow and you just have to find a way to deal with it – that’s how we thrive in our company, and in working with Dell as well. Robert Dutt: All right, so let’s close with asking you to do a little bit of the impossible, given that pace of change. What’s one thing that you’re thinking about today, but maybe not totally all-in on at this point, that you think is going to be shaping the business for ESTI and your customers when we’re sitting here at DTW 2027? Earl Gosick: Well, that’s a really hard question. On the investment side, we do look at some of the technologies today – and as we talked about, AI is big for us. We need to build services that our clients don’t have. So we spend a lot of focus on where they have skills and where they don’t. We’re going to build a lot of expertise around cleaning data, building data pipelines and that kind of stuff, to focus on the needs our clients are asking us to help them solve. So that’s kind of an easy one because everybody sees that going forward. Beyond that – we’re making a strong effort in Saskatchewan and Alberta to build a sort of data center economy to support a lot of these data centers that need to be built. We already have access to power infrastructure to support those things. That’s going to drive a little bit of a change in our operating model just to support our local governments as they try and take advantage of the differentiators we have. That’ll drive some change for ESTI. And then as we expand across the rest of Canada, different geographies have different requirements as well. So lots of change, lots of new people coming on board all the time – interesting but dynamic. Robert Dutt: That will be an interesting thread to pull on. I remember going to an event – God, it must have been 15 years ago now – talking about how Canada really should be a data center powerhouse. When you consider we have power, clean power in relative abundance, we have cold, which turns out to be important – it sounds like maybe there’s an opportunity to realize some of that with what you guys are doing and what governments are starting to look at more seriously. Earl Gosick: They are. Also, right outside my hometown, they just announced a very large data center which is going to house some infrastructure from CoreWeave – and we’re going to see more of that, I think, because that process went very well. I sat in on a conference a couple of weeks ago where it was government and industry getting together to talk about why they were successful, what they bring to the table. Saskatchewan is unique because they have regulated power, energy, and land. They can guarantee, “We will give you power, we can guarantee you’ll get LNG.” Those types of things are very important for anybody trying to build a data center – it’s the critical piece. And with the government having control over all of those, they can guarantee them. That’s where I think Saskatchewan is going to have a real differentiator to support that technology, and the government is well aware of that fact now. They’re going to want to do more of these things. And then our neighbors in both Alberta and Manitoba are sort of on board as well. Certainly Alberta has done a few key data centers to support AI and those are going to continue to happen. We’re sometimes slow to move because it’s government. But once they realize the differentiators they have and what it can do for the market, I think there’ll be some traction there. Robert Dutt: Should be interesting times, and sitting where you’re sitting sounds like a big opportunity. Earl Gosick: Absolutely. I think it’s a big opportunity for all of us – supporting your community around you as well as building a thriving business. Robert Dutt: Earl, I appreciate you taking the time once again. I hope this has been a good DTW for you. Earl Gosick: It’s been a great discussion and a good DTW, so thanks a lot for having me. Robert Dutt: There you have it – Earl Gosick from ESTI Consulting Services. I’d like to thank Earl for his time last week in Las Vegas. Thirty-five years building deep technical expertise from Saskatoon, in a vendor relationship game that tends to reward proximity to the bigger centres – that’s not an accident, and it came through in the conversation. A few things I’ll take away from this one. First, the AI-is-a-storage-story framing. Every AI product ultimately requires data to be collected, governed, moved, and protected. That’s not news to Earl, but it’s a useful reframe for anyone still trying to connect their existing practice to the AI conversation. The hardware gets the headlines. The data work actually gets the contracts. Second, on cyber resilience – the ransomware insurance point Earl raised is worth sitting with. The moment a client files a claim, that infrastructure gets frozen while the insurance company figures out how the breach happened. Your ability to recover doesn’t just depend on whether the backup is intact – it depends on whether you built a clean, air-gapped golden image that nobody has touched. That’s the conversation. And if you’re not having it with your clients, maybe someone else is. And third, keep an eye on Saskatchewan. Regulated power, guaranteed energy supply, and a provincial government that has now seen a CoreWeave-scale data center get successfully built in the province and wants more of them. Earl thinks that’s just the start of something, and I’m inclined to agree. If you’re enjoying the show, please follow or subscribe wherever you listen. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most of the usual podcast directories. And if you have a moment to leave a rating or a review, that really does help folks in the channel find the show. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Kaseya MSP Success ecosystem: Kaseya has launched MSP Success, a unified growth initiative led by EVP of Channel Dan Tomaszewski and backed by a 140-person global team. The ecosystem consolidates three programs: MSP Success Digital Marketing (AI-powered lead generation, website, and SEO/AEO tools in Express and Pro tiers), MSP Success Peer (combining TruMethods Peer and Technology Marketing Toolkit into a single accountability network), and the Kaseya Community hub at MSPsuccess.com. The launch is framed around a finding from Kaseya’s own 2026 State of the MSP Report: 71% of MSPs say acquiring new customers is their single biggest challenge. Zscaler agentic AI security: Zscaler has announced major innovations to its Zero Trust Exchange platform at Zenith Live 2026, including three new capabilities for securing agentic AI: Zscaler AI Broker (securing MCP and A2A agent communications via an integrated Agent Registry), Zscaler Endpoint AI Security (detecting AI-related threats in browsers, plugins, and local tools), and Zscaler AI Access Graph (mapping identities, apps, and data sources in real time, powered by the Symmetry Systems acquisition). The company is positioning this as the industry’s first complete Zero Trust platform for Agentic AI. FlexPoint AI agents for MSPs: FlexPoint launched what it describes as the first AI-powered agents purpose-built for the MSP back-office, built into its AI-native accounts receivable platform. According to FlexPoint, the agents automate billing, collections, payment reconciliation, and client follow-up workflows, and are designed to integrate into existing MSP toolstacks without requiring additional administrative headcount. Kaseya State of the MSP Report context: The 2026 Kaseya State of the MSP Report finds 48% of MSPs rank AI as their top client need, while difficulty hiring skilled technicians has risen from 9% to 16% year over year, compounding the business development challenges MSP Success is designed to address. DTEX behavior intelligence: DTEX Systems has announced a new behavior intelligence tool built specifically for its partner ecosystem, using behavioral science and machine learning to flag anomalies that indicate potential insider risk or accidental data loss events. ConnectSecure Patch 360: ConnectSecure launched Patch 360, a centralized patch management platform purpose-built for MSPs, offering consolidated visibility across endpoints and third-party applications to streamline remediation workflows. Tumeryk and CSA AI Trust Score: Tumeryk has announced a collaboration with the Cloud Security Alliance on the RiskRubric v2 AI risk framework, now covering agentic AI and MCP servers, and has launched its AI Trust Score assessment service in beta. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Wednesday, June 10, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Kaseya yesterday launched MSP Success, a unified growth ecosystem designed to tackle what its own research identifies as the managed service provider community’s single biggest problem. According to Kaseya’s 2026 State of the MSP Report, 71% of MSPs say acquiring new customers is their primary challenge. MSP Success is Kaseya’s answer – a three-pillar initiative that consolidates the company’s existing growth programs under one roof. The first pillar, MSP Success Digital Marketing, is a new platform offering conversion-focused websites, AI-powered search and answer engine optimization, local search visibility, automated lead generation, and access to a dedicated marketing specialist. The platform comes in Express and Pro tiers depending on scale. The second pillar, MSP Success Peer, unifies two programs Kaseya has operated separately until now – TruMethods Peer and Technology Marketing Toolkit – into a single global accountability network with quarterly in-person meetings across North America, EMEA, and APAC. The third pillar is the Kaseya Community hub at MSPsuccess.com, a centralized resource and learning portal. The initiative is led by Dan Tomaszewski, EVP of Channel, supported by a 140-person global team. In a sector where technical excellence is table stakes, this is a signal that Kaseya is investing meaningfully in the business side of running an MSP, not just the tooling. Zscaler yesterday used its Zenith Live 2026 conference in Las Vegas to announce what it describes as the industry’s first complete Zero Trust platform for Agentic AI. The announcement extends Zscaler’s Zero Trust Exchange to address a challenge traditional security tools were not designed to handle: autonomous AI agents that operate at machine speed, create ephemeral identities, and access sensitive data in ways that conventional perimeter and identity-based tools cannot fully see or control. The centerpiece of the announcement is Zscaler AI Broker, which secures agent-to-agent and MCP-based communications through an integrated Agent Registry that governs what each AI agent is permitted to access. Alongside that, Zscaler introduced Endpoint AI Security, targeting threats hidden in browsers, plugins, extensions, and local AI tools that many legacy endpoint products miss. A third new capability, AI Access Graph, powered by Zscaler’s earlier acquisition of Symmetry Systems, maps how identities, applications, and data sources connect across an enterprise to enable real-time policy enforcement and data lineage tracking. For MSSPs building managed AI security practices, this is a significant platform update from one of the key SASE and zero trust providers in the market. FlexPoint yesterday launched what it is positioning as the first AI-powered agents purpose-built for the MSP back-office. The company, which operates an AI-native accounts receivable platform for service providers, says the new agents are designed to automate the financial workflows that consume significant administrative time inside MSP operations – billing, collections, payment reconciliation, and client follow-up. According to FlexPoint, the agents integrate directly into existing MSP toolstacks and are designed to work without requiring dedicated back-office headcount. The core argument from FlexPoint is that MSP revenue growth often stalls not because of a shortage of clients, but because back-office operations don’t scale proportionally. That framing aligns with the theme emerging from Kaseya’s research and this morning’s news – that the constraint on MSP growth is increasingly on the business operations side, not the technical side. In Brief – Kaseya’s announcement follows its own 2026 State of the MSP Report, which also finds that 48% of MSPs rank AI as their top client need and that difficulty hiring skilled technicians has nearly doubled year-over-year. DTEX Systems announces a new behavior intelligence tool built for its partner ecosystem, designed to detect insider risk through behavioral analytics and machine learning anomaly detection. ConnectSecure launches Patch 360, a new patch management platform purpose-built for MSPs, offering a centralized view across endpoints and third-party applications. Tumeryk and the Cloud Security Alliance announce a collaboration on RiskRubric v2, an AI risk assessment framework that now covers agentic AI and MCP servers, with Tumeryk launching its AI Trust Score assessment service as part of the ecosystem. Later today on In The Channel, ESTI Consulting Services‘ Earl Gosick brings a Prairie data center perspective to a conversation about AI infrastructure, cyber resilience, and why the storage conversation is the one Canadian partners should be having right now. And if you haven’t heard it yet, yesterday’s episode features AWS Canada’s Martin Brazonet and CGI’s Dinesh Bhavsar on the launch of the AWS Partner Innovation Hub in Toronto – and why the gap between AI prototype and production is where the real partner opportunity sits. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Martin Brazinet, head of Technology at AWS Canada AWS Canada has opened its first Canadian Partner Innovation Hub in Toronto, a purpose-built facility designed to help Canadian businesses move from AI experimentation to production-ready implementation – with their partners in the lead. The center, publicly announced June 2 at the AWS Summit Canada, is the Canadian evolution of AWS’s GenAI Innovation Center (GenAIIC) model. Globally, 65 percent of solutions that went through the GenAIIC program have made it to production, some in as few as 45 days. The key distinction for the Toronto hub: it is explicitly built around partner delivery and scale. “Seventy percent of our customers are hoping to get their GenAI implementation done using a partner,” said Martin Brazinet, head of technology at AWS Canada. “Having an environment where we can bring our launch partners and show cross-industry specificity is how this came about.” The facility opens with four launch partners: CGI, Dedicatted, Elevata, and OpsGuru. Each visit is tailored rather than templated – partners customize the demos and talk track for a specific customer, then move into a structured workshop designed to get C-suite, architects, and line-of-business stakeholders aligned on a shared action plan before they leave. Dinesh Bhavsar, director of AI, emerging technologies and innovation at CGI, said the space addresses a gap he sees regularly in how customers approach AI adoption. “If you’re starting with AI as the solution, you’ve already failed,” he told In The Channel. “You haven’t thought about what problem you’re actually trying to solve.” AWS says it intends to expand access beyond the four launch partners, with industry specificity and differentiated offerings being the primary selection criteria for future participants. Read Full Transcript Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, your host for the show. So here’s a number worth thinking about. 650,000 Canadian businesses are already on the AI adoption path, but only a third of them have actually mastered it. The other two-thirds are still at a very basic level of implementation, and the challenge isn’t getting started, it’s getting serious. Moving from a proof of concept that generates excitement in the boardroom to a production solution that actually changes how the business runs. That gap between prototype and production is the problem AWS Canada is trying to help its partners solve, and on June 2nd, the company formally launched its answer, the Partner Innovation Hub in Toronto. I was on site the day before the launch for a couple of conversations. First, I sat down with Martin Brazinet, head of technology at AWS Canada, who walked me through the vision behind the centre, why it’s built around partners and what success actually looks like. Then I spoke with Dinesh Bhavsar, director of AI, emerging technologies and innovation at CGI, one of the four launch partners, about what the space means for his clients and how he thinks about sparking curiosity with customers who may not yet know what questions to ask. Let’s get right into it, starting with my chat with Martin Brazinet. Thanks for taking the time, really appreciate it, especially on the eve of the centre going public and getting it launched out there.Martin Brazinet: Oh, thank you very much. It’s my pleasure to be here with you, Rob. Rob: For folks who aren’t familiar with the concept or haven’t heard it yet, can you kind of give us the elevator pitch, I guess, for the Partner Innovation Centre – what it is and why Toronto is the place for it? Martin Brazinet: Yeah, no, for sure, Rob. Every day my team is working with customers and helping customers adopt AI on a continuous basis. We see a lot of excitement from customers who wanted to get deeper into AI. I believe in terms of Canadian customers, there are 650,000 customers already in Canada that have adopted AI. But surprisingly, only about a third of them have really mastered AI – two-thirds of them are still at a very basic level of AI adoption. And we see that, and customers want to get some support on having a better understanding of how they can adopt AI at a more transformative level that touches their industry and touches their requirement. And the AWS Partner Innovation Hub is really there for that – to provide that space where we can see solutions in action, having an immersive environment where we can, with our partners, show some solutions that are transformative, and then talk about an action plan on how to put that in effect within their environment. Rob: You guys have had other innovation spaces, innovation hubs, innovation centres, that kind of thing globally. Can you kind of tell me a bit about how you’ve built on those ideas? And especially, I’m interested because you chose to put “Partner” right on the tin in terms of the name of this centre – why was the partner focus so important for this one? Martin Brazinet: Yeah, of course. So I guess two-fold here. From a GenAI Innovation Centre perspective – and this is called GenAIIC – GenAIIC is something that we started in 2023 with a lot of demand from our customers. And this is based on our own experience of bringing customers into an immersive environment, thinking about their scenario, showing them solutions and prototypes. And that has been super successful – that was an AWS practice. We’ve brought thousands of customers globally to adopt the solutions that we were presenting. I think it’s 65% of the solutions that went through our GenAIIC that went to production, and some of them just within 45 days. Over time, we’ve adopted a lot of partner motion as part of the GenAIIC in order to scale it and bring way more industry knowledge, industry specificity. And so we took the best of the GenAIIC in terms of the demos and the industry specifics, and we made it more scalable. And this is how the hub here that we’re implementing in Toronto came about. Toronto is the first Canadian hub that we’re launching, and it’s really because we see that Canadian customers really want to have that partner support to launch their GenAI journeys. In fact, 70% of our customers are really thinking about using partners to be deploying their GenAI environment, and having an environment where we can bring our launch partners – that we’ll talk about in a minute – to bring that cross-industry specificity. Rob: Let’s talk a little bit about one of the problems that you’re designing to solve here – the dynamic that you see where AI projects stall out between proof of concept and actually getting out there and earning their keep in the business. How widespread a problem is that for Canadian partners talking to their customers today? Martin Brazinet: Well, I think that’s one of the problems, right? Our customers have started to adopt AI, and they had that first stage of adoption of having pretty basic implementation. And when it comes to having more complex use cases to address in terms of really trying to transform their industry, they lack some of the knowledge that is required to move this to production. And this is where working with partners such as the launch partners that we have here – which are CGI, Dedicated, Elevata, and OpsGuru – they’ve been going to those types of projects dozens of times. They know how to move from proof of concept to production, building the right runbook, upscaling the customer environment, and they are that proof of success that can really reassure customers in that journey to moving to production. Rob: We talked a little bit before this about a shift that you’re seeing in how purchasing decisions are being made – kind of away from IT and towards line of business, the people who actually own the ultimate solution. How do you find that’s changing what a partner actually does to spec, to architect, to close a deal? Martin Brazinet: Well, it comes back to the fact that right now, the solutions that were initially planned were very generic. When you’re buying an AI solution off the shelf, it’s relatively non-complex to bring to production, but then you don’t transform your business as much. And it’s really where you see the partner with different depth of expertise – whether it’s consulting expertise that really understands how you need to shift your production environment if you’re in a manufacturing environment, or if you’re a global organization – having the partners that understand those different dynamics and can bring their expertise to help them launch and transform your business. Rob: Is this a Canada-specific challenge, or something you’re seeing around the world? And if it is sort of a universal challenge – which I suspect at least to some degree it is – is there anything that’s specifically unique about the Canadian market and its peculiarities? Martin Brazinet: Yeah. I think overall Canadian businesses are, in some aspect, maybe less risk-taking than some other countries. Rob: You would not be the first who said that. Martin Brazinet: Yeah. So being supported by a partner that has the experience to move this into your environment is certainly reassuring to customers in terms of the chances of success and avoiding costly mistakes that some may have made. So I think this is kind of maybe more unique to Canada, and this is why the number that I shared earlier – of 70%, 70% of customers are hoping to get their GenAI implementation using a partner – there’s certainly a connection between those two data points there. Rob: Yeah. I sometimes use the term, “Canadian businesses like to have someone walk through the minefield first and see where it is.” In the case of the right partner who’s done this a bunch of times, they hopefully know where all those mines are beforehand, and specific to your industry. Rob: So let’s talk about the centre itself and the experience. Walk me through – if I’m a partner and I’m bringing a customer in here, what does that look like in practice? How does the experience unfold? Martin Brazinet: Yeah. So I think the first thing is every visit to the hub is expected to be a tailored visit. It’s not a demo centre where everybody gets the same experience. A partner is going to take the time to really tailor it with demos and a talk track that are certainly pertinent to the customer that is going to come. So with that in mind, the visit has two dimensions. The first dimension is to work through that immersive demo centre where they’re going to see curated demos that speak to their industry. And it’s going to give some form of reference in terms of the art of the possible – what is the most innovative organization in my specific industry thinking about, and solving problems in different ways? So I think that’s a very intuitive moment where the lights are turning on and you see the art of the possible. And then we’re going to shift to the second aspect of the visit, which is the workshop. And the workshop is where you build that alignment. We have the leadership of our customers present there, and it’s often a diverse set of personas that are going to come – it’s going to be the C-suite and the architects and the line of business, not just the CIO. And we’re bringing the partners’ architects and our architects as well from AWS. And altogether we’re going to try to align the value map of the use cases that they’re trying to solve from a customer perspective, and define what the workstreams are – whether it’s to do a better understanding of the KPI for that use case that we’re thinking about, or whether it’s to go directly to a proof of concept or proof of value, or just to bring it to production. We’re going to get that customized experience. So by the end of the session, the customer walks out of here not only having seen really impressive technology, but they’re going to walk out of here with a plan in hand and documented next steps that we can go and pursue together. Rob: And I think that last bit may inform this, but I’m curious what you think is the most powerful thing about this space – the thing that you think is really going to get things moving, get things unstuck and create some momentum toward getting AI solutions that are meaningful, that are delivering business outcomes. Martin Brazinet: You know, that’s a good question. There’s certainly the inspiration moment that is quite powerful – really understanding how technology can now solve a problem in a completely different way. And we try to say that to our customers: if you are going to implement a generative AI solution, don’t try to just automate the steps that are already part of your process, but try to look at it through a completely different lens so that you get a disproportionately better outcome. But to answer your question directly, I think some of the most powerful things that come out of here is the alignment – getting the leadership alignment of our customers, all being in the room, realizing the same capabilities together, and then brainstorming with subject matter experts on what the next steps are. You walk out of here with a consensus on what the best next steps are. And I think that alignment from the leadership perspective is really, really powerful. Rob: Is it a best practice to lock the door and not let anyone have pizza until everyone’s got on the same page? Martin Brazinet: Where did you learn about that? I cannot reveal my sources. Rob: So if I’m a partner who’s participating here and I want to bring a customer in – what does that look like in terms of lead time, in terms of setup, in terms of thinking through what I want to be showing and talking about? Martin Brazinet: I mean, I guess it depends on where you are in terms of your journey. There’s not a one-size-fits-all. If you’re pretty advanced in terms of defining the outcomes that you’re trying to drive and it’s really about understanding what technology we can align, it’s probably something that we can get ready to do in a couple of days. But if you’re still at the ideation level and you don’t really have a clear understanding of what you’re trying to do, there’s probably more work to do in terms of gathering the requirements and understanding what “good” looks like in terms of the outcome of that session. So I’d say anywhere between a couple of days to a week or two of prep work. Rob: And I guess lead time will depend on how popular the place is and how many customers are lining up outside the door. Martin Brazinet: Absolutely. And that’s why we have a few launch partners – so that we start with scale and each of them bring their own set of capabilities. And we also have the scaling factor behind having a few large launch partners with us. Rob: What’s the vision for the broader partner community going forward? You’re starting with four – what’s the message in terms of a roadmap for more partners having access, and how are you looking at what the qualifying metrics will be to get on the list to bring customers in? Martin Brazinet: Yeah. Well, I think to your point, this is a starting point. We’re starting with four and it’s not an ultra-gated approach – we want to scale. We want to bring partners that have differentiative offerings. I think that’s the main selection criteria. We’re looking to bring differentiative offerings from the perspective of either industry or type of use case. But this is expected to be a transformation session – not to talk about “oh, I just need to migrate from A to Z.” So if a partner has a specificity in terms of the industry or the way that they tackle problems, we’re certainly willing to hear it and scale our capabilities here. Rob: What are some of the things that you think will make for the best customers to bring in here, in terms of where they’re at in their journey – what the partners have identified as being beneficial for them versus maybe what the customer themselves has already figured out is beneficial for them? Martin Brazinet: I think it’s about rotating on the personas. We often pivot when we think about technology and AWS and cloud and AI to the tech owners of the businesses – we go to the CIOs and the architects. But a lot of the expectation from AI and generative AI is a revenue growth imperative that our customers are looking at, and that’s really a board-level priority. So we’re hoping to get more than just the usual technical leaders. Let’s go to the line of business – the people that are really interfacing with the industry problem they’re trying to solve – and see how AI and generative capabilities are now able to accelerate the innovation within that space. Rob: You mentioned the art of the possible on the customer side. I’m curious on the partner side – as I imagine we’re close enough to having customers going through here regularly that some of the partners have started to identify who they want to bring in – any surprises, without naming names or with naming names if you wish, in terms of what you’ve seen partners bringing to the table in terms of the types of customers or the types of things they want to be showing off? Martin Brazinet: Yeah, well, it’s a little bit early because we’re really launching this today – it’s going to be announced at the summit the day after tomorrow. So I think we’ll see that and make those discoveries as we go. We’re super excited and our partner ecosystem is really excited about that. But I can’t wait to get some of those learnings. Rob: So if this works out the way that you’re hoping, what does success look like a year from now? What are you measuring – is it deal velocity, customer outcomes that are actually out there, something else? Martin Brazinet: That’s a good one. I think the real measure of success is moving to production. Because that’s where the rubber meets the road and we are able to measure the outcome that we’re trying to drive. If it just turns out that we’re visiting the innovation hub and having great discussions and we walk out with a roadmap, but none of this goes into production – I think that’s the exact problem that we’re solving for. I’d say moving to production, and deepening the expertise into different industries, and really thinking about solving the problem in a different way – so that when we solve a problem in a different way, we can scale those learnings to other customers and help the Canadian industry evolve in that matter. Rob: Big picture – how significant do you think this place, and places like this, will ultimately play in moving the needle on AI adoption in the Canadian market, especially for partners and for customers? Martin Brazinet: Well, I think the opportunity is immense. If I just go back to my initial statement – there are 650,000 Canadian customers and two-thirds of which are at that very basic implementation of AI. We need to unblock those customers. We need to accelerate them. And I think places like this one are a way to get there. So I expect it’s going to be really impactful, providing this format is what customers need. They need to see things through a different lens and they definitely need the support of the partner community to move to implementation and get them to production. So I’m hoping it’s going to be really impactful for Canadian customers to accelerate their transformation. I think the number that I saw is that we expect 85% of the Canadian industry needs to change within the next five years, driven by AI adoption. So if we want our Canadian customers to stay innovative, to stay relevant, to be as productive and innovative as the rest of the industry, I think doing those experiments that we’re doing here with the hub is how we can help them. That’s a lot of folks through the centre. Rob: Good luck with the launch and getting partners in here and getting some of those AI projects moving forward. Thanks for taking the time. Martin Brazinet: No, thank you very much. It was great speaking with you today. That was Martin Brazinet from AWS Canada on the vision behind the Partner Innovation Hub and what it’s designed to unlock for Canadian businesses on their AI journeys. Now let’s hear the partner side of the story. Dinesh Bhavsar is director of AI, emerging technologies and innovation at CGI – one of the four companies tapped as launch partners for the facility. His take on what customers actually need, and the honest conversations partners sometimes need to have, is a nice complement to what we just heard from AWS itself. Rob: Dinesh, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Dinesh Bhavsar: Thanks for having me. I appreciate it as well. Rob: Tell me a little bit about where your customers at CGI are at with AI. Obviously one of the precepts here – and this is something I’ve heard from partners for at least the last year – the idea that we start out strong, we have lots of ambition to do AI, but we don’t necessarily know what we want to do, we don’t necessarily know how we want to do it. We don’t know what that outcome looks like. What are you seeing from customers today in terms of where their AI journey falls off, for want of a better phrase? Dinesh Bhavsar: Yeah, I think there’s a broad spectrum of maturity when it comes to understanding what AI is, what it’s not, and what it can do for the organization. So we’ve had great clients who have a really good, clear understanding of what AI can do for their business and their business processes. And then we’ve had clients who are just, “Hey, I need to implement AI – Dinesh, help me implement AI.” And it’s those clients where we really have to have the honest conversation about the fact that if you’re starting with AI or any technology as the solution, you’ve already failed. Because you haven’t thought about what problem you’re actually trying to solve, and yet you’ve jumped to AI being the solution for all things in life. I don’t think that’s the case in many instances, but you do have to have those honest conversations with clients about that. Rob: Tell me about how you guys got involved here with the centre. At what point did AWS pull you in, and what was the initial reaction to the idea of doing this kind of an innovation hub? Dinesh Bhavsar: Yeah, I think at CGI – and especially within our team in the emerging technologies, AI and innovation team – we really try to drive a culture of innovation, a culture of customer-first mindset. And through our partnership with AWS, we were able to bring clients in to work through that concept and that practice. So that really allowed our clients to understand what it really means to put customer-first in every opportunity, in every challenge that they’re trying to solve. And I think through that partnership, through that collaboration, this hub really allows us to bring that to life and really bring clients into that journey. And we’re hoping to bring more of those experiences to our clients, as well as our CGI partners. I think CGI as a whole is looking to innovate and drive more customer-centric, or client-centric delivery. And I think this practice, this centre, will allow us to showcase some of that as well with our partners. Rob: What do you think will be the most impactful, especially when it comes to the demos and the things that they can show off here? I know it’s hard to predict because every customer is going to be different, but just in terms of things that you think might really get into a customer’s mind. Dinesh Bhavsar: Yeah, I think it’s the application of AI. Real-world scenarios, real-world application – I think that’s going to stand out. It’s very easy to think about the theoretical aspects of everything that’s happening in the AI space. Like I said, clients can get very lost. All of us can get really lost in everything that’s happening. But when you try to bring it down to real, tangible examples where people can see it in action, that relates to their role or relates to their business process – I think that’s when AI really becomes real. And I think this allows us to showcase that. Rob: What do you think it’s going to do in terms of speed to value, speed to outcomes – whatever you want to call it – in terms of the sales and architecting cycle that you guys go through with customers? Dinesh Bhavsar: Yeah, I think it’ll accelerate that quite a bit. Again, I’m a big advocate of solutions – real screens, real models, real-world solutions – and less of theoretical slides. I think the days of current state assessments and advisory alone are of the past. I think clients expect us to show real working solutions. And once you actually have that – what I always say is 70%, 80% there – you only really have the balance to customize for the client. And that allows you to move a lot faster than how we do today. Rob: You guys, I have to presume, are very familiar with the idea of working with the C-suite and working across the business. But I’m curious how much more of a shift you’ve seen towards line of business and C-suite as we’re looking at this AI technology stack. Dinesh Bhavsar: Yeah, I think we’ve gone from the world of being curious and wanting to understand more about AI at that level – and a bit of FOMO, I think – we’ve had executives that are in the race for the sake of being in the race to deploy AI – to more of, “Okay, I understand the technology now. I really need to understand the ROI or the value that it’s going to help drive in our business. What impact does it have on our employees?” So technology alone is great, but really you need to surround yourself with the human-centered, customer-centric practices – like design thinking, systems thinking, for example – which are great practices to surround yourself with AI or any technology. And I think C-suites are now understanding what that human impact is going to be. Efficiencies, sure, but it’s really around empowering their employees with more decision-making power at a pace that hasn’t been there in the past. So I think that’s evolved. Like I said, there are some notions out there of being in the AI space because it’s the thing to do right now. But I think executives, I think middle managers are all taking a step back to really understand what value it can bring, and really understand the cost of maintaining and creating these models. So I think the maturity has evolved quite a bit. Rob: How important is it that it’s a physical location? You guys are obviously global in scale with customers both local and international. And the whole concept of the cloud, of AI, of all this – is that it’s out there, it’s everywhere, all at the same time. And yet it does come down to getting everyone in the same room and hashing it out, working it out, and getting everyone aligned on the same value. Dinesh Bhavsar: Yeah, I mean, I’m a big advocate of in-person experiences. So I think having a physical space does allow you to bring a different mindset when you walk into it – whether that’s how it’s laid out and how people can navigate the space, complemented by the technology there to help you think differently, and then of course the collaborative spaces that surround it. Whether it’s workshops, groupthink, communal seating – I think all of that makes a big difference in a space like the Innovation Hub here. I think it does help that people get away from their day-to-day routine and come through an experience like this, because I think it does help you think differently, think more boldly. And it allows you to, again like I said before, be vulnerable, ask all the questions, and know that you’re surrounded in a safe environment that allows you to do that and fosters it. So physical space, to me, is great. I’m a big advocate of whiteboarding. I love whiteboarding. I’m such a visual person that I just draw it all out and see how it all works. And you’d be surprised to see how quickly decisions can get made when everyone’s in a room together, focused on one thing and not distracted by the emails and the phone calls – but really allowing themselves for focused work, group work. Rob: It sounds like almost the benefits of an off-site type of meeting, just where the site involved happens to be purpose-driven for what you’re trying to do with it. Dinesh Bhavsar: Exactly. And you want to be intentional. You want to come in here for a purpose. You want to come here with intention. And you do need facilitation of that. And I think the space helps facilitate that thinking. I think the people in the room can help facilitate that as well. But I think it is much more important to have a space like this than to not. Rob: How are you thinking about the customers who come in here, especially in terms of prioritization? Is it the biggest opportunities first, or is it you want to look at those who have big hairy audacious goals, or those who maybe don’t quite realize yet what could be the goal? Dinesh Bhavsar: Yeah, it’s probably the last part. In my world in emerging technologies and innovation, our role is really to help clients think about things they haven’t thought about yet, help CGI partners think about things they haven’t thought about yet, and really the art of the possible. So I think having clients come through here and really seeing what it could be is very beneficial. I’m hoping that seeing real-world solutions really helps to say, “Okay, well, what is AI and how does it help me and my business process? And what does that mean for my employees? Or what does it mean for my customers? Or what does it mean for my partners?” And so I think those questions can all be sort of answered in a space like this, in an experience like this, with real solutions. So yeah, I think it’ll be great. I don’t necessarily prioritize in terms of the size of the pie. My job is more about sparking curiosity with all our clients. And so we focus a lot more on strategic pursuits than tactical delivery. Rob: In terms of the kinds of demos you want to be delivering, I’m curious how customized, how granular do you want to go on setting those up? Is it a matter of the more customized the better, or do you want to keep it at an industry level? What does best case look like for you? Dinesh Bhavsar: Yeah, I think for me, one thing is keeping it as simple as possible – that will get the most adoption and understanding of what we’re trying to showcase. I think industry-wide definitely helps, because then you can see what others are doing, or where the industry is headed, and how that can apply to your specific scenario. And then you have to flex, right? So I think there are certain demos that are very business-friendly – where you do have executives come in and want to understand those solutions at a high level – and then you can have it so that you can go technically deep as well for the right audience and have those conversations. So you do need to be able to flex the demo, but I would say industry-wide, what’s truly emerging – and again, focus on what clients perhaps are not thinking of or considering yet – and really show them the art of the possible. Rob: Last one for me – a year from now, once getting folks in here is a frequent experience and you’ve got lots of reps on it, what are you thinking about in terms of one specific type of AI success story that you hope will have come out of bringing a customer into this facility? Dinesh Bhavsar: Yeah, I think I hope to bring a lot more clients through this experience, as I call it. I’m hoping we can bring real-world AI solutions that have impacted not only the client themselves, but I think it’d be great to see AI supporting social good, and us being able to dive into responsible innovation as well. So an AI solution that’s helping Canadians collectively across the country would be a great AI use case. And we’re doing a lot of work at CGI in terms of responsible innovation and how do we drive AI for good, for Canadians, with Canadians. And I’m hoping that use case or something gets sprung from this space. Rob: Big goals. I wish you well on that. Dinesh Bhavsar: Yeah, appreciate it. Thanks for having me. Rob: Thank you. There you have it – Martin Brazinet from AWS Canada and Dinesh Bhavsar from CGI. I’d like to thank both Martin and Dinesh for their time, and for carving out space for these conversations in the middle of what was a busy launch week. A couple things that stuck with me from these two interviews. Martin’s numbers are worth sitting with: of 650,000 Canadian businesses already on the AI journey, only about a third have gone deep. Two-thirds are still at the basics – not for lack of ambition. It’s just that moving from proof of concept to production is genuinely hard. It takes industry expertise, stakeholder alignment, and someone who’s been through the minefield enough times to know where the mines are. What I appreciate about Dinesh’s perspective is how direct he is with customers about the starting point. If someone comes to CGI and says, “I need to implement AI – help me,” he’ll be the first to tell them that they’ve already made a mistake, because they jumped to the solution before identifying the problem. That’s a conversation a lot of partners are navigating right now, and it’s a healthy one to hear out loud. The hub itself is an interesting bet on the idea that getting the C-suite, the architects, and the line-of-business people in the same room, seeing the same demos, and walking out with a shared plan is what actually gets these projects unstuck. The model has a good track record globally – 65% of solutions through AWS’s GenAIIC program have made it to production – so there’s something to build on here. If you found this one useful, I’d love to have you follow or subscribe to the podcast. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most of the major directories. And if you’ve got a moment, ratings and reviews are always helpful. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: ConnectWise Platform: ConnectWise yesterday unveiled what it calls the industry’s first purpose-built platform for Predictive IT, unifying PSA, RMM, cybersecurity, automation, workflow orchestration, and native agentic AI into a single execution layer for managed services. CEO Manny Rivelo described it as a fundamental shift from reactive IT management to an AI-native operating model. The company also released new operational benchmark modeling based on a representative MSP with approximately $3M in annual managed services revenue, showing the productivity and economic impact it says AI-driven automation can deliver. Cavelo Cora AI Security Analyst: Kitchener, Ontario-based Cavelo has introduced Cora, an AI Security Analyst integrated into its data security posture management platform and positioned specifically for MSPs and MSSPs. Cavelo says Cora analyzes security telemetry and translates it into a guided remediation action plan in seconds, tailored by role. The tool targets the operational gap between risk visibility and actual remediation – without requiring additional headcount. Radiant Logic and Zscaler Partnership: Radiant Logic and Zscaler have announced a technology partnership aimed at solving the Day 1 access problem in mergers and acquisitions. By integrating RadiantOne’s identity data fabric with the Zscaler Zero Trust Exchange, the companies say acquiring organizations can securely connect newly onboarded employees to applications from the moment a deal closes, regardless of disparate identity systems. ConnectSecure Patch 360: ConnectSecure is launching Patch 360, a patch management platform built for MSPs that introduces pilot-first validation, risk-based prioritization using CISA Known Exploited Vulnerabilities and EPSS scoring, controlled rollouts with approval workflows, and integrated rollback – replacing what the company describes as a “deploy-and-hope” model with a “test-and-trust” framework. NTT DATA and Google Cloud: NTT DATA is expanding its AI partnership with Google Cloud, launching a dedicated Gemini Enterprise practice to help enterprise clients move AI deployments from pilot to production at scale. Descope Agentic Identity Hub: Identity platform Descope is announcing enhancements to its Agentic Identity Hub today, extending its tools for managing authentication and access for autonomous AI agents. Checkmarx CISO Research: Checkmarx has released research surveying more than 2,000 developers and CISOs, finding that 95 percent of CISOs report facing internal pressure to suppress software compliance findings. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Tuesday, June 9, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. ConnectWise yesterday unveiled what it is calling the industry’s first purpose-built platform for the era of Predictive IT. The ConnectWise Platform brings together PSA, RMM, cybersecurity, automation, workflow orchestration, and native agentic AI into what the company describes as a single intelligent execution layer for managed services. CEO Manny Rivelo positioned it as a fundamental shift away from the labor-intensive, disconnected systems that have defined MSP operations for decades, toward what ConnectWise calls an AI-native operating model. To support the launch, the company released new operational benchmark modeling showing the productivity and economic impact it says AI-driven automation can have on MSP operations. In their model, a representative managed services firm with approximately three million dollars in annual revenue could see measurable transformation across their first stages of the Predictive Intelligence journey. This is a significant platform bet from one of the largest players in the MSP tooling market, and the framing around “Predictive IT” is clearly a narrative ConnectWise intends to own. In the security space, Kitchener, Ontario-based Cavelo has introduced Cora, an AI Security Analyst integrated directly into its data security posture management platform. Positioned specifically for MSPs and MSSPs, Cora functions as an AI agent that analyzes security telemetry to identify, prioritize, and recommend remediation steps for cyber risks across client environments. Rather than adding more alerts to the dashboard, Cavelo says the tool translates security data into a guided action plan in seconds, tailored to the specific roles of frontline technicians and senior security leaders. The development targets a well-documented operational gap between risk visibility and remediation – allowing service providers to reduce manual investigation time and offer clients clear, actionable intelligence without increasing headcount. Radiant Logic and Zscaler have formed a strategic partnership designed to address the Day 1 access challenges commonly found in mergers and acquisitions. By integrating RadiantOne’s identity data fabric with the Zscaler Zero Trust Exchange, the companies are aiming to eliminate the complex network and identity merge projects that typically stall productivity following a deal close. The joint solution allows acquiring organizations to securely connect newly onboarded employees to necessary applications from day one, regardless of disparate Active Directory or HR systems. In a market where M&A activity among IT service providers shows no sign of slowing, this integration offers a repeatable framework for reducing the downtime and cyber risk associated with bringing acquired entities onto a managed environment – which is a practical and recurring service challenge for many MSPs in the field. In Brief – ConnectSecure launches Patch 360, a patch management platform for MSPs built on pilot-first testing, risk-based vulnerability prioritization, and integrated rollback controls. NTT DATA expands its AI partnership with Google Cloud, launching a dedicated Gemini Enterprise practice to help organizations move deployments from pilot to production scale. Descope is announcing enhancements today to its Agentic Identity Hub, aimed at helping organizations manage access for autonomous AI agents. Checkmarx research of more than 2,000 developers and CISOs finds 95 percent of CISOs report facing pressure to suppress software compliance findings. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, we have a conversation about the launch of the AWS Partner Innovation Hub in Toronto, with AWS Canada’s Martin Brazonet and CGI’s Dinesh Bhavsar on the challenge of moving AI from proof-of-concept to production. And if you haven’t heard it yet, check out our conversation with Earl Gosick from ESTI Consulting Services, recorded at Dell Technologies World, on why the AI story is really a storage story – that one is on the feed now. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Nigel Brown, CTO of Microserve Not every voice at Dell Technologies World last week belonged to a vendor. For a partner perspective on the week’s biggest themes, In The Channel sat down with Nigel Brown, CTO of Microserve – a Burnaby, BC-based solution provider, Dell Titanium partner, and Dell’s Client Solutions Partner of the Year in Canada in consecutive years. Brown walked away from DTW with deskside agentic AI as his headline takeaway, particularly after hands-on time in a Dell lab showcasing NemoClaw – NVIDIA‘s enterprise-governance take on the OpenClaw open-source agent framework. “They’ve set it up closed by default – it can’t leave the box,” Brown says. “That’s a safety net that really opens the conversation.” That said, he’s clear-eyed about where most of his public sector and enterprise clients actually are. “Broad scope, it’s ahead. The hardware is going to follow it.” The tokenomics reality landed hard too. Brown shared a personal story about spending a hundred dollars testing Claude on a single flight – a relatable example he’s started using to frame the real cost implications of unmanaged AI usage, well before any on-premises or local inference conversation begins. On cyber resilience, Brown says he’s had to evolve his approach: “I got to be more of a jerk. I was being too nice.” His firm’s managed backup practice has seen firsthand the damage when clients – and even other MSPs – treat backup as a checkbox. When you show up after a ransomware event to find the backup server was on the same domain and hit just as hard, the conversation changes. And on Canadian data sovereignty, Brown goes beyond the standard data-residency talking points. FISA Section 702 and the CLOUD Act, he argues, represent far more serious legal exposure than most clients realize – even those who believe a Canadian cloud region is sufficient protection. The conversation also covers the AI PC refresh cycle colliding with supply chain pressure, the end-user adoption gap that’s undermining Copilot investments, and what Dell’s revised partner incentive structure signals about where the growth opportunities are. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In the Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. Last week, I was at Dell Technologies World in Las Vegas, Dell’s big annual customer and partner event. Over the course of the week, I had a number of conversations that I’ll be bringing here on In the Channel. Last week, we featured three Dell executives. This week, we’re bringing you some partners. Today, we start on that partner perspective, specifically from one of Canada’s top Dell partners. Nigel Brown is CTO of Microserve, a Burnaby, BC-based solution provider that has earned Titanium status with Dell and taken home Dell’s Client Solutions Partner of the Year in Canada in consecutive years. Microserve serves an enterprise and public sector-heavy client base, which means Nigel’s job is regularly about taking what gets announced on a stage in Las Vegas and translating it into something that makes sense for organizations that don’t necessarily move at conference speed. I caught up with Nigel on site at DTW last week. We covered a lot of ground – deskside agentic AI and what it’s actually going to take to make that real for customers, the very real cost of token economics, why he’s had to be, as he put it, more of a jerk about cyber resilience, and why the Canadian data sovereignty conversation is more urgent than most people realize. Let’s get right to it. My chat with Nigel Brown. Nigel, thanks for taking the time. Appreciate it. Nigel Brown: Happy to be here. Thanks for having me. Robert Dutt: So you guys are here, obviously, as a Titanium-level Dell partner, consecutive years as the Client Solutions Partner of the Year in Canada. What’s your overall read on this week? What made your ears stand up? What caught your attention? What are you taking back to both your team and to your customers when you go back to Burnaby? Nigel Brown: That’s a really good question. It’s also a big one. There’s been a lot of announcements, a lot of dialogue over the last couple of days. I’m trying to process that a little bit, assuming you were going to ask me that. I think the biggest takeaway I had – everybody’s heard of OpenClaw, everybody’s heard all the IT people are terrified of it, so it’s more, how do we get rid of it in our environments? Seeing this whole push around deskside agentic AI, especially given our market where we play a lot with clients – I actually had the opportunity, I did the lab today because I couldn’t resist seeing what it’s like. The governance and security wrapper on it totally makes sense and it’s opened my eyes. I think that’s probably the biggest. Beyond that, I would say the Dell hardware being able to run frontier models, seeing Gemini running local for sovereignty conversations – I think that’s a really good thing to see as well. Robert Dutt: Along those lines, obviously you touched on one of the big stories this week, which is deskside AI – the idea of physical infrastructure that’s at or near the customer’s desk, either in the data center or right there in the PC, that’s processing the models locally. It sounds like something that you’re interested in. I’m curious where it lands for your customers. Is it something that’s a conversation point, or is it ahead of where they are in the AI discussion at this point? Nigel Brown: I would say broad scope – I don’t want to lump all my customers into one bucket – but broad scope, it’s ahead. I don’t think you’re seeing a lot of organizations ready for it. We also deal heavily with public sector enterprise accounts, for example. We’re doing more and more in the commercial market where you’re going to see a little bit more playing and adoption within tech teams. But in ours, yeah, I’d say we’re definitely ahead right now. So it gives you a chance to get in there and pitch the idea as something new and plant those seeds. Once I get it past my IT and security folks, then that’s where it’s all going to start. If I can’t get it through mine in a good conversation, then I’m never going to be able to with our clients. Robert Dutt: But it sounds like there’s at least that – from your comments on OpenClaw, it sounds like there’s that door, that area of interest. Nigel Brown: Seeing it today under the NemoClaw and Viya umbrella – yeah, I think there’s definitely something there. They’ve set it up closed by default. It can’t leave the box. That’s what I saw in the lab today. So until you set up essentially like a firewall rule to allow it to do something, it’s a safety net that I think really opens the conversation and allows the idea of end users actually playing. Those are really early adopters anyway. And how could I integrate agentic AI into organizations? Robert Dutt: Man, how often does it come back down to governance with AI? Nigel Brown: Oh, absolutely. That’s pretty much the name of the game everywhere. And so we’re doing it well, and many are still scrambling. Robert Dutt: You touch on you guys having a lot of public sector, healthcare, education, all those kinds of verticals – not always the fastest to move on new tech. Along the lines of the previous questions, but sort of taken out a notch – how much of what the AI announcements we’ve heard this week translate directly to where your customers are at, versus how much needs to be, shall we say, adapted for the reality of your accounts? Nigel Brown: Well, you go to any of these events and it’s, “We’re behind if we’re not doing agentic AI everywhere.” Reality is, it’s just not true. I think it’s very forward-thinking – or very optimistic – to think we’re all moving that fast. It’s headed in that direction quicker and quicker. Executive tables are always the ones sitting there going, “We want it, we need it in our organizations, we’re going to get left behind.” So it’s very top of mind. But some organizations have very niche deployments – they’re figuring out the right solutions. Healthcare – I’ve seen it, they’ve done some phenomenal things in radiology and other areas. So it’s picking up. We’re dealing with one client right now that’s looking at online pharmacy and they’re looking at a huge Dell compute cluster to run AI on. So you see it, but it’s not commonplace. It’s not every organization. Certainly as you get into municipalities and things like that, it’s Copilot at best – that’s really where they’re trying to play – and their user base just isn’t adopting, not even close. Robert Dutt: So it sounds like there are at least a couple of steps that need to happen to get to the point of, A, using what’s already in place and, B, potentially looking at building out something internally – and the stuff that’s been talked about here a lot, the idea of running those AI workloads internally on the data center side. Nigel Brown: Yeah. I think it’s going to get there for sure. Right now the conversation has to be outcomes – not “I want AI.” And right now it’s so heavily, “Well, I know I need it, I don’t know what for yet.” I’ve seen it even in some peer groups – the dialogue is, “Well, we’re going to do AI, we’re going to build agents.” So, what for? And then there’s a long pause. Driving outcomes conversations is where it’s going to start, in my opinion. The hardware is going to follow it. And that really ties into, well, where are you going to run it? Do you understand token economics – or tokenomics, whatever the buzzword is right now – and that’s a really big deal. For me, getting that message out really loud and clear around the cost of tokens – I’ve done it, I’ve gotten burned. I spent a hundred bucks on a plane because I wanted to see Claude do something cool. And you’re going, wow, if I can do that in 10 minutes, think of what larger organizations will spend if they don’t find a smarter way to run it. Robert Dutt: That’s a good point – it’s not something you necessarily understand, but it’s something you can sure feel if you start to have adventures with the stuff. Nigel Brown: Well, exactly. And all it’s going to take – like I said, a lot of organizations started with Copilot under the Microsoft umbrella, because it was like an easy button. It was there for them, it was already set up. I am worried about some of those days changing, where that subscription turns into usage-based models. And we’ll see where that goes. You’re seeing it with Anthropic, you’re seeing it with Perplexity. I bounce off my limits all the time. Most of what I’m doing I can wait till tomorrow – but it’s easy to get out of control. Robert Dutt: And user computing is pretty core to what you guys do. There are a few things going on there – Windows 11 end-of-life support coming in October, the AI PC push coming from every direction at the same time. I’m curious if those two things are coming together in customer conversations as one refresh decision, or are they still separate tracks – the need to modernize for the Windows upgrade versus the need to modernize to get the most out of AI workloads? Nigel Brown: I think the end-of-support conversation and hardware refresh, honestly, is the biggest driver of the conversation that I’ve seen. And then that leads into, well, do I need an AI PC, and why, and what’s going to run on it? Everybody’s exploring and curious about it. There’s more skepticism about whether you need it now. Robert Dutt: How is that hitting along with the current fun situation with hardware constraints and prices spiking? And we’re hearing pretty directly from Jeff Clarke that, you know, telling customers, let us know what you want as early in the process as you can. I think the natural addendum to that is, make decisions knowing you might have this machine for a little bit longer than you previously expected. Nigel Brown: Totally right. So it’s very much my dialogue with our clients – it’s future-proofing. You better do it now. You don’t want to be stuck with a machine that can’t run an NPU for the next five years. So even if right now there’s skepticism about how much is going to run on it today, I think it is an important conversation to have and make sure that we’re ready for the moments where we’re really seeing workloads and inferencing running on device. You have to have that conversation now and pre-plan for it. But yeah, it’s been – especially in public sector – a hard conversation to have right now. Supply chain – we’re like a broken record. It still surprises me how many clients we talk to that haven’t seen this coming, that don’t know it’s real, or you get the ones going, “Well, I think it’s going to clear up in September, I’ll just wait till then.” Oh man. Brace for it. We’ve got to be ready. It just feels like a conversation on repeat these days – and it’s more than worth it, making sure we’re doing model selection with the future in mind. Robert Dutt: I find it’s a fun time to be a partner in that particular space. Nigel Brown: Well, you know, quote volume has quadrupled, because that same customer deal might take four different passes before they’ve made it through, especially in government. Pricing validity is a real challenge. It’s a moving target – no decision ever gets made fast. Robert Dutt: I want to talk a little about cyber resilience – another big topic here at the event. You guys run a managed backup practice, I understand, and you’re doing a lot of what vendors are asking MSPs to evolve towards. When you get into a customer environment today, what’s the most common gap between what they think their backup situation looks like and the reality of the situation? Nigel Brown: That’s an interesting question. It’s a real mixed bag. I always start with, “How confident are you in your ability to recover?” And most leaders – business leaders, outside of IT – there’s like a long pause. “Well, I don’t know.” Okay. Have you ever tested your recovery capability? No. Well, that’s where we’re going to start. And in other dialogues, they think they’ve got the backups running, but nobody’s been looking at them – they’re coming from doing it themselves, or maybe a mom-and-pop IT person taking care of it. They’re not watching, they’re not looking at tools, they’re not getting alert notifications on whether it’s keeping up and whether they’re protected. So that’s very foundational. Warning new clients – it’s just, let’s take them on that journey, do an assessment of the whole environment, make sure we’re protected. And a lot of conversations are, “Do you know that you’re not protected? Like, if you got ransomware tomorrow, there’s nothing I could do to help you, even though I’m your MSP.” That’s a scary reality. I’ve seen that have to go back to boards and make some tough decisions, find budget and solve it. They usually do – they react fast – but you’ve got to make the risk abundantly clear. Robert Dutt: That makes sense. In talking to Rob Emsley, who’s on the marketing team for the cyber resilience side at Dell, he was saying that 97% of cyber attacks now are specifically targeting backup infrastructure – because it turns out that’s where all the stuff is. Does that match what you’re seeing, and has that shift changed what you’re recommending to customers about what being protected really means for them? Nigel Brown: I wouldn’t say it’s really changed our messaging. I’d like to think we were maybe ahead of the curve in talking about storage and immutability – some of these key elements of, well, you just need it. That’s how we run our hosted service for clients that use it. And if we’re building out an architecture for another client, it’s just fundamental these days. You can’t even consider a solution that doesn’t include immutability protection, being able to spot bad things happening. But I’ve seen it – we’ve come into a disaster client where, “Hey, we got ransomware, can you help us recover?” And you go to the backup server to find out it was ransomwared too. “Do you have any tapes floating around?” It’s a tough chat to have. You see that less these days, but you definitely see the attempts – people trying to do it. And even other MSPs – I hate to say it – they’re not mature enough in how they’re protecting. They took the backup server, joined it to the domain – it’s just another device on the network. And sure enough, that’s exactly what gets hit because they didn’t plan it out. So it’s all planning and doing it right in the first place. Robert Dutt: It’s a checkbox as opposed to something that’s more firmly thought through. Given that, how do you approach it with customers? Do you come at it as, “This is something you should do, these are the reasons why, this is the potential downside” – or is it a thou-shalt kind of conversation? Nigel Brown: You know, a pile of years ago, after seeing an incident hit a new customer, I kind of resolved – I’ve got to be more of a jerk. I hate to say it. I got to be a lot tougher in my stance. I was being too nice. So yeah, in all things on this, my position is to generally take a pretty firm line. It’s all about risk, though. And to business leaders especially, that’s a term they understand. I’m not telling them, “Okay, you need this type of backup solution and it’s going to do these things.” It’s all about, how do we address the risk that you have right now? Leave it to us to figure out the details as we design the solution. Rarely do we get into the weeds of it unless it’s a larger client where we’re dealing with a large IT team that has opinions. But usually in those larger environments, there are groups that are already aligned – they know what they should be doing, maybe just haven’t done it themselves yet. The new architecture is absolutely going to include all those steps. So it’s an easier conversation to have. In some ways, it’s giving them permission if you’re coming in as a new supplier – it’s the stuff they’ve wanted to do, but haven’t really had the air cover to make the case. Robert Dutt: Yeah, you come in as that outside opinion to say, this is how it needs to be. Nigel Brown: And our job is often more of just a translator for those IT teams to their leadership – to help support the business case. Robert Dutt: I want to talk about the Modern Partner Platform and some of the partner program changes that have rolled out this week. One of the big things is obviously the revised incentive structure, with cyber resilience particularly called out as a premium rebate area. From your seat as a Titanium partner, what does the new structure tell you about where Dell sees the biggest growth opportunities for partners? Nigel Brown: Well, I think it does exactly that – it says where the growth opportunities are. And largely there was no surprise. In my opinion, when you look at it, it aligns to how we want to lead deals, it aligns with the conversations we’re already going to have. Now it’s just helping incentivize that dialogue. Nothing surprising there – I just see better alignment. Robert Dutt: Let’s play a little bit of “anything can happen here.” Vendors like Dell are starting to build agentic AI into their programs, their portals, their tools – all the stuff you guys work with every day. Where do you see the most genuine value for an organization like your own in vendors – agentifying, for want of a better word – their partner programs and tools? And the flip side: are there any potholes you’re watching out for as that rolls out? Nigel Brown: You know, the more the merrier – more tools you can bring in is great. We’re always excited to see what they come up with. But to me, the bottom line is back to outcomes. It’s about reducing friction in the sales process. What do we want our sellers to do? We want them out selling. Living in a partner portal trying to find what they need, deal registration, all of those things that can be painful – sometimes it’s just admin work taking you away from conversations with clients. Reduce friction – that’s the name of the game. Do I want to see more AI-generated marketing content? No. We can do that ourselves – one prompt, feed something in, done. To me, the more you can expose what matters to us and reduce friction, the better. It keeps us doing what we should be doing and not sitting there doing admin work. Robert Dutt: It sounds like based on that comment, what Dell and a lot of its peers are doing is already on track – because I’m sure they’re asking these exact same questions of partners around the world right now. Nigel Brown: Oh, they’ve got way smarter people than me working in these massive organizations. They know the outcomes we want to achieve. And I’m excited that we’re at a point in time where we can see some of this come to fruition. Ten years ago, this was never a reality. Robert Dutt: What’s the biggest misconception you think your customers have about what it means to be AI ready right now? Nigel Brown: I think it depends on who the conversation is centered around. If it’s C-suite leadership, it’s back to, “We want AI, I don’t know what for, I don’t know what it is, but I know I need it.” There are tough conversations to be had. AI readiness is really, is your data ready? We heard that on stage this morning. Most organizations we walk into – it turns out they’ve got no data governance. So, let’s define some of this, let’s build some process, look at the right tools. In the Microsoft lens, we do a lot around Microsoft 365 and modern workplace. Well, then it’s a Purview conversation. And they get confused – “Why are you talking about DLP and Purview? I thought we were talking about AI readiness.” That’s exactly what it’s all about. The other big one I think they’re not taking seriously enough is the end-user adoption side. I’ve seen organizations – you go into their portals and have a look with them – their adoption of Copilot, where they’ve spent a whole pile of money, is abysmal. So then the dialogue is, “What you actually need to do is get your users excited. Train them, show them the cool things.” I think we’ve been really successful doing that inside our own organization, and now that’s something we deliver to our clients as well – we need to get your teams ready and thinking differently. At a C-suite level, they’re usually surprised at the path it takes, or in some cases how long it might take to get there. “Your data is in such rough shape – you’re two years away. You need to build a foundation before you can really consume it.” Now, some of the announcements this morning – okay, that starts changing the equation. We could get there faster if we have the right infrastructure in place. Robert Dutt: For a variety of reasons, the Canadian data sovereignty question feels like it’s getting louder. And I have to imagine, especially in your public sector footprint, how are you helping customers think through AI infrastructure decisions when data residency and compliance are an increasing part of the equation? Nigel Brown: It’s a non-negotiable for most of our enterprise and public sector clients. It’s going to run on-prem. They cannot afford to run on cloud. Yes, they want the latest models, the frontier models, the cool bells and whistles as we all do. But really – I presented at a conference last year on exactly this topic, why it’s important to bring it back on-prem. Never mind the tokenomics conversation – now there’s just more ammunition. I chatted with one IT leader, a commercial client, not public sector, who was all proud of how he’d migrated everything to cloud. We were in a session where they talked through the tokenomics challenge and another reason why sovereignty matters. And you watch the look on his face go, “Wow, I’m going to have to start building a data center again. I thought I got out of that.” And he was sitting there with his CEO in the room for that conversation. Kind of a wake-up call. So my dialogue is, let’s talk through what does the Patriot Act mean? What does FISA Section 702 mean? It’s a little bit scary, and people are shocked – “I thought running in Google Cloud or AWS, running it in a Canadian location was good enough.” No. That provider has access to your data. Have you heard of the CLOUD Act? That’s nothing compared to FISA 702 – they don’t even need to ask. They can just go and get it. And that’s pretty scary. So yeah, a lot of our job now is just sharing and communicating the right things to our clients and making sure they’re aware. Robert Dutt: Aside from your efforts to bring that education – do you find that the level of general awareness is on the rise? Are we getting to more of a discussion about how to solve for this, rather than still defining the scope of the problem? Nigel Brown: I would love to say it’s more mature. The reality is no – it’s still early-stage conversations. You get anomalies. We were with some clients who are way ahead and have just deployed Azure Local on Dell infrastructure. They’re doing amazing things, moving fast. So now it’s more, “How can I partner with you to go share this message? Why you went there, why you built it this way, what are you doing about it?” But no, it’s going to be a continued push – much like the supply chain story here – these dialogues just repeat as you walk into client after client. Robert Dutt: Last one for me – along the same lines as the first question, but a slightly different lens. What’s one thing from this week that you think will genuinely change what Microserve brings to customers in the next 12 months? Nigel Brown: I come back to where we started – the whole side of agentic AI. That was not on my radar, not in a serious way. “Let’s play around with this, let’s lab it out, see where it’s getting explored.” When you see a name like Dell behind what we’re doing, that got me more excited than I would have thought. I want to pilot inside our org. And if we can start building something that works here, then absolutely – taking that to clients and saying, “Okay, look at the GB10s, look at the GB300s, let’s move up the ladder.” There’s a tangible path that gives them more value than trying to build massive solutions right out of the gate. There are quick wins there, and that’s what excites me – showing a customer how there could be a quick win if we did this right. And it ties into the last thread we were pulling on – “Okay, you’re telling me I shouldn’t have all this stuff running on public cloud, so where’s it going to run?” And you’re not talking megawatts and massive data centers here. All I want to do is automate tasks and do some of this lower-level stuff. I think that’s going to be an interesting entry point for a lot of clients – making it more accessible. Everybody’s used ChatGPT, Claude, whatever their tool of choice is, so they’re into prompting. Nobody’s really understanding Copilot or understanding agentic – it’s a big buzzword. That’s our job. We can show them a slice of the possible, mock up these use cases, and those are quick wins. Then it is something deployable at scale – you just move it from the little box to a bigger box. The more people take advantage of it and keep moving up the scale, you don’t need to go spend millions upfront to play around with something like that. It’s going to open more doors. Robert Dutt: No shortage of interesting opportunities. Good luck getting out there and chasing those, and thanks again for making the time this week. Nigel Brown: You bet. Thanks for having me.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: ASUS Canada Country Manager: ASUS Canada has announced the appointment of Vernon Coutinho as Country Manager for its System Business Group. Made ahead of the ASUS Business Summit 2026 in Toronto, the move underscores the company’s long-term growth ambitions in the commercial market as it accelerates its focus on AI-ready devices. 7AI PLAID ELITE Launch: Security vendor 7AI has launched PLAID ELITE, a fully managed, AI-native security operations solution. The platform uses agentic AI to autonomously complete the majority of investigations end-to-end, offering partners a way to scale security operations without increasing headcount. Guardz Appoints Channel Leader: SMB cybersecurity platform Guardz has appointed former Pax8 executive Danni Munro as its new Director of Channel Sales for the ANZ region. The hire reflects a broader global channel push by the vendor to help MSPs meet the accelerating demand for consolidated security services. ChannelNEXT Toronto: TechnoPlanet’s ChannelNEXT conference kicks off tomorrow in Toronto, gathering Canadian VARs and MSPs to tackle pressing channel challenges. The event will feature extensive discussions on the future of the channel ecosystem. ManageEngine Autonomous AI: ManageEngine is rolling out an autonomous AI push designed to streamline IT operations. The initiative aims to help MSPs handle increasingly complex environments with automated workflows. Tech Builders 2026: Global Startups will host the Tech Builders 2026 conference in Toronto on June 16, focusing on the new digital economy. The event will explore AI, venture capital, and Canada’s role as a global innovation hub. Tech Financing Adoption: Mitsubishi HC Capital Canada is urging the channel to embed financing into partnerships. Director of Technology Finance Jim Moschos believes this approach will help clients overcome the high upfront costs of complex technology implementations. CRTC Streaming Demands: The CRTC has officially ordered streaming giants like Netflix and Apple TV to boost their spending on Canadian content. The regulatory move is designed to support the domestic production industry. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Wednesday, May 27th, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Yesterday, ASUS Canada announced the appointment of Vernon Coutinho as Country Manager for its System Business Group. The announcement, which came just ahead of the ASUS Business Summit in Toronto, reflects the company’s long-term growth ambitions in the Canadian commercial market. Coutinho, who brings nearly 30 years of industry experience, will oversee strategy and performance across consumer, gaming, and commercial segments. For Canadian MSPs, this signals a deepening of the ASUS partner ecosystem locally. The company is actively accelerating its focus on AI-ready commercial devices, bringing its consumer DNA into the workplace. According to ASUS, the goal is to elevate the business laptop experience by delivering devices that are secure, manageable, and enjoyable to use. Also on Tuesday, 7AI announced the availability of PLAID ELITE, a fully managed, AI-native security operations solution. The platform combines autonomous investigation by AI agents with expert oversight from 7AI security engineers, delivering a continuous, follow-the-sun security outcome. The company is positioning the tool as a way for organizations to protect their environments without needing to build or scale an internal operations team. What makes this relevant for the channel is the service model. Rather than relying entirely on human analyst shifts, PLAID ELITE’s coverage scales with investigation volume through agentic AI. 7AI noted that agents are now autonomously completing the majority of investigations end-to-end, allowing partners to drive security outcomes through technology rather than headcount. Cybersecurity platform Guardz has appointed former Pax8 executive Danni Munro as its new Director of Channel Sales for the Australia and New Zealand region. While this is an international appointment, Munro’s background in scaling Pax8’s operations underscores a broader channel push by Guardz. The company is actively deepening its partner relationships to meet accelerating demand from small and medium-sized businesses facing rising ransomware threats. This move highlights a continuing global trend where cybersecurity vendors are relying on seasoned channel veterans to help MSPs deliver consolidated security services to clients who lack the internal expertise to manage threats independently. In Brief – TechnoPlanet’s ChannelNEXT conference kicks off tomorrow in Toronto to address pressing partner challenges. ManageEngine says its new autonomous AI push will streamline IT operations for managed service providers. Global Startups is set to host the Tech Builders 2026 conference in Toronto on June 16. Mitsubishi HC Capital Canada is urging the channel to embed financing into partnerships to offset complex technology costs. The CRTC has ordered streaming platforms like Netflix and Apple TV to boost their spending on Canadian content. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, we will be airing our conversation with Coro CEO Joe Sykora to discuss security stacks and the 2026 threat landscape. And if you haven’t heard it yet, be sure to check out yesterday’s episode featuring Nigel Brown, CTO of Microserve, for a practitioner’s take on AI readiness and tokenomics from Dell Technologies World. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Anthony Tanoury, senior director of distribution at Dell Technologies Distribution doesn’t get a lot of editorial love. It’s easy to treat it as the background infrastructure of the channel – the warehousing, the credit lines, the logistics layer that keeps product moving. But as anyone who’s been paying attention knows, that picture is well out of date. At Dell Technologies World in Las Vegas this week, In the Channel sat down with Anthony Tanoury, Dell’s senior director of distribution, to talk about what distribution actually looks like in 2026 – and the conversation ranged from supply chain strategy to AI-assisted deal registration to the shifting economics of the partner ecosystem. The headline number: Dell moved approximately ten thousand partners to a distribution-led buying model last year. Partners who previously purchased direct from Dell now route exclusively through distribution. The more interesting data point is what happened next – those partners are growing faster than the ones who remained on a direct model. Tanoury attributes it to the enablement depth that distributors can offer at a scale that Dell simply can’t replicate directly. On the Modern Partner Platform rollout – one of the bigger announcements at DTW this week – the conversation came down to speed. Deal registration that today takes two to three days is being redesigned, with AI-assisted automation in the pipeline to bring that down to two to three hours. The plumbing involves integrating Dell’s systems tightly with distributor platforms, streamlining the multi-system, multi-email-thread process that currently slows everything down. And when asked for the single most underutilized resource available to partners through distribution, Tanoury didn’t hesitate: the AI accelerator programs that distributors have built to help partners get started in the AI practice space. With every partner asking “where do I begin,” the answer may already be sitting in the distributor’s enablement catalogue. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor at ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. We’re continuing our coverage from Dell Technologies World in Las Vegas this week, and I wanted to close the series of Dell execs with a conversation that I think will resonate with pretty much anyone who moves Dell product – which, let’s be honest, is a lot of you. Distribution is one of the topics that often gets taken for granted. It’s the plumbing, it’s the logistics, it’s the credit line. Except that’s not really what distribution is anymore, and Anthony Tanoury has about as good a vantage point as anyone to explain why. He spent 30 years in the industry on both the vendor and distributor side of the table, and he’s now Dell’s senior director of distribution, which means he’s the person responsible for making the relationship between Dell and its distributor partners actually work at scale. This week at DTW, Dell announced some significant changes to how it’s thinking about its partner ecosystem, and distribution’s right at the center of that. We talked about the evolution of distribution from warehouse and financing shop to AI enablement engine, what it actually means for partners that Dell moved 10,000 of them to distribution-led buying last year, and what the promise of deal registration in hours rather than days actually requires to make real. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Anthony Tanoury. Anthony, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it.Anthony Tanoury: Thanks for having me. Robert Dutt: To kick things off – the definition of distribution, and the definition from distributors themselves of what they do, has changed so dramatically over the last few years, as you’ve been party to on both sides of the fence, vendor and distributor, with your background. Sitting where you are now as senior director of distribution, how do you define the core value proposition for your distribution partners today compared to the way it may have looked a few years ago if you were in the seat, or in a previous seat managing distribution? Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, I think 30 years in distribution – dating myself here. The idea of a distributor was warehousing, finance, so on. Really, the way that that’s evolved – and still evolving, because not everyone fully understands distribution and the value of distribution – but it’s really become the engine for all of us OEMs to really dive deep into the mid-market, and as lead generation for all of us. So SMB, mid-market, and then really leveraging their enablement platforms for our partners. So as an example, this week here at Dell Technologies World, we’ve launched our full AI portfolio. And really at the end of the day, it’s a platform to build off of. And our distributors, through our partners, are really enabling those partners – especially in the mid-market. The enterprise partners have hired data scientists and so on. And those mid-market and SMB partners, they need our help. And we really rely on our distributors, who have AI accelerator programs and can really take a partner through the journey of how to look at AI, how to start, and then how to implement and really get started in this space. We’ve met with multiple partners at this show and we’ve had our partner advisory boards. And that’s the number one takeaway when we’re talking to our partners: “How do I get started?” And I think Jeff Clarke and Michael Dell talked about that on stage – it’s really, we’ve got the platform to build off of, and then really rely on our distributors to go enable all of our partners out there to have those conversations, and then to build the proof, the POCs for us with their customers and take it to the next step. Robert Dutt: Let’s talk about this moment in time and managing distribution right now. Whenever I think of running a hardware vendor, running distribution, or being on the purchasing side of the solution provider right now – boy, that’s an interesting challenge – with the supply chain issue, with the pricing issue, with all of that. I guess it boils down to, from your perspective: how are you leaning on distribution differently to help you guys and your partners ultimately, especially the smaller ones, handle this issue of availability, of supply chain, of capacity, as we’ve seen the component price challenges across the industry? Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, so that’s not unique to Dell. We’re all challenged with the supply chain challenges, and it’s really about having a consistent message to our partner community, to our customers, on how – or why – to partner with Dell in these times. And our distributors have really leaned in with us right now and are getting that message out to our partners that “Dell’s got a plan. Here’s the plan.” And this is how we want you to message that and relay that to your partner community. So as an example, I did a keynote speech at one of our large partner events recently, and my talk track was based on how to navigate those supply challenges with us. I spent a lot of time on that, and had multiple partners come up afterwards, catching me outside. And the comment was, “That’s what we need to hear. That’s our challenge today, and you’re tackling that head on.” So to get back to your question from a distribution perspective – they enabled me to take that message to them, and then they’re expanding on that to their 20,000 partners in their ecosystem. Robert Dutt: As you bring up an interesting thread there – I don’t have time obviously to go through the whole keynote, but the elevator pitch, boiled-down version of it – what’s the advice to partners on tackling it from where you sit and from where Dell sits? Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, really leaning in with us and going deeper with your customers. And so that’s where you’re going to work with Dell and get priority allocation – looking long-term versus short-term, “I just need this product in the next week to get through this phase.” Now, let’s look at a long-term solution together and let’s plan two years out. Let’s plan longer in some cases, and then we’ll take it from there. Robert Dutt: And that’s something we heard also from Jeff Clarke in Q&A – that idea of build out those long-term plans, put your hand up as early as you can. Because it sounds like if you’ve got your hand up early, you’ve obviously got the best chance of getting that list fulfilled. Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, whether it’s a customer or a partner – I mean, that’s a true partnership and we’ll lean in when customers want to lean in with Dell. Robert Dutt: I wanted to touch on the changes that are coming to the partner program, specifically as it involves your interactions with distribution. The Dell portal is getting redone and the Dell program is getting redone with the modern partner platform rolling out this year. You guys are baking agentic AI into your partner platform. Meanwhile, your distributors are doing the same thing with their partner platforms. I’m curious – obviously very early in the game – but how are you and your distribution partners thinking long-term about how those various platforms interact with each other, in terms of delineating who covers what base, when it comes to serving the partner and what you may be able to do down the road as a result of having those platforms? Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, so the key is cutting down on SLAs. How do we take getting pricing out to a partner, out to a customer, from two to three days down to a matter of hours, right? And we’ve worked closely with all of our distributors over the last year or two, because our partners rely on our distributors’ platforms. And how does that integrate with ours? But the key is speed. How do we do things faster? And that is, as you stated, embedding AI into that. And so again, can’t get too far ahead, because we’re still going down this path and things sometimes get pushed out. But we’ve been working on this for a long time with them. We’ve had a lot of meetings with them here. We’ve gone deep into their platforms. They’re all rolling out new platforms as well. So making sure we’re doing it all at the same time, and together, has been key. Robert Dutt: One area I did want to double-click on there. One of the big promises of the new platform is deal-reg approval in minutes, AI-generated demand signals, those kinds of things. As Dell is accelerating its own systems, how does distribution plug into that? How does the distributor help manage and act on those AI-driven demand signals and facilitate a faster quote-to-deal-reg? Anthony Tanoury: Without getting too deep into deal-reg, there are a lot of nuances there. But yes, today where you’ve got multiple partners of record and you’ve got multiple partner IDs – simplifying that down to one or two partner IDs versus 20 today that we have – and then with deal registration, having partner of record is key in that mix, and we do have that today. But the distributors are really where it starts. So a partner comes to the distributor, says, “Hey, I need pricing on this and I want deal registration.” Today it might take the full SLA – the two to three days we just talked about – to get deal registration approved, with multiple systems flowing back and forth. In the future – and when I say future, we’re close, we’ll get there – is having that one stream go, starting from the distributor, through AI, plays into that, where it’ll do the work of looking in and making sure: here’s the partner of record. Is there a partner on record? Does the end user qualify? And without multiple people, multiple email streams going back and forth, it locks it in. And so now you’ve got an answer back in two to three hours versus two to three days. Robert Dutt: A lot of MSPs prefer to consume technology as a service, because it’s kind of in what they do – the name’s kind of on the tin – and bundle that with vendors like Microsoft or security or what have you. How are you working with distributors to make APEX and infrastructure solutions seamlessly consumable within distribution, and particularly on their marketplace? Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, so that’s a good question. So there’s APEX, right? We have Dell APEX, and our competitors have their own, but we have Dell APEX. But our distributors also have their own versions of APEX, or as-a-service models. And at the end of the day, we leverage theirs just as well as we do our own. And it depends on the customer, depends on the contract situation, but there are multiple vehicles to get an as-a-service deal done today that didn’t exist a year ago, didn’t exist two years ago, right? And then there’s – moving to another topic, and really the same topic – device as a service, right? And that was something we’ve been talking about for a few years now and hasn’t really taken off, but that’s all part of this now. Because the device at the edge is co-mingled now – especially in the new AI world – with your server infrastructure. So it could all become part of a recurring revenue stream for MSPs. Robert Dutt: And I think it makes potentially hardware more compelling to the MSP. When you’ve gotten that tie-in – I know it’s early days and it’s a way off from being fully operationalized – but what you’re talking about, and what Jeff Clarke was talking about today about basically acting as the arbiter, sort of an open orchestration layer, saying “all right, this particular bit is best handled in the infrastructure and the data center, this particular bit is best handled right here on the machine sitting by the desk side.” Anthony Tanoury: Absolutely. Robert Dutt: We’ve heard a lot this week about the focused accounts incentive, rewarding partners for selling across lines of business. And it’s kind of a cliche almost, in that vendors such as yourselves who have multiple lines of business are always looking for great ways to get partners to sell across those businesses. And certainly incentives are a classic way of doing that. How are you using distribution to train, enable, and facilitate partners making that leap across the portfolio – especially as this seems to be something that Denise Millard and the team are putting a lot of the wood behind? Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, so you mentioned the partner program – and that’s really what we leverage with the push coming from distribution. You typically focus where you can earn the most dollars. And so we’re putting the dollars on driving all lines of business for us. So today you may have a lot of infrastructure-focused partners – like MSPs, they don’t want to sell the client the edge device. But again, with AI driving from both ends now, it’s become an imperative that they don’t ignore the edge devices anymore. So really leveraging distribution both ways. We’ve got CSG partners that don’t sell storage and infrastructure, and then we’ve got partners that are trying to move in that direction. And then we’ve got other partners saying, “Hey, I’ve got to get on board too,” that are in the infrastructure space and have got to move in the other direction. And that’s where we leverage distribution – they have multiple enablement engines, all of our distributors, to enable those partners to do that. So for us – and again, to the partner program – we’ve announced some changes here at this event, with our partner advisory board meeting coming up. Partner programs, you want to keep them simple, predictable for partners, with tweaks along the way. And AI is one of those tweaks where we’ve got to pull the levers in different directions to get partners and distributors moving in that motion. So yeah, it’s an exciting time to be at Dell with this opportunity in front of us. Robert Dutt: That’s a big tweak – or more accurately, a big series, whole family, whole universe of tweaks to be made. But you don’t want to pull a whole program apart. You’ve got partners that have invested and distributors that have invested in that program. So you’ve got to make sure you do those incremental tweaks when you need them, but not blow up the whole program. Anthony Tanoury: Absolutely. Robert Dutt: You mentioned off the top the classic framing of distribution as the warehouse and the bank kind of structure. Let’s touch on the bank side of things a little bit there. In light of everything that’s going on today, in light of the infrastructure refresh opportunity that’s out there, the constraints in the marketplace – financial engineering is probably more critical than ever. Dell Financial Services is doing a lot of heavy lifting, but how do you view the role of the distributor when it comes to PO financing, terms, bridging the financing gap for complex projects, and helping partners manage this whole multiple-balls-in-the-air situation? Anthony Tanoury: You can’t look at a partner just through the lens of what they do with Dell. The business they have with Dell – partners procure from many places. We love them to only sell Dell for us, but they have other options, other solutions, other areas of the business that we’re not focused on. They procure through distribution. Distributors have huge businesses with a lot of these partners. They have financial terms through the distributors that maybe we can’t offer them through Dell – and leveraging our partner programs to deliver extended terms in this environment. With the supply shortages and lead times getting pushed out, really leveraging distribution with terms that we can’t give them today. There are multiple levels, and they have much higher credit lines with the distributors than maybe we have with them. And then going back to the as-a-service model – really leveraging distributors who have all those options in place for them today, that maybe they don’t have with us. Robert Dutt: When you’re looking at distribution, what’s the one metric you look at first to judge whether a distributor is meeting the bar – is delivering net new value to Dell? Anthony Tanoury: New partner recruitment, right? Multiple lines of business – not just focused in one area of our business, but selling across all lines of business. Then we rely on distribution. We just moved 10,000 partners last year over to distribution-led. Where those partners could procure direct from Dell in the past, now they can’t, and they buy strictly through distribution. Those are our authorized partner community – and potentially in the future, expanding that to other levels of our business and offloading them to distribution. Dell is a more channel- and distribution-friendly company than we get credit for. I think that doesn’t always get seen, and we’re moving that way. Robert Dutt: How did that process go, and any learnings from moving those 10,000 partners that may inform what you do in moving the next group, if there is a next group to be moved? Anthony Tanoury: Exactly, a lot. A lot of that is in data transfer and making sure that the distributors have the right data to target those partners and give those partners the service they need. The distributors all had to ramp up their infrastructure to support those partners – credit line facilities with those partners – because they didn’t do business with those partners before. Onboarding some of those partners as net new to distribution, who had never bought from distribution before. And then again, really letting those partners know the value of distribution. Since we’ve moved those partners over, those partners that have embraced distribution are growing faster than the partners that haven’t. It’s sometimes a lot easier to get that additional support, that additional attention from a disti, than it is to try to navigate that directly. In some cases, they can support them better than we can, and it’s proven out in the last year. Robert Dutt: What’s the single most underutilized resource that you guys have through distribution, in terms of what partners are using? Anthony Tanoury: I would say the AI accelerator programs I spoke about earlier. That’s key. Going back to the enablement piece – I just don’t think a lot of partners understand the value. They come to these events, they make the statements, “Hey, we need help here. We need to leverage distribution for that help.” Especially when you come to a Dell Technologies World, or you go to one of our competitors’ or peers’ events. Our distributors have that enablement piece for you to get started, that you need to leverage, because it’s not just a point-solution type of conversation, it’s broad. Really leveraging them to help. Robert Dutt: Along the same lines, but a little bit different – obviously we’ve touched on the idea of cross-selling, and the idea that, surprise surprise, Dell would like partners to sell more of the portfolio, better together, all that kind of stuff. For an MSP or VAR whose primary look at Dell to date has been selling end devices – laptops, desktops, et cetera – sourced through distribution, what do you see as the most likely next logical step to expand that relationship? To get thinking across lines? What are some of the common threads for the best ways to approach that? Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, that’s a tough question. Common ways to approach how to sell across lines of business – take it back to the customer level. Your customer is buying these products, and they may be buying them from somebody else or they may be buying them online, depending on the size of the organization, so on. Again, the service model – going back to it, it’s another service revenue stream that they can leverage. But I think when you look at the distributors, they have a lot of talk tracks with the partners on how to do that, and frankly do it better than we do. So that’s why we really leverage them. When we say, “Hey, we want to sell more of our client and peripheral devices,” we start with distribution. We start with the partner community, and it’s paid off. I think it’s just – really, don’t leave revenue on the table. We’ve been saying it for years and I think it’s starting to resonate, and leveraging distribution to push that message forward. And I think partners are starting to catch on. Robert Dutt: All right, great insights. Anthony, I thank you for taking the time. I’m sure it’s been a busy week for you here. Thanks for joining us. Anthony Tanoury: Thanks for having me. I appreciate it. Robert Dutt: There you have it, Anthony Tanoury from Dell Technologies. I’d like to thank Anthony for carving out some time in what I’m sure was a very busy week on the show floor here at DTW. Few things from the conversation that I thought were worth pulling out. First, the 10,000 partners that Dell moved to distribution-led buying last year – that’s not a small number, and the fact that those partners are outgrowing the ones who haven’t yet made that transition should be a data point for anyone still on the fence about how they structure their Dell relationship. Second, when Anthony named net new partner recruitment as his primary metric for judging distributor performance – not revenue, not attach rate, net new – that tells you something about where Dell thinks its distribution channel still has room to grow. And third, if you haven’t looked at the AI accelerator programs your distributor is running, that came up twice as the single most underutilized resource available to partners right now. Probably worth a phone call. I’d like to thank you as always for listening to the show. Please follow or subscribe wherever you get your podcasts – Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, most directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated as well. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.